|
ABA Business Meeting |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Gardner |
Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jay Moore (ABA President) |
Panelists: MARIA E. MALOTT (Executive Director), GERALD R. BERNICKY (Affiliated Chapters Board Coordinator), PAMELA G. OSNES (Education Board Coordinator), AMY J. ELLIOTT (Membership Board Coordinator), KEITH D. ALLEN (Professional Affairs Board Coordinator) |
Abstract: . |
MARIA E. MALOTT (Executive Director) |
GERALD R. BERNICKY (Affiliated Chapters Board Coordinator) |
PAMELA G. OSNES (Education Board Coordinator) |
AMY J. ELLIOTT (Membership Board Coordinator) |
KEITH D. ALLEN (Professional Affairs Board Coordinator) |
|
|
|
|
2004 Tutorial: Teaching Child Development in a Non-Behavioral World |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
None CE Offered. CE Instructor: Michael R. Johnston, Ed.D. |
Chair: Michael R. Johnston (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Presenting Authors: : GARY D. NOVAK (California State University, Stanislaus), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
Abstract: The teaching of behavior analysis in developmental psychology is critical because it is a core discipline in the preparation of teachers, psychologists, social workers, journalists, and other professionals, as well as a major influence on parents. Unfortunately, very few behavior analysts are themselves prepared to teach this important topic. This problem has been compounded by the scarcity of available materials from a behavior-analytic perspective. The result is that much of what is taught about development is, at best non-behavioral, and at worse, anti-behavioral. The authors will present a model of teaching child development based on Behavioral Systems Theory. They will provide examples of materials available, and methods that have been used successfully for over 40 years of combined experience teaching behaviorally-based classes in development and learning. |
|
GARY D. NOVAK (California State University, Stanislaus), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
Gary D. Novak received his PhD in Developmental Psychology from the State University of New York at Stony Brook where he TA’d his first PSI course, a behaviorally-based developmental psychology course taught by Grover Whitehurst. He has spent the past 30 years as a Professor of Psychology and Child Development at California State University, Stanislaus where he helped found the Behavior Analysis and Child Development programs. Some of his activities at Stanislaus included directing the Child Development Center, starting the special education programs, serving as the University’s first assessment coordinator, being selected Outstanding Professor, and serving two terms as Department Chair. He is the author of Developmental Psychology: Dynamical Systems and Behavior Analysis (Context Press, 1996) and, with Martha Pelaez, Child and Adolescent Development (Sage, 2004). |
|
|
|
|
An Emerging Behavioral-Developmental Consensus on Autism Treatment |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Back Bay B |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Jack Scott, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University) |
TODD R. RISLEY (University of Alaska, Anchorage) |
Dr. Todd R. Risley received his PhD in Psychology from the University of Washington in 1966. He is a Professor Emeritus of Psychology at the University of Alaska and a former Professor of Human Development and Senior Scientist of the Bureau of Child Research at the University of Kansas. He was a founding editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, a founding associate editor of Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions, and has served on the editorial boards of 15 other scientific journals. He is a Past President of both the Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy and the Behavior Analysis Division of the American Psychological Association. His widely cited and reprinted “action research” has introduced many new procedures and concepts including: time out (with Wolf and Mees in 1964); discrete trials language training (with Wolf in 1964); incidental teaching of language (with Hart in 1968); single-subject research designs and applied behavior analysis (with Baer and Wolf in 1968); engagement measures (in 1972); life arrangements and life coaching interventions (in 1996); and meaningful differences in amount of parent talk and child vocabulary size, and the details of children learning to talk (with Hart in 1995 & 1999). His work has received many awards including the Edgar A. Doll Award from the American Psychological Association, and the Outstanding Research Award from the American Association on Mental Retardation. He has served on many boards and commissions in Alaska, and as Director of Alaska’s Division of Mental Health and Developmental Disabilities. He is known for promoting flexible funding and individualized arrangements–anathema for bureaucrats–as being the most humane, the most effective, and the least expensive way to provide services. Since 1982, Todd Risley has lived at “Risley Mountain”, the Alaska homestead where he was born in 1937. |
Abstract: Todd Risley is now known for his research on language development of typical children but was one of the founders of applied behavior analysis and of behavioral interventions with autistic children. His presentation will integrate behavioral and developmental information to emphasize consensus rather than controversy in early intervention for autistic children. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Paper - Parallels Between Contemporary Behavior Therapy and Morita Therapy (Translated into Japanese) |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Beacon G |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Koji Takeshima (Western Michigan University) |
|
Parallels Between Contemporary Behavior Therapy and Morita Therapy (Translated into Japanese) |
Domain: Applied Research |
C. RICHARD SPATES (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: This presentation will outline some crucial features of contemporary behavior therapy in a data based presentation on recent studies of fears, phobias, and traumatic stress. It will then detail some procedural features of an Eastern Therapy of anxiety disorders, known as Morita Therapy. This is an indigenous Japanese intervention developed early in the last century. Its parallels to contemporary behavior therapy are striking and will be noted, as will a few subtle divergences. Morita Therapy has not been the subject of Western styled treatment outcome evaluation at this point although limited empirical data is available and will be examined in this context. The opportunities for cross-cultural interchange centering on these two approaches will be suggested as well as some potential barriers to be surmounted if such an exercise is to succeed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Social and Cultural Contingencies |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Independence East |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Michael A. Cohen (University of South Florida) |
|
Applied Behavior Analysis in the 21st Century |
Domain: Applied Research |
MICHAEL A. COHEN (University of South Florida), Gudmundur T. Heimisson (University of South Florida), Darrel E. Bostow (University of South Florida) |
|
Abstract: Global oil production peaked in 2000 and now begins its steady decline. Drawdown of nonrenewable fossil fuels has been responsible for the population bloom of the last 200 years. Collapse and die-off are the typical phases found in nature following such a bloom. Currently, there is little evidence to suggest homo sapiens will avert such a fate. At present, there are no energy substitutes for fossil fuels. Furthermore, none equivalent, in terms of net energy profit, are likely to arise during the remaining service life of fossil fuels. Industrial civilization is now set to move from a period of growth to one of contraction. There is no precedent in human history for the social upheaval which will follow. Adoption of authoritarian regimes to restore order from the chaos will be the overwhelming tendency of societies. Localization will be the order of the day as unhindered mobility of people and goods will no longer be possible. Conditions will be ripe for the rise of behaviorally based communities, as powerful social contingencies will once again have their chance and the ideology of freedom, individualism, and competition, the antithesis of behavioral communities, will have been shown to be largely responsible for our inability to avert catastrophe. |
|
Analysis of Social Phenomena: Identifying Interlocking Contingencies and Metacontingencies |
Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA AMALIA ANDERY (Pontifical Catholic University of Sao Paulo), Nilza Micheletto (Pontifical Catholic University of Sao Paulo), Tereza Maria Serio (Pontifical Catholic University of Sao Paulo) |
|
Abstract: It is recognized nowadays that social phenomena are to be accounted for by behavior analysis and should be treated under the causal mode of selection by consequences. Such recognition may be assessed by the emergence of concepts such as interlocking contingencies and metacontingencies. This paper aim is to establish some of the necessary steps for the identification and subsequent analysis of the interlocking contingencies and metacontingencies participating in social phenomena. In the study of social phenomena it is necessary to identify the unity of analysis that will be dealt with, that is, it is necessary to decide if interlocking contingencies or metacontingencies are the constitutive elements of the phenomenon under study. Once this step is taken, the analysis must (a) acknowledge the characteristic features of the social environment; (b) identify the various possibilities of interlacement among the contingencies; (c) identify the origin of the controlling variables of the participants’ responses; (d) identify the characteristics of the controlling consequences; and (e) identify the role of verbal behavior related to the interlocking contingencies under analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Int'l Paper - The Ability of Autistic Children to Interpret Their Own as Well as Other People’s Mental States (Translated into Spanish) |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Beacon F |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Inmaculada Gomez Becerra (University of Almeria, Spain) |
|
The Ability of Autistic Children to Interpret Their Own as Well as Other People’s Mental States (Translated into Spanish) |
Domain: Applied Research |
INMACULADA GOMEZ BECERRA (University of Almeria, Spain), Maria Jesus Martin (University of Almeria, Spain), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University), Mapy Chavez Brown (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
|
Abstract: This study is related with the Theory of the Mind from the Behavior Analytic contextual perspective, concerning repertoires of interpreting one own and other people's mental and emotional states. The data were as a behavior analystic test in response to the currently porpular Theory of the Mind. We tested students the metacognitives repertoires of children with and without disabilities (i.e., autism, Down syndrome, typically developing children) in tests of false believes (e.g., test of the faces, tests of Ann and Sally...), and when it´s necessary we give verbal helps (or contextual cue) that facilitate the discrimination. We also tested the Theory of Mind in a third and behavior analytic contextual perspective. The differences regarding those metacognitives abilities but regarding other abilities and knowledge like the language levels (the verbal scales of the WIPPSI and some items of the Guide Portage), the discriminative repertoire related with the tests (discrimination of the self, your and he/she, of actions present, last and future, of absence and witnesses…), the level of derived relationships and symbolic repertoire. The results are analyzed interpreting one own and other people's mental and emotional states ability as verbal behavior and relational, as well as abstraction and complex discrimination. |
|
|
|
|
|
ACT Interventions for Health-Related Issues |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Republic A |
Area: VBC |
Chair: JoAnne Dahl (University of Gavle, Sweden) |
|
Evaluation of a Brief RCT ACT Intervention for Public Workers on Sick Leave Due to Pain- or Stress Symptoms |
Domain: Applied Research |
JOANNE DAHL (University of Gavle, Sweden), Josefin Ahlqvist (University of Uppsala, Sweden), Andreas Claesson (University of Uppsala, Sweden), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
|
Abstract: AIM: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of a brief ACT intervention for public workers who had gone on sick leave due to stress and pain symptoms. Of interest was to evaluate the effects on functional ability and life quality.
INTRODUCTION: According to a recent report from the State Department of Sweden, the frequency of persons on long-term sick leave and subsequent early disability pension is one of the highest in the world. The most common symptoms reported for sick leave are pain in neck, shoulders, and back as well as more diffuse stress related symptoms such as fatigue. Multi-disciplinary programs based on cognitive behavior therapy have shown effects in helping persons reduce dysfunction and return to work. Unfortunately, however, these treatments are rather expensive and often require inpatient care.
METHOD: Thirty-two workers (30 women, 2 men) on sick leave due to pain and stress symptoms were randomly assigned to participate in either a modified version of ACT (n = 17) or a supportive therapy (n = 15). The manual-based ACT intervention focused on expanding exposure, defusing inflexible cognition, and clarifying values, and the manual-based “supportive therapy” was based in part on reflective listening (Borkovec & Costello, 1993) and included an educational component. An experienced CBT psychotherapist and two clinical psychology candidates under supervision delivered interventions. The treatment design consisted of a 4-week baseline, four treatment sessions (two individual and two group sessions), and six and twelve month follow-up assessments. Objective and self-report measures were used to explore the effects of treatment on functional ability in relation to the most troubled life areas, pain and stress related interference with daily activities, work/occupational training, life quality, acceptance, exhaustion, medication, and the perceived relationship between occupation and symptoms.
RESULTS: Participants in the ACT group reported a significant increase in functional ability and a significant decrease in pain and stress related interference with daily activities. Moreover, participants in the ACT group demonstrated an increase in work/occupational training, a difference significant at trend level. Finally, participants in the ACT group experienced a significant increase in life quality and a significant decrease in depressed mood. The Supportive Therapy group didn’t improve significantly on any of these measures.Discussion |
|
Evaluation of a Brief ACT Intervention for Type II Diabetes |
Domain: Applied Research |
JOSEFIN MANSSON (University of Uppsala, Sweden), Tobias Lundgren (University of Uppsala, Sweden), JoAnne Dahl (University of Gavle, Sweden) |
|
Abstract: Epidemiological studies show the prevalence of diabetes at an estimated 15.7 million people, or 5.9% of the population of the United States. People with diabetes are more likely to suffer from periodontal disease, pregnancy complications, as well as a host of other illnesses and health problems. The purpose of this study is to develop and evaluate a brief ACT intervention with people suffering from type II diabetes in Sweden. The study is a RCT ABC group design, N=40. The intervention was in the form of one single session for 1, 5 hours. a 6 hour group work shop and finally a single session for 1, 5 hours. The control group was given the diabetes treatment suggested from American association for diabetes. The key elements of treatment were: Valued directions, cognitive diffusion, acceptance, exposure and commitment to behaviour activities in valued directions. The result of the study will be presented at the conference. |
|
An Evaluation of a Multi Sited Brief ACT Intervention with People Suffering from Refractory Epilepsy in India and South Africa |
Domain: Applied Research |
TOBIAS LUNDGREN (University of Uppsala, Sweden), JoAnne Dahl (University of Gavle, Sweden), Nandan Balkrishna Yardi (Epilepsy Clinic, Pune, India), Kathy Pahl (University of Cape Town, South Africa) |
|
Abstract: In countries such as South Africa and India, people with Epilepsy will not receive nor have access to antiepileptic drug treatment. The purpose of these two multi center studies is to develop and evaluate an ACT model for persons with frequent seizures. These studies based in two sites in South Africa and one in India are RCT ABC designs N=60 in India and N=80 in South Africa. Treatment will consist of an individual session for 1,5 hour followed by one group session for 6 hours and finally one 1,5 individual session. In India there are three treatment conditions: ACT, Yoga and a control. In South Africa there are two conditions: ACT and a control. Key components in the ACT conditions are exposure, values, commitment, diffusion, willingness and empowerment. The Yoga condition is based on training in both breathing exercises and yoga posturing. Treatment effects were measured with EEG, seizure frequency, quality of life, AAQ. Results will be presented at the conference. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analytic Approaches to Experimental Psychopathology Research: Experimental Models and Analogs of Human Suffering |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Fairfax B |
Area: EAB/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: John P. Forsyth (University at Albany, SUNY) |
Abstract: . |
|
Interoceptive Fear Conditioning and the Etiology of Panic Disorder: Overview, Methodology, and Experimental Evaluation |
JASON PRENOVEAU (University at Albany, SUNY), John P. Forsyth (University at Albany, SUNY) |
Abstract: Responding focused inward on bodily signs and symptoms of arousal associated with such attacks, and the development of anxious apprehension about subsequent panic attacks. In the process, benign bodily cues that precede panic attacks often acquire aversive functions, and can subsequently evoke full blown panic attacks, thus further modifying the aversive functions of antecedent bodily cues. According to contemporary learning accounts, fearful responding to otherwise benign bodily cues develops via a process of Pavlovian interoceptive fear conditioning. To date, there has been no systematic experimental evaluations with humans designed to test key components of the interoceptive conditioning account. Here, we will provide an overview of the interoceptive conditioning account, and describe an experiment wherein we attempted to establish autonomic and self-reported fearful responding to a benign interoceptive conditional stimulus that was paired in a contingency with an aversive interoceptive unconditioned stimulus. The experimental methodology and results will be described broadly, with specific attention to how interoceptive fear conditioning may be integrated within behavior analytic accounts of the etiology and maintenance of anxiety-related problems. |
|
Risk Factors For Anxiety Disorders: Overview Of The Moderating Role Of Acceptance And Experiential Avoidance |
JOHN P. FORSYTH (University at Albany, SUNY), Velma Barrios (University at Albany, SUNY), Dean Acheson (University at Albany, SUNY) |
Abstract: Several psychological (e.g., perceived uncontrollability) and experiential (e.g., Pavlovian fearconditioning) risk factors have been described as contributing to the etiology and maintenance of anxiety-related disorders. Such risk factors are typically discussed in isolation from other possible moderating variables and processes. Here, we describe several noted risk factors for anxiety pathology as conceptualized within mainstream behavior therapy, and evaluate their functional role in the context of behavior analytic notions of acceptance and experiential avoidance. It will be argued that virtually all contemporary psychological and experiential risk factors for anxiety disorders fail to make sense as "risk factors" when set within a context of acceptance or approach behaviors that entail full contact with the automatic and derivedstimulus functions of events. Such events are often unwanted private events and the situations that occasion them. We conclude by casting such risk factors within a context of experiential avoidance and argue that experiential avoidance is the toxic diathesis for anxiety-related suffering and that known risk factors for anxiety problems are best viewed as collateral byproducts of avoidance-related processes. Experimental and applied implications of this account will be described and future directions for research of this type will be offered. |
|
Pavlovian Fear Conditioning and the Anxiety Disorders: A Normal Learning Process Gone Awry in the Context of Experiential Avoidance? |
VELMA BARRIOS (University at Albany, SUNY), John P. Forsyth (University at Albany, SUNY), Dean Acheson (University at Albany, SUNY) |
Abstract: Avoidance, or any consequential act whose function is to minimize or prevent the occurrence of unwanted emotional responses, has figured prominently in behavioral accounts of anxiety disorders. Recent behavior analytic accounts argue that experiential avoidance acts as a toxic predisposition (rather than a consequential coping mechanism only) for anxiety disorders. This view has been used to explain how adaptive emotional responses (e.g., fearful and anxious behaviors) and learning processes (e.g., Pavlovian fear conditioning) can become disordered in a clinical sense. This paper will describe a recent experiment wherein participants high and low in experiential avoidance underwent a Pavlovian fear conditioning procedure. Recognizing that Pavlovian fear conditioning is not pathogenic, we reasoned that persons high in experiential avoidance may be more likely to show greater magnitude autonomic response, coupled with greater reports of fear and distress following reinforced vs. nonreinforced stimuli relative to their less avoidant counterparts. Data will be described evaluating this proposition, including whether experiential avoidance accounts for the observed relations above and beyond other assessed anxiety-related risk factors (e.g., anxiety sensitivity, trait anxiety). Implications of these findings will be discussed broadly in the context of contemporary learning accounts of the origins of anxiety-related problems. |
|
Acceptance and Pain: A Systematic Analysis of the Role of Demand Characteristics in an Acceptance Based Approach to Pain Tolerance |
BRYAN T. ROCHE (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), John P. Forsyth (University at Albany, SUNY), Lisa Van der werff (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The current study sought to extend upon Hayes, Bissett, Korn, Zettle, Rosenfarb, Cooper and Grunt (1999), which compared the impact of control versus acceptance-based coping rationales on subjects' tolerance for pain. In the current study, the role of demand characteristics in an acceptance-based approach to pain tolerance was analyzed in the short and long terms. Baseline levels of pain tolerance were recorded for each subject, using a cold pressor task, before they were exposed to a brief acceptance rationale for pain tolerance, or a placebo social interaction. Subtle social pressure was also placed on half of the subjects in each condition to perform well at the cold pressor task. Cold-pressor performances were also recorded for each subject immediately following the intervention. Adherence measures were taken and subjective ratings of pain and state anxiety levels were recorded before and after interventions. Finally, a three-month follow-up cold-pressor task assessed subjects’ pain tolerance in the absence of a therapeutic intervention or placebo. The results suggest that the effectiveness of acceptance-based approaches need to be carefully considered in terms of the demand characteristics placed on clients during therapy. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Behavioral Phentoypes and Applied Behaviour Analysis (or ABA Meets ATAGACGATACGAT) |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Constitution A |
Area: DDA/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Christopher Oliver (University Of Birmingham) |
Discussant: Bob Remington (University of Southampton) |
Abstract: . |
|
Functional Analyses of Stereotypic Hand Movements Among Individuals with Rett Syndrome |
CLAIRE LACEY (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Nicole E.M.C Murray (National University of Ireland, Dublin) |
Abstract: Researchers have made remarkable advances in uncovering the behavioural characteristics of individuals with certain genetic conditions associated with intellectual disability. One of the dominant characteristics identified among individuals with Rett syndrome, a congenital neurological condition, includes stereotypic hand movements such as hand mouthing, hand biting and hand wringing. We conducted a functional analyses to examine the variables maintaining stereotypic hand movements among individuals with Rett syndrome. The values of using functional analyses to further our understanding of the variables maintaining behaviours associated with specific genetic conditions are discussed. |
|
The Influence of Environmental Events on Laughing and Smiling in Angelman Syndrome |
CHRISTOPHER OLIVER (University Of Birmingham), Kate Horsler (University Of Birmingham), Katie Dick (University Of Birmingham), Gail Bellamy (University Of Birmingham), Emily Griffiths (University Of Birmingham) |
Abstract: Within the field of behavioural phenotype research genetic determinism is prominent. An example of this is the assumption that the high levels of laughing and smiling seen in Angelman syndrome are the result of random neurological events. In this study we observed the behaviour of ten children with Angelman syndrome and their interactions with others. The results of lag sequential analyses demonstrate a strong association between social antecedents and the laughing and smiling of children with Angelman syndrome and that the laughing and smiling has a subsequent influence on the behaviour of others. The results are discussed with reference to the interplay between environmental and genetic influences on the behaviour of children and adults with genetically determined syndromes and the importance of applied behaviour analysis in behavioural phenotype research. |
|
Effects of Social Antecedents on Behavior Problems in Children with Fragile X Syndrome |
SCOTT S. HALL (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Few studies have examined the impact of immediate social-environmental variables (e.g., social demands) on the occurrence of behavior problems in children with fragile X syndrome. In this study, 74 boys and 40 girls aged between 6 and 17 years with fragile X syndrome were exposed to a 15-20 minute videotaped "social challenge" task that was administered in the children’s homes. The task consisted of shaking hands with the experimenter, answering a series of questions, reading aloud, and singing three popular songs. Throughout the task, the children were asked to maintain eye contact with the experimenter. Data were collected from videotape using a real-time data capture system. Results showed that social demands evoked a wide range of behavior problems including hyperactivity, hand-biting, eye-rubbing and hiding from the experimenter. These behaviors were most likely to occur when the children were asked to perform the popular song and were more frequent in boys. The results suggest that repeated exposure to social interaction without the opportunity to escape (i.e., escape extinction), combined with relaxation techniques, could be an effective intervention to help reduce behavior problems shown by individuals with fragile X syndrome. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral School Psychology: Training Programs and Current Research |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Beacon A |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Michael M. Mueller (May South) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
Learn about behavioral school psychology
Learn about top behavioral school psychology training programs
Learn current research at behavioral school psychology programs |
|
University of Cincinnati -- Response to Intervention: A Comprehensive Service Delivery Model for Schools |
KEVIN M. JONES (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Response to Intervention (RTI) has recently emerged as a alternative model for addressing the needs of students at-risk for poor educational outcomes. RTI uses student responses to high quality interventions as the data base for addressing decisions about needed services, including special education eligibility. Ongoing research at the University of Cincinnati has evaluated a comprehensive, tiered intervention framework for establishing RTI. In Tier 1, school-wide standardized progress monitoring systems are adopted and used to clarify a student=s response to effective general education and school-wide positive behavioral supports. In Tier 2, children are exposed to remedial programs that have been proven effective for the class of concerning performances. In Tier 3, highly structured and individualized interventions are implemented prior to any consideration of eligibility for special services. The evaluation of local efforts to implement and evaluate a school-wide tiered model of service delivery will be presented. |
|
University of Southern Mississippi -- Teachers' Generalization of Functional Analysis Skills |
HEATHER STERLING-TURNER (University of Southern Mississippi), Kimberly D. Bellipanni (University of Southern Mississippi), Aimee McGeorge (University of Southern Mississippi), Dana Swartzwelder (University of Southern Mississippi), Melissa Scoggins (University of Southern Mississippi), Dannell Roberts (University of Southern Mississippi), Kelly Turner (University of Southern Mississippi) |
Abstract: A frequent criticism of functional analysis (FA) procedures is that they have been conducted primarily in analogue settings by highly trained professionals in the field of behavior analysis. Ongoing research at The University of Southern Mississippi has been focused on increasing the ecological validity of FA by (a) examining and refining FA conditions used in the school setting as well as (b) including teachers in the FA process within the context of school-based consultation. One goal of a consultative relationship is to provide teachers with new skills and to reduce the amount of consultative involvement for future, similar problems. Because teacher training programs vary with the emphasis placed functional approaches to the assessment and treatment of behavior, teachers may need assistance in both understanding and implementing FAs. Researchers have demonstrated that teachers who do not have a background in behavior analysis can easily learn FA procedures when they are exposed to direct training procedures including modeling, rehearsal, and performance feedback. However, whether or not these same teachers can then generalize skills to a similar problem behavior remains unknown. Case studies will be presented wherein teachers were trained to construct and implement a FA with a target child. Generalization of teachers’ FA skills was assessed with a second, untrained FA case. Results will be presented in the context of extensions to previous teacher training literature and school-based consultation. |
|
Syracuse University -- The Read-a-Buck After-School Program: A Community Research Initiative |
BRIAN K. MARTENS (Syracuse University), Tanya L. Eckert (Syracuse University), Lawrence J. Lewandowski (Syracuse University), Barbara H. Fiese (Syracuse University), John C. Begeny (Syracuse University), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (The Genesis School), Staci Montarello (Syracuse University), Lauren Arbolino (Syracuse University) |
Abstract: Nearly 40% of American school children are below minimum competency in reading. A number of fluency-based instructional strategies have been shown to improve reading but are not used in the schools. This study evaluated the effects of a fluency-based, after-school reading program with a group of 15 low-achieving students and 15 matched controls. Three days a week for approximately six weeks, students in the program group participated in a fluency-based training package that included phrase drill error correction, listening passage preview, and repeated readings as well as goal setting, charting, and a token reinforcement system. Direct and generalized effects of training were assessed using an effect size gradient of standardized pre- to post-test gains on 10 different reading measures. Results showed large (above .80) or moderate (above .50) effect sizes on six measures for the 3rd graders, suggesting relatively broad generalized effects due to training. Large effect sizes were obtained on only three measures for the 2nd graders, suggesting fewer generalized effects. Gains for the 2nd and 3rd graders exceeded those of matched controls on six and seven of eight common measures, respectively. |
|
Mississippi State University -- School Psychology Program Overview |
RICHARD ANTHONY DOGGETT (Mississippi State University) |
Abstract: Mississippi State University is a behavioral school psychology program with a foundation based on the scientist-practitioner model. MSU offers both the educational specialist degree and doctoral degree in educational psychology with an emphasis in school psychology. In addition, students obtain a minor typically in child clinical psychology, special education, or mental health counseling. Student research at MSU is applied and often conducted from an applied behavior analytic focus. Currently, research is being conducted across three major areas. First, students are investigating curriculum-based measurement procedures and academic interventions developed from these methods. Data are collected in school settings or during an academic clinic. Recent projects have investigated the development of writing norms and academic interventions in the areas of reading and mathematics. Secondly, students are investigating functional behavioral assessment and analysis procedures and positive behavior supports developed from the FBA data. FBA and PBS procedures are conducted across clinic, home, and school environments. Recent research has investigated correspondence among FBA procedures, development of hypothesis-based analog functional analysis conditions, used in conjunction with traditional parent-training procedures, and implementation of PBS plans. Finally, research at MSU has been investigating system-wide changes in schools using the Effective Behavioral Support model. This model divides school systems into four distinct but overlapping systems including school-wide systems, classroom systems, non-classroom settings, and procedures for high-risk students. |
|
|
|
|
Behaviorally-based Curricula to Improve Reading Skills of Public School Students with and without Disabilities |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Gardner |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rangasamy Ramasamy (Florida Atlantic University) |
Abstract: . |
|
Designing Professional Development to Increase Effective Implementation of Behavioral Reading Curricula by Public School Teachers |
Janet I. Goodman (Florida Atlantic University), DENISE E. ROSS (Teachers College, Columbia University), Cynthia L. Wilson (Florida Atlantic University) |
Abstract: This presentation will describe the method of this study. The purpose of this study was to design a model that addressed barriers to implementation frequently cited in the literature and, consequently, increase the reading skills of participating students. The intervention had four objectives: 1) to train teachers to use behavioral reading curricula, 2) to support teachers using Personalized Systems of Instruction (PSI), cohorts, and in-situ training, 3) to increase sustainability of interventions, and 4) to increase the number of three-term contingencies provided to students. Four teams of teachers in three schools were identified. Training meetings for Edmark, Corrective Spelling, Reading Mastery, Corrective Reading, and Precision Teaching occurred monthly. University personnel provided weekly in-class training, observations with feedback using an observation scale, and PSI modules that were designed for each teacher. |
|
Pre and Post-test Results of a Model to Improve Reading Skills of Diverse Learners Using Behavioral Reading Curricula |
PAMELA DUKES (Florida Atlantic University), Cynthia L. Wilson (Florida Atlantic University), Denise E. Ross (Teachers College, Columbia University), Erica Walker (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: This presentation will describe the pre and post test outcomes of this study. Four groups of students participated in this study: 1) nine special education first through fifth grade students with behavior disorders, 2) 34 special education seventh-grade students with learning disabilities, 3) 125 general education sixth-grade students with reading delays, and 4) 90 general education second-grade students with limited English Proficiency. Pre and post-test standardized test results suggest that most students made significant gains. Limitations to the statistical analysis are described. |
|
Learn-unit Analysis of M model to Improve Reading Skills of Diverse Learners Using Behavioral Reading Curricula |
DENISE E. ROSS (Teachers College, Columbia University), Cynthia L. Wilson (Florida Atlantic University), Janet I. Goodman (Florida Atlantic University) |
Abstract: This presentation describes a learn unit analysis of the results. Specifically, the number of correct and incorrect academic responses, as well as learn unit presentations for the participants are reported. Participants included elementary students with behavior disorders, middle-school students with learning disabilities, middle-school students with reading delays, and elementary-school students with limited English proficiency. Results suggest a correlation between the number of correct academic responses, number of learn unit presentations, and subsequent gains in reading scores for each group. Differences between results for each group are compared. The use of learn unit analysis to supplement traditional standardized test scores is critiqued and discussed. |
|
Barriers and Teacher Responses to Implementing Behavioral Reading Curricula in Public School Classrooms |
CYNTHIA L. WILSON (Florida Atlantic University), Janet I. Goodman (Florida Atlantic University), Denise E. Ross (Florida Atlantic University) |
Abstract: This study reports the results of social validation data collected using teacher questionnaires. Teachers were asked to assess the amount of time they spent daily using each curriculum, types of materials they used to supplement the material, their methods of measuring students' progress, and modifications they made to the curricula. Teachers' likes and dislikes related to each curriculum, their assessment of student responses to the curricula and its appropriateness for the students, and their suggestions for improving the use of the curricula and training package are also reported. The costs (e.g., resources, time) of implementing the intervention are also described here. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Derived Relational Responding: From Lab to Life |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Fairfax A |
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: . |
|
The Transformation of Respondent Extinctions Functions in Accordance with Arbitrary Stimulus Relations |
SIMON DYMOND (APU, Cambridge, UK), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The current paper outlines an experiment on the transformation of respondently-conditioned extinction functions in accordance with the relational frames of coordination and opposition. Following nonarbitrary pretraining and testing, subjects were exposed to a series of relational training tasks and tested for the formation of arbitrary stimulus relations of sameness and opposition. Respondent eliciting functions were then established for one member of the relational network by paired presentations with brief shock. Next, respondent elicitation was extinguished and probes administered for a transformation of the extinction functions to other stimuli in the relational network, in the absence of shock. The derived transformation of previously neutral stimuli was measured as skin resistance responses. Findings are discussed in terms of the relational frame theory account of the derived transformation of stimulus functions. |
|
The Transfer of Emotional Functions Through Equivalences Classes |
MICHAEL C. CLAYTON (Jacksonville State University), Jeremy M. Hof (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: In a series of experiments, undergraduate students were trained in A-B, A-C, and D-C conditional relations using a matching-to-sample procedure. The A, B, and C stimuli were arbitrary visual forms. D stimuli for one group of subjects consisted of three common English words and for another group of subjects the D stimuli consisted of three pictures. Equivalence relations were tested between D stimuli and the B, A, and C stimuli (D-B, B-D, A-D, C-D) but using the D stimuli seen by the other group in training. Thus, subjects trained with pictures were tested with words and subjects trained with words were tested with pictures. Subjects trained with pictures responded in accordance with non-substitutional equivalence (equivalence & symmetry), while subjects trained with words readily responded in accordance with both non-substitutional and substitutional relations. Response latencies for both groups of subjects were shorter when responding to non-substitutional relations than when responding to substitutional relations. Results are discussed in terms of the analysis of pre-existing linguistic relations and the transfer of those same relations. |
|
Establishing a Derived Mand Repertoire in Adults with Severe Developmental Disabilities |
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (Southern Illinois University), Shannon L. Root (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation, Inc.), Christine Halvey (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the reported projects was to assess whether a reinforced history of relational responding would be sufficient for the establishment of derived mands in adults with severe mental retardation and communication deficits. In our first study, we taught three participants to mand for desired items by exchanging pictures of preferred items with caregivers in exchange for the items themselves. We then taught participants to conditionally relate the pictures to their corresponding printed words. Finally, participants were tested, in the absence of reinforcement, for their ability to mand for desired items by exchanging the correct printed word with a caregiver in exchange for the items themselves. All three participants emitted novel mand forms in the absence of reinforcement, and one participant maintained two derived mands at one month follow up. In our second study, we taught three participants to vocally mand for desired items. Participants were then taught to conditionally relate each item to at least two other items that were categorically related. Finally, participants were tested, in the absence of reinforcement, for their ability to vocally mand for the novel items. Preliminary results suggest that a reinforced history of relational responding is sufficient for producing vocal mands for novel items, and these effects may transfer to the tact repertoire. |
|
Using Relational Frame Theory to Explore the Generative Nature of Language |
VERONICA CULLINAN (National University of Ireland, Cork), Kara Harrington (National University of Ireland, Cork) |
Abstract: Earlier conceptual papers have suggested a possible synthesis between Skinner’s (1957) treatment of verbal behaviour and the more recent behavioural interpretation of language known as relational frame theory (RFT). Two types of verbal operants were described; one based on direct contingencies of reinforcement and the other based on arbitrarily applicable relational responding. The purpose of such conceptual work was to contribute towards the development of a modern behaviour-analytic research agenda in human language and cognition. The current work provides empirical evidence for the usefulness of the RFT account of verbal operants by exploring novel and generative aspects to early language training in a population of children with autism. Subjects were trained to tact a hierarchical class name, they were then exposed to matching to sample training to facilitate the demonstration of mutual and combinatorial entailment between different members of the class. Subsequently subjects demonstrated a transfer of the hierarchical class name through the relational frame of coordination to other members of the class. In providing empirical support for conceptual contributions in the area, this work argues for a powerful learning model applicable in the area of autism. Some of the conceptual issues arising from the empirical work are also discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Developing Appropriate Social Behaviors |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Berkeley |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Matthew Tincani (University of Nevada, Las Vegas) |
|
Implementing Behaviorally-Based Personal Responsibility and Personal Accountability Treatments in Underserved Educational Settings: Description and Outcomes |
Domain: Applied Research |
DANIEL W. BALDERSON (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Thomas L. Sharpe, Jr. (University of Nevada, Las Vegas) |
|
Abstract: Clearly, the challenge of violent and disruptive behaviors among our children and youth has become more prevalent. This presentation first examines the potential contribution of structured physical education and sport as an ideal vehicle for the teaching of positive social and leadership skills. Second, two behaviorally-based curriculum models, collaboratively designed by research faculty and Charter School staff and implemented with underserved children and youth are summarized with a view toward successful application by interested professionals. Respectively termed Personal Accountability and Personal Responsibility models, each is based on effective behavioral treatment strategies deemed important to ensuring effective and generalized educational results. Third, data in support of the effectiveness of these physical education and sport based curriculum strategies are presented to encourage a thoroughgoing behavioral technology to curriculum development activities. Specifically, measures of passive and disruptive off-task, student leadership, teacher independent conflict resolution, and select teacher and student organizational and instructional behaviors are presented in support of the effectiveness of the educational technologies presented. Implications for the important and necessary nature of tying structured physical education curricula to behavioral technology are last provided in the context of continuing to develop positive social curriculum models to the benefit of a variety of children and youth. |
|
Implementing School-Wide Positive Behavior Supports in an Urban Elementary School: Successes and Challenges |
Domain: Applied Research |
MATTHEW TINCANI (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Shannon Crozier (University of Nevada, Las Vegas) |
|
Abstract: School-wide Positive Behavior Supports (PBS) is a systems level, proactive approach to preventing and reducing challenging behavior, which incorporates the principles of behavior analysis. An increasing number of public schools are embracing the School-wide PBS model as an alternative to traditional discipline practices. Presenters will report the results of School-wide PBS implementation in an urban elementary school within the Clark County, Nevada School District. The presentation will include a description of staff assessment and training procedures, as well as data on the impact of School-wide PBS on student challenging behavior and academic performance. |
|
Merging Developmental Appropriate Practice with Positive Behavioral Supports |
Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY R. MOFFETT (Hamilton County Department of Education), Melinda Swafford (Tennessee Technological University) |
|
Abstract: In the teaching and development of programs for young children, best and effective practices can be found when merging the NAEYC guides for Developmental Appropriate Practice with Positive Behavioral Supports. The research results find positive outcomes for children who are in quality settings. Positive behavior interventions also provide clear, concise structures for the development of social skills in young children. |
|
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Experimental Analyses of Core Principles in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Conference Room 2 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lorretto M. Cunningham (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: . |
|
Self as Context and Cognitive Defusion: Beginning an Experimental Analysis |
HILARY-ANNE HEALY (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), M. Carmen Luciano Soriano (University of Almeria, Spain), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: A key component of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is the use of particular verbal styles in the therapeutic context to highlight self as context and thus facilitate cognitive defusion. Although clinical work suggests that this strategy often works well, there is virtually no basic experimental research on this topic. The current paper reports a study that set out to design a procedure for systematically examining the effect of self as context phrases on the psychological impact of aversive self-statements. Two groups of participants were identified using the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire (AAQ) 2. One group scored at least one standard deviation above the mean (high avoiders) and the other group scored at least one standard deviation below the mean (low avoiders). Participants were then exposed to an experimental procedure in which standard negative self-statements were presented on a computer screen (e.g., I am a bad person) and non-standard self as context statements were presented (e.g., I am having the thought that I am a bad person). Participants were asked to rate the emotional and psychological impact of these statements after each trial, and their ratings across statements and across high and low avoiding groups were compared. The results have implications for the therapeutic strategy of highlighting self as context employed in ACT and these implications are discussed. |
|
Deficits in Autobiographical Memory: A Relational Frame Analysis |
LORRETTO M. CUNNINGHAM (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), M. Carmen Luciano Soriano (University of Almeria, Spain), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Recent research in the cognitive therapy tradition on autobiographical memory suggests that clinically depressed and suicidal clients demonstrate impairments in recalling autobiographical details. One interpretation of such impairment is that these individuals engage in a type of experiential avoidance in which they avoid deriving stimulus relations that are likely to actualize aversive psychological functions. The current paper reports a study that set out to test this interpretation. Two groups of participants were identified using the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire (AAQ) 2. One group scored at least one standard deviation above the mean (high avoiders) and the other group scored at least one standard deviation below the mean (low avoiders). Participants were trained and tested in relational networks that either contained or did not contain visually aversive material. Comparisons were then made between the two groups in terms of their levels of accuracy and their reaction times on the tests for derived stimulus relations including aversive material and those not including aversive material. The results have implications for the literature on autobiographical memory and experiential avoidance more generally. These implications are discussed. |
|
A Transformation of Functions Based on Simple ACT Metaphors |
LORRETTO M. CUNNINGHAM (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway), Louise A. Mchugh (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), M. Carmen Luciano Soriano (University of Almeria, Spain) |
Abstract: Metaphor is a core feature of ACT. The purpose of the present study was to demonstrate a transformation of sorting functions based on exposure to simple therapeutic metaphors. Twenty four adults were categorized as Low or High emotional avoiders based on their scores on the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire (AAQ). They were then presented with 16 vignettes describing 'real life' situations, which were designed so as to be classifiable along a number of different dimensions including whether emotional acceptance or control had been used by the protagonist. Participants were required to sort these vignettes into any categories they thought relevant. They were then exposed to a multiple exemplar intervention using a series of video-clips, each of which featured a therapist delivering a different ACT metaphor specifically designed to distinguish acceptance strategies from control strategies. After viewing each individual video clip, participants were re-exposed to the sorting task. Results indicated that the greater the number of metaphorical exemplars, the more likely participants were to sort in accordance with an acceptance / control type dimension, and that low avoiders were more likely than high avoiders to sort in accordance with this dimension. Theoretical and applied implications of these findings are discussed. |
|
Analyzing Acceptance and Avoidance Using Negative and Neutral Visual Stimuli: Reaction Times, Accuracy, and Event Related Potentials |
ANDREANNE L. COCHRANE (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Frank Bond (University of London), M. Carmen Luciano Soriano (University of Almeria, Spain), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Increasing acceptance of negative or aversive psychological states, in the service of valued goals, is one of the core components of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. At the current time, however, the empirical evidence from basic research to support this general therapeutic strategy remains somewhat limited. The current paper reports experimental work that was designed to develop the procedures and measures for analysing acceptance and avoidance in an experimental context. The Acceptance and Avoidance Questionnaire-2 (AAQ-2) was administered to an undergraduate student population and two groups of volunteers were identified. One group scored at least one standard deviation above and the other at least one standard deviation below the mean (i.e., High- and Low-Avoiders, respectively). Both groups were then exposed to an experimental procedure in which they were required to learn a conditional discrimination. In the presence of one sample stimulus choosing a comparison that produced an aversive visual image was defined as correct; but in the presence of a second sample stimulus choosing a comparison that produced a neutral visual image was defined as correct. A number of measures were used to compare the performances of the High- and Low-Avoiders groups. The results have important implications for Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and these will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Finding Common Ground Through Standard Measurement; Broad Scale Applications of Precision Teaching |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Beacon B |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Thomas E. Boyce (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: . |
|
Evaluating Two Methods of Building Response Frequencies in Academic Skills Among Elementary-School Students |
KENDRA L. BROOKS RICKARD (University of Nevada, Reno), Heather Grada Durbeck (University of Nevada, Reno), Kerri Kaelin (University of Nevada, Reno), Megan D. Nollet (University of Nevada, Reno), Thomas E. Boyce (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: A multiple baseline design across skills was used to evaluate and compare the effect of two methods for building response frequencies on the time required for elementary students to respond fluently in reading and math component skills. In the variable-timing condition, training lengths began at 5 s and were increased in 5-s increments contingent on participants obtaining a specified goal. Intervals were increased until the participants were responding within the fluency range for each skill in 30-s timings. In the fixed-timing condition, training lengths began at 30 s and remained fixed at 30 s throughout the investigation. Response requirements were increased based on participants obtaining a specified goal. In both conditions, reinforcement was provided for increases in responding equivalent to or greater than X 1.4 celeration. Results will be discussed with respect to the benefits of each training method for effective and efficient clinical practice in academic settings. Suggestions for future research will be made. |
|
A Comparison of Discrete Trial Instruction and Fluency Instruction on Retention of Academic Tasks with Young Children with Autism |
AMY KENZER (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Fluency instruction is most widely used with children and adults of typical development. Further, investigations concerning potential beneficial outcomes of fluent performance have been primarily included undergraduate students. Thus, the extent to which benefits of fluency instruction extends to individuals with developmental disabilities is not known. The retention of academic skills was assessed up to 21 weeks following fluency and discrete trial instruction with children with autism. |
|
Using Frequency-Based Instruction and Precision Measurement to Train Data Entry Skills to Employees in a Behavior-Based Safety Process |
CYNTHIA CARDENAS-COBB (University of Nevada, Reno), Kerri Kaelin (University of Nevada, Reno), Thomas E. Boyce (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The effects of frequency-based instruction and measurement on standard charts to promote acquisition and retention of data entry skills (composite skill) were assessed. Three blue-collar employees of a city’s public works department were trained to fluency on component skills (basic, pre-requisite skills) necessary for effective data entry. A multiple baseline across participants in three departments involved in a Behavior-Based Safety process was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the training intervention. Mastery of component skills consisted of fluent responding, measured as a combination of accuracy and speed in the component skills. Participants demonstrated higher rates of responding immediately after training and were more likely to use these skills effectively when combined in the data entry task. Results of frequency-based instruction and precision measurement demonstrated their usefulness in training skills in a cost-effective manner in organizations. |
|
1-Minute a Day Keeps Negativity Away: Using Precision Teaching to Increase the Frequency of Positive Private Events |
KERRI KAELIN (University of Nevada, Reno), Kimberly Nix Berens (University of Nevada, Reno), Cynthia Cardenas-Cobb (University of Nevada, Reno), Kendra L. Brooks Rickard (University of Nevada, Reno), Thomas E. Boyce (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Positive thoughts (i.e. positive private events), emitted as verbal or written responses, were assessed among 5 participants. Prior to frequency building, an assessment in the form of a questionnaire regarding the participants’ attitudes (e.g. positive responses, versus negative responses) was administered to his/her legal guardian. Subsequently, each day they attended an after-school PT program, the participants would engage in 1-minute timings of positive thoughts. Each word emitted was classified as one response. To be considered fluent (i.e. accurate and rapid responding over time), responses must meet or surpass a frequency of 30 and 50 responses per minute for written and spoken, respectively. Response frequencies were collected and were plotted on the Standard Celeration Chart. Preliminary data indicate that as the participant reaches or surpasses the established frequency aim, overall thoughts and feelings about his/herself should improve when measured by post-test questionnaires provided to the guardian. |
|
|
|
|
Florida Behavior Analysis Services Program: Applications and Outcomes |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Conference Room 3 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Michael Stoutimore (Behavior Analysis Services Program) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
The participant will be able to identify potential variables impacting Behavior Analysis service provision.
The participant will be able to identify one possible approach to successful Behavior Analysis service provision.
The participant will be able to identify one way to decrease caregiver training time. |
|
One Approach to Promoting Behavior Analysis: So Far, So Good |
JANET L. MONTGOMERY (University of Florida), Warren Slater Barnes (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Services Program began offering services to all districts in Florida after an initial pilot project in one region. Behavior Analysts have worked diligently to address the needs of child victims of neglect and abuse and to provide training and in-home support to their caregivers. In the present paper, we discuss an analysis of several potential variables responsible for the success of the program in one particular district. These variables include descriptions of available services to those who care for child victims of maltreatment, interactions with other service providers, and interactions with recipients of our services. Results are discussed in terms of the number of referrals for services across an 18-month period. In addition, placement stability of children whose caregivers received services is reviewed. |
|
Dependent Children and Public Schools: Florida’s Behavior Analysis Services Project Continues… |
WARREN SLATER BARNES (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The effects of behavior analytic interventions were assessed for child victims of maltreatment in an educational setting. Interventions were designed for 4 children, ages 4 to 9 years, assigned to either regular and/or special education classrooms. These children engaged in physical aggression and disruptive behaviors and demonstrated poor social interaction skills. The intervention component involved one or more of the following: a) differential reinforcement, b) teacher training, c) increased communication between parents and teachers, and d) teaching children an appropriate alternative response to problem behavior. Results showed reductions in the frequency of problem behavior; increases in overall academic performance, and transitions from special education settings to mainstream classroom settings during the course of the intervention, and during follow -up. |
|
The Impact of Behavior Analysis Services On Runaways in Florida |
JENNIFER A. JOHNSTON (University of Florida), David E. Lee (University of Florida), Warren Slater Barnes (University of Florida), Laraine Winston (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: In the State of Florida’s Behavior Analysis Services Program, Behavior Analysts provide assessment and intervention services to children who frequently run from designated placements. Presumably, the efficacy of interventions designed to reduce the likelihood of run episodes could be assessed by evaluating changes in the rate of run episodes, changes in the duration of run episodes and changes in the time between runs. In the current paper, data are presented on each of the aforementioned variables while highlighting practical limitations in assessing the problem of running away generally, and in measuring the efficacy of behavior analysis services to address the problem, specifically. Finally, implications of a statewide runaway tracking system are discussed. |
|
Improving Competency Achievement by Parents who use SAFMEDS during Parenting Tools for Positive Interactions Training |
KARIN B. SWARTZ (University of South Florida), Angelique M. Walsh (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Problem: Participants in the parent training for the Behavior Analysis Services Project have demonstrated improvement in parenting skills on post tests involving skill demonstration. However, less than 30% of participants are achieving “competency status” and demonstration of competent tool use is requiring many trials or visits by the behavior analysts.
Intervention: Some participants were provided SAFMEDS for concepts and terms used during the tools training. Timing and practice was only done during the regular class sessions. All other aspects of the training remained the same as for other classes provided by the behavior analysts.
Results: There was no difference on post test performance scores for the classes however, participants who used the SAFMEDS were able to achieve competency status more quickly than the participants who participated in only the typical training classes. This is a savings of behavior analyst time and overall improvement in outcome for the parent training curriculum. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Staff Performance: Performance Feedback Systems for Staff and Supervisors |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Liberty B |
Area: OBM/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Paul A. Dores (Private Practice) |
Discussant: Dennis H. Reid (Carolina Behavior Analysis and Support Center, Ltd.) |
Abstract: . |
|
The Effects of Instruction, Feedback, Rehearsal, and Modeling on Staff Implementation of Discrete Trial Teaching |
RANDI A. SAROKOFF (Queens College), Peter Sturmey (Queens College) |
Abstract: One approach to teaching children with autism is discrete trial training (DTT). Although a tremendous amount of research has been conducted in organizational behavior management on staff training, none has focused specifically on the correct use of discrete trial teaching. A four-step staff training package using instruction, feedback, rehearsal and modeling was used to train teachers to correctly implement DTT. Three teachers with a Masters in special education taught one child with Autistic Disorder in the child’s home. Each teacher had received training in DTT by service providers other than the experimenter and was currently providing DTT to children with autism in home-based settings. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected throughout 35% of sessions. IOA across teachers showed a mean of 92%. Baseline measures indicate that although each teacher participant received written instructions describing the 10 components of a discrete trial, teachers performed fewer than 50% of the components accurately. The mean scores for Teachers 1, 2 and 3 were 43.5%, 49.45%, and 42.9%, respectively. After training, the mean levels of performance for Teachers 1, 2 and 3 were 97%, 98.3%, and 99.3%, respectively. Staff training caused a large and replicable increase in teachers’ skill of performing DTT. |
|
Using Videotape Feedback to Increase Staff Performance |
HELENA L. MAGUIRE (Melmark New England), Sarah Murphy (Melmark New England), Nicole Abenaim (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Although many teaching staff will acquire a skill during formal training methods (classroom based teaching), often times the skill will not be accurately applied in the teaching environment. This presentation will demonstrate how using specific performance feedback tools coupled with videotape feedback aided in increasing staff performance across multiple skill areas. This training modality was conducted in a residential school setting, serving children with autism and severe challenging behaviors. Specific areas of performance included staff’s style of interaction with students, direct instruction, verbal engagement, the implementation of communication programs and strategies used to redirect challenging behaviors. The presenter will review three feedback tools that were utilized and the videotape observations and feedback sessions that occurred across 4 direct care staff members. Baseline performance and performance after the completion of the training process will be presented. Discussion points will include the role of direct feedback on performance, how to effectively implement written feedback tools to enhance staff performance and the role of videotaping in regards to training |
|
Increasing Staff Satisfaction of Supervisors |
NICOLE ABENAIM (Melmark New England), Helena L. Maguire (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Assessing satisfaction of staff in relation to their supervisors and making proactive changes according to the results can be an essential aspect of retention of employees within human service organizations. Effective supervision skills contribute directly to motivating staff as well as equipping them with the necessary skills to be effective teachers and clinicians. This presentation will focus on the delivery of a satisfaction survey to staff requesting them to rate their level of satisfaction with their supervisor’s performance across multiple skill areas. This survey was conducted in a residential school setting, serving children with autism and severe challenging behaviors. Based on the results of the survey, a direct and individualized treatment package was developed for each supervisor to implement in an effort to increase or maintain satisfaction scores by their direct employees. Surveys were then repeated to determine whether supervisor satisfaction had increased, decreased or was maintained. The presenter will review baseline data (satisfaction scores prior to the treatment package) and post treatment scores. An example of the survey will be shown as well as individual treatment plans that were developed for some of the supervisors. |
|
|
|
|
Influence of Basic Research on Human Operant Behavior |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Constitution B |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: . |
|
A Laboratory Model to Study DRO and NCR |
CLAIRE C. ST. PETER (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysts commonly use differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) and fixed time (FT) schedules as a treatment for behavior disorders. However, DRO schedules may be difficult for caretakers to implement in the natural environment. The high effort involved in the implementation of DRO may lead to long-term deteriorations in treatment integrity or failure to adhere to the treatment plan. Conversely, easily implemented treatment schedules, such as fixed time reinforcer delivery (FT), may not be effective at the terminal schedule value unless gradually introduced. To address some of these issues, we developed a new method for studying the effects of DRO and FT schedules on behavior, using a human operant preparation. We first established that points alone would function as a reinforcer for college students, and that schedule control could be obtained using our preparation. We then showed that behavior change occurred faster and more reliably when changes in schedule were signaled. Finally, we examined the impact of treatment integrity failures on responding under DRO and FT schedules of reinforcement. |
|
Reinforcement Delay Fading during Differential Reinforcement of Mands: The Effects of Signals on Response Maintenance |
MICHAEL E. KELLEY (Marcus Institute), Dorothea C. Lerman (Louisiana State University), Wayne W. Fisher (Marcus Institute), Henry S. Roane (Marcus Institute), Alyson Hovanetz (Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: Results of basic research suggest that providing signals during delays to reinforcement may attenuate decrements in responding. In the current study, we evaluated the extent to which providing signals during delay fading affected responding in the context of differential reinforcement of mands. Three individuals were exposed to gradually increasing signaled and unsignaled reinforcement delays in multielement and/or reversal designs. Results for 2 of 3 participants suggested that the presence of signals facilitated response maintenance under delayed reinforcement. |
|
Evaluation of Negative Reinforcer Magnitude in the Treatment of Escape Maintained Aberrant Behaviors |
JASON M. STRICKER (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa), Nathan Call (Marcus Institute), Niamh P. O'Kane (Arlington Developmental Center) |
Abstract: The treatment of problem behavior maintained by negative reinforcement continues to be an important area of research related to individuals with developmental disabilities. In the current study, different reinforcement schedules were analyzed for participants diagnosed with moderate to severe mental retardation who displayed aggression or self-injurious behavior (SIB) maintained by negative reinforcement (i.e., escape from tasks). For each participant, varying fixed-ratio schedules of task completion and break length (e.g., FR1 with a 1 minute break versus FR10 with a 10 minute break) were examined within a multielement design. Interobserver agreement was collected for at least 20% of all sessions and agreement scores averaged above 80% for all participants. During treatment, significant reductions in target behaviors were observed for all participants when compared to rates of aggression and SIB during the escape condition of the respective functional analyses. However, no discriminable differences were observed between FR1 versus FR10 schedules of reinforcement. Results will be discussed in terms of behavioral economic theory and schedules of reinforcement. |
|
|
|
|
Positive and Negative Reinforcement in OBM: The Jewish Mother Meets Positive Psychology |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Liberty C |
Area: OBM/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
Discussant: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
Abstract: . |
|
The Positive Psychology of Success Seeking: Promoting Positive Reinforcement in Organizations and Education |
DOUGLAS WIEGAND (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: “Positive psychology” has gained considerable attention over the past several years. So much, in fact, it seems to be creating its own sub-discipline in psychology. The focus of positive psychology is on positive features of life, such as factors that enable hope, wisdom, creativity, future mindedness, courage, spirituality, and responsibility. By understanding the factors that establish such positive human characteristics, some predict that positive psychology will set the foundation for a more perfect world. What positive psychology is missing is an emphasis on the principles of applied behavior analysis, particularly positive versus negative reinforcement. This presentation addresses this predicament, and discusses achievement motivation as an example of how applied behavior analysis can be used to promote a success-seeking orientation within organizations and our educational system. Understanding this information is important for behavioral scientists to consider adopting as a rationale for their positive reinforcement approach to behavioral intervention. This not only sets the stage for integrating the principles of applied behavior analysis with research conducted in education and other fields, but also provides an example of how positive reinforcement can claim its rightful position in positive psychology. |
|
Achieving the Positive Life Through Negative Reinforcement |
RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In this paper, I will elaborate on the importance of the Jewish Mother Syndrome in OBM and address the connection between positive psychology and OBM, as well as achievement motivation, the power of positive reinforcement, and the humaneness of aversive control. This multi-media presentation will be unencumbered by data. (In other words, this will not be a data-based presentation and will thereby fly under the radar of the ABA research-methods police.) |
|
Let the Goals Decide: Revisiting the Subject Matter and Practices of OBM |
SCOTT A. HERBST (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Organizational behavior management (OBM) researchers have had an ongoing concern as to the respective roles of positive and negative reinforcement in an organizational setting. Many contend that we should strive towards the goal of aversive control while others maintain the use of aversive control as unavoidable. This presentation will discuss the issue of control in light of the goals (as stated by this author) of OBM and highlight academic and applied OBM practices that are inconsistent with these goals. It will conclude with recommendations as to what the focus of OBM should be if the interest is in expanding its impact both within and across organizations. |
|
|
|
|
Probability and Affort Discounting: It's Not Just Temporal Costs That Cause Reinforcer Devaluation |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Commonwealth |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: . |
|
Discounting of Probabilistic Food Rewards in Pigeons and Rats |
LEONARD GREEN (Washington University), Joel Myerson (Washington University) |
Abstract: Dr.s Leonard Green and Joel Myerson will present data gathered from both rats and pigeons that demonstrate that the discount functions generated in a probability discounting paradigm differ systematically from those generated in a delay discounting paradigm. |
|
Choice and Events During the Delay Interval: Possible Species Differences |
JAMES E. MAZUR (Southern Connecticut State University) |
Abstract: Dr. James Mazur will describe data examining the impact of conditioned reinforcers on probability discounting in rats, and will compare those data to those that he collected using pigeons and those that he collected in a delay discounting paradigm. His data indicate that, in contrast to pigeons, rats tend to take into account all the time between a response and food when choosing between certain and probabilistic reinforcers, whereas pigeons disregard inter-trial-intervals as well as any periods when distinctive conditioned reinforcers are not present. |
|
Comparison of Delay and Effort Discounting |
JERRY B. RICHARDS (University of Buffalo), Andrew M. Farrar (University of Buffalo) |
Abstract: Dr. Jerry Richards will describe data from a within-subject study in which the time spent to fulfill a fixed-ratio requirement in an effort discounting study was used to construct the delays used in a delay discounting procedure. His data indicate that discounting in an effort paradigm cannot be accounted for solely by the time spent completing the effort requirement. |
|
Reinforcer Magnitude and Effort Discounting Measured Using an Adjusting Amount Procedure |
SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: Dr Suzanne Mitchell will discuss a series of studies examining the impact of varying the magnitude and concentration of sucrose solution reinforcers on the extent to which rats discount the value of reinforcers requiring large amounts of effort to obtain. These data will be compared with the impact of similar manipulations on delay discounting and allow to her demonstrate areas of similarity and dissimilarity between effort and delay discounting. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis Part III |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Dalton |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University) |
MICHELLE SORETH (Temple University) |
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University) |
DAVID M. RICHMAN (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: The field of Behavior Analysis has been experiencing tremendous growth in recent years. While there were once only a few graduate programs in Behavior Analysis to choose from there are now many programs in existence, with more being established each year. With so many programs to choose from it can be a daunting task for potential students to discern differences between programs and determine which program is best for them. Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis Parts I - V will have directors and representatives from 20 graduate programs that will provide information about their programs and answer questions to facilitate this process. Some of the topics to be discussed include: Master’s versus Doctorate; student funding; time to complete program; practical experiences available; unique aspects of each program; and job placement of recent graduates. This will be an excellent opportunity for potential students to talk with faculty from various programs, ask specific questions about the programs while simultaneously comparing them, decide which one best meets their needs, and find out what they can do to improve their chances of getting accepted. This is a student committee sponsored event. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research in Safety Skills Training for Children |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Beacon H |
Area: CSE/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Raymond G. Miltenberger (North Dakota State University) |
Discussant: Keith D. Allen (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
Learn safety skills for preventing gun play in children.
Learn safety skills for preventing child abduction.
Learn behavioral skills training procedures for teaching safety skills to children. |
|
Teaching Safety Skills to Children to Prevent Gun Play: An Evaluation of In Situ Training |
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (North Dakota State University), Brian J. Gatheridge (Washington State University), Melisa Satterlund (North Dakota State University), Kristin R. Egemo (North Dakota State University), Brigitte M. Johnson (North Dakota State University), Candace Jostad (North Dakota State University), Chris A. Flessner (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: In this research we used a multiple baseline across subjects design to evaluate in situ training to teach 4-5 year old children skills needed when finding a firearm (don't touch the gun, get away, and tell an adult). We evaluated skills using in situ assessments in which we recorded the child's behavior when finding a gun (with 100% reliability). Training involved instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback in the training setting and in the assessment setting. The results showed that all children learned the skills in a small number of training sessions and exhibited them in the natural environment when they didn't know they were being assessed. |
|
A Comparison of Two Procedures to Teach Firearm Injury Prevention Skills to Children |
BRIAN J. GATHERIDGE (Washington State University), Raymond G. Miltenberger (North Dakota State University), Amanda Mattern (North Dakota State University), Melisa Satterlund (North Dakota State University), Brigitte Johnson (North Dakota State University), Chris A. Flessner (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: This study compared the Eddie Eagle Gun Safe program (an educational program produced by the NRA) and a behavioral skills training program (BST: involving instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback) to teach skills to prevent gun play in children (don't tough the gun, get away, and tell and adult). Forty-five 6-7 year old children were randomly assigned to the two training groups and a control group. We assessed knowledge and skills (with 100% reliability) in a posttest only, control group design. Results showed that the BST program was superior to the Eddie Eagle program in role play assessments and in situ assessments. With one in situ training session following training with the Eddie Eagle program, all but two children exhibited the skills in further in situ assessments. |
|
An Evaluation of In Situ Training to Teach Abduction Prevention Skills to Children |
BRIGITTE M. JOHNSON (North Dakota State University), Raymond G. Miltenberger (North Dakota State University), Kristin R. Egemo (North Dakota State University), Candace Jostad (North Dakota State University), Chris A. Flessner (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Brian J. Gatheridge (Washington State University) |
Abstract: In this study we used a multiple baseline across subjects design to evaluate in situ training to teach abduction prevention skills to fifteen 4-5 year old children. We assessed abduction prevention skills (say no, get away, and tell and adult when presented with an abduction lure) using in situ assessments (with 100% reliability) in which we observed the child's responses as a confederate presented an abduction lure to the child. In situ training involved instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback in training sessions and in the natural environment. All children learned the skills and demonstrated the skills during in situ assessments immediately after training and at a 1 month follow-up assessment. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Recombinative Generalization in Spelling and Reading |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Independence West |
Area: VBC/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kathryn Saunders (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: William V. Dube (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
Abstract: . |
|
Recombinative Generalization in Constructed Spelling by Preschool Children |
MONIKA M. SUCHOWIERSKA (University of Kansas), Katherine L. Stewart (University of Kansas), Kathryn Saunders (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Recombinative generalization is the demonstration of novel arrangements of previously established linguistic units. Two typically developing children were trained and tested on a computer with a touch-sensitive monitor. They spelled words by touching individual letters on the screen. A total of 60 consonant-vowel-consonant words were divided into two matrices containing five sets of six words each. Within sets, the words had overlapping onsets (initial consonant) (e.g., hop-hed) or rimes (vowel-consonant ending) (e.g., hop-bop). Across sets within a matrix, the words had overlapping rimes. Each set contained two training words and four generalization words. Tests for recombinative generalization determined whether children spelled correctly novel words that were constructed by recombining onsets and rimes (two words) or phonemes (two words) in ways that had not been directly trained. Only one matrix was trained. The results show that one child recombined onsets and rimes in the trained matrix, but made vowel errors on phoneme recombination tests. The other child initially did not show recombination in the trained matrix, but this performance emerged following training on auditory abstraction. Neither child spelled words correctly on the untrained matrix. These findings are a promising step in the development of a computerized technology for teaching rudimentary spelling. |
|
Adults with Mental Retardation Demonstrate Recombinative Generalization in a Constructed Spelling Task |
KATHERINE L. STEWART (University of Kansas), Monika M. Suchowierska (University of Kansas), Lisa Chaney (University of Kansas), Kathryn Saunders (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Adults with mild mental retardation showed recombinative generalization in spelling of consonant-vowel-consonant (CVC) words after matrix training that ensured exposure to all the necessary within-word components. A total of 96 words were divided into four matrices containing six sets of four words each. Within each set, words had overlapping onsets (e.g., rag, red) and rimes (e.g., rag, lag). All words in a given matrix had one of two rimes (e.g., ag or ed) and 12 different onsets. Upon hearing the spoken word, participants constructed the words on a touch-sensitive computer monitor by touching individual letters in the correct order. After learning two words in a set (e.g., rag and led), participants demonstrated recombinative generalization by constructing CVC words that had not been directly trained (e.g., red and lag). In general, participants showed recombinative generalization within the first trained matrix and a related matrix that shared the same vowels (i.e., a and e) but showed overgeneralization of one or both vowels trained across matrices with a different set of vowels (i.e., u and i). One future direction will involve using a matrix that includes all four vowels to force a discrimination between the vowels. |
|
Recombinative Generalization in Reading and Spelling: Effects of Matching Dictated Syllables to Printed Syllables |
DEISY DAS GRAÇAS DE SOUZA (Federal University of Sao Carlos, Brazil), Julio C. De Rose (Federal University of Sao Carlos, Brazil), Thais Cazati (Federal University of Sao Carlos, Brazil), Edson Huziawara (Federal University of Sao Carlos, Brazil), Daniela Toledo (Federal University of Sao Carlos, Brazil) |
Abstract: In previous studies we showed recombinative generalization of reading after students learned to read whole words, to construct words with their syllables, and to match syllables to the corresponding sounds. This study presents effects of these procedures on spelling to dictation. Students first learned to match printed words to the corresponding dictated words. New printed words were presented together with familiar words and students could exclude the familiar words and learn to match the new words to the corresponding dictated words. Students also constructed the words with movable letters in the presence of the printed word. Matching printed to dictated syllables was introduced after the students demonstrated emergent reading of the trained words. The syllables were components of the same words that were being trained in the teaching unit. The whole program comprised 17 units. Tests at various stages and at the end of the program assessed reading and spelling to dictation of trained and new words. Children read most of the training and generalization words (a replication of results from previous studies). Of more interest for the present purposes, scores for spelling dictated words increased markedly throughout the study and closely approximated the scores for reading generalization words. |
|
|
|
|
Research on the Acquisition of Observational Learning |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Beacon D |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: . |
|
The Effect of a Students’ use of a Teacher Observation Procedure on Students’ Acquisition of an Observational Learning Repertoire |
KATHERINE MEINCKE (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of teaching students to use a teacher observation procedure on middle school students’ acquisition of or improvement in observational learning. The participants in this study were chosen because they did not have an observational learning repertoire, or had a weak repertoire, according to pre-baseline probe conditions. Observational learning consisted of acquiring instructional objectives solely as a result of observing other students receive direct instruction with learn units. The design of the study was a multiple probe-counterbalanced design across participants and settings (99%-100% interobserver agreement). The results of the study showed significant changes in observational learning repertoires. |
|
Yoked Contingencies and the Acquisition of Observational Learning |
AMY DAVIS-LACKEY (Hawthorne Country Day School), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University), Lauren M. Stolfi (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: In three experiments (97%-100% interobserver agreement) we tested the effects of a yoked peer contingency on the acquisition of observational learning for 5 children who did not have the repertoire prior to the interventions using a multiple probe design across individuals. Students acquired observational learning repertoire. Results are discussed in terms of the critical need to identify the controlling variables for observational learning. |
|
Teaching Children with Autism to Monitor Responses of Peers and the Acquisition of Observational Learning |
LYNN YUAN (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We tested the effect of teaching young students with autism to monitor responses of peers on the acquisition of observational learning in a multiple probe design using pre and post training probes of observational learning (95%-100% interobserver agreement). The findings suggest that the monitoring procedure resulted in observational learning for the students. Differences in the outcomes are discussed in terms of prerequisite repertoires. |
|
A New Type of Observational Learning |
JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University), Anjalee S. Nirgudkar (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We report a series of experiments with 6 preschoolers demonstrating the acquisition of generalized conditioned reinforcement effects of small plastic discs as a function of observation (98%-100% interobserver agreement). The observation intervention procedure resulted in the acquisition and maintenance of reinforcement across learning and performance tasks and at no point was the discs paired with existing reinforcers or were back-up reinforcers provided for the discs. The most closely related findings are found in biological research on environmental effects on genetically predisposed behaviors in guppies, deer, and certain bird species. Does this finding constitute a new form of observational learning? |
|
|
|
|
School-wide Early Intervention for Reading and Behavior Problems |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Clarendon |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Debra M. Kamps (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: . |
|
Classroom Observations and Effects of Small Group Reading |
MARY B. VEERKAMP (University of Kansas), Debra M. Kamps (University of Kansas), Harriet Bannister (University of Kansas), Howard P. Wills (University of Kansas), Carmen Arreaga-Mayer (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This study collected direct observation data for 96 first and second grade students during reading instruction using the Multiple Option Observation System for Experimental Studies-MOOSES (Tapp, Wehby, & Ellis, 1992). One half of the students were enrolled in experimental schools involved in early screening and intervention for students at risk for reading failure. Intervention consisted of small group reading instruction using phonics driven curricula three to four times per week, in groups of 3-6 students. One half of the students were enrolled in control group schools. Differential effects favoring the experimental group were noted for frequencies of academic compliance or response opportunities with means of 534, 251, 134, and 463 compared to the control group means of 51, 67, 214, and 123, and for praise (means ranging from 16-52 compared to 7-28). Differences were also noted for the percent of intervals of reading aloud by students with means of 61%, 34%, 43%, and 53% (experimental schools) compared to 15%, 19%, 32%, and 39% (control schools), but not for reading silently or writing. Corresponding student outcome data will also be reported based on assessments using the Dynamic Indicators of Basic Early Literacy Skills-DIBELS (Good & Kaminski, 1998), a curriculum based measure of fluency. Trends in the data for first graders on nonsense indicated that 79% of the experimental group were at or near benchmark scores, compared to 54% of the control group. Note: All observers and assessors were trained to 80%+ reliability on a minimum of two occasions. |
|
Effects of a 10-Minute Supplemental Program on the Reading Achievement of First Grade Students Identified as At-Risk |
NANCY L. COOKE (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Susan Gibbs (University of North Carolina, Charlotte) |
Abstract: The Behavior and Reading Improvement Center (BRIC) at UNC Charlotte is one of six national sites awarded a 5-year federal grant to investigate preventive strategies for children in kindergarten through third grade who are identified as at-risk for failure due to problems in reading and/or behavior. The project implements and evaluates a full continuum of interventions, including primary prevention/universal instruction to avert the onset of problems, secondary prevention strategies to address the needs of students who need additional assistance to successfully acquire new skills, and tertiary prevention that involves more intense, lengthier interventions for students experiencing the most significant difficulties. This session will describe Practice Court, secondary reading intervention. Practice Court is a 10-minute, supplemental intervention that uses scripted text instruction to increase phonological awareness, alphabetic understanding, and decoding skills of primary grade students who are not progressing at the expected rate for their grade level. The lessons follow formats similar to Direct Instruction Reading (Carnine, Silbert, Kameenui & Tarver, 2004). Explicit instruction is used to address blending, segmenting, rhyming tasks, letter-sound correspondences, reading phonetically regular words, and reading decodable text. In addition, the intervention includes daily oral reading fluency passages and a format for practicing high frequency words. Student outcomes showed gains in the reading fluency primary grades students who received instruction in Practice Court (mean correct words per minute at 30) compared to peers who did not receive the intervention with a mean score of 22 words per minute. |
|
Implementing a Three-Tiered Model of Intervention for Elementary Students With Challenging Behaviors |
HOWARD P. WILLS (University of Kansas), Mary B. Veerkamp (University of Kansas), Debra M. Kamps (University of Kansas), Carmen Arreaga-Mayer (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This study examined the implementation of School-wide Positive Behavior Support (Horner et al., 2002), a three-tiered model of intervention (primary, secondary, tertiary) for students with challenging behaviors across seven elementary schools. Comparisons to baseline data and data collected at five control schools were used to evaluate change. Schoolwide interventions included developing, teaching, and posting rules, establishing routines, teaching class-wide behavior lessons, and implementing a school-wide incentive program. Intervention schools showed levels of 70-90% implementation during year one for initial components. Small group social skills clubs were implemented for students with moderate levels of inappropriate behaviors during year two. In addition, individual behavior plans varied and were created for students exhibiting the most challenging behaviors. Discipline referral data were used to evaluate the effects of all three levels of interventions. Direct observation data were collected at four of the schools to further examine the effects of small group and individual interventions. Reductions in the number of office referrals (with decreases up to 50%) indicated a drop in problem behaviors in schools implementing the three-tiered model. Further, data indicated that students and staff at schools implementing the three-tiered model were much more likely to be able to report the school’s behavioral expectations. Data from the first two years of implementation will be presented. |
|
Recess Setting Intervention in an Urban Elementary School Using School-wide Positive Behavior Support |
KATRINA L. FRANZEN (University of Kansas), Debra M. Kamps (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Rates of problem behavior in urban elementary school playgrounds are of growing concern. The purpose of this study was to examine how the implementation of school-wide positive behavior support (PBS), a system-wide, team driven, data based decision making continuum of support, addressed behavior problems and referrals on the playground. Specifically this study replicated several components from prior studies conducted by Lewis, Colvin and Sugai (2000) and Lewis, Powers, Kelk and Newcomber (2002). The intervention consisted of: introduction and teaching of appropriate recess-related behaviors to students, active supervision by playground supervisors, and group contingencies to reinforce appropriate behaviors. A multiple baseline design across three grade levels was used to assess the effects of the recess intervention as a general setting component of PBS on the frequency of target behaviors. Data collection staff were trained to a criteria of 80% reliability over 2 sessions. Results showed improvements for two grades with baseline still in effect for the final grade level. During baseline, the mean frequency of disruptive behaviors for 2nd graders was 16 and for 3rd graders, 13. Means during intervention showed decreases to 6 and 8, respectively across the grade levels. Improvements were also noted for teacher behaviors, with baseline mean frequencies in active supervision of 3 and 2, for the 2nd and 3rd grade teachers, followed by increases to means of 5 and 8, respectively during intervention conditions. |
|
|
|
|
Skinner (1938) and Keller and Schoenfeld (1950): A Symbiotic Relationship |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Republic B |
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: David C. Palmer (Smith College) |
JAMES DINSMOOR (Indiana University) |
Abstract: Most of the concepts we use today to describe behavioral processes were the product of a mutually beneficial relationship in which Keller and Schoenfeld (Principles of Psychology) used Skinner's treatment of his research findings (The Behavior of Organisms) as the foundation for a systematic account of the science of psychology. In greater or lesser degree, this was the history of such concepts as operant conditioning, reinforcement and extinction, response induction and differentiation, successive approximation, shaping, stimulus generalization and discrimination, fading, conditioned reinforcement, chaining, escape, avoidance, and punishment. |
Skinner not only provided us with a rich empirical and implied legacy, butalso a fertile conceptual one. One arena he shed his conceptual light upon is education. Through Skinner we've come to know that student learning is not accidental--it is the direct result of what has been designed, intentionally or unintentionally, by educators, instructional designers and society. Through Skinner we've learned that behavior is orderly, order emerges in single subjects, the "subject is always right," understanding behavior requires analyzing contingencies in fine detail, a complex repertoire can be synthesized from elementary units by the careful arrangement of contingencies of reinforcement, units of behavior should be determined empirically rather than defined in advance, and other important principles. One hundred years after Skinner's birth, by standing on his shoulders and those of other giants, Headsprout has updated the teaching machine to become a true, live contingency-matrix, one that has the potential to teach millions of children to read. |
Of his many conceptual contributions, I will focus on Skinner's use of a small number of behavioral concepts and principles (respondent pairing, operant reinforcement and extinction, discriminative stimulus control, etc.) as a basis for a molecular interpretation of any conceivable event involving behavior. His analysis of the results of complex animal experiments in these terms illustrates the power of these few basic relations, and constitutes strong support for their extension to the interpretation of any form of human behavior. I will describe some outstanding examples of Skinner's interpretive approach and suggest its general importance for the field of behavior analysis. |
Skinner partitioned the science of behavior into two inter-related enterprises-experimental analysis and interpretation. Experimental analysis is restricted to those situations in which all behaviorally relevant variables are manipulable, controllable, or measurable. Interpretation is the explanation of behavior that occurs in situations that do not meet the demands of experimental analysis. Such explanations must appeal exclusively to functional relations that have been identified in prior experimental analyses if they are to qualify as interpretations. The analysis-interpretation distinction is not peculiar to the science of behavior, but inheres in science generally. According to this distinction, many worthy behavioral studies do not satisfy the criteria of experimental analysis (e.g., the study of choice by means of concurrent schedules). Further, nearly all human behavior is the province of interpretation, not experimental analysis. The failure to honor the analysis-interpretation distinction has greatly impeded progress in the science of behavior, most especially in normative psychology. |
|
|
|
|
The Next Life-Sciences Frontier: The Developmental Systems Perspective and Behavior |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Hampton |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Susan M. Schneider (Florida International University) |
Discussant: Lewis P. Lipsitt (Brown University) |
Abstract: . |
|
Transactionalism: A Developmental Systems View |
DAVID B. MILLER (University of Connecticut) |
Abstract: Historical conceptions of development have generated thought-provoking, albeit polarized, discussion throughout the centuries. All variants of the nature-nurture dichotomy, the debates have assumed many forms: vitalism vs. mechanism, preformationism vs. epigenesis, predetermined vs. probabilistic epigenesis, genetic vs. environmental determinism, and so on. Even well-intentioned, so-called “interactionists” sometimes have oversimplified the complexity of ontogenetic processes by characterizing development as an exchange of energy between two interactants --genes and environment. An alternative view, sometimes called transactionalism, more explicitly recognizes an extended exchange of energy both within and among different levels of organization rendering the developing organism an active participant of an emergent, sometimes self-organizing, developmental system. Inherent in this transactional conception of development is an explicit recognition of the role of nonlinear (as well as linear) experiential factors and contextual effects on developmental trajectories, as well as how multiple pathways of developing systems can converge toward similar outcomes. This presentation will briefly outline some of these issues, thereby providing a framework for a discussion of empirical work that addresses these concepts. |
|
The Experimental Analysis of Developmental Nonlinearities |
DAVID B. MILLER (University of Connecticut) |
Abstract: The developmental analysis of species-typical behaviors poses an intriguing challenge because of the regularities inherent in these acts and the apparent lack of linear experiential factors affecting their performance. Developmental scientists find linearities easier to identify and manipulate than nonlinearities. Nevertheless, experientialnonlinearities have sometimes been identified, even though they often remain unexplained beyond initial description. Beginning in 1973, I embarked on a series of field and laboratory studies on alarm call responsivity of mallard ducklings. In this presentation, I focus on how experiential nonlinearities affect the development of alarm call responsivity and how some unexpected findings led to a reexamination of our own views, resulting in a better understanding of multiple pathways in development. |
|
Behavior Principles and the Developmental Systems View: Context and More |
SUSAN M. SCHNEIDER (Florida International University) |
Abstract: Many behavior analysts and learning researchers would suggest that all behaviors seen throughout the development of any organism appear to reflect operant learning, classical conditioning, species-typical patterns, or some combination of these three basic sets of behavior principles. For any behavior in any developmental analysis, then, these behavior principles must apply--and developmental systems researchers in a variety of fields recognize this. David B. Miller's presentations will show just how interactional and nonlinear early development can be, even for what used to be thought of as genetically-determined, "instinctive" species-typical behaviors. Other developmental systems researchers concentrate more on the evolutionary context, or human nature-nurture relations. The human genome project is just one sample of the exciting recent progress in the life sciences, progress that both impacts us and cries out for our involvement. I will summarize what behavior analysts can contribute to the developmental systems perspective, and what we can learn. |
|
|
|
|
The Science and Politics of Achieving a Cultural Shift toward Science-based, Effective Treatment |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Back Bay A |
Area: DDA/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Wayne S. Robb (Guardian Healthcare at Hazelwood Center) |
Discussant: Teresa A. Rodgers (Developmental Disabilities Program Office) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
Participants will learn to identify treatment environments in which a cultural shift is necessary.
Participants will learn to collect baseline and intervention data to measure components of a cultural shift in a treatment environment.
Participants will learn to assess intervention data related to changes in a treatment environment. |
|
Entering the Shift Zone |
ERIC M. SHULTS (Guardian Healthcare at Hazelwood Center) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic education and treatment interventions for individuals who present behavior challenges have been shown to be effective in both research and applied settings. Surprisingly, many programs that serve individuals with behavioral challenges remain unaware of the effective behavioral treatment options available to them. As a result, Behavior Analysts are often faced with the initial challenge of educating service providers, programs and facilities as to the necessary changes that must occur in the treatment environment prior to the implementation of individualized treatment for the consumer. The behavior Analyst must then assist the treatment agent to rearrange several aspects of the treatment environment to maximize the effectiveness of any potential intervention. More specifically, arrangement of the treatment environment often requires the Behavior Analyst to help establish a culture in which effective and humane treatment and education can occur. This typically involves a lengthy process of education with required involvement from the upper administration through the direct caregiver. This symposium describes the steps through which such a beneficial cultural shift might occur. |
|
Data-based Steps Toward Cultural Shift |
THOMAS GUNN HARVEY (Guardian Healthcare at Hazelwood Center) |
Abstract: Effecting a change in behavior in a large number of individuals whose charge is to provide habilitative services to individuals with developmental disabilities is a complex and often frustrating task. However, the task, as with all other efforts to change behavior, is more manageable when it is broken down into smaller components. The first order of business in attempting to achieve a cultural shift in a large facility is to obtain baseline measures of areas that are likely to be targeted for change. In this presentation we will discuss the identification and implementation of baseline measures for areas targeted for change in a large facility for persons with mental retardation. Interventions that were used to assist in beginning a cultural shift at that facility will also be discussed. Data on the relative effectiveness of some of these interventions will be presented. A critical review of some of the interventions and measurement systems will then be presented. |
|
Lessons Learned Along the Way |
CHRISTIE FYFFE-ZAWISZA (Guardian Healthcare at Hazelwood Center) |
Abstract: Attempting to achieve a cultural shift toward science-based effective treatment in a large organization is often a long and cumbersome process. Often the introduction of treatment approaches, such as applied behavior analysis, with a long history of proven results is met with skepticism and outright resistance. Surprisingly, administrators and behavior change agents are often unaware that a powerful technology exists to minimize challenging behavior and to teach new functional skills. The introduction and eventual implementation of this technology must be done carefully and gradually. In this presentation we will examine how we attempted to introduce effective and humane behavior change technology in a large facility for persons with mental retardation. The way in which areas targeted for change were identified and prioritized will be presented. Finally, successful and unsuccessful strategies that were used in an effort to achieve a cultural shift in this facility will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Using Descriptive and Functional Analysis Procedures to Evaluate the Effects of Stimulant Medication on Response Allocation |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Beacon E |
Area: BPH/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Robert LaRue (Marcus Institute) |
Discussant: John A. Northup (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: . |
|
An Evaluation of the Effects of Stimulant Medication During Times of Play in Children with ADHD |
ANDREA L. RIDGWAY (Marcus Institute), John A. Northup (University of Iowa), Robert LaRue (Marcus University), Laura Fountain (Louisiana State University), Angie Pellegrin (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Psychomotor stimulants are the most commonly prescribed medications for the treatment of ADHD in children. Although stimulants are generally regarded as safe and effective, there is concern that potential problems may be overlooked, specifically regarding their effect on social and play behavior. Two studies were conducted with the purpose of evaluating the effects of stimulant medications on the social behavior of preschool children with ADHD during various play activities. Medication dose was alternated between their prescribed dose and a placebo in a multielement design. Pronounced alterations in social behavior were observed for several participants while taking their prescribed dose of stimulant medication. Additionally, significant medication effects were observed for a number of anxiety behaviors, such as nail and lip biting, skin picking, and hand wringing. These findings are consistent with prior studies suggesting that stimulant medications may have detrimental effects that may be most noticeable during activities involving play. These findings suggest that greater attention may need to be directed to the assessment of children’s social behavior in unstructured or free play settings in both applied medication assessment and initial trials of clinical efficacy. The potential implications of overlooked social side effects of stimulant medication are discussed. |
|
Psychotropic Medication as an Establishing Operation: The Effects of Stimulants on Value of Social Reinforcers |
ROBERT LARUE (Marcus Institute), John A. Northup (University of Iowa), Tara Williams (Louisiana State University), Lauren Seale (Louisiana State University), Andrea L. Ridgway (Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current investigation was to observe the effects of stimulant medications of the reinforcing effectiveness of social activities of children diagnosed with ADHD. Five preschool children enrolled in a summer research program participated in the current study. Each participant had previously been diagnosed with ADHD and prescribed stimulant medication by an independent psychiatrist. Medication dose was alternated in a semi-random manner between placebo and the prescribed stimulant medication dose. A reinforcer assessment was conducted daily for all participants throughout the investigation. During each assessment, children were provided with the opportunity to earn three different types of reinforcers: playing with friends for two minutes (i.e., social play), playing alone for two minutes (i.e., nonsocial play) and quiet time for two minutes (i.e., no playing, no social contact). The results of this study show that two of the participants allocated fewer responses to peer play while taking stimulant medication. There was corresponding increase in the number of alone play coupons selected in these two participants as well. These findings are consistent with prior literature suggesting that stimulant medications may influence the reinforcing effectiveness of social reinforcers. The potential implications for designing effective treatments for children with ADHD are discussed. |
|
The Effects of Stimulant Medication on Response Allocation: A Double-blind Analysis |
JOANNA LOMAS (Marcus Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (Marcus Institute), Percy Milligan (Marcus Institute), Thomasina Bridgeford (Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: Researchers have begun to examine the effects of stimulant medications in relation to the operant functions or mechanisms involved in those behaviors. We extended this literature on the interaction between operant mechanisms and stimulant medication in the current study by evaluating the effects stimulant medication on response allocation between appropriate behavior (compliance) and disruptive behavior that was reinforced by escape and tangible reinforcement. During daily sessions, the participant received reinforcement (20 s of escape with tangible reinforcement) for either compliance or disruptive behavior on concurrent FR 1 FR 1 schedules. Across days, the participant received either 20 mg Adderall of or placebo in accordance with a multielement design. Results indicated that the participant allocated almost all of his responding to compliance during days when active medication was delivered and allocated more responding to disruptive behavior during days when placebo was delivered. These results are discussed in terms of bio-behavioral interactions that may be relevant to understanding and treating disruptive behavior disorders. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Paper - Acceptance and Commitment Therapy: State of the Evidence (Translated into Japanese) |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Beacon G |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Yukiko Washio (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy: State of the Evidence (Translated into Japanese) |
Domain: Applied Research |
STEVEN C. HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is clinical behavior analytic psychotherapy based on the view that most psychological suffering is caused by experiential avoidance and cognitive fusion. According to the ACT model, these two processes are a natural side effect of human language. In the present talk, I will describe the outcome and process evidence on ACT, and will link its empirical progress to issues in clinical behavior analysis more generally. |
|
|
|
|
|
Int'l Paper - Feeding Patterns in Rats: The Effects of Food or Water Deprivation on Body Weight and Food and Water Intake |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Beacon F |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Robin A. Nuzzolo-Gomez (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
|
Feeding Patterns in Rats: The Effects of Food or Water Deprivation on Body Weight and Food and Water Intake |
Domain: Applied Research |
HECTOR MARTINEZ SANCHEZ (University of Guadalajara, Mexico) |
|
Abstract: Programs of food or water restriction allow experimenters to control consumption and maintain the animals' weight at its predetermined level. These programs have been often employed (a) to produce an increase in general activity, (b) to control body weight, usually around 80% of the initial weight, (c) guarantee an adequate motivational level, and (d) to maintain the stability of experimental parameters. The literature suggests that ending a restriction program affects an organism's feeding patterns and therefore its body weight. Our results confirm that interrupting a regular or variable program of food or water restriction induces an increase in body weight above that registered in baseline. We have also identified a post-deprivation effect characterized by a striking increase of food or water intake, which suggests an underlying regulatory mechanism. Also, we have consistently observed self-restriction of the freely available commodity during restriction of the complementary commodity (be it food or water). These effects are present independently of experimental history, sex, type of the restriction program, previous body weight, nature of the commodity under restriction (food or water), and the presentation schedule (regular or irregular) of restriction periods. These findings are relevant to the control of alimentary disorders such as bulimia. |
|
|
|
|
|
Refining Concepts and Tools in the Analysis of Behavior |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Independence East |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Gary Wilkes (Click & Treat Training) |
|
From Coyotes in the Mist to Coyotes in our Midst: The Use of Operant Variability as the Establishing Operation to Rehabilitate Geriatric Captive Zoo Animals |
Domain: Applied Research |
GARY WILKES (Click & Treat Training), Hilda Tresz (The Phoenix Zoo) |
|
Abstract: Lucky and Bob are 10 year old coyotes who have never been formally trained. They have been informally taught to fear all humans, especially keepers. Because of their active avoidance of humans, gradual desensitization and successive approximation were not possible. Instead, the coyotes were offered simultaneous changes in their environment and reinforcement for deviation from their normal behavior. The unique aspects of a training and enrichment program that does not utilize linear shaping will be discussed. Specific project goals and time-tables will be presented including tangible and rather startling behavior changes in these two "untrainable" animals. |
|
Access to Tangibles as an Abolishing Operation for Escape Maintained Challenging Behavior |
Domain: Applied Research |
NORM DAHL (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota) |
|
Abstract: Whereas establishing operations (EOs) increase the effectiveness of consequences to function as reinforcers or punishers, and serve to evoke behavior, abolishing operations (AOs) decrease effectiveness of consequences to reinforce or punish behaviors, and produce an abative effect (Laraway, Snycerski, Michael, & Poling, 2003). While there has been relatively little research on the influence of EOs, there has been even less on AOs. In this study, we used a withdrawal design to identify the controlling variable(s) of an intervention package that effectively reduced instances of escape maintained challenging behavior displayed by a boy with developmental disabilities. The full intervention consisted of (a) choice of task sequence, (b) “picture cards” to present task options, (c) within-task choice, (d) preferred activity contingent on task completion, and (e) 20s escape contingent on challenging behavior. Each component was withdrawn sequentially, with reemergence of challenging behavior only observed when contingent preferred activities were withdrawn. Reductions in challenging behavior were again observed when contingent preferred activities were reintroduced. Inter-observer agreement averaged 80% or better across dependent and independent variables. Results are discussed in terms establishing and abolishing operations. |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Topics in Precision Teaching with Children with Autism |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:00 AM–11:20 AM |
Back Bay B |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Alison L. Moors (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
Discuss the relationship that may be constructed between a verbal behavior analysis of language, Fluency-Based Instruction, and Precision Teaching
Describe component skills that may enhance the ability of children with autism to attend, and thus gain from, large group instruction
Discuss the application of Precision teaching measurements systems to the instruction of language skills developed on an augmentative communication device |
|
Teaching Children with Autism to Gain Skills from Large-Group Instruction: Using Precision Teaching to Measure Instruction of Skills Related to the Development of an Attending Repertoire |
MICHAEL FABRIZIO (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Sara Pahl (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: The rigorous measurement power that Precision Teaching can afford instructional programs for children with autism is not limited to teaching children component skills. That same measurement power may be brought to bear on the instruction of skills that will assist children in learning within larger group arrangements such as those found throughout most schools. The current paper will outline some of those important skills and present examples of how those skills were taught through Fluency-Based Instruction and measured through Precision Teaching. |
|
Using Precision Teaching to Measure Language Skills in Instruction Involving an Augmentative Communication Device |
KELLY J. FERRIS (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: This paper will present a detailed case study of an elementary-aged child with severe autism and the combination of augmentative communication and Fluency-Based Instruction used to improve his language performance both within and outside formal instruction. The paper will present data showing how his language improved as well as discuss the component skills taught to fluent levels that supported his improved communicative ability. |
|
Shaping Speaker, Listener, and Speaker-Own-Listener Skills through Fluency-Based Instruction |
KRISTIN N. SCHIRMER (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Sara Pahl (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: By deriving instructional objectives through a verbal behavior analysis of language, and teaching those skills to fluent levels through Fluency-Based Instruction, clinicians can teach children very advanced language skills. The current paper will provide data-based examples of how such skills have been taught using Precision Teaching as a measurement paradigm, with particular emphasis on teaching various types of autoclitic behavior. |
|
Using the Standard Celeration Chart to Monitor Social Skills Programming for Learners with Autism |
ALISON L. MOORS (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Krista Zambolin (University of British Columbia), Holly Almon (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Amy King (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: Parents, teachers, and clinical service providers have long appreciated the demand and complexity involved with teaching social skills to students with autism. A "standard" or "normative" set of behaviors does not exist that constitute the full depth and breadth of necessary components for learners of any age to be successful in navigating their social surroundings. In addition, because most successful social skills instruction occurs in situ, data collection, performance monitoring, and data-based decision making concerning social skills pinpoints proves challenging. This paper presentation will focus on tracking social skills pinpoints on the Standard Celeration Chart (SCC). Data will be presented to illustrate multiple pinpoints along the continuum of social skills instruction as well as the subsequent comparisons to the student’s non-affected peers. |
|
|
|
|
Facilitating Social Interactions Between Children With Autism and Typically Developing Peers Using Pivotal Response Training |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:00 AM–11:20 AM |
Back Bay C |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mendy Boettcher Minjarez (University of California, Santa Barbara) |
Discussant: Mendy Boettcher (Division of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry) |
Abstract: . |
|
Facilitating Initiations between Preschool-Age Children with Autism, their Siblings, and Typically Developing Peers Using Pivotal Response Training |
ROSY FREDEEN (University of California, Santa Barbara), Robert L. Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara), Lynn Kern Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine whether young preschool-age children with autism could be taught to use social-communicative initiations with their siblings and typically developing peers using the motivational procedures of Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT). Generalization to untrained peers was also assessed. Results, assessed within a multiple baseline design, revealed dramatic improvements in the children’s social-communicative initiations towards their siblings and peers, generalization to untrained peers, increased responsivity from untrained peers toward the children, and improved ratings of typicality in comparison to typical developing peers as rated by naïve untrained observers. Future lines of research are discussed, including the incorporation of general case programming and the use of younger vs. older siblings and peers in social interventions. |
|
Training Paraprofessionals to Facilitate Social Interactions Between Children with Autism and Their Peers in an Inclusive Summer Camp Setting |
EILEEN KLEIN (University of California, Santa Barbara), Robert L. Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara), Lynn Kern Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara), Mendy Boettcher Minjarez (University of California, Santa Barbara), Lauren I. Brookman-Frazee (University of California, Santa Barbara), Daniel Adam Openden (University of California, Santa Barbara) |
Abstract: The literature suggests that paraprofessional support personnel frequently engage in hovering behavior, which is impeding the social development of children with autism in inclusive settings. Therefore, the purpose of the study was to assess, within a multiple baseline design, whether paraprofessionals could be trained to facilitate social interactions between children with autism and their typically developing peers. The results showed: a) at baseline, the paraprofessionals engaged in high levels of hovering and low levels of social facilitation; b) at baseline, the campers with autism engaged in low levels of social behaviors; c) the paraprofessionals could easily learn to decrease hovering behavior and increase their social facilitation behaviors; d) concurrent with the change in the paraprofessionals’ support behaviors, the social behavior of the children with autism with their nondisabled peers increased. Generalization measures indicate that the paraprofessionals continued to use their skills when they worked with new children. The results are discussed in relation to their implication for social development for children with autism and a model for training paraprofessionals in inclusive settings. |
|
Teaching Social Conversation Skills to Children with Autism through Self-Management: An Analysis of Treatment Gains and Meaningful Outcomes |
MENDY BOETTCHER MINJAREZ (University of California, Santa Barbara) |
Abstract: Deficits in social functioning and pragmatics are universally recognized as primary symptoms of autism. Ability to successfully participate in reciprocal social conversation is one area that has not been extensively addressed in the literature. The purpose of this study was to demonstrate through the use of a multiple baseline design that children with autism could be taught to engage appropriately in social conversation through the use of a self-management intervention. Further, the study addressed whether these improvements constituted a meaningful outcome. The following variables were investigated: 1) whether self-management could be successfully used to teach social conversation skills, 2) whether these treatment gains would generalize and maintain over time once intervention was faded, 3) whether the children would use their newly acquired skills spontaneously in a novel setting, and 4) whether the children would appear subjectively more confident and interested in their social interactions after intervention. Data indicate that self-management was an effective means of teaching social conversations skills, that skills maintained and generalized to new settings and partners, and that acquired social skills were used spontaneously once intervention was faded. Subjective confidence and interest ratings also appeared to improve with intervention. Results are discussed in terms of social skills interventions, self-management literature, and the notion of meaningful outcomes. |
|
Developmental Trajectories and Longitudinal Intervention Outcomes for Young Nonverbal Children with Autism |
YVONNE BRUINSMA (University of California, Santa Barbara), Robert L. Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara), Lynn Kern Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara) |
Abstract: Researchers and practitioners alike agree that early intensive intervention is crucial to the development and prognosis of young nonverbal children diagnosed with autism (Dawson & Osterling, 1997; Fenske, Zalenski, Krantz, & McClannahan, 1985; Anderson, Avery, DiPietro, National Research Council, 2001) However, relatively few studies have been published that document outcomes for this group. The current two-part study investigated outcomes for eight young nonverbal children (average age prior to intervention: 27.9 months). The intervention consisted of intensive in-home parent education in Pivotal Response Training (Koegel, Koegel, Harrower, & Carter, 1999). The first study assessed changes in number of words and word diversity exhibited prior to intervention and at the latest intervention point for eight children. Results indicated that all children demonstrated substantial gains in both the number of words and word diversity. The second study assessed the developmental trajectories prior to and during intervention for five children in greater detail using a multiple baseline design across participants. Dependent measures included number of words, word diversity, age equivalence scores on the Communication Domain of the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales, and speech type. Data suggested improvements for all children, with three children accelerating their development trajectories towards the normal range on the Communication Domain of the VABS. Results are discussed in terms of prognosis, hope, and quality of life for very young children with autism and their families. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Practical Applications of ABA in the Republic of Ireland |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:00 AM–11:20 AM |
Back Bay D |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rita Honan (Trinity College Dublin) |
Discussant: Haydee Toro (State of Florida Developmental Services) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
Participants will learn the critical factors involved in a successful, multifaceted positive behavioral programming system for adults with severe challenging behavior.
Participants will learn the key behavioral elements in teaching mainstream students to socially engage with peers with an autistic spectrum disorder.
Participants will learn the three types of validity associated with analogue assessment and how these relate to clinical utility. |
|
An Evaluation of Positive Behavioural Support for people with Very Severe Challenging Behaviours in Community-Based Settings |
IAN M. GREY (Trinity College Dublin), Brian McClean (Brothers of Charity Services, Co. Roscommon, Ireland) |
Abstract: This study employed a multiple baseline across individuals design to evaluate the implementation of Positive Behaviour Support for five people with very severe challenging behaviours over an eighteen month period. Four types of outcome are presented; rates of behaviour, rates of medication, psychiatric symptomatology and quality of life. The systems of support and individual costs that are required to enable these individuals to maintain outcomes and to develop improved lifestyles are also described. Systems of support include on-call intensive support services, emergency respite care, mental health review and behaviour support planning. Behaviours reduced to near zero levels following implementation of Positive Behavioural Supports and were sustained during the 12 month intervention stage. Medications reduced by 66% in the same period. Quality of Life Questionnaire scores improved significantly for three of the five participants. The results are discussed in the context of a four-cornered framework for supporting people with severe challenging behaviours in the community. |
|
Adapted Pivotol Response Training with Mainstream Children to Facilitate Social Interaction with Peers with an Autistic Spectrum Disorder |
RITA HONAN (Trinity College Dublin), Ian M. Grey (Trinity College Dublin) |
Abstract: Two children with Asperger’s Syndrome and four typically developing peers participated in the first of two studies designed to investigate the effectiveness of peer-implemented pivotal response training (PRT) to increase the engagement of children with AS in complex social behaviours. The intervention consisted of teaching mainstream peers 5 pivotal responses for use in 1:1 play sessions. Data was analysed by coding video footage broken down into ten second intervals. Post-intervention probes demonstrated increased engagement of the targeted children in target social behaviours. Maintenance and generalisation was not found.
In a follow-on study, 3 strategies of PR procedures were taught to 9 mainstream peers of 3 young boys with Autistic Disorder. Training in PRT was conducted as before. A multiple baseline design was incorporated, with baseline sessions staggered across time. Data was again analysed by reviewing video footage. Post-intervention increases were recorded for all three target children. 2 of these children generalised these skills to non-trained peers in post-intervention sessions. 6 weeks later results were found to be maintained with trained peers and also generalised to one non-trained peer in follow-up play sessions. Implications of these and related results are discussed. |
|
Functional Assessment and Challenging Behaviour: A Critical Review of the Validity and Clinical Utility of Analogue Assessment |
BRIAN MCCLEAN (Brothers of Charity Services, Co. Roscommon, Ireland), Ian M. Grey (Trinity College Dublin) |
Abstract: Analogue assessment is an experimental methodology for identifying functions of challenging behaviour. It has had a pervasive impact on the field of behavioural intervention for people with challenging behaviours. This procedure will be examined in terms of three types of validity: ecological validity, convergent validity and empirical validity. The utility of analogue assessment in clinical settings will also be explored. The primary advantage of analogue assessment is the experimental demonstration of a relationship between variables. An impressive range of advances have improved the ecological validity of the procedure. However, evidence for convergent validity is lacking. The advantage of analogue assessment over alternative forms of functional assessment has yet to be adequately demonstrated and the use of analogue assessment in routine clinical practice remains dubious. |
|
|
|
|
Discounting |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:20 AM |
Commonwealth |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Mark E. Berg (University of Canterbury) |
|
Risk Sensitivity and Dynamic Intertemporal Choice in an Electronic Foraging Task |
Domain: Applied Research |
CARTER L. SMITH (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University) |
|
Abstract: Scenarios used in human delay-discounting research typically have little in common with the decisions people make in real financial environments where molecular intertemporal choices are nearly always part of a sequence of decisions tied to some larger, extended set of contingencies. The current study attempted to model such scenarios, and assessed the possibility that molar environmental constraints might influence sequential intertemporal choice. Eighty-two participants played an electronic video game involving a spaceship that searches for items on planets. During the game participants made a series of decisions regarding fuel for the spaceship. Smaller amounts of fuel were available immediately, while larger amounts accompanied varying delay periods. Successful completion of the game resulted in a cash reward. Based on relationships between risk sensitivity and daily energy budgets in foraging theory, it was hypothesized that successive intertemporal choices would reflect modulating sensitivity to delay under manipulations of several environmental constraints: remaining game time and rate of fuel depletion. As hypothesized, emitted decisions reflected progressively steeper discounting. The results suggest that, in the present context, sensitivity to delay is dynamic. The need for ongoing consideration of broader contextual controls on delay discounting is discussed. |
|
Effects of Initial-Link Duration on Acquisition of Preference in Concurrent Chains |
Domain: Applied Research |
MARK E. BERG (University of Canterbury), Randolph C. Grace (University of Canterbury) |
|
Abstract: Asymptotic response allocation during the initial links of concurrent chains becomes less extreme as the absolute duration of the initial links increases with the terminal links held constant (“initial-link effect”; Fantino, 1969). The present study asked whether initial-link duration also affected acquisition of preference, i.e., how quickly response allocation reached asymptote. Six pigeons were trained on a concurrent-chains procedure in which the terminal links were FI 8 s FI 16 s or FI 16 s FI 8 s and were changed every 20 sessions. Across conditions, all possible combination of transitions between relatively short (VI 8 s) and long (VI 24 s) initial-link schedules were studied. Overall, rate of acquisition (measured as the proportion of eventual change in response allocation) was fastest when the initial-link duration preceding the reversal was short and when the initial-link duration following the reversal was long; slowest when the preceding initial-link duration was long and the following duration was short; and intermediate with short-short and long-long transitions. These results show that a successful model for acquisition of preference in concurrent chains must incorporate initial- as well as terminal-link variables (cf. Grace, 2002). |
|
|
|
|
|
Schools as the Unit of Analysis: School-wide Behavior Support |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:20 AM |
Gardner |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Anne Cummings, Psy.D. |
Chair: Anne Cummings (Western Michigan University) |
GEORGE SUGAI (University of Oregon), Robert H. Horner (University of Oregon) |
George Sugai is a Professor in Special Education in the College of Education at the University of Oregon with expertise in behavior analysis, classroom and behavior management, school-wide discipline, function-based behavior support, positive behavior supports, and educating students with emotional and behavioral disorders. He has been a teacher in the public schools, treatment director in a residential program, and program administrator. Dr. Sugai conducts applied school and classroom research and works with schools to translate research into practice. He is currently co-director of the Center on Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports at the University of Oregon. |
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation is to describe how the principles and practices of behavior analysis have been applied to the improvement of school-wide behavior support systems. In particular, the school will be considered as the unit of analysis. The development and durable implementation of school-wide systems of behavior support will be emphasized through a discussion of need, features, guiding principles, and examples and outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Methods for Developmental Disabilities |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:20 AM |
Constitution B |
Area: DDA |
Chair: Dennis Rose (Nayang Technological University) |
|
Introducing the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) into a Residential Facility for Adults with Severe Retardation. |
Domain: Applied Research |
DENNIS ROSE (Nanyang Technological University, Singapore), Lee Lay Choo (Movement for the Intellectually Disabled, Singapore), Lo Huimin (Movement for the Intellectually Disabled, Singapore) |
|
Abstract: Lee and Rose (2003) reported on a project in which adults with severe mental retardation were taught to use the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) up to stage three (discriminating between cards). PECS is most commonly implemented with young children with autism. The present study is an extension of that reported by Lee and Rose and describes modifications required with adults who have never used symbolic language and who often have other disabilities that impede the use of picture cards in the manner usually adopted in standard programs. The use of functional analysis to problem-solve within the project is described, as are the procedures adopted to develop generalized responding. Lastly the paper examines some issues in introducing programs such as PECS into facilities which are primarily care-based rather than educative. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in the Assessment and Treatment of Feeding Problems in Persons with Developmental Disabilities |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Back Bay A |
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas at Austin) |
Discussant: Linda J. Cooper-Brown (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: . |
|
An Analysis of the Effects of Positive and Negative Reinforcement on Food Selectivity |
ANJALI BARRETTO (Gonzaga University), Jennifer Neyman (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: Research in the area of behavioral feeding disorders has shown escape extinction to be a necessary component in the treatment of food refusal (e.g., Cooper et al., 1995). The purpose of this study was to conduct a community-based assessment and treatment of food selectivity. Specifically we examined the influence of positive and negative reinforcement across three textures of food: (a) pureed foods, (b) minced foods, and (c) chunky foods. The participant was a 4-year old boy who was diagnosed with DiGeorge syndrome. He had previously received all of his nutrition via a g-tube. However, following termination of g-tube feedings the child obtained his nutrition from milk and yogurt only. All assessment and treatment sessions were conducted by the mother in the family?s home across a period of 3 months. Two independent observers achieved 90% agreement on over 33% of the sessions. Results showed that negative reinforcement was an active variable only across chunky foods. Results will be discussed in terms of community-based intervention and treatment of food selectivity. |
|
An Analysis of the Role of Effort in the Treatment of Food Refusal Behavior |
DANIELLE N. DOLEZAL (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Linda J. Cooper-Brown (University of Iowa), Brenda Engebretson (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: We examined the effectiveness of interspersing target bites (e.g., full bites) with small tastes to decrease food refusals and gagging. The participant was an 18-month-old young girl diagnosed with lack of normal physiologic growth and feeding difficulties. She engaged in food refusal behaviors as well as persistent gagging of foods accepted into her mouth. An oral-motor evaluation suggested that a toddler-sized full spoon of soft, fork-mashed foods were appropriate for target bites. She accepted smooth foods (e.g., yogurt) and fork-mashed foods (e.g., Spaghetti O?s) in her mouth, but would engage in food refusal and gagging behavior when toddler size full spoons were presented. Therefore, we evaluated the effects of following full-spoons with small tastes at a ratio, within a combination reversal and multi-element design determined in our assessment. Data were collected with an event recording system, inter-observer agreement was collected for 37% of the meals, and averaged in 90% or better. The child demonstrated decreased food refusal and gagging behaviors when this ratio of tastes to full was presented. Demand fading, conducted both inpatient and during follow-up, decreased the bite ratio of tastes to full, and resulted in continued treatment success in the home and outpatient settings. |
|
Manipulating Food Dimensions During the Treatment of Food Refusal |
GREGORY K. REED (Marcus Institute), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Linda J. Cooper-Brown (University of Iowa), Danielle N. Dolezal (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Systematic research identifying specific interventions for individual feeding concerns continues to be an area of need. The present study examined the impact of manipulating contrasting levels of a commonly cited food dimension?food preference (or type)?on the food refusal of a young boy. Specifically, food type was manipulated in a concurrent schedules arrangement, both with and without the presence of escape extinction. The purpose was to assess the relative and interactive effects of escape extinction and contrasting food types. Independent observers achieved (on average) over 95% agreement on 31% of the sessions. Results showed that differential effects occurred across contrasting food types, but only when escape (i.e., negative reinforcement) was unavailable. Implications for treatment and future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Clinical and Verbal Issues in Self-Control |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Conference Room 2 |
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Claudia D. Cardinal (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Philip N. Hineline (Temple University) |
Abstract: . |
|
Distress Tolerance and Sensitivity to Emotional Distress: Relationship to Smoking Cessation |
RICHARD A. BROWN (Brown Medical School/Butler Hospital), Carl W. Lejuetz (University of Maryland), Christopher W. Kahler (Brown University), David R. Strong (Brown Medical School/Butler Hospital) |
Abstract: Recent studies indicate that a large percentage of individuals attempting smoking cessation lapse to smoking within a matter of days and very few of these individuals are able to recover to achieve long-term abstinence from smoking. Current models of relapse devote insufficient attention to this phenomenon of early lapse and results of studies attempting to relate severity of nicotine withdrawal symptoms to short-term smoking cessation outcomes have been equivocal. This paper will provide a conceptual framework for the examination of distress tolerance, a biobehavioral variable theoretically linked to an underlying sensitivity to negative emotional distress, as a key factor in early smoking lapse and subsequent relapse. Results will be presented from a series of studies finding that intolerance to emotional distress was significantly associated with early smoking lapse and relapse to smoking. Implications of these findings will be discussed in terms of using exposure and acceptance-based approaches in the treatment of nicotine dependence. |
|
Psychological Flexibility: ACT Outcomes and Processes |
MIKE P. TWOHIG (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Akihiko Masuda (University of Nevada, Reno), Jason Brian Luoma (Independent Practice) |
Abstract: The present paper reviews the outcome and process evidence for ACT and ACT components as a means of encouraging both persistence and change: what we call here "psychological flexibility." ACT seems to have a broad impact on self-control problems, and a growing body of evidence links those outcomes to changes in acceptance and defusion. The relevance of these data to distress tolerance, delay of gratification, learned industriousness, and related concepts will be discussed. |
|
Acceptance, Distress Tolerance, and Delayed Gratification: An RFT Analysis of the Problem of Self-Control |
THOMAS J. WALTZ (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Mike P. Twohig (University of Nevada, Reno), Claudia D. Cardinal (Temple University) |
Abstract: A substantial number of behavior problems are rooted in difficulties related to self-control and persistence in the face of adversity. In most basic behavior analysis approaches to these topics, the role of human verbal behavior is given relatively little weight. In the present conceptual paper, we review the problem of self-control and attempt to integrate direct contingency and verbally focused accounts, using Relational Frame Theory as a framework. the role of temporal and comparative relational frames, transformation of stimulus functions, acquisition and maintenance of functional units of rule-following, experiential acceptance, and learned persistence are emphasized and related to issues in designing clinical interventions for clients who are dealing with self-control problems. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Contextual Effects on Verbal Communication |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Independence West |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Claire E. Egan (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: . |
|
Asking For It: Using Equivalence Relations and Derived Transfer of Functions to Examine Increasingly Complex Manding with Six Children Diagnosed with Autism |
CAROL MURPHY (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Jennifer O'Connor (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The research implemented two procedural sequences in a cross-over experimental design with six children diagnosed with autism. Sequence A involved phases 1,2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, in that order. Sequence B involved phases 1, 4, 5, 2, 3 and 6, in that order. Three participants were exposed to Sequence A and three were exposed to Sequence B. All stimuli employed were arbitrary. Phase 1 involved training two differential mand functions (A1 and A2 to mand for Z1 and Z2, respectively). Phase 2 incorporated the mand stimuli in two conditional discriminations (i.e., A1-B1, A2-B2, B1-C1, B2-C2). Phase 3 entailed a test for a Derived Transfer of Mand Functions. Phase 4 incorporated the reinforcer stimuli in two conditional discriminations (i.e., X1-Y1, X2-Y2, Y1-Z1, Y2-Z2). Phase 5 entailed a test for a Derived Transfer of Reinforcer Functions. Phase 6 examined Derived Transfer of Mand and Reinforcer Functions (i.e., C1 and C2 to mand for Z1 and Z2, respectively). All six participants successfully demonstrated Derived Transfer of Functions on each test occasion. The results support the view that both Relational Frame Theory and the concepts developed in Skinner's (1957) Verbal Behavior may be combined in the systematic analysis of human language. |
|
Assessing the Independence of Function Between Mands and Tacts |
CLAIRE E. EGAN (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The aim of the present study was to examine if functional independence between mands and tacts could be demonstrated. In Experiment 1, 4 subjects were trained to mand using one set of autoclitics (either big/medium/small, first/second/last, or left/middle/right). Subjects were then tested on the appearance of tacts containing these taught autoclitics. None of the 4 subjects emitted tacts during probe conditions. Experiment 2 replicated the procedures of Experiment 1, except that following the tact probe subjects were tested for listener responses (‘Point to’) and ‘impure’ tacts (‘Where is it?’). Results showed that 3 of the 4 subjects emitted the taught autoclitics during probes of impure tacts. Experiment 3 assessed the effects of mand training on the appearance of tacts and listener responses. Results from this experiment demonstrated that for 3 of the 4 subjects a correlation existed between mand training and the appearance of tacts and listener responses. Overall, functional independence between mands and tacts was not demonstrated. Transfer of function between mands and tacts was demonstrated in the presence of the necessary antecedent control. |
|
Studying Discourse: An RFT Perspective |
CAROLYN SWEENEY (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: This paper constitutes an initial attempt to generate a functional contextualist methodology for the analysis of discourse based on the Relational Frame Theory account of human language as arbitrarily applicable derived relational responding. The data consists of a series of 8 short negotiations. Thirteen primary school children participated in the study. They were aged between 7 and 12 and arranged in dyads across age, gender and verbal ability scores. Negotiation is framed as an act in context and the discourse is examined in terms of transfer of stimulus function. The findings are discussed in the context of RFT and directions for further research are identified. |
|
What Do You Want? Communication Breakdowns and Repair Strategies: An Examination of the Influence of Establishing Operations |
CLAIRE LACEY (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: Many individuals with developmental disabilities may experience frequent communication breakdowns during their everyday interactions. These breakdowns in communication may be due in part to the limited and idiosyncratic nature of their communicative repertoire and social partners’ unresponsiveness to communicative attempts. Individual attempts to repair the communication breakdown may include a repetition or modification of the original communicative act. In some cases individuals may exhibit problem behaviour in an attempt to repair. The likelihood that an individual will persist to repair a communication breakdown however may depend on the individual’s level of motivation. This paper addresses the influence of establishing operations on the use of repair strategies in response to communication breakdowns. The importance of considering the role of establishing operations when assessing repair strategies and teaching appropriate repair strategies is discussed |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Cultural Issues in the Delivery of Behavioral Services |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Conference Room 3 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Robert G. Vreeland (Behavior Analysis & Intervention Services) |
Discussant: David A. Eckerman (University of Brazil) |
Abstract: . |
|
Contingency Shaping and Rule Governed Behavior Within Different Cultures |
GENAE HALL (Behavior Analysis & Intervention Services) |
Abstract: Behavioral interventions used with people with developmental disabilities often include shaping socially acceptable behaviors by means of positive reinforcement, removing antecedents for challenging behaviors, teaching individuals to control their environments, teaching replacement skills, avoiding reinforcement for challenging behaviors, and promoting independence. Such interventions appear to be compatible with cultural practices and values found in certain segments of middle-class mainstream White America. Nevertheless, many residential facilities for people with developmental disabilities are operated by individuals from other cultural backgrounds (i.e., from another country or a minority culture within the United States). In many cases, the entire facility may be staffed by individuals who share a common cultural background that differs from the mainstream culture. In these cases, staff members may have special difficulties learning to implement behavioral interventions, because those interventions conflict with their life-long cultural conditioning. This paper will discuss why cultural practices that seem to shape “challenging” behaviors may have more powerful effects on the behaviors of people with developmental disabilities, especially those with severe language deficits, than on people without disabilities. |
|
Cultural Issues in Providing Behavioral Services to Residential Facilities for Persons With Developmental Disabilities |
ROBERT G. VREELAND (Behavior Analysis & Intervention Services) |
Abstract: Our agency provides behavioral consultations to group homes that serve persons with developmental disabilities who display serious behavior problems. Many of these homes are staffed by individuals from a single cultural background. Some culturally based practices that do not seem to be problematic as they apply to mainstream members of the cultures from which they emanate may be counterproductive in residential settings that emphasize behavioral interventions. For example, it may be difficult for people from authoritarian cultures to provide verbal praise as a reinforcer. Staff from a culture that emphasizes nurturance often feed clients in an attempt to stop them from displaying tantrums or aggression. These practices are difficult for behavioral trainers and planners to overcome. Moreover, depending on the cultural background of the staff, the age or gender of the behavioral consultant may be an issue, and there may be language barriers as well. We have found it extremely important to identify staff that are bilingual and can act as translators and trainers of the other staff. It is also very important to recognize the cultural practices that are strengths in the context of effective behavioral treatment and to incorporate those strengths into the behavioral objectives and plans. |
|
Adaptation and Utilization of the Behavioral and Assessment Research System – BARS with Populations at Risk in Brazil |
LINCOLN S. GIMENES (University of Brazil), David A. Eckerman (University of Brazil), W. Kent Anger (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: In Brazil, as in many countries, inadequate protection from toxic agents used at work or in the home place many people at risk of toxic impairment of behavior. We have adapted the Behavioral and Assessment Research System (BARS) to provide valid measures of behavioral health in Brazil. BARS is a computerized testing system that utilizes a simplified 9-button keyboard as the response device. BARS uses behavioral principles to present instructions, provide training, and establish a criterion for performance before testing for toxic impairment begins. Our adaptation for Brazil uses instructions that are spoken clearly in Portuguese through headphones as well as displayed in writing on the screen. We have assessed performance of Brazilian workers and children who are at risk of harm by toxic exposure. In addition to a discussion of cultural issues in the adaptation of the procedure, we will report the results of our efforts to confirm the validity of this testing and will present data on the effects of chemical exposures on the performance. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Derived Relational Research and Education |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Hampton |
Area: DEV/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Louise A. Mchugh (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: . |
|
Establishing Derived Relational Responding with Young Children Using a Multiple Exemplar Procedure |
NICHOLAS M. BERENS (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Eden M. Beesley (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory (RFT) views derived relational responding as operant behavior. If this proposition is correct then it should be possible to establish derived relational responding with reinforcement procedures when it has been determined that such responding does not exist in an individual's repertoire. The current study investigated the use of a multiple exemplar procedure to facilitate the development of derived relational responding in accordance with a frame of comparison. Four participants (ages 3.5 - 5) were exposed to a multiple exemplar procedure designed to target MORE-THAN and LESS-THAN relations across a variety of situations. The experimental design involved a multiple baseline across participants embedded within a multiple baseline within participants across stimulus sets. |
|
Using Relational Frame Theory to Train the Comparative Terms "Better" and "Worse" to Children Diagnosed with Autism |
CYNTHIA R. BLACKLEDGE (Spectrum Center), John Tanner Blackledge (Spectrum Center) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism have a long history of benefiting from language training based on a Skinnerian account of verbal behavior. In past years, such children have also benefited from language training procedures based on stimulus equivalence principles. More recently, language training procedures based on Relational Frame Theory have been applied to children with developmental disabilities, including children diagnosed with autism. The present study uses RFT principles to teach such children to apply the relational responses of "better" and "worse" to stimuli determined through individual stimulus preference assessments to have varying degrees of reinforcing functions. Since comparative language exemplified by relational responses like better and worse play a huge role in language, it is suspected that fluency with such responses would serve these children well. It is also suspected that such an experiment will provide a useful applied test of the tenets of Relational Frame Theory. Three children varying in age from 7 to 14 years were able to apply the terms "better" and "worse to differentially preferred formal stimuli with 100 % accuracy after training on 3-5 sets of stimuli. The next stage of the experiment will assess the participants' ability to apply these terms to abstract stimulus properties. |
|
Equivalence Performances and the PPVT-III |
CHRISTINA A. ASHFORD (West Virginia University), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina at Wilmington) |
Abstract: The present study examined the relation between prerequisites to equivalence responding and developmental delay as measured by the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test, Third Edition (PPVT-III), a widely used measure of receptive language. Following administration of the PPVT-III, eleven participants diagnosed with developmental disabilities received arbitrary conditional discrimination training with class-specific, partially class-specific, or non-class-specific compound reinforcers. Upon acquisition of two conditional discriminations, participants received testing for emergent equivalence relations. The number of sessions required to meet acquisition criteria for the first conditional discrimination was positively correlated with PPVT-III developmental delay. All participants who met acquisition criteria for arbitrary conditional discriminations showed emergent equivalence relations in subsequent testing. These findings are consistent with the position that equivalence responding and human language are linked, although the nature of this link is still unclear. Relations between equivalence responding and measures of receptive language such as the PPVT-III may prove interesting and useful in the development of special teaching procedures for individuals with developmental disabilities. |
|
Training Theory of Mind in the Behavioral Laboratory |
LOUISE A. MCHUGH (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: Complex cogntive phenomena such as perspective-taking and deception have attracted the attention of mainstream developmental psychologists for a number of years due to their link with autistic spectrum disorders. According to Relational Frame Theory, a functional analytic account of language and cognition, the deictic relational frames of I and YOU, HERE and THERE, NOW and THEN, and logical NOT are central to the development of these complex cognitive skills. In the current study four 3-6 year old children were trained directly through multiple exemplars in these deictic frames. The findings suggest that behaviour analysis may have an important contribution to make to the study of cognitive phenomena such as perspective-taking and deception. It is hoped that this work may help in designing effective interventions for remediating deficits in perspective-taking and deception in populations such as those diagnosed with autism. |
|
|
|
|
Developing Effective School-wide Behavior Support Interventions to Improve Urban Schools |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Berkeley |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Robert F. Putnam (May Institute) |
Discussant: Dennis C. Russo (May Institute) |
Abstract: . |
|
Teaching Schools the ABC’s of Designing Effective and Efficient Systemic Interventions |
JAMES E. CONNELL (May Institute), Marcie W. Handler (May Institute), Susan Tracey (May Institute), Jannette Rey (May Institute), Colleen Ann O'Leary-Zonarich (May Institute), Lori Sawyer (May Institute), Adam Feinberg (May Institute) |
Abstract: Disruptive school environments negatively impact students’ ability to learn academic skills and excel in school. This paper will describe the training component of the Positive SchoolsSM program, a comprehensive and systemic prevention program. By learning how to systematically use data to identify and validate primary school-wide behavioral patterns, teams of school staff design effective and efficient school-wide behavioral support practices. Data will be presented on the process that was completed for several low performing urban middle schools in the Northeast as their teams learned how to apply principles of behavior analysis as a methodology for improving student antisocial and disruptive behavior and adult interactions with students. Patterns in student behavior (e.g., suspensions, attendance) and the specific school-wide interventions (e.g., more effective methods to collect data, school-wide behavioral expectations) that were designed as the direct result of data-based decisions will be presented. |
|
An Analysis of Behavioral Trends in Urban Control Schools that Fail to Systematically Apply School-wide Interventions |
KIMBERLY S. THIER (May Institute), Jeffrey Pisacreta (May Institute), Marcie W. Handler (May Institute) |
Abstract: As districts respond to No Child Left Behind requirements and limited resources, they are searching for systemic practices that are both empirically supported and efficient. This paper will present data from a district interested in evaluating the effectiveness of previously used school reform practices (control schools) as compared to schools that received training and consultation in the development and implementation of positive school-wide behavior support practices. Control schools were matched with treatment schools on enrollment, demographics, and their current school reform model. Schools were low performing, non-improving elementary and middle schools in the Mid-Atlantic. Baseline assessment of proactive school-wide and classroom strategies revealed deficits across control schools. Despite the implementation of other school reform programs, data revealed that control schools failed to establish a data management system that could evaluate effective systematic school-wide practices. |
|
Application of School-wide Behavioral Consultation in Urban Elementary and Middle Schools |
COLLEEN ANN O'LEARY-ZONARICH (May Institute), Jannette Rey (May Institute), Jeffrey Pisacreta (May Institute), Marcie W. Handler (May Institute), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute) |
Abstract: As districts respond to No Child Left Behind requirements and limited resources, they are searching for systemic practices that are both empirically supported and efficient. However, urban schools present particular challenges to applied behavior analysts given the additional setting events and organizational barriers to treatment integrity and sustainability. This paper will present data from two low performing, non-improving urban elementary and middle schools in the Mid-Atlantic that developed and implemented positive school-wide discipline programs. Assessments conducted during the first year of implementation showed improvements in student discipline behavior, adult behavior, and indicators of school climate. In addition, data will be presented on treatment integrity and the effectiveness of behavioral interventions to increase compliance among teams. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Empirical Analyses of the Transfer and Transformation of Consequential Functions |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Fairfax A |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Robert Whelan (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: . |
|
Derived Consequential Functions Established through Equivalence Classes: Conditioned Reinforcement and Punishment |
DANIEL MARK FIENUP (Illinois State University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University), Trisha Erbstoesser (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: We report the beginning steps of an analysis to determine how multiple consequential functions of stimuli transfer within stimulus equivalence classes. Research has demonstrated the transfer of a single consequence function within an equivalence class (Hayes, Kohlenberg, and Hayes, 1991). Outside the laboratory, however, equivalence classes may encompass multiple functions among stimuli, including opposing functions. The present analysis begins to examine how the functions of stimuli transfer when a single equivalence class is trained that contains stimuli with opposing functions. Participants were trained to make simple S+, S- discriminations which ultimately paired the gain of points (+30 or +10) and loss of points (-10 or -30) with abstract stimuli (B1 and C1). After demonstrating that the abstract stimuli could serve as consequences for responding in the absence of point feedback, the abstract stimuli were trained into the same 3-member equivalence class (A1-B1-C1). Afterwards, S+, S- discriminations were conducted where the A1 and A2 stimuli served as consequences for responses. Results indicate that the A1 stimulus took on the function of the relatively larger consequence. |
|
Generalization of More-than and Less-than consequential Functions to a Schedule Task |
ROBERT WHELAN (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: Subjects were exposed to nonarbitrary and arbitrary relational training, designed to establish the 7-member linear-ranking relational network (described here with sequential, alphabetical characters) A<B<C<D<E<F<G. Subsequently, the D stimulus was paired with the gain of 10 tokens. Subjects were then told that for every 100 tokens they earned they would receive one chance ticket to win €100, which would be drawn randomly at the end of the study. In the generalization test, the D stimulus could always be obtained on an FI-15 s schedule, with the constraint that subjects had not responded more than 10 times during the 15-s interval. Pressing more than 10 times resulted in the presentation of the B stimulus if the background color of the screen was yellow, whereas if the background color of the screen was blue the F stimulus was produced. In general, response rates were consistently higher when the background color was blue, than when it was yellow, thus indicating a transformation of consequential functions to the schedule task (F was putatively “worth more” than B). |
|
The Effect of Motivation on the Emergence of Stimulus Equivalence |
IRENE BOND (National University of Ireland, Galway), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Louise A. Mchugh (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The aim of the current study was to examine the effect of motivation on the emergence of stimulus equivalence. Subjects were divided into two groups. The first group was exposed to a high motivation condition followed by a low motivation condition, while the second group was exposed to these conditions in the reverse order. In the high motivation condition, subjects were told by the experimenter that the study was important, that they should concentrate and that their performance would be recorded and compared to that of others. They were then exposed to three computer presented blocks of training and testing for the formation of 3 3-member equivalence relations (A1-B1-C1, A2-B2-C2, A3-B3-C3). In the low motivation condition, subjects were told only that they should follow the instructions on the computer screen and were then exposed to computer presented training and testing for the formation of 3 3-member equivalence relations using a different set of nonsense syllables from that employed during the high motivation condition. In both high and low motivation conditions, subjects were exposed to three blocks of training and testing. Statistical analysis revealed significant effects for Motivational Condition, Order of conditions, and Training/Testing Block. |
|
Derived Transformation of Generalized Establishing Stimuli Functions |
SONSOLES VALDIVIA-SALAS (University of New Mexico), Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico), M. Carmen Luciano Soriano (University of Almeria, Spain), Francisco Cabello Luque (Universidad de la Rioja) |
Abstract: Motivation has been mostly defined as an Establishing Operations (Michael, 1982), that is, as an operation which changes the probability of occurrence of a particular behavior by altering the value of the consequences related with such behavior. On the other hand, from the functional-contextual approach to verbal events, motivation is described as a function that, like others, can be altered by verbal means (Hayes et al., 1998). Taking both paradigms, the present research is proposed to address the experimental study of the control by an establishing stimulus, that is, by an alteration of the value of the consequence related with such behavior. Adult subjects participated. The rate of responding related with two particular consequences was measured before and after pairing each consequence with a stimulus with aversive and reinforcing functions (respectively and within subject) directly acquired (B1 and B2). Afterward, another two consequences were paired with stimuli in equivalence with B1 and B2 (C1 and C2), and the rate of responding related with both consequences was measured. The results are analyzed in terms of an establishing stimuli effect. The benefits of this procedure and the future directions in the experimental study of verbal motivational functions are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Evidence-Based Educational Methods in Teaching Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Beacon A |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Daniel J. Moran (MidAmerican Psychological Institute) |
CE Instructor: Daniel J. Moran, Ph.D. |
Abstract: When teaching evidence-based behavior change methods to students of behavior analysis, it is prudent to utilize evidence-based educational methods. Such a commitment allows for proper modeling of applied endeavors, and also helps to ensure that the students behavior will be properly changed during the instruction. An orientation to the importance of this view, given the current climate of increasing accountability of applied services, will be presented. Investigations regarding the sequential analysis of student behaviors, as well as the learning efficiency of students of the selectionistic sciences will be discussed, and will demonstrate that the application of behavior analysis to teaching behavior analysis leads to important instructional gains. In addition, behavior systems of instruction will be the thread that puckers these presentations. |
|
No Behavior Analyst Left Behind |
DANIEL J. MORAN (MidAmerican Psychological Institute) |
Abstract: The No Child Left Behind Act (NCLB; Public Law 107-110) encourages the use of proven pedagogical techniques that can meet the growing demand for increased accountability on the outcomes of elementary and secondary education. The legislation puts “special emphasis on determining which educational programs and practices have been proven effective through rigorous scientific research” (US Department of Education, n.d.), and suggests using evidence-based educational methods. Evidence-based education is “the integration of professional wisdom with the best available empirical evidence in making decisions about how to deliver instruction” (Whitehurst, 2003). Teaching behavior analysis methods and principles is beyond the scope of NCLB, but should also be done with proven pedagogical techniques that can meet the growing demand for increased accountability of our services. Applied behavior analysis will likely be better executed when the behavior analyst is well-trained. A survey of the effective methods of instructing students in the science and practice of behavior analysis of will be discussed, and hortatory standards of education in applied selectionistic science will be presented. |
Dr. D. J. Moran is a Visiting Professor at Illinois Institute of Technology (IIT) and is also the director of the MidAmerican Psychological Institute in Joliet, IL. He completed his doctoral degree in Clinical/School Psychology at Hofstra University under the supervision of Kurt Salzinger, and earned the J. R. Kantor fellowship in 2000 for working with Bill Verplanck (B.F. Skinner’s chairperson) on the applications of the ‘Associate Technique’ in order to improve training in psychology. D.J . is also a clinical supervisor at Howe Developmental Center in Tinley Park and is on staff at Silver Cross Hospital in Joliet. Dr. Moran was president of the Behavior Analysis Society of Illinois (BASIL) for two years and was director of graduate training at Valparaiso University for four years prior to starting at IIT. D. J.’s first co-edited book, Evidence-Based Educational Methods (Elsevier Press), will be published in January 2004. He spent the summer of 2002 running therapy groups and events with Albert Ellis, and currently practices and investigates clinical behavior analysis with anxiety, depression, and post-bariatric surgery clients. His recent scholarly work centers on natural science interpretations of cognitive therapy techniques.
In 2002, Dr. Moran was lampooned by Jay Leno on the Tonite Show when a local paper announced that the BASIL Presidential Address was being given by “Doctor Moron.” When D. J. is not busy being a self-proclaimed “psych-geek,” he likes to listen to Slayer, Black Sabbath, and Iron Maiden, train for marathons, and sing ridiculously silly rap songs to his cherished offspring: Harmony Sierra (4) and Louden Justice (3). |
|
Learning Efficiency Goes to College |
GUY S. BRUCE (St. Cloud State University), Shasta Brenske (St. Cloud State University), Amber Maki (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: CPSY 101 is an introductory general education course, which is designed to teach freshman college students how to solve human performance problems using techniques from applied behavior analysis. To successfully complete their performance improvement projects, students need to be fluent in component skills such as discriminating between behaviors and results or types of reinforcement errors. We have set up computer-based testing to measure performance improvement in specific learning objectives and asked students to graph their learning efficiencies for each objective. Learning efficiency is the improvement in the students’ accuracy and speed from pre to posttest per number of minutes of learning time. Although learning time is self-reported by students we do have computer-based measures of the performance accuracy and speed for each student in the course both prior and subsequent to their use of the learning activities for each learning objective. We will present examples of learning efficiency data for these learning objectives and describe how we make decisions to revise the course learning activities based on student learning efficiencies. |
Dr. Guy Bruce first became interested in the design of more efficient learning programs while pursuing a doctorate at West Virginia University, where he had the opportunity to teach an undergraduate behavior analysis course and to direct a tutoring program for students failing calculus and chemistry. He began to evaluate both the effectiveness and efficiency of teaching activities, by measuring student performance improvement from pre- to post-test and recording the number of minutes of learning time required to produce that improvement. His dissertation compared the learning efficiencies produced by the delivering prompts during or following student responding. As an Aubrey Daniels consultant, Guy helped corporate clients measure, evaluate, and improve their training efficiencies, a method that increased their return on investment by reducing the time required to get employees fully competent. In his current position as an assistant professor at Saint Cloud State University and the Managing Partner of APEX Consulting, he continues to collect learning efficiency data and use it to improve the efficiency of his behavior analysis courses and the staff training that he provides for clients. |
|
Demonstrating Implications and Applications of Computer-based Behavior Systems Analysis in Education Research and Assessment |
THOMAS L. SHARPE, JR. (University of Nevada, Las Vegas) |
Abstract: An ongoing challenge with applied behavior analysis (ABA) efforts in highly interactive education settings exists with respect to (a) inclusive recording of multiple behavior and stimulus events that typify most educational settings, and (b) capture of the time-based interaction effects across multiple stimuli and response functions among teacher, student, and setting events (Sharpe, in press). One computer-based data collection and analysis protocol is first shown in summary form to demonstrate ABA capability with respect to these two challenges (Sharpe & Koperwas, 2000). Next, recent advances in behavior systems theory in the context of the importance of a sequential analysis lens are summarized in support of a means to address these challenges. Select data are presented to explicate the salient differences among more traditional discrete research and assessment activity, versus a sequential analysis-based behavior systems approach to the same education research and assessment illustration. A behavior systems approach to research and assessment activity in the education science professions is argued as essential to a more complete evaluation, diagnosis, and prescription approach to the complex configurations of stimulus–response classes that typically operate in applied education settings among teacher(s) and students. At issue are the salient differences among mechanistic and interbehavioral theoretical constructs (Morris, 1992; Sharpe & Koperwas, 2003), of which the latter is argued as facilitative of methodological development for applied education settings. |
Dr. Tom Sharpe is a Professor and Doctoral Program Coordinator in the Department of Educational Leadership in the College of Education at the University of Nevada, Las Vegas. He draws from a wealth of varied professional experiences and activities in public and private school, coaching, and university teaching settings and from a long education and social science research career in a variety of graduate programs at different universities. Trained by many of the leading applied and experimental behavior analysts in the profession at West Virginia University, Tom has pursued academic work largely in the education and social science application of behavior systems observational methodologies and in related computer-based tool development. He has authored over 100 refereed articles and book chapters and is a regular contributor to the principles and practice of applied behavior analysis through conference and workshop presentations and a variety of consulting activities. |
|
A Behavioral World View of Higher Education |
RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: MD: The practice of medicine wouldn’t be so bad, if it weren’t for the damn patients. Manager: The practice of management wouldn’t be so bad, if it weren’t for the damn workers. Prototypical Faculty Member: Teaching wouldn’t be so bad, if it weren’t for those damn students. Students today are not as serious as when we were students. And they are not as well prepared as when we were students. Why don’t we have good students here, like the ones at Harvard University? Behaviorman: Please don’t blame the victims. Famous Behavior Analyst: Many students fail to study enough for my courses. That’s because other things, like their social lives, have a higher priority. Those students have decided to pursue their social lives, rather than their academic career. Behaviorman: Come on, man, that’s just cheap cognitive rationalization. The reason they don’t study is that you haven’t made the effort to arranged effective performance-management contingencies to support their studying. Behavior Woman: Behavior analysts, please don’t blame the victim. Etc. This will be a non-data-based. multi-media presentation. |
Dr. Dick Malott received his BA in psychology at Indiana University in 1958 where he was privileged to study with James Dinsmoor. He received his PhD at Columbia University in 1963 where he had the additional privilege of studying with William Cumming, W. N. Schoenfeld, and Fred S. Keller. Then he taught with the Kantorians at Denison University from 1963 to 1966. In 1966, he helped start the behavior-analysis program at Western Michigan University (WMU), where he continues to teach. At WMU, he also helped start an intro psych course that taught behavior analysis to 1,000 students per semester, with the aid of 500 lab rats and 100 Skinner boxes (1,000 lever-pressing rats per year). Now, his students only condition 230 rats per year, but they also do 130 self-management projects and provide 13,500 hours of training to autistic children each year.
Malott and his students have packaged their teaching/learning efforts in educational systems known as the Student-Centered Education Project (aka The First Fly-by-night Underground College of Kalamazoo), the Behavioral Social Action Program, and the Behavior Analysis Training System. Currently, every summer, he teaches the Behavioral Boot Camp, an intense 18-hour-per-week, 7.5 week, graduate-level, behavior-analysis seminar. |
|
|
|
|
Experimental Analysis of Complex Human Behavior: Mediated Remembering, Higher-Order Response Classes and Response Restriction |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Beacon D |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: David W. Sidener (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: . |
|
A Behavioral Account of Remembering: Precurrent Behavior and Mediation of Matching to Sample |
DAVID W. SIDENER (Western Michigan University), John L. Michael (Western Michigan University), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The mechanisms or processes by which learning or remembering occur are currently not well understood. Cognitive models posit that learning and remembering occur as information is processed via acquisition, storage and retrieval steps. However, these processes are hypothetical and not easily operationalized for purposes of research. An alternative approach to the study of these phenomena is to examine overt, observable behavior that may play a role in learning and remembering.The current research replicates Torgrud and Holburn’s (1989) study examining the ability of children to perform delayed matching to sample tasks. The purpose of this research is to determine whether specific tasks during the delay interval may help to facilitate children’s correct performance under larger intervals. The current study replicated findings that delays greater than a few seconds resulted in performance approximating chance levels and that performance of a stimulus-specific task during the delay interval greatly increased the ability of children to select correct comparisons after delays up to 15 seconds. Research participants were 6 typically developing 5 year-olds. IOA data were collected in 35% of sessions and ranged from 90-100%. |
|
Rule Governed Behavior as a Higher Order Response Class |
PAUL K. BRANDON (Minnesota State University, Mankato), Mark S. Smasal (Private Practice) |
Abstract: The concept of the higher order response class: a class of responses whose members are themselves classes of responses has been introduced to account for complex human behavior that is under stimulus control (often verbal) with no obvious reinforcement. A related concept is that of rule governed behavior: behavior that is controlled by erbal rules rather than by immediate reinforcement contingencies. At first glance the definition of the higher order response class appears clear. If a response is defined topographically there is no problem in assigning it simultaneously to two classes. However, behavior analysts prefer to define responses functionally, so to say that a given response belongs to two classes we must demonstrate functional control on both response levels. We have done this by systematically replicating the study by Hayes, Brownstein et al with adult human subjects that claimed to demonstrate control of human reinforcement schedule response by verbal rules rather than by reinforcement contingencies. By doing an interresponse time analysis of our data, we are able to show that human responding is simultaneously controlled both by verbal instructions and by immediate reinforcement contingencies. This validates the functional definition of a higher order response class, and thus demonstrates that rule governed behavior is itself a behavior controlled controlled by contingencies rather than a distinct category of behavior. |
|
An Application of Response Restriction and Contingent Access to Responses in Complex Multioperant Environments |
JASON C. BOURRET (New England Center for Children), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Luanne Witherup (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Participants were 3 normally developing foster children between the ages of 9 and 14. All sessions were conducted in the children’s home. Interobserver agreement was collected during 48% of sessions and averaged 98%. Baseline data were collected on engagement in various activities in the home (e.g., watching television, playing pool, playing videogames, drawing, doing math, and reading). Academic and academic related activities (e.g., drawing, doing math, and reading) were targeted for increase. Restriction analyses were conducted in a series of sessions in which access to the most probable response in each previous session was restricted in a cumulative fashion. These data indicated that targeted responses may increase in likelihood when competing responses are restricted. One treatment involved restriction of certain high-probability responses in the home environment with any number of alternative responses concurrently available. This resulted in an increase in the targeted responses in the absence of superimposed reinforcement contingency for some participants. A second treatment involved providing contingent access to responses in the home. When highly preferred activities were provided contingent upon targeted responses, those responses increased to levels higher than when the contingent responses were restricted but no contingency was in place. These data speak to the effects of restricting access to responses and providing contingent access to responses in complex multioperant environments. |
|
|
|
|
Is Behavioral Systems Analysis OBM’s Recipe for Survival? |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Liberty C |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: . |
|
Finding Vitality or a Strain towards Irrelevance? |
DWIGHT HARSHBARGER (Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies) |
Abstract: In 2002 the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM) presented a special issue, Marketing OBM: Expanded Context and Language. With the exception of Richard W. Malott, the writers’ recommendations were: Integrate OBM with Industrial-Organizational (IO) psychology, use mentalistic terms familiar to consumers, and turn to the use of personal perception and personality states to account for organizational behavior.
OBM needs an infusion of vitality. We will be served well by expanding concepts and technologies in directions that have already begun. Biglan’s approaches to community change, Maria E. Malott’s use of behavioral systems, Rummler’s multi-level analysis of organizational process and outcomes, Abernathy’s use of free operants grounded in a performance-based approach to organizational systems - all these bring new opportunities for bringing vital new practices and conceptual models into OBM.
Perhaps the acronym, OBM, itself is part of the problem. The implication that behavior in organizations is something to be managed, acted upon. Organizations are complex combinations of people, systems and resources. Cutting this complexity to fit a relatively narrow experimental model of OBM, or retrofitting OBM into IO or the mentalistic tradition of personality-social psychology is at worst a recipe for extinction, and at best a strain towards irrelevance. |
|
The Social and Ethical Goals of an Organizational Behavior System |
WILLIAM B. ABERNATHY (Abernathy & Associates) |
Abstract: Abraham Maslow described human goals as a hierarchy that included physiological needs, security, social, self-esteem and self-actualization. This list can serve as a foundation for developing values and goals for the design and management of an organizational behavior system. The behavior system should be judged in terms of these criteria: return on Investment, job security, cooperation, reduction in aversive control, and support of free operant behavior. |
|
Towards a Systems Analysis of Occupational Health and Safety |
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Many reported BBS initiatives are designed to improve selected safety behaviors. The focus of most solutions is to manage worthy safety behaviors, control hazards, and reduce at risk behaviors. Often the goal is to improve the health and safety of an organization’s workforce and in so doing yield substantial returns on investment. BBS is perhaps OBM’s best-defined and most clearly understood technology; it is widely regarded within the business community as a proven technology. The specificity of BBS interventions designed to manage pockets within an organization limits both its impact and the development of more systemic applications.
Consideration of broader systems influencing occupational health and safety including industry, community, regulatory, risk finance, and marketplace factors will enhance the sophistication and power of our BBS solutions and promote advancement of behavior analyses of socially important issues. Occupational health and safety offers a unique platform for further conceptual and empirical development of OBM. Elaborating a systems perspective opens opportunities for conceptual and empirical development of our field by extending our reach into powerful and complex community contingencies that affect the health and safety of all working people. Such developments allow us to convey the broad reaching implications of behaviorism and open new venues for research and practice.
This presentation describes system factors influencing occupational health and safety. Analyses of these will invigorate development of more potent health and safety initiatives and expand the reach of our field to achieve large-scale and lasting benefits. |
|
Application of Behavioral Systems Analysis to Technology Commercialization |
MARIA E. MALOTT (Malott & Associates) |
Abstract: This presentation describes the application of behavioral systems analysis to an economic development enterprise that helps life science firms to develop through the processes of start up, incubation, acceleration and expansion. The enterprise success depends, in great part, on the acquisition of intellectual property and technology commercialization. Implications for increasing the demand of behavioral technology while protecting its integrity will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
New Wine for an Old Bottle: Innovative Solutions for Common Clinical Challenges |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Fairfax B |
Area: EAB/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Clinton E. Field (Girls and Boys Town) |
Discussant: Patrick C. Friman (Girls and Boys Town) |
Abstract: . |
|
Evaluating a Clinical Application of an In-vivo, Exposure-based Anger Management Intervention for Adolescents in Residential Care |
MICHAEL I. AXELROD (Girls and Boys Town), Tonya Butler (Girls and Boys Town), Michael L. Handwerk (Girls and Boys Town) |
Abstract: The clinical treatment of reactive anger in adolescents typically involves some combination of cognitive-behavioral strategies (e.g., contingency management, social skills training, rehearsal strategies). While research examining the effectiveness of these strategies for aggressive behavior has found them to be more effective than non-behavioral approaches, traditional cognitive-behavioral interventions are not without their limitations. For example, rehearsal strategies are often implemented by professionals far removed from the environment that provokes the anger reaction. In response to these limitations, several recent studies have expanded upon Kauffmann and Wagner’s (1972) “Barbing” technique for aggressive adolescents. In these studies, aggressive adolescents in residential care were exposed to anger-provoking situations in as natural an environment as possible and rewarded for appropriate responding.The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of similar procedures for three adolescent females living in a family style residential program. This study differs from previous studies in that it applies the intervention to three youth living in the same family style home. Results provide further evidence supporting the use of an in-vivo, exposure-based anger management intervention for youth in residential care. Discussion focuses on the value of such findings in advancing empirical support for this intervention approach, especially applied to different target samples. |
|
Have We Been Wrong? Time-out for Escape Maintained Behaviors |
NANCY L. FOSTER (Girls and Boys Town), T. Steuart Watson (Private Practice), Clint Field (Girls and Boys Town) |
Abstract: Time-out from reinforcement is an empirically supported intervention for a variety of disruptive behaviors exhibited by children. Although the data are voluminous on specific techniques and applications of time-out, one major limitation in the current literature is that time-out is often contraindicated for behaviors maintained by escape. The present study demonstrates that time-out can be effective for behaviors that function to avoid or escape situations. First, functional assessment and analyses were conducted with typically developing children referred to a behavioral pediatric clinic to identify disruptive behaviors maintained by escape. The components of the current time-out procedure utilized empirically-based techniques and were implemented in the clinic (to ensure treatment integrity) and by parents (to promote generalization). Treatment integrity data were collected on all phases of the functional analyses and time-out procedures. The results support the use of specific time-out procedures for behaviors maintained by escape or avoidance. Discussion focuses on implications for research and applied clinical practice with typically developing children. |
|
A Preliminary Investigation of the Vibrating Urine Alarm |
CLINT FIELD (Girls and Boys Town), Michael I. Axelrod (Girls and Boys Town), Nancy L. Foster (Girls and Boys Town), Tonya Butler (Girls and Boys Town), Michael L. Handwerk (Girls and Boys Town) |
Abstract: Nocturnal enuresis is a relatively prevalent condition among children that is often mistreated despite the availability of empirically supported behavioral interventions. The urine alarm has often been described as the most effective intervention available for treating this condition. It works by emitting an auditory signal when a child urinates while asleep. A variation of this, the vibrating alarm, emits a vigorous vibration as opposed to an auditory cue. A benefit of the vibrating alarm is the increased privacy and decreased disruption that occurs when the alarm signals during sleeping hours. This may be especially attractive to older youth who suffer social consequences as a result of wetting. However, the vibrating alarm has not been sufficiently evaluated as a substitute for the urine alarm.
This study evaluated the effectiveness of the vibrating alarm under two conditions: independently and within a standardized treatment package that included self-awareness training and reinforcement for dry nights. Multiple baseline data were collected for several subjects across conditions. Results provide preliminary support for the use of the vibrating alarm despite identification of some apparent limitations in use. Discussion emphasizes treatment implications for adolescents and the practicality of alarm use while highlighting variables that remain in need of investigation. |
|
|
|
|
Organizational Behavior Management Applications Within Industry and Retail Settings |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Liberty B |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Thomas E. Boyce (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: . |
|
Evaluation of Videotape Training to Increase Service Friendliness in a Retail Setting |
REBECCA JOHNSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Thomas E. Boyce (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: A training intervention was used to increase the frequency of desired customer service behaviors in a retail setting. The impact of these behaviors on customer satisfaction was also evaluated. Customer service for retail selling was defined in terms of 3 behavior categories that included eye contact, greeting, and smiling (Brown & Sulzer-Azaroff, 1994). A multiple baseline design across four retail sites was used to test the training package and assess the occurrence of these behaviors for 22 employees. The intervention package included store meetings, specification of the target categories, video training that provided verbal and visual examples of each of the behaviors regarding employee performance, and a prompt in the form of a posted sign consisting of service-friendliness definitions. Satisfaction was measured as the relationship between service-friendliness behavior and customers’ and managers’ perceptions of the employees’ performance. Results suggested an overall increase in desired behaviors for store 1, store 2, store 3 and store 4 of 22%, 26%, 45% and 48%, respectively. Additionally, customers reported higher satisfaction ratings after the employees’ received training than was reported before the employees were trained. The demonstration that the trained behaviors not only improved, but also were associated with an increase in customer satisfaction has important implications for the retail industry. |
|
Assessing Preference for and Reinforcer Value of Employee versus Manager-Selected Reinforcers in an Organizational Setting |
KRISTEN A. MAGLIERI (University of Nevada, Reno), Thomas E. Boyce (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Many organizational performance improvement programs involve the use of rewards (e.g., Dickinson & Poling, 1996; Sulzer-Azaroff, Loafman, Merante, & Hlavacek, 1990). Although commonly used in organizations, and consideration of employees’ preference for rewards has been suggested to lead to programs that are more effective (Daniels, 1989), there is little research demonstrating the most effective way to use or select those items used as rewards. The purpose of the present study was to extend the clinical research on preference assessment to an organizational setting by: (a) developing a structured interview to aid organizations in the identification of employee rewards, (b) assessing employee preference for those rewards by establishing employee rankings, and (c) comparing the effectiveness of a manager-selected versus an employee-selected reward during a reinforcer assessment. Data on the effectiveness of the organization-based preference assessment to increase the frequency of behavior-based safety observations among industry employees will be presented in a reversal design. |
|
Performance Diagnosis in a Sales Context |
CHARLES R. CROWELL (University of Notre Dame) |
Abstract: A diagnostically-driven approach to performance development will be described and illustrated in a sales context. The illustrative project to be described utilized a diagnostic process called "Performance Imaging" to capture sales-related behaviors and outcomes during interactions with customers. Observers were trained to reliably identify salesperson and customer behavior during calls and record this information in real-time using barcode technology. The barcode recording system yielded both the usual frequency data as well as sequential information regarding which behaviors preceded or followed others. From this rich observation stream, it was possible to discern overall trends in terms of the types of sales behaviors and customer reactions that were obtained, as well as to differentiate the behavioral profiles of high and average sales performers as determined by independent classifications. The way in which this information was used to prescribe sales force development regimens will be described. |
|
|
|
|
B. F. Skinner Tribute Event - Our Favorite Skinner Quotes |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Republic B |
Area: TPC/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mark L. Sundberg (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
Panelists: A. CHARLES CATANIA (ABA Curmudgeon), JOHN L. MICHAEL (Western Michigan University), JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), JULIE S. VARGAS (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The year 2004 would have been Skinner’s 100th birthday and this panel will honor his work by presenting a variety of quotes from his writings. Several of the quotes will be followed by comments from the panel members, and possibly comments from the audience. One of the goals of this panel is to bring individuals into direct contact with the richness of Skinner’s actual verbal behavior. All the panel members will submit their favorite quotes which will be assembled into a handout for the audience. |
A. CHARLES CATANIA (ABA Curmudgeon) |
JOHN L. MICHAEL (Western Michigan University) |
JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
JULIE S. VARGAS (West Virginia University) |
|
|
|
|
Results of a Community Intervention Designed to Increase Positive Driving Behaviors |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Beacon H |
Area: CSE/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Chris S. Dula (University of Memphis) |
Discussant: Kelli England Will (Center for Pediatric Research) |
Abstract: . |
|
The Effect of Using a Courtesy Communication Code on Driving Behaviors |
IAN J. EHRHART (Virginia Tech), James S. Clifford (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech), Sara R. Rayne (University of Memphis), Chris S. Dula (University of Memphis) |
Abstract: Most people have experienced negative emotionality while driving, whether they feel disdain toward another driver or another driver reacts with hostility toward them. In many cases, it may be a lack of constructive interpersonal communication that triggers these feelings. This project examined the driving behaviors and attitudes of a community population. Participants took part in a project to test an inter-vehicular courteous communication code. The code is communicated by using ones hazard lights or a device known as the Polite Light. Participants were randomly assigned to three different groups, one using the Polite Light to disseminate the code, one using their hazard lights, and a control group instructed not to use the code. Participants filled out Driving Diaries (DD) for eight separate trips each week, during a period of ten weeks. Each DD assessed multiple behaviors and emotions felt regarding other drivers. It was hypothesized that drivers using the code would report fewer dangerous driving behaviors and more positive behaviors on the road. This paper addresses changes in driver behavior in the treatment groups, and also looks at relationships between drivers’ pre-intervention self-reports of dangerous driving behaviors and these behaviors as reported on the DD checklists during the intervention. |
|
The Effect of Environmental Variables on Dangerous Driving Behaviors |
ERIC G. RAYMOND (Virginia Tech), Christopher B. Robichaux (Virginia Tech), Ian J. Ehrhart (Virginia Tech), Hugh L. Kimbel (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: A large scale experiment was conducted where the purpose was to examine risky and aggressive driving behaviors and their potential causes, while attempting to implement a system to increase courtesy and communication between drivers. One aspect of this study was the requirement for drivers to fill out Driving Diaries (DD) for eight trips a week. The DD checklist consists of items assessing driving behaviors and feelings toward other drivers on the road. For each trip drivers also indicated the presence of a number of environmental conditions including such things as time of day, weather and road conditions, traffic density, and whether they encountered road work or law enforcement vehicles. This paper examines interactions between environmental conditions and reported instances of driving behaviors. The Driving Diaries also asked drivers how they felt during each trip. Feelings of frustration or anger could be the product of certain environmental variables, and could ultimately contribute to aggressive or risky driving behaviors. There may be trends that can be isolated, allowing us to better understand the reason behind why high-risk and aggressive driving behaviors are so prevalent on our roads today, and whether specific environmental factors predict their occurrence. |
|
Reaction to a Community-wide Intervention Addressing Aggressive Driving |
ERICA M. VAN ARSDALE (University of Memphis), Sara R. Rayne (University of Memphis), Tim Lloyd (University of Memphis), Chris S. Dula (University of Memphis) |
Abstract: Approximately 27,650 deaths, hundreds of thousands of injuries, and roughly $50 billion in costs, were the result of aggressive driving in American in 1996 (Martinez, 1997). Aggressive driving is a problem facing us all, whether driving or walking on a sidewalk. To combat the problem of aggressive driving, it was hypothesized that an inter-vehicular communication system that is positive by definition, would lower drivers’ levels of frustration and alleviate fears that other drivers would become aggressive toward them. The Polite Light was developed to communicate a Courtesy Code, which could also be transmitted with one’s hazard lights. The Courtesy Code uses one flash to communicate “Please,” two flashes for “Thank You,” and three flashes for “I Am Sorry.” In the current study, 194 participants were randomly assigned to Polite Light, hazard light, or control groups. Each group monitored its driving behavior with Driving Diaries filled out at the end of 8 trips per week for up to 10 weeks. At the project’s end, participants were asked to fill out an Exit Survey assessing their experience. The Exit Survey shows a need for a communication system between drivers and the results of this survey are the subject of this paper presentation. |
|
|
|
|
Skepticism, Behavior Analysis, and Magic |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Dalton |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: . |
|
Behavior Analysis and "Voodoo Science" |
GINA GREEN (Private Practice) |
Abstract: Physicist Robert Park recently noted that “voodoo science” – encompassing pseudoscience, junk science, and pathological science – pervades modern society. Like all scientific disciplines, behavior analysis is vulnerable to contamination by “voodoo science.” Fortunately, behavior analysis offers many tools for combating that threat. This paper discusses actual and potential applications of behavior analytic methods to “voodoo science” practices arising both within and outside of the discipline. |
|
Psychology on the Edge |
HENRY D. SCHLINGER (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: Edge (http://www.edge.org/) is a non-profit foundation created by self-described visionary and agent to some of the best-known science writers, John Brockman. Edge promotes “inquiry into and discussion of intellectual, philosophical, artistic, and literary issues,” by supporting “those scientists and other thinkers in the empirical world” -- the so-called third culture – “who, through their work and expository writing, are taking the place of the traditional intellectual in rendering visible the deeper meanings of our lives, redefining who and what we are. They include Richard Dawkins, Paul Davies, the late Stephen Jay Gould and, for the purpose of this talk, several philosophers and psychologists. Many of these authors write about mind and consciousness and their evolution in books with titles such as How The Mind Works, The Mind’s I, Kinds of Minds, The Maladapted Mind, Mindblindness, and Wild Minds. What science there is, is not typically the experimental, inductive, conceptually clear science behavior analysts are accustomed to, but rather a rational, deductive approach filled with mentalistic concepts and sold not so much on its experimental laurels as on the persuasiveness of the writing. In this talk I present a skeptical analysis of this psychology on the Edge. |
|
Skepticism and the Advancement of Behavior Analysis |
STUART A. VYSE (Connecticut College) |
Abstract: There is a natural connection between skepticism, a movement that promotes science in opposition to non-scientific or pseudoscientific ideas, and behavior analysis, arguably the most scientific of approaches to behavior. Neither group has been able to control the public dialogue in their respective fields. Despite the efforts of skeptics, belief in the paranormal and other non-scientific ideas persist and, by some measures, are gaining in popularity. Similarly, although it remains an important segment of the larger discipline of psychology, behavior analysis is no longer the dominant view in the field of psychology. Like the larger culture, mainstream psychologists frequently promote non-scientific theories and practices. Nonetheless, the skeptical movement and behavior analysis make a natural pairing that may strengthen both. This talk will consider strategies for promoting behavior analysis, several of which involve collaboration with the skeptical movement. |
|
The Naturalistic Basis of Magic |
JOSEPH E. MORROW (Applied Behavior Consultants) |
Abstract: This talk will expose the naturalistic basis of alleged supernatural events from Kreskin to Copperfield. A distinction will be made between entertainers who claim supernatural powers and those who are simply very clever performers. The talk will end with some demonstrations of “magic.” |
|
|
|
|
Social Categorization and Verbal Relations I |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Republic A |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Chad E. Drake (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Barbara S. Kohlenberg (University of Nevada School of Medicine) |
Abstract: . |
|
Emotional Avoidance and Enacted Stigma, Felt Stigma, Prejudice, Discrimination, and Intolerance |
JASON BRIAN LUOMA (University of Nevada, Reno), Barbara S. Kohlenberg (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Richard Bissett (University of Nevada, Reno), Alyssa Rye (University of Nevada, Reno), Kara Bunting (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Stigma, prejudice, discrimination and intolerance are terms that describe behaviors that have devastating personal and social consequences. These behaviors can range from the highly personal, such as avoidance of one’s own medical or mental health symptoms or treatment regimen, to the highly political; such actions that lead to the dehumanization and even extermination of people based on racial, ethnic, religious, political, and sexual preference grounds. We will present an analysis of such terms in light of the behavioral principles that may account for them, and will offer conceptual and data-based approaches to attenuate these destructive forces. |
|
Build Them Up, Then Tear Them Down: An RFT Analysis of Social Categorizing |
CHAD E. DRAKE (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Few people, if anyone, would dispute the notion that the tendency for human beings to form social categories and classes has led to an extraordinary amount of conflict and destruction in human history. Given the continuing presence of such conflict in an ever-growing population of human beings, any goal related to the prediction and influence of the behaviors associated with one’s social identity seems obvious. Relational Frame Theory (RFT) has emerged in the last fifteen years as a promising framework for analyzing human behavior, and verbal behavior in particular (Hayes, 1991; Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2001). Derived relational responding may contribute substantially to behavior in terms of an individual’s group identity (Watt, Keenan, Barnes, & Cairns, 1991; Moxon, Keenan, & Hine, 1993; Leslie, Tierney, Robinson, Keenan, & Watt, 1993; McGlinchey & Keenan, 1997). The primary inquiry of this project will concern the conditions that prevent people from responding to more inclusive, heterogeneous social categories. In other words, this study seeks to explore influences on the flexibility (or inflexibility) of one’s distinctions about US and THEM. |
|
Social Categorization and Gender |
CATHERINE H. ADAMS (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: This study will be a replication of Moxon et al. (1993), which investigated relations between self-concept and gender. Participants will learn a relation between a female-related word and a nonsensical word, and a relation between a nonsensical word and a male-related word. Afterward, the ability to derive relations between male and female-related words will be examined. |
|
|
|
|
Sometimes if it Quacks Like a Duck it Isn't a Duck: An Analysis of Behavior Taught During Reading Instruction |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Clarendon |
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sara C. Ernsbarger (Mercy College) |
Discussant: Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: . |
|
Reading as Textually or Intraverbally Controlled Behavior: A Conceptual Analysis for Practice and Research in Beginning Reading Instruction |
SARA ERNSBARGER (Mercy College), David Bicard (Hawthorne Country Day School), William L. Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Reading can be conceptualized as textually controlled verbal behavior. The behavior of proficient readers is controlled primarily by the printed word. Proficient readers rapidly decode text at the word-by-word level. Poor readers, by contrast, often use contextual cues (e.g., repetitiveness of text elements, ability to sight read some of the words in a sentence) to “figure out” the meaning of text. Although topographically similar to the verbal behavior of the textually controlled decoder, the verbal behavior of a “reader” using context cues comprises a functionally different response class (i.e., intraverbal behavior) if it is evoked by the context cues. Various instructional approaches and text structures commonly used with beginning readers will be discussed in terms of their likelihood of promoting textually and/or intraverbally controlled behavior. |
|
A Description of the Verbal Behavior of Students during Two Reading Instruction Methods |
PATRICIA M. DALY (Ohio Dominican University) |
Abstract: The responses of students during two reading methods, the language experience approach and two Mastery Learning programs, were analyzed using verbal operants. A description of student responding was generated for these methods. The purpose of the study was to answer the questions: What are the major controlling variables determining student reading behavior during the language experience approach and two Mastery Learning programs, and how do these controlling variables change across story reading sessions and across stories in the first method? Student responses by verbal operant were compared for both reading methods. Findings indicated higher frequencies of textual operants occurred in responses during the Mastery Learning programs. A greater reliance on intraverbal control was evident in responses during the language experience approach. It is suggested that students who can generate strong intraverbal responses and who may have visual discrimination problems during early reading instruction may benefit from the use of the language experience approach at this stage. |
|
Faux Fonics: A Behavioral and Instructional Analysis of Phonics Activities that Aren't |
WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University), Charles L. Wood (The Ohio State University), Mary Damer (Rockford Public Schools) |
Abstract: A large and unassailable body of research has found that explicit instruction in phonics-the relationship between printed text and the sounds of spoken English-imparts knowledge and skills that enable students to read new text fluently with comprehension. Consistent with that knowledge, millions of children each school day participate in instructional activities their teachers believe are helping to develop critical phonics skills. Unfortunaterly, many so-called phonics based activities and curricula used in classrooms today do not teach children the sounds of printed text. For example, a popular "phonics lesson" for begining readers features work sheets that require students to circle words that begin or end with the same sounds as the objects in the pictures. Such lessons are faux phonics because students can complete such work sheets without speaking or hearing the words and key letter-sounds depicted by the pictures. Attempting to teach phonics with soundless activities is "like trying to teach math without numbers" (Dixon, 2003). The authors will (a) identify requisit components of all genuine phonics activites, (b) show examples of faux phonics, (c) explain how to detect false phonics, and (d) suggest ways to turn fake phonics into genuine phonics instruction that will help students become better readers. |
|
|
|
|
The Status of Academic Interventions for Students With and At-Risk for Behavioral Disorders |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Beacon B |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lee Kern (Lehigh University) |
Discussant: Christopher Skinner (University of Tennessee) |
Abstract: . |
|
Academic Instruction and Tutoring Interventions for Students with Emotional/Behavioral Disorders 1990 to Present |
KATHLEEN L. LANE (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: By definition, students with emotional disturbances [ED; Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), 1997], are characterized by internalizing and externalizing behavior patterns (Achenbach, 1991) that impede academic, social, and behavioral progress. Behavioral and social deficits of these youngsters have been well-documented over the past 25 year as evidenced by numerous treatment outcome studies (e.g., Mathur, Kavale, Quinn, Forness, & Rutherford, 1998; Zaragoza, Vaughn, & MaIntosh, 1991) and ample assessment tools such as the Systematic Screening for Behavior Disorders (SSBD; Walker & Severson, 1992), Early Screening Project (ESP; Walker, Severson, & Feil, 1995), the Social Skills Rating System (Gresham & Elliott, 1990), the Walker-McConnell Scale of School Adjustment (Walker & McConnell, 1995), and the Child Behavior Checklist (CBCL; Achenbach, 1991). However, until relatively recently, little attention has been devoted to academic issues (Lane, Gresham, & O'Shaughnessy, 2002; Lane & Wehby, 2002). The lack of attention to academic issues may stem, in part, from (a) the tendency of teacher preparation program to focus predominantly on the social and behavioral characteristics and needs of this population (Lane, Gresham et al., 2002), (b) negative teacher-student interactions documented in self-contained classrooms serving students with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD; Shores, Jack, Gunter, Ellis, DeBriere, & Wehby, 1993; Wehby, Symons, & Shores, 1995), and (c) the misconception held by many educators that students must behave properly before academic learning is possible (Lane, Gresham et al., 2002; O'Shaughnessy, Lane, Gresham, & Beebe-Frankenberger, 2003). Given the poor academic performance of students with EBD and the negative academic outcomes associated with poor performance, it is essential that the field of EBD identify evidenced-based instructional strategies and curricular programs to better serve this population (Lee et al., 1999). This presentation reviews the literature pertaining to academic interventions in the areas of reading, written expression, and mathematical skills as conducted with students with EBD. Content includes the results of a systematic literature review, a discussion of limitations in each content area, and recommendations for future academic interventions with students with and at-risk for EBD. |
|
Indicators of Effectiveness of Academic Interventions for Students with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders: A Review of the Literature |
ALEXANDRA HILT (Lehigh University), Nathan Clemens (Lehigh University) |
Abstract: This presentation will describe the results of a comprehensive literature review of academic interventions for students with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD). Thirty-three studies published from 1982 were evaluated on several key factors. First, as research has indicated the importance of linking intervention to assessment information, frequency in which this has occurred in academic interventions for EBD populations will be discussed. Second, the frequency in which studies measure treatment acceptability and other facets of social validity will be described. In addition, an analysis of implementation feasibility of published interventions will be included. Third, the duration of time in which treatment effects were evaluated and the overall maintenance of treatment effects will be discussed. Fourth, the frequency in which generalization of treatment effects were demonstrated (when generalization was relevant) will be reported. Finally, the overall outcomes of the reported studies will be described. This information will be used as indicators of effectiveness to identify effective or promising academic interventions for students with EBD. Additionally, this information will be used to identify need areas for future research. |
|
Summary of Behavioral Momentum and Task Interspersal Research |
NATHAN CLEMENS (Lehigh University), Lee Kern (Lehigh University) |
Abstract: A comprehensive literature review was conducted to assess the effectiveness of behavioral momentum and task interspersal interventions for students with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD). The review identified three studies assessing the effects of behavioral momentum or task interspersal, with a total of 7 students across the three studies. The studies were evaluated for effectiveness across several areas including age/grade of participants, diagnoses (in addition to EBD), setting, and targeted behaviors. Length of intervention, procedural integrity, consumer satisfaction, and generalization of intervention effects were also examined. Intervention effectiveness was evaluated using effect sizes, percent change in level, and the percentage of non-overlapping data points. Inter-rater reliability was obtained for 33% of the studies included in this review. Reliability exceeded 90% across all areas. Results of this analysis indicate that behavioral momentum and task interspersal interventions appear to be effective interventions for students with EBD. Given the small number of studies examining the use of these procedures with this population, however, all conclusions should be viewed with caution. Implications for both future research as well as practice will also be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
The Use of Stimulus Control to Enhance Intervention Efficacy |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Constitution A |
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cynthia M. Anderson (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
Explain how resistance to extinction may enhance the generality of an intervention
State how stimulus control might be used to decrease the need for punishment
Identify at least two areas for future research in the area of stimulus control |
|
Assessing Stimulus Control: Behavioral Maintenance under Conditions of Extinction |
PAMELA L. NEIDERT (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Leah Koehler (University of Florida), Natalie Rolider (University of Florida), David M. Wilson (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Because resistance to extinction (EXT) may be a desirable or undesirable outcome in both research and clinical practice, it is important to identify the conditions under which responding maintains when it is no longer reinforced. This study examined the necessary and sufficient conditions for maintaining stimulus control during extinction by manipulating three general stimulus categories: reinforcer presence, instructional prompts, and correlated stimuli (therapist and setting). Six participants with developmental disabilities were taught a repetitive, vocational response. In the first assessment, they were exposed to three test EXT conditions, each of which involved the presence of one stimulus characteristic from the training environment (while the other 2 stimulus characteristics differed). Response maintenance during any of the EXT conditions suggested that the stimulus present was sufficient to exert stimulus control. In the second assessment, the sufficient stimulus characteristic(s) identified in the first assessment were systematically eliminated (while the other two stimulus characteristics were present). Conditions in which responding extinguished suggested that the stimulus that was absent was necessary for behavioral maintenance. Conversely, if responding maintained, that stimulus was not necessary because the presence of the other two stimuli compensated for the absence of the sufficient stimulus. Three general patterns of results were observed and are discussed in terms of methodological and applied implications. |
|
Establishing Control of Self-Stimulatory Responding by an Antecedent Stimulus Using Punishment |
SHANNON S. HAAG (West Virginia University), Cynthia M. Anderson (West Virginia University), Dean C. Williams (University of Kansas), Kathryn Saunders (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Few studies have shown that the use of punishment can bring responding under antecedent stimulus control. (cf. O’Donnell, Crosbie, Williams & Saunders, 2000). The purpose of this experiment was to determine if self-stimulatory responding could be brought under antecedent stimulus control using punishment, and, if so, whether participants would request the stimulus correlated with nonpunishment. Three individuals with mental retardation participated. By examining both response rates and response latencies, it was determined that antecedent stimulus control developed with each participant. Additionally, two participants acquired and maintained a mand resulting in access to the stimulus conditions correlated with nonpunishment. The results contribute to the literature by demonstrating that it is possible to obtain antecedent control using punishment procedures. Such results are useful in the management of nonharmful self stimulation insofar that such responding can be controlled by environmental antecedents and thus prevented in situations where it is inappropriate. |
|
The Effects of a Warning Stimulus on Punishment Fading |
HEATHER SCHONBACHLER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer N. Fritz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Richard A. Goysovich (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The advent of functional analysis technology in the assessment of severe problem behaviors may have resulted in the decreased used of punishment-based intervention. Nevertheless, the occasional failure of reinforcement-based interventions alone may necessitate the use of punishment-based interventions. To provide the least restrictive treatment possible, it may be possible to fade the use of punishment. The current study evaluated the efficacy of using a conditioned punisher (i.e., warning stimulus) to decrease the need to implement a physical time out procedure. Participants included three children, ages 7, 9, and 12, diagnosed with mental retardation and who had been admitted to an inpatient unit for the treatment of aggressive and disruptive behaviors. Punishment fading was conducted to decrease the use of the punishment procedure by providing a warning stimulus contingent on the first occurrence of a target behavior. The warning stimulus was repeatedly paired with the punishment procedure so that the warning stimulus would eventually function as a conditioned punisher. Once pairing sessions were completed, fading sessions were conducted to determine if the child’s problem behavior would remain at or below a 90% reduction from baseline. Results suggested that this method of punishment fading was effective in maintaining low levels of problem behavior and a decreased need for a punishment procedure for all participants. However, the effects did not maintain over time for one participant. |
|
|
|
|
2004 Tutorial: Dynamic Changes in Reinforcer Effectiveness: Satiation and Habituation Have Different Implications for Theory and Practice |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
None CE Offered. CE Instructor: Allen Neuringer, Psy.D. |
Chair: Allen Neuringer (Reed College) |
Presenting Authors: : FRANCES K. MCSWEENEY (Washington State University) |
Abstract: Reinforcers lose their effectiveness when they are presented repeatedly. Early researchers labeled this loss of effectiveness as satiation without conducting an experimental analysis. When such an analysis is conducted, habituation provides a more precise and empirically accurate label for the changes in reinforcer effectiveness. This tutorial will review some of the arguments that support habituation. Then it will be argued that habituation has surprisingly different implications for applied work than satiation. In particular, postulating that habituation occurs to repeatedly presented reinforcers suggests different ways than satiation for maintaining the strength of an existing reinforcer, for weakening the strength of a problematic reinforcer, and for conceptualizing applied behavioral problems. Finally, potential theoretical implications of habituation will be discussed. Habituation may contribute to multiple-schedule behavioral contrast and to understanding the characteristics of behavior undergoing extinction (e.g., spontaneous recovery, disinhibition). Habituation may also help to regulate many different behaviors. In particular, it may contribute to the termination of behaviors that are usually attributed to satiation (feeding, drinking), fatigue (wheel running), and obtaining a high (consuming alcohol). |
|
FRANCES K. MCSWEENEY (Washington State University) |
Dr. Frances K. McSweeney is Professor of Psychology and Vice Provost for Faculty Affairs at Washington State University (WSU). She received her BA, Summa Cum Laude, from Smith College (1969) and her Masters (1972) and PhD (1974) from Harvard University. She joined the faculty at WSU in 1974 and has served as chair of the Psychology Department, as well as chair of the WSU Faculty Senate. Dr. McSweeney has published more than 100 papers on topics such as the Matching Law, behavioral contrast, and dynamic changes in reinforcer value. She has received grants from sources such as the National Science Foundation and the National Institute of Mental Health. She has served on the editorial boards of many journals such as Animal Learning & Behavior, the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and The Behavior Analyst. She is currently Associate Editor of Learning and Motivation. Dr. McSweeney served two terms as Program Committee Chair for ABA and is currently a member of the ABA Executive Council. She is a fellow of the American Psychological Association (Divisions 3 and 25) and of the American Psychological Society. Dr. McSweeney has won many awards including the Sahlin Faculty Excellence Award for Research, the Samuel H. Smith Leadership Award, and the Edward R. Meyer Distinguished Professor Award. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Paper - A Survey of Behavioral Schools for Children with Autism: Hallmarks of Excellence (Translated into Japanese) |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Beacon G |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Yuka Koremura (North Texas University) |
|
A Survey of Behavioral Schools for Children with Autism: Hallmarks of Excellence (Translated into Japanese) |
Domain: Applied Research |
JANET S. TWYMAN (Headsprout) |
|
Abstract: Due to the efficacy of behavioral treatments for persons with autism, there has been an increase in behavioral school programs providing services to autistic learners. These schools are also a training ground for interventionists at all levels (paraprofessional, aide, teacher, supervisor, administrator, parent, etc.) Yet what does it mean to be a behavioral school? What is the philosophy and how does it impact both methods for instruction and procedures for training? How is performance measured and how are outcomes assessed? What are the roles of five integral, yet distinct groups of learners: students, teachers, teaching assistants, supervisors, and parents? This presentation will ask these questions of some of the most highly held behavioral schools in the U.S. and abroad, and make comments regarding what are the shared and distinguishing hallmarks of a behavioral school, and whether it is an outcome or a process. |
|
|
|
|
|
Int'l Paper - The Generalization of Basic Social Skills in a Transition Program for Children with Autism |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Beacon F |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Gladys Williams (Applied Behavior Consultant Services, New York) |
|
The Generalization of Basic Social Skills in a Transition Program for Children with Autism |
Domain: Applied Research |
JOSE JULIO CARNERERO (Centro de Alta Eficacia para la Ensenanza del Lenguaje), Gladys Williams (Applied Behavior Consultant Services, New York), Ana Pastor Sanz (Al-Mudaris, Cordoba, Spain) |
|
Abstract: A large number of children with autism acquire social skills during one to one intervention. However, they do not transfer these skills into generalized settings, such as a regular education classroom. The purpose of this study was to show a procedure that allows for the generalization of basic social skills to the regular education setting. The dependent variable, measured in the regular education setting were three behaviors already acquired in the one to one setting (three intraverbal operants). A multiple baseline design was used to measure the effectiveness of the intervention. The independent variable consisted of an echoic prompt given to the children when they had to respond to the specific questions. The echoic prompt was given to the following: "hello", "how are you?", "and "how old are you?". We show the data obtained in the different phases of the study. |
|
|
|
|
|
Units of Analysis in Behavior |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Independence East |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Jose E. Burgos (CEIC - University of Guadalajara) |
|
Parts of Behavior |
Domain: Applied Research |
JOSE E. BURGOS (CEIC - University of Guadalajara) |
|
Abstract: Mereology (from the greek 'meros', meaning 'part') is the formal theory of part/whole relations. This theory can help us articulate the view that operants are individuals, which implies that they have parts. Here I offer a basis for a mereology of behavior in general, operant as well as respondent. I start by assuming that behavior consists of events. But what is an event? I adopt Jaegwon Kim's view, according to which an event is a temporary exemplification of a property by a continuant in a temporal region. We thus need a mereology of events so understood, taking as a starting point the family of systems S put forward by Simons (1987, Parts), whose primitive concept is that of proper parthood. The structured character of events under Kim's view requires a trivalent concept of proper parthood. An event e can thus be a minimal, median, or maximal proper part of another event e', depending respectively on whether one, two, or all the components of e are parts of the corresponding component(s) of e'. I suggest directions for future applications of this mereology to behavior, showing implications for the molar-molecular debate and the role of the neurosciences in understanding behavior. |
|
Private Events and Selection by Consequences |
Domain: Applied Research |
EMMANUEL Z. TOURINHO (Universidade Federal do Para, Brazil) |
|
Abstract: Private events have been acknowledged as a main topic for behavior analysts, especially for those interested in clinical applications of behavior analysis. Despite their importance, private events have been the subject matter in few conceptual analyses, what might explain some controversies concerning their causal status. The present study argues that phenomena of different levels of complexity have been considered under the concept of private events. It is suggested that the degrees of complexity may be approached with the principle of selection by consequences. According to this proposal, phenomena called private events vary along a continuum of complexity defined in terms of their phylogenetic, ontogenetic and cultural components, and the way one component prevails over the others. At one end of this continuum there are the "basic emotions," largely the product of natural selection. At the other end of the continuum, one will find complex phenomena that include verbal relations, produced by cultural contingencies. Somewhere in the middle of the continuum, one can identify feelings as behavioral relations produced by ontogenetic nonverbal contingencies. The distinctions may be helpful in discussing the components of each instance of private event and the types of intervention to be carried out by the behavior analyst. |
|
|
|
|
|
#340 Poster Session – AUT |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
1. Increasing Tolerance to Toothbrushing in a Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MATTHEW G. FURZLAND (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: The effects of tolerance training on toothbrushing were examined for a child with autism. Tolerance to toothbrushing was identified as the target behavior using a modified functional assessment, including direct observation and in vivo probes. Due to the aversiveness of toothbrushing, tolerance was determined to be a prerequisite skill of independent toothbrushing. The child displayed protestful behaviors during his current toothbrushing process and was unable to perform independent toothbrushing skills. Discrete trial training was used to teach tolerance to toothbrushing. Trial by trial data were collected during each session. A X2 ratio of performance improvement was utilized as a criterion measure of improvement. Results indicate an increase in tolerance to toothbrushing, including spontaneous independent use of pre-toothbrushing skills. |
|
|
2. A Multi-component Behavior Support Plan and Its Effect on Tantrum Behavior of a Pre-adolescent Girl Diagnosed with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CINDY J. ALTERSON (Devereux Millwood Learning Center), Kerri Cranston (Devereux Millwood Learning Center), Angela Tocci (Devereux Millwood Learning Center), Joanna Dickerson (Devereux Millwood Learning Center), Talia Gallardo (Devereux Millwood Learning Center) |
Abstract: This report will describe approximately three years of interventions targeting tantrum behavior exhibited by a pre-adolescent girl diagnosed with autism. Repeated functional assessments have never revealed consistent or a single function of the behavior. A multi-component treatment package was implemented across the three years that included skill acquisition, reinforcement, functional communication, curriculum modification and consequence components. Although no one component was identified as clearly responsible for decreasing the behavior, the multi-coponent package reduced tantrums from a baseline of two tantrums per day lasting well over one hour to near-zero levels, which has maintained across four months. This report is a good representation of the complexity of functional assessment and treatment in a school setting specializing in applied behavior analysis. |
|
|
3. Teaching Self-monitoring to Reduce Challenging Behavior in Private and Public Settings: Three Students at Varying Stages of Instruction |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER M. MUELLER (Devereux Millwood Learning Center), A. Cezanne Strate (Devereux Millwood Learning Center), Cindy J. Alterson (Devereux Millwood Learning Center) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the behavior support plans of three students diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorders who attend a 12-month, private, ABA school. The behavior plans were developed with self-monitoring strategies so that these plans could be easily generalized to a public school setting. The three students used "rules cards," in combination with DRO and other supports, to teach them to monitor their own appropriate classroom behavior. For all three students, the "rules cards" reduced challenging behavior, although the rate at which they have learned and are currently learning to self-monitor varies. One student's challenging behavior (noncompliance) reduced to zero levels and he uses his rule card independently at public school part-time. Another student's challenging behavior (tantrums and inappropriate comments) reduced to zero levels and we are pursuing inclusion part-time for 2004. The last student is able to self-monitor (challenging behaviors include tantrums and aggression), but continues to be challenged by other factors. This study highlights the implementation of teaching self-monitoring in students who would benefit from inclusion experiences, and the effect it has on the ability of the student to fully participate in typical settings. |
|
|
4. The Effects of Alternative Response Training on Tantrum Behavior Associated with Toileting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY HELDMANN (The May Institute), Lori Sawyer (The May Institute) |
Abstract: Alternative response training has been used to decrease undesired behaviors in individuals with autism and related disorders. The procedure involves replacing an undesired behavior with a functional, alternative behavior. This study involved teaching a 10-year-old boy with Landau Kleffner Syndrome and autism an alternative response via use of a picture schedule that interfered with and replaced tantrums following use of the bathroom. The procedures were conducted at a private day school for children with developmental disabilities and behavior disorders. An AB design was used and program components were gradually faded. Results showed that tantrum behavior decreased in duration and frequency following implementation and fading of the alternative response training procedure. |
|
|
5. The Treatment of Chronic Food Refusal with a Young Girl with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
FRANK L. BIRD (Melmark New England), Rui T. Carreiro (Melmark New England), John Demanche (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Feeding problems are quite common among children with autism. Children who consume insufficient amounts of food are at risk for a number of health problems, including malnutrition. In this case study, a 7 year-old autistic girl was at significant risk due to her chronic refusal of all types and textures of food and her nutritional reliance on only two food items. After multiple attempts to employ a variety of sensory strategies to assist her with her compliance to foods, a series of systematic behavioral strategies were implemented including nonremoval of spoon, forced feeding and access to preferred foods being contingent upon eating nonpreferred foods. A systematic analysis of these strategies will be demonstrated and data will be displayed indicating the significant progress of accepting and consuming a variety of food items. Data will also be presented on corollary behaviors that improved with the consumption of food including the deceleration of aggression, property destruction and the increase of functional communication. Interobserver reliability was calculated across 33% of baseline and treatment trials and the mean occurrence agreement coefficient was 93.6%. |
|
|
6. Shaping Compliance to Increase Appropriate Toileting in Multiple Bathroom Environments |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIJKE P. CALLAHAN (Melmark New England), Mike Conard (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: The subject in this study is an 11 year-old boy with autism who exhibited a chain of challenging behaviors when requested to go to the bathroom. Historically, this young boy had significant avoidance behaviors across all bathroom settings except for at home. The holding of urine for extensive hours was a health concern and resulted in occurrences of incontinence within community settings. A functional assessment was completed and the maintaining variable was primarily escape and avoidance. The objectives of the study were to determine the effects of combining a shaping procedure and differential reinforcement of appropriate behavior to increase adaptive toileting within the school environment coupled with the use of negative reinforcement strategies and functional communication training to decrease the challenging behaviors. A systematic step analysis was designed and implemented that required the subject to become increasingly assimilated to the bathroom environment. Positive trials in the step sequence were reinforced and challenging behaviors were treated functionally in that their occurrence did not result in escape from the bathroom setting. Data display will include percentage of compliance across steps, challenging behaviors across steps and successful urination. Interobserver reliability was conducted across trials with a mean agreement coefficient of 95%. |
|
|
7. "What a Mess": A Treatment Package to Decrease Property Destruction in a Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TYRA NELSON (Special School District of St. Louis County), Traci M. Cihon (Special School District of St. Louis County), Guy M. Bedient (Special School District of St. Louis County) |
Abstract: The participant exhibited rates of property destruction which impeded access to the general education setting. A multi-component behavior plan was implemented to decrease rates of property destruction. Antecedent manipulations consisted of environmental engineering, curriculum design, and implementation of a token system. Teaching procedures consisted of compliance training, differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors (DRA), prompting, prompt fading, functional communication training, and rule stating. Time-out was used as a consequence procedure for targeted inappropriate behaviors. This treatment package successfully decreased inappropriate behaviors to zero rates and allowed for the student to be reintegrated into the general education setting. |
|
|
8. Comparison of 2 Functional Behavior Screening Tools for Analysis of Aggression and Stereotypies in Students with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HEIDI MEIKRANTZ (SEEM Collaborative), Kathleen Ann Quill (Autism Institute) |
Abstract: A group of 120 special education teachers of students with autism were taught how to conduct Functional Behavior Assessments [FBA]. Thirty-two different students with challenging behaviors were identified for case study among the group. Behaviors included SIB, aggression and a variety of sterotypic rituals. Each teacher completed two commonly used Functional Analysis screening tools (FAST, Iwata; MAS, Durand) for a problem behavior. A comparison of the data from the two screening tools revealed a high level of reliability for identifying the function of SIB and aggression, but a low level of reliability for identifying the function of stereotypies and the need for a more comprehensive assessment inventory. However, when data from both tools were combined and analyzed together in a special formula, the function of 98% of the problem behaviors correlated highly with the results of the comprehensive assessment. This data may offer clinicians a formula for using both the FAST and MAC that may expedite the FBA process and shed light on the function of stereotypic behaviors. |
|
|
9. Use of Reinforcement Schedules to Increase the On-task Behaviors of an Adolescent with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JANET A. BUTZ (Odyssey Charter School), Susan D'Aniello (Odyssey Charter School) |
Abstract: The poster session will describe how a team of high school teachers, administrators and related service personnel collaborated to effectively develop and implement a schedule of reinforcement for an adolescent with Autism Spectrum Disorder that resulted in an increase of on-task behaviors in a charter school environment that utilizes a hybrid of face-to-face instruction coupled with a distant education learning model. The authors will also describe that the ultimate outcome for the student with Autism Spectrum Disorder was increased prosocial interactions with his peers and the adults on the high school campus. |
|
|
10. Expanding Food Preferences with a Photographic Activity Schedule |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLY KELM (Beacon ABA Services), David M. Corcoran (Beacon ABA Services), Joseph M. Vedora (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Photographic activity schedules have been used to teach a variety of independent play, social, self-help, and academic skills in children with autism. In the present study the use of activity schedules was expanded to increase food preferences for a 3-year-old boy with autism. The participant rapidly learned to follow a 3-5-item photographic activity schedule consisting of preferred and non-preferred play activities. Next, preferred foods were introduced as a snack in the context of his activity schedule. Once successful with preferred foods, non-preferred foods were introduced. Results indicated that the participant consumed previously non-preferred foods in the context of his activity schedules. This research extends previous research on the utility of photographic activity for children with autism and offers a novel approach to expanding food preferences for such children. |
|
|
11. Use of Non-Contingent Reinforcement to DecreaseInappropriate Vocalizations Maintained by Attention |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CAROL DEPEDRO (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services), David M. Corcoran (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Non-Contingent reinforcement (NCR) has been used to decrease a variety of challenging behaviors in people with developmental disabilities. In the present study, NCR in the form of positive social attention was used to decrease inappropriate vocalizations of a 5 year-old boy with autism. A functional analysis indicated that behavior was maintained by attention. Inappropriate vocalizations consisted of repetitive language, reciting lines from familiar videos or TV shows, and singing at inappropriate times. Results showed the use of NCR led to decreased rates of inappropriate vocalizations during treatment phases, and in addition there was anecdotal evidence of an increase in appropriate language. These results extend previous findings on the use of NCR to treat problem behaviors in young children with autism. |
|
|
12. An Outpatient Evaluation of Intensive Toilet Training with Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINE BENNETT (Western Michigan University), Dawn Detweiler (Western Michigan University), Sarah Crossett (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The study evaluated the effectiveness of an intensive behavioral toilet training procedure for young children with autism. The treatment package included differential positive reinforcement of urinary continence, a graduated sitting schedule, communication training, a urine alarm, increased fluid intake, and positive practice. The intervention included a full day of intensive behavioral intervention and parent training in an out-clinic setting, followed by two intensive days in the home conducted by the parents with the support and assistance of the research team. The procedures were then administered daily in both the child’s home and school by the child’s primary caregivers and teachers. Data were collected on three participants (ages 4.1, 4.6, and 4.9 years) using a non-concurrent multiple baseline design across participants. Each child’s continence increased significantly, with all three participants achieving at or near 100 percent success throughout a 4 week follow-up. |
|
|
13. Effects of High-Probability Requests on the Latency to Initiate Fine Motor Behavior Task with Adolescent with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JEAN-CLAUDE DARCHEVILLE (University of Lille 3 - Charles De Gaulle), Esteve Frexia I Baque (University of Lille 3 - Charles De Gaulle), Vinca Riviere (University of Lille 3 - Charles De Gaulle), Luce Doze (University of Lille 3 - Charles De Gaulle) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a high-probability request sequence on the latency and duration compliance to a request for completion of a fine motor behavior task (open the mouth). The participant was an adolescent with autism who exhibited noncompliance during the medical examination or during cleaning of his teeth for example. The results showed that high-probability requests were effective to increase compliance and decrease latency to comply the motor task. |
|
|
14. Treatment of Non-Cooperative Sleep Behavior in a Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHAWN M. GLADSTONE (C.W. Post College, Long Island University), Patricia A. D'Ateno (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Problems related to sleep behavior are common in children with autism. An intervention to increase the amount of time a 12-year old boy with autism remained in his own bed was implemented. Leaving his bed to go into his parents’ room was brought under the stimulus control of a ringing alarm clock. A changing criterion design was used to demonstrate experimental control. Baseline measures indicated that the child remained in his bed for a mean duration of 19 minutes (range: 1 to 39 minutes). Over a seven-month period, the criterion duration has been gradually increased to 430 minutes. |
|
|
15. Using Response Latency in a Functional Analysis to Decrease Severe Self-injurious Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HAROLD MAHECHA (Eden II Programs), Frank R. Cicero (Eden II Programs), Mary Sarli (Eden II Programs), Hannah Hoch (The Genesis School) |
Abstract: Current best practice for treatment of severe self-injury calls for an analysis to determine the function of the behavior. Currently the most accepted method of conducting a functional analysis is the one developed by Iwata et al (1994). This traditional analysis tests the function of behavior by recording the frequency of the target behavior under varying consequences. Despite its recognized effectiveness, this method presents professionals working in applied settings with ethical as well as practical problems when dealing with severe self-injury.
This poster presents a modified method of conducting a functional analysis, where response latency is used as the criterion measure in place of response frequency or percent of intervals engaged. Three cases will be presented where analysis data were computed in both ways leading to identical conclusions regarding function. A case study is then presented of an analysis conducted in an applied setting with an adult who engaged in dangerous self-injury. Data indicated both escape and attention functions. Based on the analysis, a function-based treatment packaged was implemented resulting in a 77% decrease in self-injury from baseline. Data from the analysis along with treatment and IOA data will be presented. Results will be discussed in terms of the use of modified functional analysis procedures in applied settings. |
|
|
16. The Effect of Using a Momentary DRO and Verbal Reprimand on the Rates of Finger Biting of a 5 Year-old Student with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DAWN M. SMITH (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Melissa Sadek (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Erin Klepp (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Gloria J. Lavender (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Megan Youngberg (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Gena Price (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Barbara Axelrod (Bancroft NeuroHealth) |
Abstract: This study focused on reducing the rates of finger biting in a 5 year old student with autism. During baseline, finger biting occurred in over 50% of the ten minute intervals over the course of a 5 hour school day. The treatment package consisted of a verbal reprimand ("no biting") for each occurrence. In addition, the student received an edible chewy reinforcer and social praise if he was not biting on a momentary time sample schedule. The intervention resulted in significant decreases in finger biting. A withdraw of the intervention resulted in increases in finger biting; and a subsequent re-implementation demonstrated experimental control. Inter-observer reliability measures were taken on 40% of the days the student was in school. Inter-observer reliability was 98%. |
|
|
17. The Role of Contingent Teacher Attention on Appropriate Classroom Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY J. DAVIES LACKEY (Hawthorne Country Day School), Sudha Ramaswamy (Teachers College, Columbia University), Virginia S. Wong (Hawthorne Country Day School), Victoria Slocum (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
Abstract: A teacher’s use of effective instructional practices is essential to successful schooling. The current study investigated the effectiveness of teaching teachers to observe and record their own delivery of instruction using videotaped sessions and such behaviors on the frequency of stereotypic and noncompliant behavior emitted by students. Data were collected through the use of an observation procedure which was used to simultaneously collect data on both teacher and student responses (TPRA: Teacher Protocol Rate Accuracy). The study included a pre and post-test multiple baseline design across classrooms, and results are reported as rate of accurate three-term contingencies presented by teachers, and frequency of stereotypic and noncompliant behavior emitted by students. |
|
|
18. Teaching a Child with Autism to Self-Manage His Own Stereotypic Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (Greenwood School), Barbara Carlson Litscher (Greenwood School) |
Abstract: The purpose of this poster was to teach a child with autism to monitor and manage his own behavior in order to increase independence. Using a systematic instructional program, we will require the child to check his own accuracy against a master copy on increasingly difficult tasks, Initially, these tasks will be based on skills performance, but will eventually transfer to monitoring the occurrence of specified responses both in vivo and in analog conditions. Originally the child’s accuracy in reporting the occurrence of specified responses will be reinforced. The reinforcement schedule will be FR 1, but will differentially reinforced based on both accuracy in reporting and the absence of stereotypic behavior. We propose that teaching a child to manage and monitor his own behavior will increase independence and allow the child to more functionally manipulate his environment. Data will be visually summarized. Interobserver agreement will be reported. Results will be discussed in relation to self-management skills in addressing stereotypic behavior, as well as collateral behavior management effects. |
|
|
19. Treatment of Chronic Food Refusal in a Child with Autism in School and Home Settings |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HANNAH HOCH (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Mary Ellen McDonald (The Genesis School) |
Abstract: The purpose of this investigation was to examine the effectiveness of a reinforcement procedure to increase consumption of non-preferred foods in a nine-year-old boy with autism across school and home settings. A changing criterion design was used to demonstrate the effects of positive reinforcement on food consumption. The criterion that was changed was the number of consumed pieces of food necessary to access reinforcement. IOA data were collected for 33% of the sessions and averaged 98%. In the baseline condition, non-preferred foods were presented in the absence of reinforcement for food consumption, which did not occur. During the treatment condition, pieces of three varieties of a single food (e.g., three different kinds of chicken) were presented. Consumption of all pieces resulted in access to highly preferred toys. The number of pieces of each food required to be consumed to access reinforcement was systematically increased over sessions, until a typical-sized portion had to be consumed in order to access the reinforcer. This treatment procedure was implemented first at school, and then at home, and produced an increase in consumption of non-preferred foods in both settings. Results are discussed in terms of treatment of chronic food refusal in home and school settings. |
|
|
20. Intensive Toilet Training of a 5-Year-Old with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
STACEY BUCHANAN WILLIAMS (Melmark New England), Helena L. Maguire (Melmark New England), Elizabeth J. Wyman (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Previous research (e.g., Azrin & Foxx, 1973) on toilet training tended to restrict the daily activities of the individual by requiring large amounts of time to be spent on the toilet or restoring the environment after an accident. In this case study, a multi-component intervention was used to enhance stimulus control for correct eliminations. The intervention consisted of a timing technique, increased fluid intake and positive reinforcement for correct eliminations. It was hypothesized that the approach would increase the stimulus control exerted by the bathroom stimulus over correct eliminations for the subject. The results will suggest that these variables increased the probability of eliminating on the toilet and were critical variables for successful toilet training. Data will be displayed on percentage of dry pants, successful voids in toilet and initiation of need for the bathroom. Interobserver reliability was implemented throughout phases and the mean occurrence agreement coefficient was 95%. |
|
|
21. The Use of a Multi-component Treatment for Expanding Choice of Reinforcers and Decreasing Physical Aggression in a Boy with Pervasive Developmental Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
PAULETTE BURDICK (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Erik A. Mayville (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Allyson Gauthier (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Peter Dekreon (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center) |
Abstract: Providing choice-making opportunities among potentially reinforcing items and activities can be pivotal in effective skill-building programming for individuals with developmental disabilities. However, highly preferred items or activities may not always be available in applied settings. Thus, learning to choose from less-preferred alternatives may serve an important adaptive function. We evaluated a multi-component program designed to teach effective choice behavior among less-preferred alternative items or activities when the most preferred reinforcers were unavailable. The participant was an 8-year-old boy diagnosed with PDD-NOS for whom choice programming had been avoided as a result of a perseverative choice behavior, accompanied by high rates of tantruming and aggressive behavior following denial of the requested reinforcer. A focal treatment component included randomized presentation of signaled periods of “big” and “little” choice conditions in access was allowed to either an unrestricted or restricted range of preferred items or activities, respectively. Items and activities in the “little” choice condition were less likely than those in the “big” choice condition to be immediately manded by the participant. Results indicated that randomized choice conditions were effective in increasing choice among less-preferred items or activities only following successful behavior-reductive programming using a time-out procedure contingent on aggressive behavior. |
|
|
22. Effects of Differential Reinforcement on the Rejecting Behavior of a Young Student with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMES W. HALLE (University of Illinois), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina), Christian Atlas Martin (University of South Carolina) |
Abstract: We taught an eight-year-old nonverbal student with autism to reject items by touching an icon. We started by observing the student across natural settings to identify current rejecting forms (e.g., screaming, running away). Next, we used differential reinforcement to increase the frequency of more subtle existing rejecting behavior (i.e., pushing away) combined with extinction to decrease the frequency of problem behavior serving a rejecting function. Then we used differential reinforcement to replace pushing away with touching an icon. Finally, we conducted both example and non-example probes to assess stimulus control over the new icon response. Results reveal that this stepwise procedure was effective at replacing problem behavior serving a rejecting function with touching an icon while preserving appropriate stimulus control over the new response. |
|
|
23. Self-Initiated Toileting: A Case Study of a Child with Autism Considered “Difficult to Train” |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER RAVA (University of South Florida), Jean Hays Bachrach (Reaching Potentials) |
Abstract: There is a wealth of information in the literature describing ways in which children with and without disabilities may become toilet-trained. However, in some cases of young children with autism practitioners may find successful acquisition and generalization of toileting training difficult and elusive. The subject of this case study was a 5 year old female diagnosed with autism who had several unsuccessful interventions for toilet training. In this study the researchers used antecedent manipulation, shaping, positive reinforcement, and establishing operations to create an intervention package that resulted in acquisition and generalization of self-initiated toileting for this child. Data were taken for baseline, acquisition and generalization phases including frequency of occurrence of “accidents”, prompted successful voiding in toilet and self-initiated voiding in toilet for both urination and bowel movements. |
|
|
24. Food Selectivity in a Young Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURIE RICHARDSON (HMEA) |
Abstract: In working with young children who have been diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder, it is fairly common to observe that some children have significant issues in the area of food selectivity/food refusal. Parents frequently report that their child will not eat unless given a particular food item. In addition, these children often do not spontaneously increase the variety of foods they will eat as they get older. Previous studies have focused on developmentally disabled children whose history of food refusal was extensive, to the point that the children were considered to be medically at risk. Many were often fed totally or supplementarily by artificial means (i.e., feeding tubes). Some of the children also had medical diagnoses that could make eating an unpleasant experience. Nonetheless, there have been positive results obtained with some of these children when treatments utilizing the principles of positive and negative reinforcement were implemented. This particular study will focus on increasing a child’s acceptance of previously refused foods in both a home and educational setting. |
|
|
25. Matching Analysis of Manding and Self Injurious Behavior during Discrete Trials Instruction and Experimental Analysis Sessions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN D HOCH (University of Minnesota), Ellie Mauel (University of Minnesota), Satomi K. Shinde (University of Minnesota), Frank J. Symons (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: In this study, we used the single alternative version and the proportional version of the matching equation to examine mands and self injury in response to tangible reinforcement and escape from task during discrete trials instruction and analogue conditions conducted in an experimental analysis. The participant was a school age girl diagnosed with autism. Interobserver agreement was conducted on 33% of the observation sessions using the formula a/a+d with a five second time window for agreement. Interobserver agreement averaged at least 80% across all variables observed using this formula. A time based sequential analysis of real time data collected from videotapes of the sessions was used to generate data for the matching analysis. Results showed that both forms of behavior were moderately responsive to tangibles but not escape. Results from both analyses suggested reliable co-variation between both forms of behavior and staff attention but there were insufficient occurrences of some behavior combinations in the non analogue sessions. Findings are discussed in terms of the utility of the matching and sequential analysis to clarify the results of experimental analyses and to evaluate descriptive data from natural contexts. |
|
|
26. Comparison of Highly Preferred Matched and Unmatched Stimuli on Stereotypy in Students with Developmental Disabilities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHLEEN M. CLARK (New England Center for Children), Ruth M. DeBar (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Gretchen O'Sullivan (New England Center for Children), Brandon Herscovitch (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current investigation was to extend work done by Piazza et al. (2000) examining the effects of matched stimuli on stereotypic behavior (motor stereotypy and mouthing). Results of functional analyses for 4 students with developmental disabilities (2 males, 2 females, ranging from 4-13 years of age) suggested automatic reinforcement as the maintaining variable. Preference assessments were conducted, and highly preferred stimuli were chosen that a) matched the hypothesized sensory consequences of the stereotypic behavior (matched stimuli) and b) produced sensory consequences that were not similar to those produced by the stereotypic behavior (unmatched stimuli). The effects of providing continuous, noncontingent access to either the most highly preferred matched or the most highly preferred unmatched stimuli were assessed relative to a baseline condition in which no stimuli were available using an alternating treatments design. Results indicate that providing continuous access to matched stimuli may be more effective than continuous access to highly preferred unmatched items in decreasing stereotypic behaviors than simply providing access to highly preferred stimuli. Interobserver agreement data were collected on approximately 33% of all sessions across participants and conditions and was never less than 90%. |
|
|
27. The Use of Activity Schedules and Instructional Fading to Manage Challenging Behavior: A Case Study |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RENEE C. MANSFIELD (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children), Kristine Wiltz (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Children with autism often demonstrate challenging behavior, even at a very young age. Early intensive behavioral intervention can be effective in replacing these challenging behaviors with appropriate behaviors. The use of picture schedules has been shown to be an effective procedure to teach children with autism a variety of play and social skills. The purpose of this study was to use a combination of pictures activity schedules and instructional fading to increase appropriate play and decrease challenging behavior in a young child with autism. The subject in this study was a 3-year-old boy who entered an EIBI program with high rates of self-injury (ear "raking" that drew blood, head banging, etc.) and tantrums. The procedure implemented included manipulating his schedule by initially removing activities that were associated with self-injury. These activities where then reintroduced systematically. In addition, opportunities were provided to teach him to play with toys and how to access preferred activities appropriately. Rates of self-injury decreased from over 30 episodes per day to an average of less than 5 per day. The data indicate that this combination of procedures can result in dramatic changes in challenging behavior while systematically increasing appropriate play and social skills. |
|
|
28. Interspersed Presentation and Consumption of Nonpreferred Foods by a Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HILLARY WHITESIDE (The Institute for Effective Education), Gina Green (Private practice), Shannon Clarke (The Institute for Effective Education), Diana Julian (The Institute for Effective Education) |
Abstract: Several behavior analytic methods have been demonstrated effective for increasing food consumption by children who are selective eaters, but some of those methods are fairly intrusive and others are labor-intensive. We evaluated the effects of interspersing bites of nonpreferred and preferred items on the food consumption of an 8-year-old boy with autism. Initial assessment revealed that he consumed limited amounts and types of starches and proteins. Three proteins consumed at zero levels were targeted in a multiple baseline design. Interspersed presentation resulted in an increase in consumption of tuna to more than 80% of bites within 3 sessions. That intervention had little effect on consumption of chicken, which remained near zero after 7 sessions. Simultaneous presentation – embedding bites of chicken in a preferred food – increased consumption to more than 80% of bites for 3 consecutive sessions by the 10th session. Interspersed presentation then produced an increase in consumption of turkey dog to more than 80% of bites for 3 consecutive sessions within 4 sessions. Interobserver agreement data collected in 25% of all sessions always exceeded 80%. Our results suggest that simply interspersing bites of nonpreferred and preferred foods can increase consumption of nonpreferred items by mildly selective eaters. |
|
|
29. Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behaviors Occasioned by Blocking Idiosyncratic Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER M. MASTERSON (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Amy Toner (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Kim Rispoli (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Deborah A. Napolitano (Bancroft NeuroHealth) |
Abstract: Although there has been recent interest in the area of idiosyncratic influences on problem behavior, few assessments have been described in the literature that identify idiosyncratic variables that set the occasion for problem behavior. After an initial functional analysis of aggression, disruption, and self-injury was inconclusive, we examined the effects of blocking idiosyncratic behaviors (e.g., repeatedly closing doors) on problem behaviors of an individual diagnosed with Autism, OCD, ADHD, and Impulse Control Disorder. The results of this assessment demonstrated that the participant engaged in high rates of idiosyncratic behaviors and high rates of problem behavior when his idiosyncratic behaviors were blocked. A treatment analysis was then conducted. In the treatment analysis, we systematically compared three conditions. During the first condition, we allowed the participant to engage in idiosyncratic behaviors in a baited environment (control). During the second condition, we blocked the participant from engaging in idiosyncratic behaviors. During the third condition, we implemented an intervention package consisting of pre-teaching, a discriminative stimulus (i.e., timer), and DRO. The results of this analysis demonstrated that the intervention package was effective in reducing the participant’s problem behaviors. Interobserver agreement was collected on over 78 % of all sessions, and averaged over 98%. |
|
|
30. Implementation of an Intensive Feeding Program for a Young Child with Autism in a School- Based Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY L. JABLONSKI (Summit Educational Resources), Mary D. Belile (Summit Educational Resources), Pam McInnis (Summit Educational Resources), Lori Romanek (Summit Educational Resources) |
Abstract: This poster examines the case of a 5 year –old boy with autism and extreme food selectivity. Frequently, effective treatment for this level of food selectivity occurs in a specialized inpatient setting. However, accessing these services may be difficult and/or time-consuming for many families. In this case study, an initial reinforcement-based shaping procedure and a later escape-extinction procedure were put in place in an outpatient school-based setting, prior to a child’s admission into an inpatient feeding clinic. Clear, measurable progress was made by the child which generalized into the classroom outside of the feeding sessions. Pre-post data showed a substantial increase in food acceptance from 0 bites accepted in baseline to over 80% of bites accepted. Disruptive behavior declined from 100% to below 20% of intervals. Expulsions initially decreased but then resumed and remained variable throughout treatment. Reliability data for acceptances, disruptions and expulsions was above 97%. However, progress did not occur rapidly enough or lead to a level of consumption required to sustain the child’s weight, thus necessitating further intervention. Issues related to the implementation of an intensive feeding protocol in a school-based setting; including feeding locations and times, use of multiple staff members as feeders and the effect of weekend and holiday breaks will be discussed. Coordination of staff training, supervision of the program and parent carryover will also be addressed. |
|
|
31. The Reduction of Automatically Reinforced Verbalizations through the Use of Differential Reinforcement |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LORI J. GRAY (Eden II Programs), Susan Nanes (Eden II Programs), Randi Termo (Eden II Programs) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) is a procedure where the absence of a behavior is reinforced following a specified time interval. This proactive system has been used to decrease numerous behaviors, including aggression (Hegel et al, 2000), elopement (Heard et al, 1999), pica (Goh et al, 1999) and stereotypic behaviors (Patel et al, 2000). The current study, using a changing criterion design, focused on the reduction of noncommunicative verbalizations in an 11-year old girl with autism using differential reinforcement of other behavior.
Following baseline, the student was taught the DRO in training sessions. During these intervals, a timer was set for a specified amount of time and the participant was reinforced with tokens (contingent upon the absence of stereotypic verbalizations). Three tokens allowed her access to edibles. The training sessions began using 20-second intervals and were increased systematically. The plan was presented throughout the school day when success was achieved at one minute per token. IOA data were collected for 33% of intervention sessions. As compared to baseline data, significant decreases were noted in the student’s noncommunicative verbalizations when the DRO was generalized to the entire day. |
|
|
32. Functional Analysis of Aggression: Variations in Assessment Methods |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHANNON L. ROOT (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation, Inc.), Bridget A. Shore (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation, Inc.), Claudia L. Dozier (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation, Inc.), Daniel D. Knittel (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation, Inc.) |
Abstract: Over the past thirty years, the functional analysis of aberrant behavior has been extended to include different topographies of behavior and to include conditions to test for idiosyncratic behavioral functions. The purpose of this poster is to demonstrate several variations of functional analysis conditions that clarify the results of traditional functional analysis conditions (e.g., attention, demand, play, alone). Three children with autism who displayed aggressive behavior were exposed to standard functional analyses, and all three showed either undifferentiated results or low to zero rates of problem behavior across all conditions. Based on direct observations at school and home, one child received addition extended duration sessions, one child was exposed to more effortful academic demands based on additional task assessments, and the third child’s demand sessions were altered to assess for the presence of highly preferred items during the demand conditions. All three children’s second assessments identified clear behavioral functions. Reliability for target behaviors was obtained for at least one-third of the sessions, and showed 80% or greater inter-observer agreement. Results suggest that the use of direct observation in natural settings and additional idiosyncratic assessments may facilitate the identification of behavioral functions of aggression. |
|
|
33. Reduction of Toe Walking through Differential Reinforcement of Incompatible Behaviour |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NANCY DEFINA (Kinark Child and Family Services, Central East Preschool Autism Services), Karin Earle-Williams (Kinark Child and Family Services, Central East Preschool Autism Services), Sally A. Baker (York Central Hospital, Central East Preschool Autism Services) |
Abstract: Toe walking in children with autism, a stereotypic behaviour, is often reported to be maintained by automatic reinforcement. Moreover, there is evidence that extended toe walking may result in permanent shrinkage of joint and leg muscles. Previous research has shown that the frequency of inappropriate behaviours maintained by automatic reinforcement may be reduced under differential reinforcement of incompatible behaviour (DRI) contingencies. To our knowledge this literature has not be extended to the treatment of toe walking in children with autism.
The present study was designed to evaluate the effectiveness of a DRI intervention in reducing the frequency of toe walking in a four-year-old boy with PDD. The treatment was implemented for approximately one hour per day. During this time the child received reinforcement for walking on flat feet. The results of this intervention will be discussed. |
|
|
34. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Disruptive Vocals and Self-Injurious Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ELISA M. HEGG (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: This study extended previous research on the role of non-contingent or fixed-time access to reinforcers by conducting a four-phase assessment and treatment plan for an individual with autism who displayed disruptive vocalizations and self-injurious behavior. In Phase 1, an analog functional analysis demonstrated that the target behaviors were sensitive to both attention and escape. In Phase 2, analysis was expanded into the natural environment and continued to demonstrate multiple control. Treatment was implemented in Phase 3 to disrupt the relationship between target behaviors and reinforcers. Target behaviors were put on extinction, both from escape and attention, paired with fixed-time access to preferred edible items, low demands, and dense access to preferred leisure activities. Phase 4 was the introduction of a picture-activity schedule, paired with a timer to signal access to preferred activities, edibles and alone time. The data demonstrates continued variability in the frequency of SIB and disruptive vocalizations following the implementation of treatment with an overall decreasing trend. IOA data were collected on procedural integrity and data recording. The results may be confounded by changes in Seroquel dosages, which were increased over the course of data collection. |
|
|
|
|
#341 Poster Session - CBM |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
35. Can Blind Faith in the "New Biological Psychiatry" be Reined In? Update on the Marshall Project |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
W. JOSEPH WYATT (Marshall University), Donna Midkiff (Marshall University) |
Abstract: In the past thirty or forty years the biological causation model of behavioral difficulties has emerged in surprisingly strong form, despite the relative paucity of supporting data for biological causation of many clinical problems. The financial interests of entities such as organized psychiatry, the pharmaceutical industry and the insurance industry have played major roles in the resurgance (Wyatt, 2003). This ongoing project will expose professionals (physicians, medical students, psychology graduate students) and laypersons to a training session designed to educate them about the data that support biological causation of several classes of disorders (depression, anxiety, schizophrenia, ADHD) and the variables that have influenced the model's resurgence. The training session is modeled after a three CE presentation at ABA 2002 (Wyatt, 2002). Pre-post assessment of participants' strength of belief in the biological causation model will be done. Data collection is underway. |
|
|
38. An Internet-Based Voucher Program for Smoking Abstinence |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
IRENE M. GLENN (University of Florida), Taryn M. Manders (University of Florida), Matthew L. Locey (University of Florida), Bethany R. Raiff (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Abstinence reinforcement therapy is effective in promoting drug abstinence. Few studies, however, have extended this treatment to smokers. The current study is a preliminary investigation of an internet-based voucher program for initiating smoking abstinence. Two carbon monoxide (CO) samples were obtained daily for all conditions. Participants recorded the sampling procedure by using a web cam, and they emailed the video clip from their home to research staff. The effects of the program were evaluated by using an ABCBC design. During the baseline (A) condition, carbon monoxide (CO) samples were obtained twice per day. During treatment (B) conditions, participants could earn vouchers contingent on 10% reductions from the mean baseline CO. After the first negative sample (CO<7ppm), all subsequent samples had to be negative for voucher delivery. During yoked (C) conditions, the vouchers earned in B were “played back” to the participant. The voucher intervention included a progressively increasing schedule of voucher values, bonus vouchers for consecutive negative samples, and a reset contingency for positive samples. Preliminary results suggest that participants initiated abstinence only when vouchers were contingent on reduced or negative CO samples. |
|
|
39. The Use of Behavioral Interventions to Decrease the Frequency of Inappropriate Behavior in an Adult Male with Paranoid Schizophrenia |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
PATRICIA RIVERA (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Robert Von Heyn (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: This extensive case study will present a review of behavioral interventions used to decrease the frequency of inappropriate behavior in a 44 y.o. male with paranoid schizophrenia. A history which includes severe aggressive behavior, multiple suicide attempts and other health dangerous behavior will be discussed. Prior interventions included the use of at least 15 different psychotropic medications, more than 25 psychiatric hospitalizations, months of electroconvulsive shock therapy and placements in adult residential facilities failed to produce significant behavioral change. Strict behavioral programming was implemented upon his admission to the Judge Rotenberg Center and he was slowely weaned off of his medications. The use of positive programming included a standardized token system, DRO contracts of varied lengths, and an extensive reward program. After nearly 6 months of treatment, punishment in the form of a contingent skin shock was also implemented to decelerate his most problematic behaviors. Following the reduction of his major behaviors to near zero rates, Risperdal and Zyprexa were started to reduce his bizarre verbalizations and allowed for the weaning of the skin shock device. Standard celeration charts showing significant deceleration in aggressive, health dangerous, destructive, major disruptive and non-compliant behaviors will also be presented. |
|
|
40. Using Precision Teaching to Increase Social Skills Fluency in an Adult Diagnosed with Paranoid Schizophrenia |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
STACI L. SAYLORS (University of the Pacific), Lauren C. Wasano (University of the Pacific), Cynthia J. Lopez (University of the Pacific), Adrienne F. Granadosin-Deanes (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: The consumer for this study was an adult diagnosed with Paranoid Schizophrenia who was receiving Community Behavioral Intervention Services. When referred for services, the consumer demonstrated specific social skills deficits in the areas of initiating conversations and maintaining conversations. According to both care provider and consumer reports, he had limited social interaction with peers, particularly those outside of the mental health system. Precision teaching was used to increase his rate of responding and to train his specific social skills deficits. Timing occurred from 1 – 3 times a week. The consumer showed significant improvement after training. |
|
|
41. A Behavioral Account of Stages of Change |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
GARETH I. HOLMAN (University of Washington), Robert J. Kohlenberg (University of Washington), Madelon Y. Bolling (University of Washington) |
Abstract: We provide a behavioral account of the Stages of Change (SOC) model, a popular construct for studying behavior change which posits four stages - precontemplation, contemplation, action, and maintenance - and provides a reliable measure for assessing which stage a client is in (McConnaughy et al., 1983 and 1989). Recent research has related SOC to treatment outcome in clinical populations with the implication that modulation of the therapeutic relationship and intervention style to match client SOC would improve outcomes (Prochaska and Norcross, 2001). The rationale for SOC was originally based on a 'transtheoretical perspective' incorporating aspects of various theories. Its analysis is similar to the analysis of context that occurs in functional analysis. We evaluate the advantages of this functional conception for understanding client history and movement through Stages of Change and its broader implications for improving outcome. We explore the role of behavioral interventions such as FAP (Kohlenberg and Tsai, 1991) and ACT (Hayes, Strosahl, and Wilson, 1999) in relation to SOC. Data obtained from a sample of clients (n=40) enrolled in a study evaluating talk-therapy treatments of depression is used to illustrate the functional re-conceptualization. |
|
|
42. Dual Diagnosis: The Behavioral Treatment of Traumatic Brain Injury and Pre-morbid Chronic Dur and Alcohol Abuse |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIEL D. KNITTEL (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation, Inc.), Bridget A. Shore (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation, Inc.), Claudia L. Dozier (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation, Inc.), Shannon L. Root (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation, Inc.) |
Abstract: Alcohol use shortly before injury is the most commonly cited predisposing factor in traumatic brain injury, and pre-injury substance abuse has been documented in 40-66% of traumatic brain injury survivors. This poster’s purpose is to outline a behavioral contract intervention for patients with traumatic brain injury and histories of drug and/or alcohol abuse. Behavioral contracts consisting of reinforcement for the absence of drug/alcohol use, participation in therapy and vocational activities, compliance with program rules, and the absence of other inappropriate behaviors, and response cost were implemented for all three participants. Response cost consisted of increased levels of supervision, decreased community privileges, and more restrictive living environments contingent on drug or alcohol use or other targeted inappropriate behavior. Reinforcement also included participant-selected community activities, decreases in staff supervision, and increased community participation (e.g., community employment, community college). All participants showed initial noncompliance with drug/alcohol abstinence and subsequent compliance with the behavioral contracts. All three met criteria for independent living, community employment and/or college participation. Reliability for target behaviors was obtained for at least one-third of admission days, and showed 80% or greater inter-observer agreement. Results suggest that behavioral contracts may facilitate drug and alcohol rehabilitation for patients with traumatic brain injury. |
|
|
43. Treatment of Compulsive Gambling |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
THOMAS ZIMMERMANN (Lienveien), Jørn Stensvold (Lienveien), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College, Norway) |
Abstract: A program for treatment of compulsive gambling is presented. The participant in the study was a 27-year old teacher, which is actually the first author of this presentation. Before the treatment started he spent about $3.000 a month. The treatment included training of alternative types of behavior. After the start of the treatment he has not spent any money on gambling for nearly two years. |
|
|
44. Treatment of Chronic Aphasia with Errorless Learning Procedures: A Direct Replication |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
MAGNUS SIGHVATSSON BLONDAHL (University of Iceland), Z. Gabriela Sigurdardottir (University of Iceland) |
Abstract: One male, aged 67, with chronic broca’s aphasia as a result of stroke received treatment based on errorless learning procedures and operant conditioning for almost seven months. Treatment effects were evaluated with a multiple-baseline design across behaviors. Treatment was applied to making sentences and sequencing stimuli (e.g., months). Treatment variables were clearly defined and systematically used in standard ways across tasks using clearly defined criteria for fading prompts in or out depending on performance. Prompts were faded out as performances improved. Mean inter-scorer agreement for both dependent variables was 95.5%, however, inter-scorer agreement ranged from 87-100 percent in one variable (making sentences) but was always 100 percent in the other variable (sequencing stimuli). Mean inter-scorer agreement for experimenter’s use of correct prompt in the first task was 100 percent but was 94.5% for the latter task, range 67-100 percent. Low reliability is due to number of opportunities to respond in the task, i.e, only three, thus, scores could only be 33, 67 and 100. Participant’s performances improved significantly in both tasks, his performance in sequencing reached 100% correct performance without any prompts from the experimenter and has not deteriorated. Generalization across stimuli and settings is presently being assessed. |
|
|
45. Assessing Mental Health Outcomes with a Frequency-based Activity Measure |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER L. ZINKE (Illinois Institute of Technology), Charles T. Merbitz (Illinois Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The Activity Importance Measure (AIM; Clorfene, 2000) asks individuals to report frequencies of 20 critical pro-social functional activities. With weekly administration it tracks changes in these behaviors over time. One key feature of the AIM is that goals are defined in terms of activities and positive functioning rather than deficits and symptoms. Changes over time are evaluated by reviewing the frequencies of activities; since goals are stated in these terms, participants can see progress (or the lack thereof) immediately, and treatment can be adjusted accordingly. Thus the AIM may be deployed as a formative (process) measure as well as a summative (outcome) measure. In this work 24 participants in an outpatient mental health setting used the AIM (English or Spanish version) over four months. In one of the two groups, the AIM responses and goals were reviewed by both the participant and clinician within each session; in the other responses and goals were collected and filed in the participant’s chart without participant-clinician review. Data are presented on Weekly Standard Celeration Charts (SCC) to illustrate change over time in a simple, easy to interpret format; English/Spanish and review/no review data are compared. |
|
|
46. Functional Analysis in Clinical Applications of Behavior Analysis |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SIMONE NENO (Federal University of Para, Brazil), Emmanuel Z. Tourinho (Federal University of Para, Brazil) |
Abstract: Clinical applications of behavior analysis have been discussed either with a focus on the use of “contingency management procedures” (applied behavior analysis), or with an emphasis on the use of “verbally based interventions” (clinical behavior analysis). Those two perspectives differ with respect to clinical problems or populations, and also to the context of intervention. Nevertheless, a link between both types of intervention is their commitment to functional analysis, though one finds little consensus in contemporary literature concerning its goals, limits or scope. The present work discusses the features of a clinical application of functional analysis consistent with behavior-analytic principles and suggests that these features may be seen as: a) selectionism as a causal model and functionalism as the principle for analysis; b) externalism as analytical orientation; c) the complexity, variability, and idiosyncrasy of behavioral relations; d) the pragmatic criteria for defining the intervention level; e) the distinction between assessment scope and intervention scope. Such features may provide a framework for a critical discussion of diagnostic criteria as well as for different models of intervention. |
|
|
47. Effects of a Brief Exercise Program on Activity Patterns of Sedentary Hospital Health Care Workers |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
PARSLA VINTERE (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Susan M. Schnall (Bellevue Hospital Center), Claire L. Poulson (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
Abstract: The effects of a brief exercise program on activity patterns of hospital health care workers with sedentary jobs during their 20-minute break period were experimentally analyzed. Three health care workers participated in the study. A multiple-baseline design across participants was used. Interobserver agreement was conducted on the two dependent variables (number of target movements and time allocation) during 30% of all sessions across all phases. The mean agreement was 96%. All participants chose to engage in the brief exercises instead of a more sedentary activity during their 20-minute break period. All participants reported an increase in perceived state of relaxation at the end of the 20-minute break period compared to the beginning of the break period regardless of the form of activity in which they engaged. Nevertheless, for all participants there was an increase in time allocation in “relaxation related” activities as opposed to “work related” activities during the last 5 minutes of the maintenance sessions compared to the baseline sessions. |
|
|
48. Building the Treatment Program on a Children’s Emergency Psychiatric Unit |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
DANA M. DAHMAN HARVEY (Project 12-Ways, Southern Illinois University), Elizabeth C. Nulty (Project 12-Ways, Southern Illinois University), David Griggs (Choate Mental Health Center), Paula K. Davis (Southern Illinois University), Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: This study was conducted on an emergency psychiatric unit for children and adolescents. A treatment program was designed to include, in part, a series of structured daily living (e.g., meal preparation) and leisure (e.g., board games) activities in which the children could participate. The children’s and staff’s participation in both types of activities was assessed using a time sampleing system during a 2-hour period surrounding dinner. During an alternating treatments phase the program supervisor was either absent or present on the unit gathering data and providing staff with feedback regarding their efforts to involve children in both types of activities. When present, the supervisor also publicly posted data reflecting the extent of staff and children’s engagement in these activites. During a withdrawal phase the supervisor was absent from the unit for an extended period. The results indicated children’s participatoin in leisure activities was not affected by staff. However, children’s engagement in activities of daily living was affected by the extent to which staff engaged them in such activities. Staff’s effort to engage children in daily living actiities was, in turn, affected by the degree to which the supervisor was present to provide immediate and posted feedback. |
|
|
|
|
#342 Poster Session – DDA |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
49. A Self-Control Paradigm Investigating the Decisions of Adolescents with Traumatic Brain Injuries |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ZACHARY P. SHOEMAKER (Southern Illinois University), Danyl M.H. Epperheimer (Center for Comprehensive Services), Donna Delia (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Previous research on choice behavior has shown that neutral stimuli may take on conditioned reinforcing properties via their temporal correlation with primary reinforcers. If this is the case, perhaps the primary reinforcer can be reduced in magnitude as the neutral stimuli began to function as conditioned reinforcers while choice responding remains constant. The purpose of the present study was to assess the degree in which a functional activity will take on conditioned reinforcing properties and lead persons with brain injury to allocate their preference between a small reinforcer and a large reinforcer to the alternative option which would lead to greater rehabilitation. Likewise, this study examined whether the magnitude of reinforcement was such a sensitive variable that individuals will continue to choose a larger delayed option even when the amount of reinforcement is increasely decreased. Results suggest that adolescents with traumatic brain injuries can learn to make more optimal choices via a self-control training procedure. |
|
|
50. A Multiple Schedule Analysis of Changes in Responding Associated with Response Restriction of Nonsocially-maintained Self-injury |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JAIME FLORES (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Lloyd Buckner (University of North Texas), Anney R. Fahrenholz (University of North Texas), Kim Smith (University of North Texas), Caroline Cason Stevens (University of North Texas), Katy Clark (University of North Texas), Carla M. Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Using procedures first described by Blevins (2003), a multiple schedule was used to assess the immediate and subsequent effects of response restriction for 2 participants. The experiment was conducted in two phases. During phase 1, 10 no-interaction sessions were conducted to determine if the behavior persisted in the absence of social contingencies as well as to determine if there were any systematic changes in responding during sessions. During phase 2, the no-interaction sessions and response blocking sessions of equal duration alternated in a multi-element design. Response blocking sessions were divided into 3 components. No interactions occurred during Components 1 and 3 but, during Component 2 attempts to respond were blocked. Blocking immediately decreased responding for both components, and an increase in responding during Component 3 for one subject suggests that blocking may have functioned as an establishing operation for that subject. |
|
|
51. Long-Term Outcomes for Young Children Receiving Early Behavioral Intervention for Self-Injury |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE D. CHIN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The utility of function-based treatment as an early intervention tool for young children with self-injury (SIB) has been demonstrated (Kurtz et al., 2003; Wacker et al., 1998). Few studies, however, have reported long-term outcomes for children ages birth to 5 years who received intensive behavioral treatment. In the present study, structured phone interviews and home observations were conducted with 13 participants from the Kurtz et al. (2003) study. Time of contact ranged from 6 to 44 months post-treatment. Results indicated that 54% of children no longer exhibited SIB, with SIB severity improved for the remaining participants. Only 46% of caregivers reported current use of some or all treatment components to manage their child’s behavior, while 38% of caregivers reported implementation of recommended interventions for 6 months or less. Although other problem behaviors (e.g., aggression) were noted, only 1 child required additional behavioral services following discharge. Data from home observations supported caregiver reports. Reliability data were collected for 100% of observations with 80% or greater agreement. Finally, 85% of caregivers were satisfied with the treatment services they received, but only 46% were satisfied with follow-up services. Implications for early intervention/prevention of SIB are discussed. |
|
|
52. Effects of High and Low Stimulus Environments on Self-Injurious Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
TORY J. CHRISTENSEN (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (The University of Iowa), Eric Boelter (The University of Iowa), Jayme Mews (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: A functional analysis was conducted with a 27-year-old male diagnosed with profound mental retardation, cerebral palsy and a seizure disorder. Results of the functional analysis indicated that problem behavior (i.e., self-injurious behavior [SIB]) was maintained by automatic reinforcement (i.e., behavior is not sensitive to environmental/social contingencies). Subsequently, an analysis was conducted to test the effects of high stimulus (e.g., television, music, toys) and low stimulus (e.g., toys only) environments. This analysis was first conducted within a multielement design and later within a reversal design. Results indicated that the participant engaged in the lower rates of SIB in the low stimulus environment. Although blocking proved to be another effective treatment (across all conditions), rates of SIB remained the lowest when a low stimulus environment was in place. Interobserver agreement was collected for at least 20 percent of the participant’s sessions; the mean agreement was not less than 80 percent across sessions. |
|
|
53. What Do You Do When There Aren't Enough Behavior Analysts? Our Solution |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JULIE WOLFGANG TYREE (TEAM Evaluation Center, Inc.), Holly Blanc Stevens (TEAM Evaluation Center, Inc.), Christopher L. Darnell (TEAM Evaluation Center, Inc.), Michael S. Tonos (TEAM Evaluation Center, Inc.), Andrew W. Wood (TEAM Evaluation Center, Inc.) |
Abstract: Over 500 consumers in East Tennessee were identified as having behavior needs from October 2002 to October 2003. This number continues to increase as more consumers are approved for Medicaid Waiver funding. The Behavior Needs Screening (BNS) and the Technical Consultation Seminar (TCS) were developed to address the needs of a large number of consumers with Mental Retardation and challenging behavior in relation to a limited number of Behavior Analysts. During the BNS, information regarding the consumer's challenging behavior and environmental needs are collected and recommendations are made. If additional assistance is needed, the TCS is recommended to the consumer and their support system. The TCS is intensive behavior analytic assistance contingent upon the participation of the support system. |
|
|
54. The Separate and Combined Effects of FCT and DRA on Escape-Maintained Problem Behaviors |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
AIMEE E. HOLSTE (Bancroft NeuroHealth), April S. Worsdell (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Christine Horvath (Bancroft NeuroHealth) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) are two frequently used interventions to decrease problem behaviors. However, in many instances, only one of these interventions is selected for evaluation. The present study evaluated the separate and combined effects of these interventions on the escape-maintained problem behaviors of an adolescent with autism. During FCT sessions, the participant was given a one-minute break contingent on exchanging a “break” card in the absence of problem behaviors. During DRA sessions, a one-minute break was provided contingent on compliance with demands in the absence of problem behaviors. Results showed that both FCT and DRA were equally effective in decreasing problem behaviors. Because FCT and DRA can have practical disadvantages when used singly (e.g., exchanging an FCT “break” card may result in the child appropriately escaping all demands), the treatments were then combined to promote communication and compliance. During FCT/DRA sessions, compliance with demands produced access to a “break” card that could be exchanged for a one-minute break. Results showed that the combination of the two interventions was effective in decreasing problem behaviors and in maintaining high levels of compliance and communication. Interobserver agreement percentages for all behaviors averaged 90% or above. |
|
|
55. Assessment and Treatment of Elopement and Recruitment of Secondary Reinforcers (Self-monitoring) across Community Settings |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JULIA T. O'CONNOR (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Andrew W. Gardner (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Gregory Breznican (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rebeca Grinstead (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Elopement behavior can inevitably place children in life-threatening situations. Functional analyses and reinforcer assessments have previously been used to develop useful treatments targeting elopement behavior(Piazza, et al., 1997; Tarbox, et al., 2003). Previous studies have also demonstrated that children with disabilities can be taught to recruit their own reinforcers such as praise and attention during interventions(Craft, Alber & Heward, 1998). The current investigation focused on an 11 year old male (diagnosed with PDD Nos, a hearing impairment with cochlear implants, ADHD, and MR unspecified) who displayed elopement behavior, compulsive video watching on fast forward/rewind, SIB, and aggression. Many antecedent manipulations were unsuccessful in decreasing elopement at home or in public places. Two probe conditions and treatment component evaluations were subsequently conducted in order to assess reinforcers and obtain significant reductions in elopement behavior. The identified treatment included a DRO procedure - earning tokens for staying with his mother in public places in exchange for watching videos on fast forward/rewind, redirection for elopement, and teaching self-monitoring (recruiting of tokens). The token system was generalized across public and home settings with the child’s mother acting as therapist across all conditions. Reliability data were collected for 17% of the sessions averaging 94%. |
|
|
56. Utilization of Functional Analytic Technology with Low-rate Problem Behaviors in Natural Contexts for Persons with Acquired Brain Injury |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMES L. SOLDNER (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), John M. Guercio (Center for Comprehensive Services: Mentor/ABI Network), Susan A. Parker-Singler (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Stacey L. Small (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ashton J. Robinson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Kenneth W. Wilson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: Functional analyses have been utilized to aid in the identification of effective-function based interventions. However, the literature contains few examples of studies that demonstrate identification of functions of low-rate behaviors. Instead, most functional analyses are conducted with high-rate behavior more likely to occur during sessions and therefore able to contact the arranged contingencies. The purpose of the present study was to introduce an alternative method of conducting functional analyses of low-rate behavior. Each condition was conducted in the natural context, which occurred at a residential rehabilitation program for persons with acquired brain injury. Additionally, each condition was conducted spontaneously, contingent on the natural emission of a specified problem behavior. One of the four conditions (attention, escape, tangible/control, and alone) was then randomly selected and conducted. We discovered that the functions of low-rate behaviors could be correctly assessed through the use of spontaneous natural context functional analyses. Functional interventions were also conducted and yielded decreases in problem behaviors. |
|
|
57. Assessment of Accurate Responding during Functional Communication Training Using a Multiple Baseline across Photographic Domains |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER KELLER BERKELEY (Humainim, Inc.), James C. Tolan (Humainim, Inc.) |
Abstract: Functinal Communication Training (FCT) is an effective method to promote communication skills for nonverbal individuals. Response mastery is a key component to using this communication medium. During Phase 1 a nonverbal 6-year-old child was trained to independently use a pointing response to accurately identify a single photograph from an array of 4 photographs. Phase 2 involved training the child to use the pointing response to accurately identify 31 photographs within a Photographic Communication Medium (PCM). By implementing a 3-step prompting hierarchy and reinforcing independent, correct responding during Phase 1, the individual was trained to reliably point to 16 photographs. Analysis of accurate responding suggests that the child initially had skill deficits for the majority of photographs. The multiple baseline across photographic domains used during Phase 2 suggests that the child primarily possessed pre-intervention skill deficits for photographs depicting hygiene tasks and rec./leisure activities. Using the training procedures implemented during Phase 1 resulted in the child reliably identifying 14 out of 16 photographs across these 2 domains. Interobserver agreement was conducted during 30% of Phase 2 training sets. Overall agreement was 97% with a range of 93.5% to 100%. |
|
|
58. The Effective Use Social Isolation, DRO, DRA, Token Fines, and Relaxation Methods for Long Standing Severe Disruption and Aggression and Subsequent Establishment of Self-Control |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIANNE L. JACKSON (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno), Kendra L. Brooks Rickard (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This poster describes a case study involving a 28 year old male with mental retardation. He exhibited various forms of problem behavior including aggression and property destruction which were shown to be maintained by both positive reinforcement in the form of attention and negative reinforcement in the form of escape from demands. An enriched environment (a DRO procedure in which the participant could earn tokens, contingent on the absence of problem behavior, which he could trade in for highly preferred items determined via a preference assessment.) and complete removal of all demands had no effects on performance. After review and consent from guardians and two ethical review committees, a social isolation procedure (exclusionary time out) in addition to the DRO procedures reduced problem behavior to near zero levels. Verbal warnings were also introduced when the participant was in a visibly agitated state which typically had preceded problem behavior. Tasks were introduced which were optional but, for which the participant would earn extra tokens. We then implemented a token fine for more than one warning being given for one instance of agitation. All tokens could be lost contingent on problem behavior which lead to isolation. Relaxation training was implemented in conjunction with the new tasks and token system. Results show that tokens increased appropriate behavior and that self control of problem behavior and its precursor behaviors was attained. |
|
|
59. Teaching Preschoolers to Mediate Social Interactions with a Developmentally Delayed Peer |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
BRIAN R. DOYLE (HMEA), Sandy Sullivan (Worcester Public Schools) |
Abstract: Children with autism present significant difficulties socializing and communicating with their peers. Typically, these students require specific support strategies in order to engage in social activities with their peers. Although, students with disabilities are placed in settings where they may access typical peer models, lack of reinforcement in the form of a response to their initiation, results in the social communicative behavior of the typical child dissipating. Therefore they do not continue to act as a direct model for their classmate with a disability. This study seeks to evaluate the effectiveness of a video self-modeling intervention involving teaching two male classmates techniques to initiate and maintain interactions with a peer diagnosed with autism. Prior to intervention, interactions with their peer were limited and only occurred when directed by a teacher. Following intervention both children’s social communicative interactions increased. The results of this research indicate that a peer mediated approach of self-modeling to teaching children with disabilities may be a functional way of supporting long lasting intervention in a public school setting. |
|
|
60. Monitoring Changes in Affect During Behavioral Assessment and Treatment |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID P. JARMOLOWICZ (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer Lynne Bruzek (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lisa M. Toole (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Susan R. Miller (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The social acceptability of a given intervention has long been an important factor in decisions regarding the behavioral treatment of individuals with problem behaviors. To date, the majority of research on social acceptability of behavioral treatments has been based on the opinions of professionals and/or caregivers. Methods to empirically evaluate a given intervention’s social acceptability to the consumer would greatly aid in the appropriate evaluation of interventions for individuals with problem behaviors. Toole, Bowman, Thomason, Hagopian, and Rush (2003) suggested that the observation of an individual’s affect before and during an intervention could provide more direct information regarding an intervention’s social acceptability to the consumer. In the current examination, changes in affect for two individuals with developmental disabilities and severe behavior disorders were monitored both before and during the implementation of individualized treatments designed to decrease destructive behavior. Reliability data were collected for these sessions and reliability was over 80%. Results during treatment phases showed a significant decrease in the intervals scored as negative affect in both individuals as well as a slight increase in the percentage of intervals scored as positive affect for one individual. |
|
|
61. Restraint Fading as a Treatment for Self-Injurious Behavior: Determination of the Least Restrictive Starting Point |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
HEATHER M. TEICHMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Katharine Leigh Litman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer Scruggs (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kyong-Mee Chung (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Some self-injurious behavior (SIB) may cause such severe tissue damage as to require the use of mechanical restraints to prevent further injury. One form of mechanical restraint used to prevent hand-to-head forms of SIB is arm restraints. However, one potential limitation to the use of arm restraints is the interference with adaptive skills such as self-feeding and self-toileting. To increase flexion, it is sometimes possible to fade the rigidity of arm restraints. However, this can be a time consuming process. One method to expedite the fading process may be to determine the minimum amount of rigidity necessary for the arm restraints to prevent SIB, yet, allow the individual enough flexibility to emit adaptive responses. The purpose of this study was to identify the optimal starting point of restraint fading. The participant was a 17-year-old female with autism and severe mental retardation who engaged in severe hand-to-head SIB. A restraint-level analysis was first completed to determine the initial point of restraint fading in which the participant could engage in an adaptive response (i.e., eating) and have little to no hand-to-head SIB. The results of this analysis suggested that the participant engaged in zero rates of SIB and high rates of eating in the empty sleeves condition (i.e., full motion of her arms). The use of empty sleeves resulted in near-zero levels of hand-to-head SIB. Interobserver agreement was calculated and averaged greater than 80% across all sessions. In this case, the restraint-level analysis showed that restraint fading was unnecessary. |
|
|
62. Assessment of Preference of Non-Tangible Stimuli |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CINDY T. TERLONGE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David E. Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Several methods have proven effective in identifying preferred stimuli and, subsequently, reinforcers for individuals with developmental disabilities. A remaining difficulty involves the identification of preferences among non-tangible stimuli—those that cannot easily be represented in a tangible form (e.g., going for a walk). One potential solution is verbal preference assessment. Although recent studies have found high correspondence between verbal and tangible preference assessment results, they did not incorporate non-tangible stimuli. Another problem in identifying non-tangible reinforcers involves difficulties in comparing reinforcer efficacy because tangible stimuli can be delivered immediately whereas there often is a delay in delivering non-tangible stimuli. Towards overcoming these difficulties, the current study compared tangible and verbal preference assessment results, including non-tangible stimuli, and conducted reinforcers assessments using tokens reinforcers (thus obviating the problems of delay) in a 10-yr-old boy with development delays. Comparisons between the two assessments yielded a rank-order correlation of 0.62, and a discrepancy of 42% and 33% of approach behavior was observed for an non-tangible stimulus and tangible stimulus, respectively, across the two methods. Results of the reinforcer assessment suggested that the non-tangible stimulus was more likely to reinforce behavior, thus the tangible preference assessment was a more reliable predictor of preference. |
|
|
63. Analysis of the Relation between Self-injury and Self-restraint |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
GRIFFIN ROOKER (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Self-restraint is sometimes exhibited by individuals who engage in SIB; however, the relation between these two responses is unclear. For example, self-restraint may be maintained by escape from the aversive properties of SIB, SIB may be maintained by access to self-restraint, SIB and self-restraint may be members of the same response class, or SIB and self-restraint may be members of independent response classes. In the present study, we assessed the variables maintaining SIB in a participant who exhibited SIB and self-restraint. Preference assessments indicated a preferred and effective form of self-restraint, an airplane pillow, for inclusion during the functional analysis. Results of the functional analysis indicated that this participant’s SIB was maintained by escape from demands when restraint was not available but not when restraint was available. In addition, results indicated that his SIB was maintained by contingent access to self-restraint when alternative forms of self-restraint were unavailable only. These findings indicate that continuous access to self-restraint materials may have different effects on SIB and that the maintaining variable of SIB may be altered by access to effective forms of self-restraint. IOA was collected during 33% of the sessions with a score of at least 90%. |
|
|
64. Remediation of Unsuccessful Functional Communication Training Schedule Thinning |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DAWN E. RESAU (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Christie Fyffe-Zawisza (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charmaine Smith (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ellen Fittro (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a common intervention to decrease problem behaviors exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities. Typically, the FCT reinforcement schedule is thinned to increase practicality. When schedule thinning is unsuccessful, one remediation strategy may be to reduce problem behaviors before introducing the leaner reinforcement schedule. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate a remediation strategy following unsuccessful FCT schedule thinning. The participants were an 11-year-old male diagnosed with moderate mental retardation and a 9-year-old male diagnosed with traumatic brain injury. Both individuals were admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of a severe behavior disorder. Interobserver agreement was calculated and averaged above 80% across all condition for both participants. In both cases, FCT plus extinction was successful in decreasing problem behavior maintained by access to preferred activities. Subsequent FCT schedule thinning was unsuccessful for both participants. Therefore, extinction without the availability of reinforcement was initiated to eliminate problem behaviors. This resulted in near zero rates of problem behaviors. FCT was then reintroduced at the terminal schedule, 5 min. These data suggest that in some cases, it may be more beneficial to reduce problems before altering the schedule of reinforcement. |
|
|
65. Evaluation and Treatment of Tics in a Boy with Tourette Syndrome |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SARA J. SIMPSON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Brian Konik (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Tourette Syndrome is a neurobehavioral disorder that afflicts approximately .05% of the population. While some studies suggest that tics are maintained by automatic negative reinforcement in the form of tension relief, (Miltenberger et al, 1998) others indicate that environmental variables (e.g. stress, solitude, social gatherings, watching television) also contribute to the occurrence of tics (Woods et al, 2001). Although habit reversal has been documented as an effective treatment for tic disorder, time, effort, and cost tend to curtail treatment efficacy (Woods et al, 1996). The current study presents the functional assessment and treatment of tics in a 15 year-old male diagnosed with Autism, ADHD, Tourette Syndrome, and Obsessive Compulsive Disorder. A standard functional analysis was conducted to determine the factors maintaining vocal and motor tics. The final treatment package consisted of Behavioral Relaxation Training (Poppen, 1998) in conjunction with a 1 minute DRO in which each minute absent of tics earned one minute of access to a preferred video. This treatment resulted in a 98% reduction in motor and vocal tics from baseline levels. Reliability data was collected on 16% of behavioral sessions and averaged above 90%. |
|
|
66. The Effects of Preference for Stimuli on the Acquisition of Tacts by Children with Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
GABRIELA C. GOMEZ (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Research conducted on the functional independence of mands and tact has shown that participants taught to tact items could mand for the items without explicit mand training, therefore demonstrating their functional independence (Wallace, Iwata, Hanley, & Tarbox, 2001). However, the items trained during tact training were shown to have some reinforcing value. Object preference has also been found to affect participants’ performance on counting tasks (Morrison & Rosales-Ruiz, 1997). The current study evaluated the effects of preference on the acquisition of tacts by two children with developmental disabilities. Leisure preference assessments were conducted in order to identify high and low preference items. Tact training of the high and low preference items was then conducted with each participant. The number of trials to acquisition for the low and high preference items was evaluated. Maintenance probes of the acquired tact responses were also evaluated. Implications for determining the effects of preference on material selection and tact item selection for practitioners are discussed. |
|
|
67. Increasing the Rate of Positive Interactions from Staff: A Comparison of Classroom Interventions |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JANE I. CARLSON (The May Institute), Gretchen Creesy (The May Institute) |
Abstract: Providing positive verbal statements to children with autism and other developmental disabilities in classroom settings can be an important component of overall classroom management. This study examines the impact of two techniques to increase the percentage of positive verbal statements by staff in three classrooms for children with autism and other developmental disabilities. The percentage of positive verbal statements made by staff to students in three classrooms for students with disabilities was less than 50%. Other verbal statements consisted of demands, verbal prompts, and verbal correction. This study compared two methods for increasing the overall percentage of positive verbal statements; visual cueing (individual student clipboards listing positive behaviors for which students could receive praise), and prompting and direct feedback from a supervisor. An alternating treatments design was used. Overall percentages of positive statements increased to an average of 65% with visual cueing and to an average of 72% with prompting and direct feedback (IOA 96%). No additional benefit was derived from combining the two procedures. Ancillary data reveal that rates of problem behavior were lower in the classrooms following increased positive statements. |
|
|
68. Using Brief Functional Analysis to Identify Automatic Reinforcement for a Child with Self-injury |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JEFFREY R. LUKE (Melmark Center for Adaptive Behavior), Sean D. Casey (Melmark Center for Adaptive Behavior) |
Abstract: Previous investigations have analyzed the maintaining conditions for problem behavior using brief and extended functional assessment procedures. Often these assessments reveal social variables maintaining problem behavior, however few investigations that employ brief functional assessments have identified non-social functions maintaining problem behavior. We conducted a brief functional analysis with a young adult who engaged in self-injury. During the assessment, the client's self-injury occurred most frequently during situations of low stimulation and seldom occurred in other conditions. The results suggested that the client's self-injury was maintained by automatic positive reinforcement. These results are discussed in terms of how the child’s inappropriate behavior is maintained by sensory reinforcement. Also discussed are intervention efforts focusing on incorporating activities that may compete with the child’s self-injury. |
|
|
69. Using the Natural Language Paradigm to Teach Novel Play Behaviors to Children with Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRIS A. LABELLE (University of Florida), Krystle Gorman (University of Florida), Elizabeth Abellon (University of Florida), Amanda Banister (University of Florida), Jamie Kacur (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The Natural Language Paradigm (NLP) is a naturalistic teaching strategy used to teach speech to children with autism. Koegel et. al (1982) developed NLP as a method of teaching language because it was similar to the development of typical children's language, was motivating, and promoted generalization. In subsequent research, Laski et. al (1987) trained parents to effectively use NLP to increase the speech of their children with autism. Although NLP is a teaching strategy that incorporates aspects of language and play, NLP has only been used to promote speech in children with autism. Via a multiple-baseline across subjects design, the current study used NLP to teach three children with developmental disabilities to engage in novel play behaviors, as well as using NLP to increase speech. Each child’s play and speech behaviors were scored during baseline, during treatment, and following treatment. Reliability was assessed through interobserver agreement during at least 30% of all sessions. Preliminary data suggests that NLP is an effective teaching strategy for increasing one adolescent’s novel play and speech behaviors. Following treatment, generalization of other novel play behaviors was also found. It is expected that NLP will be effective for the remaining participants in this ongoing study. |
|
|
|
|
#343 Poster Session – EAB |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
70. Delay Reduction with Constant Terminal-link Ratios in Time Schedules |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
PAUL ROMANOWICH (University of California, San Diego) |
Abstract: Mazur’s (2002) pigeon experiment which showed a lack of constant difference invariance when the subtractive difference of the terminal-links in a concurrent-chains procedure were kept constant at 10 s was replicated. The current study uses both FT and VT terminal-links, like the Mazur (2002) experiment, but instead of keeping the subtractive difference constant keeps the ratio between the two terminal links constant at 3:1. Results indicate an increasing preference for the smaller of the two terminal links as absolute duration between terminal links increased, supporting delay-reduction theory. |
|
|
71. Choice as Matter of Procedure: A Reanalysis of Data in the Literature |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURO EUGENIO GUIMARAES NALINI (Pontifical Catholic University of Goias, Brazil), Joao Claudio Todorov (Pontifical Catholic University of Goias, Brazil), Cristiano Coelho (Pontifical Catholic University of Goias, Brazil) |
Abstract: Data from experiments reported in the literature involving concurrent variable interval, variable interval schedules with variation of reinforcement distribution in different experimental conditions were reanalysed according to the procedure used to program the concurrent schedules, without a changeover delay contingent on switching responses: two main keys, one changeover key and one main key, one changeover and two main keys, and two changeover keys and one main key. Sensitivity of behavior distribution to reinforcement distribution between the schedules increases with increased specification of the discriminated operants involved in the experimental situation. |
|
|
72. Within-Session Changes in Responding for People Working on a Computer Puzzle |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ROBERTA S. VARAO (Washington State University), Frances K. McSweeney (Washington State University), Benjamin P. Kowal (Washington State University), Alice A. Keyl (Washington State University), Melissa Elliot (Washington State University) |
Abstract: Within-session changes in responding are believed to be governed by sensitization and habituation. These changes are created by changes in the effectiveness of the reinforcer with its repeated presentation during the session. Although non-human animal behavior is often explained by changes in the effectiveness of reinforcers, similar human behaviors are usually explained in terms of complex cognitive processes. In the current investigation 30 college students responded on a computer jigsaw puzzle for 40 min. Following the puzzle, students were asked to fill out a questionnaire that assessed their subjective feelings about the experiment. Clicks on the mouse were the measured response. Increases and decreases in responding were both observed. A one-way repeated measures ANOVA (time) was applied to the rates of responding. The main effect of time was found to be significant, F (7,245) = 3.285, p <.05. Sensitization and habituation provided a simple and parsimonious explanation for the changes in responding that were observed. Most students reported enjoying their participation in the experiment. |
|
|
73. Further Analysis of the Effects of Reinforcement Delays on Response Acquisition |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
THOMAS P. BYRNE (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts), Scott Tirrell (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts), Teresa May-Benson (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts) |
Abstract: Rats acquired lever pressing under a two-lever procedure in which responses on one lever produced water under a resetting delay of 15 s, and responses on a second lever canceled upcoming reinforcers. All subjects demonstrated acquisition by emitting significantly more responses on the lever that produced reinforcement. Once subjects met acquisition criteria, they were exposed to a multiple schedule in which the delay values were changed to 10 and 20 seconds. After stability criteria were obtained under the multiple schedules, rats were exposed to extinction. In each of the three phases, sessions were videotaped and analyzed for evidence of superstitious response chains. Although learning was evident, most subjects continued to emit some behavior on the cancellation lever even though this lever never resulted in water delivery. Results are discussed in relation to behavioral momentum theory. |
|
|
74. Self-control and Impulsiveness in Adult Human Females: Effects of Deprivation and Visual Food Cues |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
LORI-ANN B. FORZANO (State University of New York at Brockport) |
Abstract: Self-control can be defined as the choice of a larger, more delayed reinforcer over a smaller, less delayed reinforcer, and impulsiveness as the opposite. Adult humans exhibit varying degrees of self-control and impulsiveness in laboratory experiments using food as the reinforcer. Previous research indicates that the presence of food cues affects participant’s self –control. Previous research also indicates that hunger affects self-control. The present experiment used adult human females to explore the effects of these two variables on self-control. The results suggest that presence of visual food cues and hunger influence adult human females' self-control for food reinforcers. |
|
|
75. The Role of Type of Response in the Appearance of Contrast or Induction |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
BRENT C. HANSON (University of North Dakota), Jeffrey N. Weatherly (University of North Dakota) |
Abstract: Research from our lab has shown that rats reliably increase their rate of operant responding for 1% sucrose when 32% sucrose reinforcement is upcoming. However, research has also demonstrated that rats will decrease their consumption of 1% sucrose when access to 32% sucrose is upcoming. We investigated whether the appearance of these different changes in behavior were linked to the type of response (i.e., consummatory vs. operant; licking vs. lever pressing) under study. In Experiment 1, licking or lever pressing was reinforced with 1% sucrose in the first half of the 30-min sessions and was reinforced with either 1 or 32% sucrose (depending on condition) for engaging in the opposite behavior in the second half. In Experiment 2, the same procedure was employed but licking was a consummatory response. Both experiments produced contrast, not induction, effects. These results suggest that the type of response subjects engage in (in either half of the session) does not determine the appearance of contrast or induction. They do, however, support other findings from our lab that suggest that the appearance of contrast is linked to delivering the different substances to different locations. |
|
|
76. The Effects of Dominance Hierachy on the Social Preferences of Domestic Hens |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY TANNAHILL (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Catherine E. Sumpter (University of Waikato, New Zealand), William Temple (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Therese Mary Foster (University of Waikato, New Zealand) |
Abstract: The current experiment examined hens' social preferences. In a preliminary experiment, the social hierachy of a flock of ten hens was established in order to select the two most dominant and two most subordinate hens of the flock. In a subsequent experiment, the preferences of the remaining six hens for waiting in the presence of a dominant or subordinate hen were examined in a modified concurrent-chains procedure. The results of the experiments are discussed in relation to the flocking behaviour of hens. |
|
|
77. The Effects of Food Restriction on Binge Eating and Drinking Behavior in Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
HECTOR MARTINEZ SANCHEZ (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Antonio Lopez-Espinoza (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Marbella Rosales (ITESO) |
Abstract: Eighteen albino rats (5-month-old at the beginning of the experiment) were deprived of food for a period of 72 hours, and then returned to free food access according to one of the three procedures. The first procedure involved a return to the average of food intake during the initial twenty days (that is, during the baseline). The second procedure involved a gradual return to free food access, starting with 10 grams of food (for females) or 15 grams of food (for males) and adding one gram every day until reaching the baseline average of food intake. In a third, control procedure, rats returned immediately to 50 available grams of food per day. Water was freely available during the experiment. In the control procedure, eating and excessive drinking were observed. In the two other groups, binge eating and drinking were controlled by limiting food access. These results suggest that restriction of food availability could be a useful procedure to prevent eating disorders. Keywords: binge eating, binge drinking, food deprivation, food availability, eating disorders, food and water intake, rats. |
|
|
78. Surprisingly Indifferent Preference Patterns between Fixed and Random Interval Schedules: The Role of Schedule Discrimination |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE ENNIS SORETH (Temple University), Claudia D. Cardinal (University of Nevada, Reno), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University) |
Abstract: Variable schedules are often preferred to fixed alternatives, a result usually attributed to occasional small intervals or ratios contained in the variable schedule. However, we have found that when these small minimum values are eliminated from the variable schedule, preference for the fixed alternative increases but does not become exclusive. This is true even when the fixed schedule pays off twice as frequently as the variable alternative. To examine the role of schedule discrimination in this surprising behavioral pattern, six pigeons were exposed to a concurrent-chains procedure with fixed interval (FI) 30" and random interval (RI) 60" terminal links. Across conditions the reinforcement rate of the RI was held constant, and the programmed delay to reinforcement from the onset of the RI was never shorter than the FI value. The RI sampling method was manipulated such that in one condition the likelihood of the RI equaling the FI value was higher than in another condition in which each interval value greater than the FI had an equal likelihood of being selected. The reversal design revealed that patterns of indifference were more likely to be observed in RI schedules that contained trials that were often equal to the FI value. |
|
|
79. Effect of Signal on Resistance to Change in a Multiple Schedule |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHARINE SEIP (Santa Clara University), Matthew C. Bell (Santa Clara University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effect of a signal on resistance to change using a multiple schedule of reinforcement. Three schedules were used: a signaled delay-to-reinforcement schedule (a chain variable-interval fixed-time schedule, where each part of the chain was correlated with different stimuli), an unsignaled delay-to-reinforcement schedule (a tandem variable-interval fixed-time schedule, where both parts of the tandem were correlated with one stimulus), and an immediate, zero-delay variable-interval schedule. Resistance to change was assessed using two separate disruption procedures: extinction sessions and sessions in which a variable-time schedule of reinforcement was added to timeout periods. Tests were conducted twice, once with the signal (the stimulus correlated with the fixed-time portion of the chain schedule) present and once with the signal absent. Extinction tests revealed no difference between signal-present and signal-absent conditions. However, when the variable-time schedule was added to timeout periods, a repeated-measures ANOVA showed a significant main effect of signal and a significant signal-by-session interaction, suggesting decreased resistance to change during signal-absent conditions. These results have implications for the role of conditioned reinforcement in resistance to change. |
|
|
80. P300 ERPs in Human Operant Learning and Passive Observation Paradigms |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
STEVEN F. FAUX (Drake University), Angie Michelle Bodling (Drake University), Seth Robb (Drake University) |
Abstract: The P300 event-related potential (P300) is a brain-electric response that is produced in conjunction with an operant response to a discriminative stimulus (S+). In previous studies from this laboratory the amplitude of the P300 was correlated with the acquisition and extinction of an operant response in humans. That is, the amplitude of the P300 increased with acquisition and decreased with extinction. Also, reinforcing stimuli (R+) appeared to produce a P300-like response, but this brain response might have been an artifact of the interruption of an otherwise steady train of S+ and S- presentations by the R+. Since R+ events are unique and relatively rare, it is important to determine whether it is the reinforcing property of the R+ or the distinctiveness of the R+ that evokes the P300. In this study, one group of participants played an operant learning game in order to earn points. A variety of keyboard symbols (i.e., +, #, &, @, and %) were presented repeatedly, singly and randomly on a computer screen. After a baseline period, button presses to the "+" earned points. Passive participants, yoked to the operant subjects, observed the same sequence of events, but those events were not contingent upon behavior. This current study will compare P300 responses to contingent versus non-contingent events. We conclude the P300 may be a useful tool in studies of the three-term contingency in humans. |
|
|
81. Matching- and Nonmatching-to-Sample with Olfactory Stimuli in Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
RHIANNON D. THOMAS (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Laurence Miller (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina at Wilmington) |
Abstract: It has been to difficult to demonstrate generalized matching-to-sample in rats with visual or auditory stimuli. The present study used olfactory stimuli and trained rats to dig in cups of sand scented with household spices and baited with food reinforcers. Digging in a sample scent produced two comparison scents and, for three rats, digging in the comparison cup that matched the sample was reinforced. Non-matching was reinforced for the other three. All rats were exposed to 25-35 sessions of training with five scents and reached above chance levels of accuracy. Five novel stimuli were then introduced and performances were above chance on the initial session. After 15 session of training, five more novel stimuli were introduced and the contingencies reversed (rats trained to match-to-sample were now reinforced for non-matching and vice versa). Performances under the new contingencies were well below chance and remained poor for many sessions. These data suggest that rats may be able to learn generalized matching and non-matching when stimuli are presented in the olfactory modality. |
|
|
82. Establishing Within-subject Procedures for Studying Sustained Attention in Persons with Mental Retardation |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ADAM H. DOUGHTY (University of Kansas), Dean C. Williams (University of Kansas), Kathryn Saunders (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The study of sustained attention among persons with mental retardation typically involves between-subject comparisons, brief experimental exposure, and instructions. This research sought to establish procedures for studying sustained attention in such persons for extended periods of time using within-subject procedures. Adults with mild mental retardation were exposed in each session to a conditional-position discrimination. A response to the letter “Y” (on the lower left side of a computer screen) was correct in the presence of the digit “10” (center of the screen) and a response to the letter “N” (lower right side of the screen) was correct in the presence of all other digits (11, 12…19). Sustained attention was defined as the persistence of accurate discriminations within and across sessions and was measured as a function of practice, feedback, and reinforcement. The degree of sustained attention was different across conditions, and procedures were obtained for effectively sustaining attention across extended periods of time. It is suggested that such procedures are noteworthy because they allow for the future study of other variables (behavioral, cognitive, and pharmacological) on sustained attention in persons with mental retardation. |
|
|
83. An Examination of Preferences for the Near Miss in Slot Machine Play |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
PATIENCE R. NIEMOTH (University of Northern Iowa), Dustin Daugherty (University of Northern Iowa), Michael F. Pisney (University of Northern Iowa), Otto H. Maclin (University of Northern Iowa) |
Abstract: This study focused on preferences for a slot machine with multiple near miss situations compared to another one with the same schedule, but no near miss trials. Participants were asked to play a simulated slot machine, created by MacLin, Dixon, and Hayes, for 50 minutes. A history with each machine was created by denying access to a machine for five minutes and then doing the same for the alternate machine. After this ten minute interval participants were allowed to play the machine of their choice. When controlling for the primacy effect and preferences for left and right, the research team determined there was a slight preference for the near miss slot machine. |
|
|
84. The Effects of Brief Delays on the Performance of Verbal Conditioning |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
KANAME MOCHIZUKI (National Institute of Multimedia Education), Hitoshi Ohnishi (National Institute of Multimedia Education), Satoshi Yamazaki (Chiba Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: We examined the effects of brief delays on the performance of verbal conditioning. During the baseline phase, participants' echoic verbal responses were reinforced by a verbal praise of computer, when they were recognized properly by a speech recognition system on a computer. When we introduced brief delays (1000m-sec, 500m-sec, 300m-sec) between participants' echoic response and reinforcement, the echoic performances were significantly decreased. But the 200m-sec delay did not affect the performances. |
|
|
85. “Prospective” Timing with a Reversal Learning Technique |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
TAKU ISHII (Keio University, Japan), Takayuki Sakagami (Keio University, Japan) |
Abstract: In our experiments with pigeons, we used a reversal learning technique with a concurrent-chains procedure. A fixed cumulative number of responses made to either of two alternatives terminated an initial link. Choice of one alternative was followed by a short terminal link and choice of the other a long one. When the pigeon chose the short alternative in five successive trials or more, locations of both the alternatives were reversed probabilistically. After several sessions with this procedure, the pigeons learned to switch their choice immediately after the reversal. This result suggests that choice behavior in a concurrent-chains procedure can be subjected to discriminative control by the duration of a preceding terminal link, although in past theories the choice behavior has been considered to reflect conditioned reinforcement values of following terminal-link stimuli, a major determinant of which is a terminal-link delay of reinforcement. Our subsequent experiment revealed that when the number of required responses in the initial link was increased, intermediate requirements produced the most accurate performance of reversal learning. This may be interpreted as counteracting results of saliency of preceding choice behavior and time to complete next choice behavior, both of which are functions of the number of required responses. |
|
|
86. REM Sleep Deprivation Effects on Stereotypic Behavior in Mice |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHAEL E. MAY (Vanderbilt University), Craig H. Kennedy (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Introduction: REM sleep deprivation (REMSD) is known to increase rates of negatively reinforced behavior and exacerbate hyperactivity. Although much is known about the effects of sleep loss on problematic behaviors such as aggression and self-injury, no research exists that examines the effects of REMSD on stereotypy. Given the introduction of animal models for examining various psychological and developmental disorders, influences on stereotypic responding can be easily investigated. The findings from these studies can be linked with clinical phenomena found in humans with developmental disabilities. Purpose: To determine the effects of REMSD on stereotypic behaviors emitted by mice using the spontaneous stereotypy model developed by Powell and colleagues (1999). Subjects: 48 Peromyscus Maniculatus Bairdii (deer mice) were randomly divided into 6 experimental conditions. Method: After weening, animals were assigned to a housing arrangement (standard cage, late enriched environment, early enriched environment) for approximately 60 days. Baseline was conducted for 3 days prior to the experimental condition during a 10 min observation period on the rate of repetitive jackhammering and backward somersaulting. Mice were then assigned to a sleep condition (i.e., cage control, tank control, REMSD) for 24 hr and subsequently observed for stereotypic responding. Results: Mice exposed to REMSD engaged in more stereotypy than mice in control conditions. Likewise, animals in standard cages engaged in more stereotypy than mice in enriched environments. There was also an interaction between experimental condition and housing condition (i.e., mice exposed to REMSD conditions living in standard cages engaged in more stereotypy than mice in enriched environments. Implications: REMSD significantly alters motivational properties associated with stereotypic responding in mice. |
|
|
87. Examining the Spontaneously Hypertensive Rat (SHR) as an Animal Model of Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD): An Analysis of Delay-of-Reinforcement Gradients |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIN J. PITTS (James Madison University), Sherry L. Serdikoff (James Madison University), Melissa Shulleeta (James Madison University), A. Charles Catania (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) is a commonly diagnosed behavioral disorder that represents a costly major public health problem. The core symptoms of ADHD include inattention, hyperactivity, and impulsivity and behavioral research suggests that these symptoms may be the result of an altered reinforcement mechanism characterized by shorter and steeper delay-of reinforcement gradients. The current study investigates this possibility in the spontaneously hypertensive rat (SHR), an animal model of ADHD. SHR and Wistar Kyoto rats (WKY) are trained to emit sequences of responses on two levers, A and B, such that a fixed number of presses on lever-A must be followed by a fixed number of presses on lever-B in order to produce a reinforcer. Across experimental conditions, the overall number of presses is parametrically varied so that both the time and the number of responses separating the lever-A responses from the reinforcer are systematically altered. To the extent that rate of lever-A pressing decreases more rapidly with increases in the required number of lever-B presses in SHR than in WKY rats, these data provide additional evidence for SHR as animal model of ADHD and for the for the altered reinforcement mechanism view of the disorder. |
|
|
88. Token Reinforcement and Progressive-ratio Schedule Performance in Rats: The Effects of Food Schedule Manipulation on Breakpoint |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
SEAN W. CLARK (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Katarzyna Grabowska (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: Schedules of token reinforcement consist of three interlocked contingencies—the token production schedule, the exchange schedule, and the food schedule. In the present study, rats’ lever pressing was maintained by presentation of marbles that were later exchanged for sweetened condensed milk. Marbles were delivered according to a progressive ratio schedule that increased by 2 responses with each marble delivered by the schedule. Sessions terminated when 15 min transpired without completing a ratio. The last ratio completed was deemed the “breakpoint.” Exchange periods were arranged by a random ratio schedule, wherein the probability of transitioning to an exchange period following a marble delivery was 0.33. Marbles were exchanged for milk presentations according to a random ratio schedule. The requirements of the random ratio food schedule were varied across conditions. Preliminary results suggest that increasing the number of marbles required per milk presentation decreased progressive ratio breakpoints. Implications for accounts of the results in terms of conditioned reinforcement and behavioral economics will be discussed. |
|
|
89. Eliciting and Discriminative Functions of Tokens in Token Reinfordement Schedules |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER E. BULLOCK (University of Florida), Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Four pigeons were exposed to a two-ply multiple schedule with components comprised of a second-order schedule of token reinforcement and a yoked VT schedule of token presentation. In the token reinforcement component, tokens were earned according to a fixed ratio 50 schedule (token production schedule) and exchanged for food according to a FR 4 schedule (exchange schedule). In the yoked VT component, token presentation was yoked to the temporal placement of token delivery in the token component. In both components, after four tokens were produced, a distinct exchange period was initiated during which tokens could be exchanged for food according to a FR 1 schedule. Relative to the token component, response rates in the yoked component were reduced but not eliminated. In a subsequent condition in which tokens were absent (with exchange periods yoked to those in the token component), responding was eliminated. Overall, the results suggest that tokens maintain responding in part due to their temporal relations to food, apart from the contingencies between responding and token presentation. The results are discussed in terms of both the discriminative and eliciting functions of the tokens. |
|
|
90. The Use of a Stimulus Fading Procedure to Decrease Hearing Aid Removal |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIC BOELTER (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), Joel Eric Ringdahl (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), Nathan Call (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), Jayme Mews (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), Tory J. Christensen (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics) |
Abstract: We implemented a stimulus fading procedure with one child who was referred for day-treatment to an inpatient unit due to his noncompliance with wearing his hearing aids. The participant was diagnosed with bilateral hearing loss and developmental delays. He engaged in noncompliant behaviors across a variety of situations (e.g., toileting, dressing) including wearing his hearing aids. At baseline, he wore both hearing aids (turned on) an average of 26.6% of the time. We implemented a stimulus fading procedure beginning with the hearing aid molding in one ear and faded in components (i.e., mold and hearing aid) until he was wearing both hearing aids turned on. Interobserver Agreement was calculated on 15% of all sessions with a mean agreement of 97% (range, 87 – 100). |
|
|
91. Production Procedures: Precision Prescriptions |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MATTHEW SITOMER (Arizona State University), Peter Killeen (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Pigeons and rats were trained under three temporal production procedures and the accuracy and precision of timing were evaluated. Two commonly used procedures, the Free Operant Psychophysical Choice (FOPC; Bizo & White, 1994) procedure and the peak procedure (Catania, 1970), were compared to a new procedure, a concurrent variable interval / fixed interval schedule (VIFI). VIFI has advantages over FOPC and the peak procedure in that it affords an additional dependent measure (both time of arrival and time of departure) and under specific conditions yields greater precision, as assessed with a just noticeable difference criterion. Precision and accuracy of produced intervals are presented for each procedure, including a parametric manipulation of reinforcement rate in VIFI. Recommendations for future temporal production experiments are made. |
|
|
92. EAHB-SIG Student Paper Award Winner: Compound Class-specific Reinforcers and Equivalence Performances in Children Diagnosed with Developmental Disabilities |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINA A. ASHFORD (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The present study examined equivalence performances of children with developmental disabilities with compound reinforcers. Compound reinforcers consisted of computerized auditory and visual elements and a food element. In Experiment 1, participants received training either with no elements, one element, or both elements class specific. Results indicated that class-specific reinforcers may have facilitated acquisition. In Experiment 2, performances of participants trained with class-specific compound reinforcers indicated the formation of equivalence classes including all trained stimuli as well as visual and food reinforcer elements. In Experiment 3, participants received identity-matching training during which correct responses for one set of stimuli yielded conditioned class-specific reinforcers, and correct responses for another set of stimuli yielded primary class-specific reinforcers. Participants then received testing for equivalence relations between these new stimuli and previously trained baseline stimuli. Participants also received testing for equivalence relations between the auditory element of the class-specific reinforcers and all baseline stimuli. Two participants’ performances indicated equivalence class formation including stimuli trained with either conditioned or primary class-specific reinforcers, and the performance of a third participant indicated class membership of stimuli trained with conditioned class-specific reinforcers only. All subjects demonstrated equivalence relations between the auditory reinforcer elements and baseline stimuli. |
|
|
93. The Effect of a Verbal Instruction to Suppress Thoughts of a Stimulus that is a Member of an Equivalence Class |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
FREDERICK ANDERSON (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (Western Michigan University), Yukiko Washio (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This experiment involves establishing three 4-member equivalence classes consisting of nonsense words. The nonsense words will be presented as “drug names” and the training as a way of assessing how to develop the fast and accurate understanding of drug relationships that a physician must acquire. Match-to-sample training will teach conditional discriminations (A to B, A to C, and A to D) to a criterion of at least 98%. Tests for emergent relations will then be conducted to determine formation of the equivalence classes. After the establishment of the classes, reaction times to the presentation of the drug names will be assessed via a modified stroop task. Midway through the stroop task, one stimulus will be given a new function via the verbal instruction to suppress thoughts of that stimulus. That is, the computer will inform the participant that one drug should no longer be prescribed to patients because of new information regarding severe side effects. The computer screen will then flash for 60 seconds advising the participant to not think about that particular drug. The stroop task then resumes and the effects of the suppression instruction on reaction time to the to-be-suppressed-stimulus, the other members of its class, and the members of the other classes will be assessed to explore the effects of the suppression instruction. |
|
|
94. Towards an Understanding of the Stimulus Control of Preschooler Mands |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
JEFFREY H. TIGER (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas), Jillian White (University of Kansas), Emma Hernandez (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Preschool aged children may recruit teacher attention at undesirably excessive rates. This excess can lead to a disruption of classroom activities, and if not reliably reinforced by teacher attention, can extinguish and possibly be replaced with problem behaviors. The first study replicates and extends previous research by arranging teacher attention into a multiple schedule in which periods of continuous attention availability rotated with periods of extinction and by conducting a component analysis of the effects of schedule-correlated stimuli and contingency-specifying stimuli (rules) on the development of preschooler’s discriminated manding. The results showed that discriminated manding developed when and only when rules were provided prior to exposure to the multiple schedule. The generality of the intervention was demonstrated via successful implementation of the procedures in the children’s classroom by the preschool teacher. The second study showed the development of discriminated performance under a mixed schedule following exposure to a multiple schedule, suggesting that control from salient schedule-correlated stimuli can be transferred to temporal features of a mixed schedule. Interobserver agreement was assessed in at least 20% of sessions and averaged above 85%.Keywords: stimulus control, multiple schedule, mixed schedule, rules, manding, preschoolers, teacher attention |
|
|
95. Treating Escape Maintained Behavior of Cows Using Negative Reinforcement |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA MOREHEAD (University of North Texas), Kimberly N. Smith (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Negative reinforcement can be a powerful tool for behavior analysts, yet it is often overlooked. Pryor (1999) outlines a method for approaching a "timid" animal using a combination of negative reinforcement and positive reinforcement. When the animal stands still, the human delivers a click with a clicker, then retreats away from the animal. Gradually, the human moves closer to the animal through the clicking and retreating shaping process. Once the human is standing close enough, food may be offered as a positive reinforcer, and the negative reinforcer is faded out. This project demonstrates this technique empirically with cows as subjects by measuring trials to make contact with the cows using retreat as a negative reinforcer. Cows are used as the subjects because while they are domesticated animals, the subjects of this particular herd are not handled regularly by humans, and do not allow close human proximity. The procedure is a multiple baseline across subjects. Implications for the treatment of escape maintained maladaptive behaviors are discussed. Data are in progress. |
|
|
|
|
#344 Poster Session – EDC |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
96. Effects of Training on Positive and Negative Statements made by Teachers in a Classroom |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ALICIA GRAUVOGEL (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno), Edwin J. Dyer (University of Nevada, Reno), Dana Anderson (University of Nevada, Reno), Jocelyn Hossffmann (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The frequency of positive and negative statements made by 3 different teachers was examined within a classroom. The study was conducted in a public school using 3 classrooms which utilized a token economy for children who display severe behavior problems. Systemative interventions were applied for each teacher in an attempt to increase the number of positive statements and decrease the number of negative statements made during the regular course of the school day. Results demonstrate simple interventions (i.e., training) can be used to increase the frequency of positive statements in the classroom, while concmitantly decreasing negative statements. Individual performances of the teacher will be presented demonstrating such improvements. |
|
|
97. Training Teachers in an Infant Classroom to Use Embedded Teaching Strategies |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
TRISTA TATE (University of Kansas), Rachel H. Thompson (University of Kansas), Paige M. McKerchar (University of Kansas), Jessica L. Haremza (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Embedded teaching involves incorporating teaching strategies into everyday activities (e.g., play) or routines (e.g., diapering). The success of these strategies with young children has led to the recommendation that embedded teaching be used in early childhood settings; however, little research has been devoted to identifying the best methods for training teachers in the use of these methods. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of instruction and feedback on teacher use of embedded teaching strategies in an infant classroom. Data were collected on the occurrence of teaching opportunities and teacher use of specific forms of embedded teaching (e.g., modeling, prompting, reinforcement). Interobserver agreement was collected during 30% of sessions with a mean agreement above 90% for all participants in each condition. Results showed that instruction alone was insufficient to produce increases in teacher use of embedded teaching strategies. However, when instruction was combined with feedback, all teachers showed large and sustained improvements that maintained with the frequency of feedback was decreased. |
|
|
98. The Effects of Inconsistent and Consistent Noncontingent Functional Reinforcement |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE B. BELLOMO (Eastern Michigan University), Marilyn K. Bonem (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Direct observational data indicated that the disruptive behavior of a 4-year-old preschool child was maintained by peer and staff attention. A schedule of noncontingent reinforcement was implemented such that 5 minute periods of staff interaction were alternated with 5 minute periods of no attention. During both periods the disruptive behavior was to be ignored. The procedure was to be implemented during three one-hour blocks each day. The experimenter collected data during two staff implemented blocks and implemented the procedure herself for 3.5 hours per week. Anecdotal evidence indicated that staff were quite inconsistent in implementing the procedure, perhaps interacting with the child during half of the scheduled interaction periods. Data collected demonstrated that both staff implemented and experimenter implemented NCR procedures reduced disruptive behavior compared to baseline, but when the procedure was consistently implemented, behavior was reduced dramatically. |
|
|
99. Implementing Positive Behavior Support in Head Start Classrooms: Relationships Between Teacher Supports and Student Behavior |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA STORMONT (University of Missouri), Timothy J. Lewis (University of Missouri), Sandra Covington-Smith (University of Missouri) |
Abstract: The purpose of this poster session is to describe a study that investigated the relationship between three Head Start teachers' use of behavior supports and their students' problem behavior. This study included a multiple baseline design across participants (teachers), a teacher-directed small group context, and a teacher implemented intervention that has been documented to decrease problem behavior in older children. The specific teacher behaviors that were collected in this study were precorrection, specific behavior praise, and reprimands. Student problem behavior was defined as observable behavior reflective of off-task, oppositional, disruptive, aggressive, or other types of undesirable behavior. Reliability on observation codes were established prior to data collection and, subsequent to initial reliability training, 20% of all sessions included reliability on both teacher and student behavior codes. Overall interrater reliability was .85 with estimates ranging from .80-.99. Data were analyzed visually for level changes, trends, and variability. Main findings included that, for all three teachers, clear functional relationships were established from baseline to intervention for teachers' use of behavior supports (increase) and students' problem behavior (decrease). Data on the social validity of the intervention indicated that all three teachers reported that they felt the intervention was successful, beneficial for students, and easy to implement. |
|
|
100. The Effects of Learn Unit Presentation on Increasing Scientific Tacts in Teachers and Observers |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
EYLEEN ORTIZ (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: This study is a systematic replication of Nuzzolo-Gomez (2002). The study investigated the effects of supervisor learn unit presentation to increase correct learn unit presentation by teachers to students, the rate and accuracy of the learn unit presentation, graphical decisions, and scientific tacts emitted by the teachers using a delayed multiple baseline and probe design. The experimenter provided learn unit to the participants while the observers observed the learn units presented by a supervisor. The observers did not receive learn units throughout the study. The four participants were required to answer ten scientific questions regarding their student’s instruction using scientific tacts. A correct response was recorded when the participants/observers answered the questions using scientific tacts. During baseline, the unit of measurement was the trial, and during the other phases the learn unit was used (Greer & McDonough, 1999). During this phase, the participants and observers were sitting individually working with their corresponding student as the supervisor recorded data on the rate/accuracy of the learn unit presentation. During treatment, the participants, and observers sat in groups of 2 (one participant and one observer). Before and after the treatment implementation the experimenter collected probe data on all the dependent variables. The independent variable was the supervisor learn unit. The study took place in two settings, the first setting was a group meeting and the second setting was in the classroom, also called the generalization setting. The design used during this study was a two A-B delayed multiple baselines across participants. |
|
|
101. Using Precision Teaching Practices to Manage Inner Behaviour Regarding Study and Exams |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
AISLING A. ARDIFF (The Saplings School), Niamh McHugh (The Saplings School), Philomena P. Smyth (The Saplings School), Wendi M. McDermott (The Saplings School), Claire E. McDowell (The Saplings School), Kenneth Kerr (The Saplings School) |
Abstract: The Saplings Model of Education is a partnership organization driven by parent and professional input, and includes the Saplings School for children with Autism. The Saplings School is a research driven school which provides one to one and group instruction, using the principles of Behaviour Analysis, to thirty pupils challenged with Autism. The Saplings School operates as a researcher-practitioner model in the promotion of best educational practice. To promote excellence in the delivery of services to Saplings pupils, Saplings encourages staff to undertake educational courses to develop and enhance skill repertoires. This poster presentation examines the effects of practice and Precision Teaching techniques on negative and positive inner thoughts and feelings experienced by the participant throughout the duration of a course of study. |
|
|
102. Skills Training and School Wide Behavioral Improvement: A report on Project ACHIEVE Success |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ALICIA S. PERRY (Blue Ridge Behavioral Health Services), Howie Knoff (Project ACHIEVE) |
Abstract: A school-wide behavioral improvement program was implemented in an inner-city school in Maryland. The authors implemented a professional development project to enhance the ability of teachers and administrators with high-risk elementary school populations. Goals were to help teachers improve the students’ capacity to demonstrate academic readiness behaviors, access education, and decrease interfering problematic behaviors. A data-based, nationally known program called Project Achieve, developed by Dr. Howard Knoff, was implemented in selected schools. These inner-city schools were selected due to difficulties with behavioral challenges, which impeded academic engagement. Training processes included small-group meetings, staff training on social skills teaching, guidelines on functional behavioral assessments, Project Achieve Stop and Think Program, and problem-solving strategies (emphasis on teaching replacement skills to challenged students). Consultants provided assessment, planning and general observations of the school with staff support for recommended changes. The results of the two-year professional development process for teachers are evident in their product, the students. Initial data from the implementation of the program in the first school are impressive. Overall, the behavioral referrals for the 2002-2003 school year are 60% lower than the average of the previous two school years. Reduced referrals resulted in overall increased opportunity for academic engagement. |
|
|
103. Measuring Change in Teacher Responsivity to Aggressive and Pro-social Behavior in a Preschool Setting |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ANNA-LIND PETURSDOTTIR (University of Minnesota), Leanne Johnston (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Frank J. Symons (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: We examined the relationship between aggressive behavior and changes in the teacher’s response for 2 students who displayed high levels of aggression in the same preschool classroom. Repeated measures of real-time direct observation data were collected during 20 minute observations on a bi-weekly basis for 8 months. Sequential analyses were conducted of teacher responses to aggression and converted to Yule’s Q values to depict the magnitude of association between child behavior and teacher response for (a) aggressive behavior, and (b) pro-social behavior. Findings are depicted graphically and suggest that for one child (the female), the teacher became less responsive to aggression and her responsivity to the girl’s pro-social behavior remained constant over time, whereas, for the other child (the male), the same teacher became more responsive to aggression and less responsive to pro-social behavior over time. Inter-observer agreement was computed using Cohen’s Kappa with coefficients of .8 or better on 35% of the observations. Results are discussed in terms of influence of naturally occurring teacher responses on dynamic patterns of aggressive and pro-social behavior in preschool settings. |
|
|
104. Classroom Management Using Cognitive-behavior Theory |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ANNE-MAY HEGGEN (Social Worker), Marianne Vallestrand (Social Worker) |
Abstract: This project describes a general problem-solving approach to help teachers in a class with several pupils with AD/HD diagnosis to manage teaching.In a four-months period teachers were trained in "how to use classroom rules to draw pupils attention". The existing rules were justified to fit the group and the teachers learned to use them in a consequent and concistent way.
By using methods like interviews, role-playing and videotaping, the teachers learned how to become more effective and consequent in their way of communicating the rules. The teachers also focused on giving immediate reinforcement for following the stated rules. As a result the teachers were able to enhance academic education and AD/HD pupils were more collaborative in the classroomsetting. |
|
|
105. Guided Notes: Valid Nethodology for Preservice Teacher Education? |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
RICHARD G. WELSCH (University of Toledo) |
Abstract: This poster will present a research study that adds to the extent literature on the effectiveness and the utility of guided notes. Participant in the study were 78 students enrolled in a college-level special education course titled Curriculum Adaptations and Strategies in Early Childhood Education. Class 1 contained 35 undergraduate and graduate students. Class 2 contained 43 undergraduate and graduate students. All undergraduate students were considered seniors. Grade point averages (GPA) showed that the classes were comparable.An alternating treatment design was used across two groups. Guided notes were administered for half of the class sessions, while the students took their own notes on alternate days. Data were collected on daily quizzes to assess accuracy of recall of information presented in the lecture. High inter-scorer reliability was reported. When looking at group averages, minimal differences in daily quiz scores are noted. A T-test will be performed to explore a statistical difference, producing mixed results. When looking at individual students, several students performed consistently better under the guided note condition, replicating the results of earlier studies in which guided notes were used during whole-class instruction. Social validity questionnaires administered to the participants revealed satisfaction with results and procedures. |
|
|
106. Teaching Functional Behavioral Assessments through Web-mediated Collaborative Problem Solving: Procedures, Analysis, and Issues |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SEKHAR PINDIPROLU (East Tennessee State University), Stephanie M. Peterson (The Ohio State University), Sarah Rule Salzberg (Utah State University) |
Abstract: In the recent years there has been an increase in the number of distance education programs to prepare personnel nationwide (Pindiprolu, 2001). At times, a course is offered to both on-campus and off-campus students. The presence of both on-campus and of-campus students presents challenges for teacher educators to provide similar experiences to both groups and to bring together students from both groups for cooperative problem solving. An economical way to overcome these barriers is to employ Web-based learning environment as a medium for providing learning experiences (Smith, Smith, & Boone, 2000).
In this presentation, which was a part of a larger study that examined the effects of three case-based teaching tactics in facilitating generalization of functional assessment skills in pre-service teachers, the procedures of the study (i.e., selection of students into sub-groups, procedures for collaborative problem solving) and the Web-mediated learning tools employed in the study will be discussed. Further, the results of the study, limitations, and suggestions for future research will be outlined. |
|
|
107. Exemplary Teachers of the Deaf: An Ecobehavioral Assessment of Classroom Ecology, Teacher and Student Behavior of High and Low Performing Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARY LYNN WOOLSEY (University of North Florida), Tina J. Harrison (University of Arts and Sciences of Oklahoma), Len Roberson (University of North Florida), Janice Seabrooks-Blackmore (University of North Florida), Gwen Williams (Florida A&M University) |
Abstract: This study reports the second year of progress of a Department of Education Initial Career Award Grant. An ecobehavioral assessment program (MS-CISSAR) was used to observe 22 nominated exemplary teachers of the deaf in residential and charter schools throughout the United States. Twenty-two exemplary teachers, 17 high performing students and 17 low performing students participated in the study. The high and low performing students were in the same class with the exemplary teacher. Observations occurred over four days, two days per student. Observations were not typically consecutive.
At the school level, the preliminary results show differences in time allocation for subjects and time for the school day. Reading instruciton varied from several hours per day to no time per day. The 22 nominated exemplary teachers showed differences in how instruction was delivered and student instructional arrangements. There were few differences in the responses of the high and low performing students in their academic responding, task management and competing behaviors. |
|
|
108. From Research To Practice: An Afterschool Tutoring Program as a Lab for Undergraduate Behavior Management Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHAEL C. LAMBERT (University of Portland) |
Abstract: This poster describes the collaboration of two organizations (University of Portland and the Portland Bridge Builders) to design a laboratory component for undergraduate education majors to provide tutoring to students participating in the Bridge Builders program. Undergraduate students provided tutoring to African American male high school students. The high school students were members of the Bridge builders program, a mentoring program for African American males in Portland, Oregon. The university lab component consisted of undergraduate students tutoring the Bridge Builder students in homework or enrichment activities using research guided instructional strategies. Upon completion of the weekly tutoring sessions, the University and Bridge Builder students would share dinner at the university dining hall. Students would then report and analyze student performance the following week at the next class meeting. Achievement data as well the results of a consumer satisfaction survey will be shared. |
|
|
109. Cultural Issues in the Application of Behavior TechniquesIn People’s Republic of China |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
LI LI (Utah State University), Richard P. West (Utah State University), Weldon Sleight (Utah State University) |
Abstract: This study was a primary investigation which will lead to a series of studies. The purpose of the study was to examine the impact of the Chinese culture in applying behavior techniques in home settings and classroom settings. One hundred surveys were sent out to Chinese elementary schools, middle schools and families in order to find out the cultural differences in applying behavior techniques in various settings. The results indicated that cultural beliefs played an important role in disciplining children in China.In home settings, the results of the survey indicated that (1) parents were more likely to punish their children when they thought their children should have higher grades than they got; (2) parents were very likely to say that their children needed more hard work when other people were praising their children; (3) parents were very likely to say that they were proud to not to praise their children, which was because they believed that punishment would give children pressure and with the pressure, the children would aim higher or do harder work to achieve what they wanted; (4) when asking how many praises a parent gave to his/her child in one day, the result indicated almost none; (5) when asking whether they used material things to praise or encourage their children, the result indicated that the children should get whatever they wanted though they did not do a good job since that was not the way how the Chinese parents punished their children; (6) when asking whether they physically punished their children, about 50 percent of the parents indicated that they did use physical punishment and 50 percent of the parents believed that verbal criticism was very necessary; (7) when asking whether their children should be verbally criticized all the time, the result indicated that almost all parents believed that their children should be verbally criticized all the time since they needed the reminders; and (8) when asking whether they would like to learn to use different ways or positive ways of discipline their children, almost 100 percent of the parents indicated that they would like to learn.The results of the survey for school settings were almost identical to the home settings except that the teachers believed that they used praise in their classrooms. Yet, when asked whether they praised every one of their students during the past week, they indicated they could not remember. School teachers believed that no teacher should use physical punishmen |
|
|
110. Effective Instructional Practices: Contrasts Between In-house and Consultative Settings |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
DEIRDRE LEE FITZGERALD (Eastern Connecticut State University), Lillian Connelly (Eastern Connecticut State University), Jean Seifert (Eastern Connecticut State University) |
Abstract: Acceleration of learning outcomes is demonstrated through the application of instructional practices from the methods of Precision teaching (PT) and the Personalized System of Instruction (PSI) to training behavior analysts, professionals from parallel fields, and paraprofessionals. Pre and post test results demonstrated substantially greater increases in mastery in in-house as compared to consultative training programs. Further contrasts were revealed through curriculum based assessments, again indicating superior mastery in the in-house training programs. Results confirm that effective instructional design is facilitated through control of the relevant contingencies. Ways to increase the effectiveness of instructional practices in consultative settings will be discussed. |
|
|
111. Interteaching vs. Lecture: Which is More Effective? |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
TRACY E. ZINN (Stephen F. Austin State University), Bryan K. Saville (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
Abstract: Behavioral approaches to classroom instruction—including Keller’s (1968) Personalized System of Instruction (PSI), Skinner’s (1968) Programmed Learning, and Lindsley’s (1964) Precision Teaching—have often proven themselves superior to other, more traditional methods of classroom instruction. Unfortunately, for a variety of reasons, few educators continue to use these behaviorally-based methods of instruction. Interteaching, defined by Boyce and Hineline (2002) as “a mutually probing, mutually informing conversation between two people,” is a new pedagogical method based on behavior-analytic principles. It offers an innovative and potentially effective alternative to traditional methods of instruction. In addition, it attempts to answer several of the criticisms leveled at other behavioral approaches to education. Although anecdotal evidence supports the efficacy of interteaching, few empirical data exist. In the present study, we examined several aspects of academic performance after college students listened to “traditional” lectures or participated in interteaching sessions. Although additional research is needed, our results suggest that interteaching is an effective alternative to more traditional methods of teaching. |
|
|
112. Using Goal Orientation to Improve Learning in Introductory Psychology |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARK S. HOYERT (Indiana University Northwest), Cynthia O'Dell (Indiana University Northwest) |
Abstract: Goal orientation research suggests that students pursue one or more educational goals. Two goals predominate: mastery and performance goals. Students who pursue mastery goals are reinforced by the act of learning and gaining competence. Students who pursue performance goals are rewarded by evidence of their competence. We have previously found that students who pursue mastery goals attain better grades (25 point differences) during certain conditions. We attempted to alter goal orientation in Introductory Psychology students (especially in performance dominant students) in order to increase academic success. Peer tutors employed multiple techniques designed to increase the endorsement of mastery goal orientation and to encourage the use of effective studying techniques. The intervention produced clear benefits: 1) Students who received the intervention began to endorse mastery goals to a greater extent and responded with an 8 point increase after the intervention. 2) Students in the control group (matched for goal orientation and initial examination grade) had a 7 point decrease. 3) About half of the students who participated in the intervention were able to continue to improve their grades and achieve passing grades in the class while almost all of the students in the control group failed the course. |
|
|
113. The Cognitive Misers Win! Applied Behavior Analysis in a Social Psychology Class |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ANGELA K. FOURNIER (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Rachael E. Budowle (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Sara R. Rayne (University of Memphis), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University) |
Abstract: The present study evaluated an intervention to facilitate classroom participation with applied behavior analysis. Students’ in-class participatory behavior was reinforced with extra credit points using the minimal intergroup paradigm. A class of 88 social psychology students was arbitrarily split into two teams of 44 and the teams competed for extra credit points throughout the semester. Teams were reinforced daily for answering questions and contributing comments. Each participatory behavior was rewarded with a poker chip dropped into a glass jar at the front of the classroom. Students named the two teams the “Psych-outs” and the “Cognitive Misers.” At the end of the semester, the total number of chips for each team was 203 and 290, respectively. The Cognitive Misers had won and were awarded their extra credit points. Participatory behavior was measured at Intervention, Withdrawal, and Intervention conditions. Contrary to predictions based on applied behavior analysis, participatory behavior did not extinguish or even decrease during the Withdrawal condition. Instead, there was a steady increase in participatory behavior throughout the semester, regardless of condition. Implications of findings will be discussed. |
|
|
114. Computer Based Programmed Instruction in Western Michigan University |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
EDUARDO A. OSORIO JONES-PARRA (Western Michigan University), Morgan C. Reynolds (Western Michigan University), Ann L. Chaffee (Western Michigan University), Jason T. Otto (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Psychology 100 (honors), 360, 460 and 610 are courses at Western Michigan University run by Richard W. Malott and his MA and PhD students. For several semesters now, students in Malott’s graduate training system have designed, implemented, and evaluated computer-based training materials for the classes. At the same time the authors were redesigning existing MS PowerPoint training modules, job aids and checklists were created to summarize some criteria for effective programmed instruction and computer-based training. The materials are created with the intent of alleviating common student mistakes and confusions observed by the T.A's of the respective courses. The materials include actual student examples (both exemplary and incorrect), which have been collected over the course of semesters. The programs have been developed according the Six Steps of Behavioral Systems Analysis, and are continuously revised for quality improvement according to students’ errors on relevant quizzes and evaluation data. |
|
|
115. An Evaluation of Interteaching Strategies in an Undergraduate Learning Course |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMES E. CONNELL (Louisiana State University), Christina M. Vorndran (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Boyce and Hineline (2002) proposed an “interteaching” method that departs from the standard college lecture format. The procedure incorporates characteristics of both Keller’s personalized instruction system and collaborative teaching methods while addressing some of the criticisms directed at those teaching strategies. Boyce and Hineline suggest that the optimal arrangement for positive outcomes is a focused didactic exchange between two to three students, similar to reciprocal peer-tutoring. The present study employed the method described by Boyce and Hineline with 55 college students enrolled in a Psychology of Learning summer course at Louisiana State University. The comparative effects of traditional lecture format versus small group discussion (i.e., interteaching) on students’ quiz performances were evaluated in an ABAB design. Results suggest that overall, students performed better on chapter quizzes following interteaching sessions than following lecture sessions. Additionally, students’ ratings of interteaching sessions were high across the semester on a “quality of session” rating scale. These results suggest that interteaching is a viable and effective alternative to traditional lecture. |
|
|
116. Topography of Student Interactions in Distance Learning |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
EMILY RUDRUD (St. Cloud State University), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Students enrolled in distance learning courses cite flexibility in scheduling as a primary benefit of the course. Student professor interactions are important to course integrety and satisfaction measures, i.e. timeliness of response, availablity of the instructor, etc. Anywhere, anytime learning creates new challenges for design and implementation of courses, particularly student professor interactions. Student postings were analyzed by day of week and time of day. The results indicated that most students correspond with faculty members outside of the regular work day/week. |
|
|
117. Talking the Talk: Using SAFMEDS to Shape Student’s Verbal Repertoire |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JOANN ANG (The Ohio State University), Tim M. Barrett (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: In professional disciplines, speaking the language or, “talking the talk” as it were, is an important function of learning about effective practices. In education, for example, a fluent verbal repertoire in content, teaching strategies, and contextual variables is an important consideration. This poster will highlight data from a study implementing SAFMEDS (Say All Fast a Minute Every Day Shuffled) in an undergraduate physical education methods course. In this study, an A-B-A-B withdrawal design was implemented across 16 sessions (i.e., lessons). The data indicate there was a functional relationship between SAFMEDS and the number correct on the written test of concepts. Participants (N = 28) average percent correct during the first A condition was 66%. Following implementation of SAFMEDS, average percent correct was 89.6%. Returning to baseline the percentage correct dropped to 60.6%. In the second “B” condition the average percent correct was 95%. One could argue that “talking the talk”, or fluency in the professional language of specific disciplines (e.g. education), is an important and necessary skill for teacher candidates. SAFMEDS was shown to be an efficient, and effective strategy to increase the verbal repertoire, or “talking the talk” of these teacher candidates. |
|
|
118. Transition to College: Examination of One Student with ADHD |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ISAAC MALLETTE-LLOYD (Silver Creek Central School), Barbara Mallette (State University of New York at Fredonia), Douglas Lloyd (Silver Creek Central School) |
Abstract: Adolescents with ADHD often present behaviors that challenge successful completion of high school including establishing priorities, time management, juggling of assignments, review of material for tests, and seeking instructor assistance. These individuals often receive support from special education teachers directly and can receive guidance from general education teachers (i.e. content teachers) indirectly. What happens when these teens move into the arena of higher education?Support services for college students with ADHD vary, depending on the breadth and depth of support services. Typically, services are not provided to college students with ADHD unless the students self-identify as having this disability and present legitimate evidence from a psychologist to document the disability. The transition to college can be challenging because these students are leaving the security of the high school setting where a special education teacher has monitored the student's progress. How can students with ADHD make the transition to this new academic arena successfully?This poster will depict the transition of a high school senior with ADHD as he moves from full time high school enrollment to enrollment in college courses. Strategies used to record assignments, establish priorities, monitor progress, and adjust study habits will be displayed. In addition, feedback from both high school and college instructors will be reported. |
|
|
|
|
#345 Poster Session – OBM |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
119. Lower Resting Heart Rate Using Personal Performance Engineering |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
AMBER MAKI (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Having a lower resting heart rate is considered by health experts to be good for the health of your heart and overall good health. I plan to lower my resting heart rate by changing my exercise performance, using a combination of goal setting, feedback, and reinforcement. I will collect data on both heart rate and exercise performance. |
|
|
120. An Experimental Comparison of Two Delay-Discounting Procedures |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SAMUEL PERRY (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Carter L. Smith (Temple University) |
Abstract: The study of delay-discounting has expanded to include the use of hypothetical monetary choice tasks (HMCTs) as instruments for the assessment of latent impulsivity, via estimates of the discounting parameter, k. In the current study, the reliability of k-estimates and area-under-the-curve (AUC) data was assessed across two conventional HMCTs. Fifty-five participants completed both a sequential binary-choice task normally used by behavioral psychologists, such as Vuchinich and Simpson (1998), as well as a task based on the procedures used by Chapman (1996) for the assessment of domain effects. Participants were assigned to complete the tasks either on a computer or in a paper-and-pencil format. Results indicated that the binary-choice approach produced consistently lower estimates of k and AUC data. Alternate-forms reliability coefficients for k and AUC data fell below conventional psychometric standards. Interestingly, both task types yielded the expected magnitude effects, and observed preferences were best described by a hyperbolic decay function. Differences between computer-based and paper-and-pencil administration were inconsequential. Practical implications and issues pertaining to the validity and reliability of such tasks are discussed. |
|
|
121. The Effects of a Combined Task Clarification, Goal Setting, Feedback, and Incentive Intervention Package to Improve Telephone Customer Service in a Medical Clinic Environment |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JULIE M. SLOWIAK (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Gregory J. Madden (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Abstract: Appointment coordinators at a Mid-western medical clinic were to provide exceptional telephone customer service. This included using a standard greeting, speaking in the appropriate tone of voice during the conversation, and using a standard closing to end the call. An analysis suggested performance deficiencies resulted from weak antecedents, poor training, and weak performance contingencies. An intervention package consisting of task clarification, goal setting, feedback, and incentive was designed to improve customer service behaviors of four participating appointment coordinators. An ABAB reversal design was used, and overall performance of all four participants increased during intervention phases. This study indicates that a multi-component intervention may be an effective strategy to increase telephone customer service behavior in the workplace. |
|
|
122. Behavioral Measurement of Staff Burnout in In-patient Mental Health Settings |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN QUEALLY (Hofstra University), Richard M. O'Brien (Hofstra University) |
Abstract: Staff burnout has been described as a problem in mental health and developmental disability settings. Although early descriptions included decreased job performance, recently burnout has been defined by scores on the Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI), a self report, emotionality measure. Lawson & O'Brien (1994) found that the MBI did not correlate with observations of work behavior using Burgio, Whitman & Reid's (1983) system in developmental disabilities. This study was undertaken to see if those findings would generalize to a psychiatric setting. The subjects were 55 employees in various positions in an in-patient setting. They all completed the MBI and the Job Emotions Scale (JES). Each subject was also observed ten times per week for six weeks. Reliability checks were completed weekly using a second observer (r=.92). Means for the 11 categories (positive, negative, and non-contact work behaviors) were similar to previous findings. Of the 33 correlations between the 3 MBI self-report scales and the 11 categories of the observation system, only the correlation between being off unit, work related and emotional exhaustion was significant (r=.30). The self-report measures (the MBI and JES) were correlated. These data again demonstrate little relationship between self-reports of burnout and actual work behavior |
|
|
123. Effects of a Low-Cost Prompt to Reduce Retail Theft |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SHARLET D. BUTTERFIELD (University of Nevada, Reno), Thomas E. Boyce (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the effect of a low-cost prompt to reduce theft in two grocery stores. In previous research, this intervention, involving signs and stickers indicating high-theft products has resulted in substantial decreases in theft of merchandise, and slightly positive increases in sales. However, previous studies have yet to evaluate the extent of this impact on items not directly targeted by the intervention. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the spread of the effect of the intervention to items not specifically targeted. As such, weekly measurements of theft rates for directly targeted and non-targeted products were taken in a multiple baseline across settings experimental design and will be presented in a time-series depiction of obtained data. |
|
|
124. Increasing Job Placement in Welfare-to-Work Program Participants using a Token Economy |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CRYSTAL M. SMULLEY (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: This study examined the effect of a token economy on job searching and job placement among clients in a welfare-to-work program. The participants in this study were receiving cash assistance (TANF) and were required to attend the program for 30 hours per week. Tokens were earned by applying for jobs and visiting job sites. When a participant earned six tokens, he/she earned a ½ day off from attending life skills workshops. Participants also had the option to visit 12 sites, once it was verified that the participants applied to all 12 of the sites listed they earned an entire day off from the life skills workshops. A multiple baseline design across subjects was used to determine whether the token economy increased job searching. Results of a pilot study showed job searching increased up to 50% among subjects and the average length of time for subjects to obtain employment was 11 days sooner than the previous program year. |
|
|
125. Preference and Reinforcer Assessments With Direct Care Staff in a Human Service Agency |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMIE M. DAKE (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Aaron Willett (Center for Comprehensive Services) |
Abstract: Three direct care staff in a human service agency first completed preference surveys, in which they ranked their preferences for a variety of items, each worth approximately $5, on a scale from 1-10, with 1 indicating the most preferred item, and 10 indicating the least preferred item. The three most preferred and three least preferred items were then presented in a multiple stimulus preference assessment without replacement, which was repeated three times with each staff member. Using an ABAB reversal design, the most and least preferred items were offered for one month at a time as consequences for job performance. The supervisor randomly observed each staff member during 10-minute intervals twice weekly, rating the staff member’s interactional style using a five–dimension criterion scoring sheet. The five dimensions included: 1.) positive interactions with clients 2.) prevention of problem behaviors 3.) interacting with all clients in the current environment 4.) reinforcing appropriate client behavior 5.) capitalizing on opportunities to teach new skills. Each staff member received one consequence per week, which was contingent on improved scores or scores that remained at levels observed previously. Results suggest a wide variety of items may function as possible reinforcers for staff members, and that the hierarchy of items will differ across staff. These data suggest that the stimulus preference assessment technology can be extended to organizational situations and improve worker performance beyond traditional employer-designed reinforcement programs. |
|
|
126. Program Implementation: A Look at Four Training Methods Effects on Rates of Program Implementation by Staff |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JASON T. CAVIN (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Brent Smith (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Jerre R. Brimer (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Robert A. Babcock (The Learning Tree, Inc.) |
Abstract: The purpose of this evaluation was to determine which of four methods of staff training produced higher rates of program implementation. Newly hired staff members were assigned to one of four groups: 1) Trainer reviewed the program with staff but did not model the program; 2) Trainer modeled the program for staff but did not review the written program; 3) Staff person was assigned a mentor who worked with them and the trainer only served as a resource; or 4) Staff were shown a video tape of the program being implemented by actors. Program implementation was monitored by the use of a competency checklist which was completed by the trainers. Competency checklists were completed on a daily basis for one week, and then once a week for the duration of 4 weeks. Program implementation was found to be highest when assigned to work with another staff person and the trainer served as a mentor. |
|
|
127. The Effects of Inservice Training on a Performance Feedback System |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KYLIE LARSEN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David E. Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Daniel Hendrickson (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Written and verbal feedback have been demonstrated to be effective tools in changing behavior. This technique has been employed to increase numerous behaviors including appropriate social behavior in children with autism (Kamps et al., 1992) as well as staff job performance (Alavosius & Sulzer-Azaroff, 1986). While most research has examined the effects of a feedback system/intervention at changing patient behavior or job performance, few studies have examined the effects of providing feedback to the individuals writing or delivering the feedback, with some exceptions (e.g., Parsons & Reid, 1995). The current study was designed to evaluate changes in staff feedback, both positive and corrective, following interventions to increase the quantity and quality of the feedback. Over twenty-five staff with some supervisory responsibilities participated in this study conducted on an inpatient unit for children with severe behavior disorders. Data were collected on the frequency and type of feedback delivered. Following several weeks of baseline data staff participated in in-services on providing feedback, and were presented data reflecting their past behavior with regards to delivering feedback. The in-service served as the first intervention designed to increase the quantity and quality of feedback. The intervention was evaluated in a multiple-baseline design across groups of staff. |
|
|
128. The Behavioral Systems Analysis Project: Educating and Managing Undergraduates in Organizational Behavior Management |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
NICHOLAS L. WEATHERLY (Western Michigan University), Kristen Struss (Western Michigan University), Casey Burge (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Behavioral Systems Analysis Project is a one-credit supplemental course to an advanced behavior analysis class at Western Michigan University. The objective of the course is to provide an opportunity for undergraduates to apply the skills they've learned in Organizational Behavior Management to an applied setting. The students gain experience in developing rapport with a contact person within a local organization, developing a measurement system, designing and implementing an intervention, and finally evaluating the effects of that intervention. The students receive credit and a grade based on weekly presentations, completion of assignments, and a final paper. |
|
|
|
|
#346 Poster Session – VRB |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
129. Teaching Intraverbal Behavior Using Stimulus Differences with two Children with Autistic and Pervasive Developmental Disorders |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA F. WYNNE (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the effects of using stimulus differences to teach intraverbal behavior to two children with autism and pervasive developmental disorders. Using a multiple baseline design, different classes of behavior, play, personal, social, and school activities were targeted for change. During baseline conditions the participants did not respond to intraverbal questions using complete sentences. Five different instructional antecedent questions per class of behavior were then shown to increase the participants’ verbal responses. Prompts were then faded to a no prompt condition and the participants answered an average of 96% of the questions accurately. During follow-up, the participants accurately responded using complete sentences 97% of the time. |
|
|
130. Sight Reading and Phonics: A Combined Approach for Teaching Textual Behavior to Children with Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
JOSEPH H. CIHON (Special School District of St. Louis County), Nicole Adams (Special School District of St. Louis County), Traci M. Cihon (Special School District of St. Louis County), Guy M. Bedient (Special School District of St. Louis County) |
Abstract: Children are often taught textual behavior through sight-based or phonetic-based procedures independent of one another. Researchers attempted to simultaneously implement both procedures to produce the desirable outcome. Data suggest that combining both approaches generates progress toward a maximal textual repertoire. |
|
|
131. Contingent Access: Putting the Fun in Functional Language |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL M. HUCKFELDT (Special School District of St. Louis County), Guy M. Bedient (Special School District of St. Louis County) |
Abstract: Natural Language Paradigm (NLP) approaches argue that following-the-student's-lead often produces non-aversive learning episodes as opposed to Discrete Trial Training (DTT) procedures that may result in over-prompting and produce negative results. Rather than prompting, exinction was used as an establishing operation to motivate minimal manding responses that could then be shaped to more advanced manding responses. This procedure utilized: differential reinforcement, variable effort programming, anticipation, and waiting. Data show that utilizing this procedure progressively shaped mands from eye-contact to multi-word vocalizations. |
|
|
132. Analysis of Three Reinforcement Procedures in Teaching Receptive Language Skills to Children with Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
MANDY PARTEN (Louisiana State University), Laura R. Addison (Louisiana State University), Dorothea C. Lerman (Louisiana State University), Valerie M. Volkert (Louisiana State University), Nicole M. Trosclair-Lasserre (Louisiana State University), Tiffany Kodak (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: The differential outcomes effect (DOE) refers to the finding that performance in discrimination training improves when different behaviors produce different reinforcers. In this study, we compared the effects of two DOE procedures on the acquisition of receptive language skills with 4 children diagnosed with autism. The children were presented with two toy or food items and asked to give the experimenter the item named. The names consisted of three-letter nonsense syllables. Correct responses were followed by one of the following consequences: (a) the opportunity to manipulate or consume the item to which the child correctly responded; (b) the opportunity to manipulate or consume a third item that was unique to that label but was never one of the two test items in the pair; or (c) randomized access to one of two various third items (no-DOE condition). Interobserver agreement was collected during at least 25% of the sessions for each participant, and exact agreement always exceeded 85%. Generally, acquisition was similar across the three conditions, but some children showed slightly slower rates of acquisition under the no-DOE condition. |
|
|
133. Comparing Mass Trial Teaching Procedures to Interspersal Teaching Procedures in the Acquisition of Intraverbals |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA MASSEY-MCLAUGHLIN (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current investigation was to evaluate the effects of using an interspersal teaching procedure as compared to a mass trial teaching procedure in the acquisition of intraverbals. Three children with autism participated. Results demonstrated that two of the children acquired intraverbals more quickly in the interspersal conditions than in the mass trial condition. One child, however, acquired intraverbals more quickly in the mass trial condition. Overall the children responded better to the interspersal teaching procedure. This study may be useful for teachers and clinicians working with children with autism and related disabilities. Results may help identify procedures that would best benefit individual children’s acquisition of language. |
|
|
134. Effects of Modeling versus Instructions on Schedule Sensitivity |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
SUMMER FERRERI (The Ohio State University), Julie Marckel (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Sunhwa Jung (The Ohio State University), Lindsay M. Nist (The Ohio State University), Nancy M. Armstrong (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of modeling versus instructions on the choices of 6 elementary school students whose academic responding showed insensitivity to reinforcement schedules. During baseline, students chose between successively presented pairs of mathematics problems associated with different variable interval schedules of reinforcement. After responding proved insensitive to the schedules of reinforcement, sessions were preceded by either instructions or modeling, counterbalanced across students in a multiple baseline design across subject groups. During the instruction condition, students were told how to distribute responding to earn the most reinforcers. During the modeling condition, students observed the experimenter performing the task as she tacted her distribution of responding to obtain the most reinforcers. Once responding approximated obtained reinforcement under either condition, the schedules of reinforcement were changed, and neither instruction nor modeling was provided. Both instruction and modeling interventions quickly produced patterns of response allocation that approximated obtained rates of reinforcement, but responding established with modeling was more sensitive to subsequent changes in the reinforcement schedules than responding established with instructions. Procedural integrity was assessed for 25% of the modeling sessions across participants. |
|
|
135. The Use of Hidden Objects and Echoic Prompts to Teach Students to Ask Questions |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
YUKO USUI (Columbia University), Monica L. Chen (Columbia University) |
Abstract: This study, which was a modified replication of Williams, Donley and Keller (2002)’s study, investigated the effectiveness of the use of hidden objects and echoic prompts to teach 4 preschool students to ask 3 questions about hidden items in a box. The participants were four 4 year-old male students with emergent reader/writer levels of verbal behavior. A delayed multiple baseline design across subjects was used. Three questions, “What’s that?” “Can I see it?” and “Can I have it?” were taught sequentially through training sessions, during which the experimenters presented a box with a toy inside it and gave the participant echoic prompts. Generalization probe sessions were also conducted by a different instructor after the participant met criterion on each question. All interobserver agreement scores collected during baseline and training sessions were 100%. Baseline data showed that all participants did not ask any questions except during 2 sessions. However, they learned to ask all 3 forms of questions within 3-5 sessions. In addition, all participants asked all 3 question forms during all the probe sessions. The results of this study demonstrated a functional relationship between the participants’ question asking behavior and the use of hidden objects and echoic prompts. |
|
|
136. Effects of Verbal Descriptions on Rule-Generation and its Relationship with Non-verbal Behaviour |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA LUISA CEPEDA ISLAS (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Diana Moreno Rodríguez (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Patricia Plancarte (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rosalinda Arroyo (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Alfredo Lopez (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Hortensia Hickman (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Olivia Tena (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Abstract: This paper assessed the verbal descriptions' effect and its possible synchronic entailment with the process of acquisition, transfer and formulation of general performance rules in a matching-to-sample task with children. Using a yoked group design, 10 children with low referential level were selected and arranged in two groups (experimental and control yoked). The experimental task consisted of first order matching-to-sample arrangements. Only the subjects from the experimental group were exposed to incomplete texts every 3 trials, these texts pretended to foster self-reference. To assess the possible transfer of responses to non-trained stimuli conditions, the subjects were exposed to three tests at the end of the training phases. When all the sessions were ended, the subjects were asked to write the general performance rule. The results are discussed regarding the relationship among verbal and instrumental behaviour, and the rule's modulating effects over performance. |
|
|
137. Rupture or Change of the Sensibility to the Contingencies and the Paper of the Automatic Contingencies |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
INMACULADA GOMEZ BECERRA (University of Almeria, Spain), Nieves Lopez (University of Almeria, Spain) |
Abstract: This work is framed in the study from the insensibility to the contingencies and its implication in the analysis of the verbal behavior. The objectives of this work are: in the first place, to prove the effectiveness of different procedures to generate rupture or change in the patterns of sensibility and, in second place, to detect the possible differential effects of the automatic contingencies that bear two experimental tasks. The participants of this study were eight university students of 18 to 22 years old. A design intrasubject multivariable was applied with replications through subjects. Through two experimental tasks the relative variables were manipulated to the changes in the programmed contingencies (reinforcement programs, extinction and response cost), changes in the rules (in agreement or non chords) and amplification of contextual (verbal) cues. The results show as more effective procedures to break certain levels of insensibility the use of contextual cues in amplification form or changes in the proportionate rules, and the application of drastic changes in the programmed contingencies (high levels of losses). The absence of differential effects of the automatic contingencies characteristic of the experimental tasks is shown. |
|
|
138. Analog Demonstration of "Confusion" in Second Language Acquisition |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
YUKIKO WASHIO (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Many learners of second language acquisition tend to become confused when they try to use the second language in the natural environment after they learned explicit rules of grammar in a structured teaching environment. This phenomenon occurs in the natural environment where contextual stimuli are more subtle and complex than those in the teaching environment. An analog demonstration was designed with a computer program in which English speaking participants were taught Japanese through the match-to-sample procedure, and equivalent relations were established and tested. In the subsequent training phase, the participants were trained to make discriminations among the learned relations based on explicit contextual stimuli (i.e. location, topography and sequence of stimulus presentation). “Confusion” was established in testing conditions in which participants were presented with implicit and complex contextual stimuli. This presentation will include a data based demonstration and discussion of the experimental results. |
|
|
139. Increasing Desirable Spousal Social Behaviors Using Reinforcement and Extinction |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
CAROL KOCHHEISER (The Ohio State University), Lloyd D. Peterson (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the effects of extinction for undesirable social comments and praise for desirable social comments for a 51-year-old male. Baseline data were collected on the number of desirable and undesirable comments the participant made towards his spouse. During baseline, the participant’s spouse responded to his undesirable comments as she typically would, which appeared to reinforce this undesirable behavior. Next, the participant’s spouse praised his desirable comments, and undesirable comments were ignored. This resulted in an increase in desirable comments and a decrease in undesirable comments. Following a return to baseline, extinction was implemented alone, which produced high rates of undesirable comments and low rates of desirable comments. Finally, praise and extinction were once again implemented together, which produced high rates of desirable comments and low rates of undesirable comments. The results of this study will be discussed in relation to the importance of pairing reinforcement with extinction procedures. When extinction was used by itself, an extinction burst was observed. When extinction was paired with reinforcement for alternative behavior, rapid increase for desirable and rapid decrease for undesirable behavior were observed. Such effects may be important considerations when designing intervention to be implemented by family members in home settings. |
|
|
140. Treatment of Severe Chronic Aphasia with Backward Chaining and Pperant Conditioning |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Z. GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland), Magnus Sighvatsson Blondahl (University of Iceland) |
Abstract: Two males with stroke-caused severe chronic aphasia received treatment based on backward chaining and reinforcement. Neither participant could imitate sounds. They were able to imitate movements of speech organs, however, only one of them could reliably follow instructions about how to move them. Treatment effects were evaluated with a multiple-baseline design across behaviors. With one participant, treatment was applied to performances in three tasks but only to performances in two tasks with the other participant. Treatment variables were clearly defined and systematically used in standard ways across participants and tasks. Clearly defined criteria for fading prompts in or out were used. Prompts were faded out as performances improved. Mean inter-scorer agreement for dependent variables with one participant is 96% in all variables. With the other participant it is 95.3%-98.3%. Mean inter-scorer agreement for experimenter’s use of correct prompt with one participant is 99.5%-100%. With the other participant, it was 100% in both tasks. The performances of both participants have improved very slowly and they are all still prompt dependent, however, one participant has improved faster. In addition, an analysis of stimulus control of the performances of the other participant led to application of treatment to a prerequisite performance. |
|
|
141. Reducing "Psychotic" Verbal Behavior |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
INGVIL RO TOENNESSEN (Grim Project, Norway), Grete Brouwer (Grim Project, Norway), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College, Norway) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to train different verbal classes in a 44-year old woman. She had been hospitalized for 18 years in different psychiatric institutions, and has been diagnosed with schizophrenia, developmental disabilities, non-organic psychosis, and autism. Assessment of her verbal behavior showed that a very small amount was adequate verbal behavior, whereas about 90 % could be characterized as “psychotic” verbal behavior. She was trained to produce different verbal classes, mainly mand, tact, intraverbal, textual and dictation responses. It was interesting to study how the “psychotic” verbal behavior was reduced as function of increasing number of adequate verbal responses. |
|
|
142. Celeration Analysis of Verbal Behavior Research Papers Presented at ABA 1975-present |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN W. ESHLEMAN (APEX Consulting) |
Abstract: This data-based poster presents a series of yearly Standard Celeration Charts describing various trends in the presentation of verbal behavior research at the Association for Behavior Analysis conventions from 1975 - 2003. Charts include frequencies of: (1) papers using verbal operant terms from B.F. Skinner’s book Verbal Behavior in their titles, (2) papers specifically coded as VRB, (3) “formal experiment” and discussion papers, and (4) the overall number of verbal behavior presentations (1,489). For reliability, the public-domain ABA convention programs served as the archival research database. The data show an overall celeration of x1.2 for papers pertaining to Skinner’s analysis, for a total of 312 such presentations, with an explosive x4 most-recent celeration since 1997. This suggests that a vibrant research base exists, especially research related to Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior, and further substantiates that the erstwhile lack of such research has ended. However, these trends also reveal that (1) the most prominent verbal operant category researched has been manding, and (2) that relatively few of these papers appear to have been published in mainstream behavioral journals. Various possible explanations of these trends are presented. A reference list of the 312 papers pertaining to Skinner’s analysis is included. |
|
|
|
|
2004 Tutorial: The Application of Precision Teaching with Children with Autism: Perceived Problems and Possible Solutions |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Grand Ballroom |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
None CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jack Scott, Psy.D. |
Chair: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University) |
Presenting Authors: : MICHAEL FABRIZIO (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: Over the course of our recent past, behavior analysts and the consumers of their services have demonstrated increased interest in applying principles from Precision Teaching to the intervention programs of children with autism. Unfortunately, the addition of this highly effective, powerful, and efficient measurement system to childrens programs has sometimes been hampered, because of what some may view as barriers to the use of Precision Teaching in such programs. This tutorial will introduce audience members to the principles that form the foundation of Precision Teaching and will address and suggest solutions for some of the most commonly held concerns that surround the use of Precision Teaching with children with autism. Specifically, the tutorial will address concerns related to: errors students may make during instruction; the use of frequency as a measure of behavior and change in frequency as a measure of learning; the frequency aims used as criteria for mastery in Precision Teaching programs; and the use of the Standard Celeration Chart to depict human performance in meaningful ways. |
|
MICHAEL FABRIZIO (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Michael Fabrizio received his Bachelor’s Degree in Psychology and Master’s Degree in Educational Psychology/Applied Behavior Analysis from West Virginia University. He is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst and a fourth-year Doctoral student in Special Education at the University of Washington, where he is specializing in behavior analysis, autism, and instructional design. Michael has worked with children with autism and other special needs throughout his more than ten-year career, serving as a Senior Educational Specialist for the West Virginia Autism Training Center at Marshall University; a Clinical Specialist for the Spectrum Center for Educational and Behavioral Development in Berkeley, California; Head Teacher for Morningside Academy in Seattle, Washington; and Lead Trainer for Morningside Academy’s Public School Improvement Project. Michael currently resides in Seattle, Washington, where he is a full partner in Fabrizio/Moors Consulting, an educational and behavioral consulting private practice specializing in fluency-based instruction for learners with autism. Michael has presented his applied research work with children with disabilities at a range of state, regional, and national professional conferences including the Autism Society of America, the West Coast Special Education Conference, the Association for Behavior Analysis, the Association for the Severely Handicapped, the Association for Science in Autism Treatment, and the International Precision Teaching Conference. He has published his work in the Behavior Analysis Digest and the Journal of Precision Teaching and Celeration. Michael is a Sustaining Member of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, a Supporting Member of the Association for Behavior Analysis, and a Sustaining Member of the Standard Celeration Society. Michael received the 2000 New Contributions Award presented by the Standard Celeration Society for his work in fluency-based instruction. He is a Contributing Editor for the Journal of Precision Teaching and Celeration, an affiliated faculty member in the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas, and a member of the Organization for Autism Research’s Scientific Advisory Council. |
|
|
|
|
A Unified Protocol for Emotional Disorders with Behavioral Analytic Considerations |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Conference Room 2 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: David H. Barlow, Ph.D. |
Chair: Lisa Coyne (University of Mississipppi) |
DAVID H. BARLOW (Boston University) |
Dr. David H. Barlow received his PhD from the University of Vermont in 1969 and has published over 450 articles and chapters and over 20 books, mostly in the area of anxiety disorders, sexual problems, and clinical research methodology. He is formerly Professor of Psychiatry at the University of Mississippi Medical Center and Professor of Psychiatry and Psychology at Brown University and founded clinical psychology internships in both settings. He was also Distinguished Professor in the Department of Psychology at the University at Albany, State University of New York. Currently, he is Professor of Psychology, Research Professor of Psychiatry, Director of Clinical Training Programs, and Director of the Center for Anxiety and Related Disorders at Boston University. Dr. Barlow is the recipient of the 2000 American Psychological Association (APA) Distinguished Scientific Award for the Applications of Psychology. He is also the recipient of the First Annual Science Dissemination Award from the Society for a Science of Clinical Psychology of the APA; and recipient of the 2000 Distinguished Scientific Contribution Award from the Society of Clinical Psychology of the APA. He also received an award in appreciation of outstanding achievements from the General Hospital of the Chinese People’s Liberation Army, Beijing, China, with an appointment as Honorary Visiting Professor of Clinical Psychology. During the 1997/1998 academic year, he was Fritz Redlich Fellow at the Center for Advanced Study in Behavioral Sciences, in Palo Alto, California. Other awards include Career Contribution Awards from Massachusetts and California Psychological Associations; The First Graduate Alumni Scholar Award from the Graduate College, The University of Vermont; The Masters and Johnson Award, from the Society for Sex Therapy and Research; G. Stanley Hall Lectureship, American Psychological Association Annual Convention; A certificate of appreciation for contributions to women in clinical psychology from Section IV of Division 12, the Clinical Psychology of Women; and a MERIT award from the National Institute of Mental Health for long term contributions to the clinical research effort. He is Past-President of the Association for the Advancement of Behavior Therapy, Past-Associate Editor of the Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, Past-Editor of the journals Behavior Therapy and Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Currently, he is Editor of the journal Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice. He was also Chair of the American Psychological Association Task Force of Psychological Intervention Guidelines, was a member of the DSM-IV Task Force of the American Psychiatric Association, and was a Co-Chair of the Work Group for revising the anxiety disorder categories. He is also a Diplomat in Clinical Psychology of the American Board of Professional Psychology and maintains a private practice. |
Abstract: In the 1970s and 1980s, approaches to anxiety disorders concentrated on reducing arousal and overt avoidance behavior. In the 1980s, innovations in psychological treatments focused on psychopathology specific to each disorder, such as panic attacks in panic disorder, directly utilizing interoceptive exposure tailored to the individual based on behavioral assessment to counter avoidance of somatic cues; the worry process itself in GAD conceptualized as an avoidance of negative affect; and depressive cognitions in depression. These psychological treatments were organized into therapeutic manuals. Now we have developed a modular approach directed at the core features of all anxiety and related emotional disorders such that existing treatments can be reduced to one strategic approach that varies based only on individual functional analysis. This treatment, now undergoing evaluation, focuses on: psychoeducation and antecedent cognitive reappraisal to regulate emotion based distortions; the prevention of behavioral, cognitive, and emotional avoidance; and enhancing opposite action tendencies through provocative interoceptive and exteroceptive emotional exposure-based procedures, focusing particularly on appropriate emotional expression. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Paper - Analogical Reasoning and Relating Relational Frames: An Ongoing Research Program |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Beacon F |
Area: PRA |
Chair: Mapy Chavez Brown (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
|
Analogical Reasoning and Relating Relational Frames: An Ongoing Research Program |
Domain: Applied Research |
DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Paul M. Smeets (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
|
Abstract: Behavioural psychologists interested in the study of human language and cognition have argued that analogical reasoning involves the relating of relational frames. Consider the following question based on the classic proportion scheme (A:B::C:?), “apple is to orange as dog is to; (i) sheep, or (ii) book?”. If “apple” and “orange” participate in an equivalence frame in the context “fruit” and “dog” and “sheep” participate in the equivalence frame “animals” then we would expect a person to pick “sheep” as the correct answer. In effect, the response would be in accordance with the equivalence frame between two already established separate equivalence frames. It has also been argued that analogical reasoning involves contextual control by non-arbitrary stimulus relations over the to-be-related relational frames and the transformation of functions in accordance in accordance entire relational network. The current paper reviews an ongoing program of research focused on this behavioural model of analogical reasoning with adults and children including some very recent evidence on the measurement of event related potentials when subjects relate relational frames. |
|
|
|
|
|
EAB 4 |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Beacon D |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Chris Ninness (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
|
Conditional Discrimination or Simple Discrimination with Compound Stimuli? |
Domain: Applied Research |
JEAN-CLAUDE DARCHEVILLE (University of Lille III), Belkhodja Roseleyne (University of Lille III) |
|
Abstract: Adult subjects were trained to respond to compound stimuli (2 elements). From these ones new compound stimuli (2 elements) were composed by means of symmetry and transitivity. The subjects did not respond to the new stimuli if they could not split them up. But if they could, they responded. We found the same phenomenom in a conditionnal discrimination as a simple discrimination with compound stimuli. |
|
A Functional-Analytic and Neural Network Approach to Mathematical Relations |
Domain: Applied Research |
CHRIS NINNESS (Stephen F. Austin State University), Robin Rumph (Stephen F. Austin State University), Glen L. McCuller (Stephen F. Austin State University), Carol Harrison (Stephen F. Austin State University), Elizabeth Hancock-Akin (Stephen F. Austin State University), Ashley Capt (Stephen F. Austin State University), Sharon K. Ninness (Stephen F. Austin State University), Angela Ford (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
|
Abstract: Seven participants who were naïve with regard to algebraic and trigonometric transformations received an introductory lecture regarding the fundamentals of the rectangular coordinate system. Then, they took part in a computer-interactive matching-to-sample procedure in which they received instruction on particular formula-to-formula and formula-to-graph relations as they pertain to reflections and vertical and horizontal shifts. In training A—B, standard formulae served as samples and factored formulae served as comparisons. In training B—C, factored formulae served as samples and graphs served as comparisons. Subsequently, we assessed A—C and C—A for combinatorial mutual entailment followed by a Relational Evaluation Procedure to assess 40 novel and complex variations of the original training formulae to their graphic representations. In Experiment 1, four of seven participants demonstrated perfect or near perfect performance on novel algebraic and trigonometric formula-to-graph relations. Experiment 2 directed training at the remaining three participants. The error patterns of these three participants were classified by an artificial neural network self-organizing map (SOM), and treatment was aimed at remediating the specific types of errors identified by the SOM. Subsequently, these participants demonstrated substantially improved identification of novel formula-to-graph relations. Relational networks and applications to various mathematical functions are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Interval Timing and Memory Dynamics |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Commonwealth |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Michael C. Davison, Ph.D. |
Chair: Michael C. Davison (University of Auckland) |
JENNIFER J. HIGA (Honolulu Community College) |
Dr. Jennifer Higa received her MS and PhD from Washington State University, with her research supervised by Frances McSweeney and John Hinson. After several years in postdoctoral and research faculty positions at Duke University with John Staddon, she joined the faculty in the Department of Psychology at Texas Christian University where she is an Assistant Professor. Her research has covered topics on behavioral contrast, stimulus control, transitive inference, and, more recently, the dynamics of interval timing. Pigeons and rats are her primary subjects, although she has recently begun to study timing in Betta splendens. Jennifer serves on the Board of Editors for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Learning and Behavior, and the International Journal of Comparative Psychology, and was the Guest Editor for a special issue on timing for the journal Behavioral Processes. She is the recipient of a NRSA and Neurobehavioral Sciences Research Training Fellowship, as well as several teaching awards. |
Abstract: Psychologists studying learning and memory have been increasingly interested in how animals - human and non-human - detect, integrate, and use temporal information. The importance of understanding interval timing is underscored by the fact that the time between events, responses, rewards, and punishers determine what is learned, what associations are made, and how learning progresses. Until recently, the majority of experimental and theoretical work has been aimed at understanding results obtained from procedures designed to measure steady state timing behavior. In contrast, relatively little is known about timing under changing conditions. I plan to review the results from temporal tracking and gap procedures and discuss the data in terms of a model for interval timing that is based on memory dynamics called the multiple time scale (MTS) model. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: How to Give Effective Oral Presentations and Posters |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Dalton |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cristin D. Harrison (University of Nevada, Reno) |
NED CARTER (AFA, Stockholm, Sweden) |
THOMAS E. BOYCE (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This panel is an ABA favorite. Attendees will be given pointers on how to give effective oral presentations and how to present an attractive and effective poster. This is a student committee sponsored event. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Paper - The Learn Unit: Database, Rational, and Application (Translated into Japanese) |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Beacon G |
Area: PRA |
Chair: Yusuke Hayashi (North Texas University) |
|
The Learn Unit: Database, Rational, and Application (Translated into Japanese) |
Domain: Applied Research |
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
|
Abstract: I shall describe the database, rational, and application of the learn unit and the learn unit context as a source for determining what research-based tactics are needed for specific learning and behavior targets for children and adults. The learn unit is related to current trends in research from CABAS, Relational Frame Theorist, ACT, and other research identifying the roles of instructional history and towards identifying the sources of generative and other complex verbally-governing and verbally governed behavior. In addition to the learn unit, along with the conversational unit, represents the expansion of the analysis of behavior from the single organism to the analysis of interacting organisms. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Power and Glory of Human Performance Technology |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Liberty B |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Rene Quinones, Ph.D. |
Chair: Rene Quinones (University of Nevada, Reno) |
DONALD TOSTI (Vanguard Consulting) |
Dr. Donald T. Tosti is the founding partner of Vanguard Consulting, Inc. He has an extensive and varied background in both management and human performance development, and has been a recognized expert in performance-based approaches to organizational effectiveness for three decades. His pioneering work on contingency management (he coined the term) began in the 1960s. His articles on “Contingency Management and Motivation”, “Media and Presentation Design,” “Formative Feedback,” “Organizational Alignment,” “Performance-Based Leadership,” and “Systemic Change” are considered seminal in the field. Dr. Tosti has been involved in a wide range of organizational alignment and change programs for companies in the United States, the Middle East, and Europe. His consulting activities include work in leadership, management, culture change, strategic alliance, and internal marketing. He has also written numerous books and articles on human performance and its application in today’s business world. He is President-Elect of the International Society of Performance Improvement. |
Abstract: Human Performance Technology (HPT) was begun in the early 1960s by behavioral scientists who felt that what they had learned in the laboratory could be applied in the real world. In the last 40+ years the technology has matured and its applications greatly expanded. With the blending of behavioral and systems theory it may well be one of the most important and powerful technologies in the world today. In this presentation we will discuss HPT principles and models and their many applications focused on individual, operational, organizational and marketplace performance. |
|
|
|
|
What about Us? Literacy Development Using Direct Instruction with Non-Traditional Populations |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Constitution A |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy & Headsprout) |
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy & Headsprout) |
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Increasingly, distance learning technology is opening university (and other) doors to a much larger audience. With a modern computer and an internet connection, employees, parents, indeed anyone who has limited access to or interest in traditional campus-based options, can conveniently participate in an increasing range of coursework. As teachers of behavior analysis, we can now reach a greatly expanded demographic base. Such is the case with Behavioral Intervention in Autism (BIA), a four-course distance learning curriculum designed to educate a large number of parents and personnel in the application of behavioral intervention with children with autism. A team of behavior analysts have collaborated to develop and evaluate this curriculum, with generous support from autism and instructional design experts outside of the team. In this tutorial, I have the pleasure of sharing our work on BIA as the illustrative case in support of two objectives: First, to describe and present data on how distance learning can be used with professional integrity to educate a greatly expanded number of parents and personnel seeking to master behavioral intervention, and second, to illustrate how behavior analytic instructional pedagogy can be meshed with current and emerging technologies to produce highly effective distance learning courses. |
|
Implementation of Direct Instruction with Persons with Moderate/Severe Developmental Disability and Limited Verbal Populations |
WENDY KOZMA (Evergreen Center), David Agee (Evergreen Center), Judy Hurlburt (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: This presentation reports the academic and social-emotional outcomes achieved by students 10 to 18 years of age exhibiting moderate to severe developmental delays who have participated in Direct Instruction (DI) reading programs. Data evidencing specific gains in decoding, fluency and comprehension measures will be presented. Enhanced cueing techniques that enable students with limited verbal skills to access the Direct Instruction curriculum will also be discussed. The discussion of outcomes will go beyond reports of academic gains to review the impact of literacy achievements on the socio-emotional performance of participating students. Characteristics of "Best Outcome" students will be analyzed in order to provide data-based support for expectations of clinical outcomes. |
Wendy Kozma has focused her career on teaching, teacher training, and curriculum development and implementation; she has worked with a wide variety of special needs and regular education students. Wendy completed her undergraduate studies at Eastern Michigan University where she specialized in the education of deaf and hard-of-hearing children and adults. She completed her Masters program at the University of Redlands, California, graduating with a degree in school administration. A member of the Association for Direct Instruction, Wendy has more than 12 years experience in the implementation of Direct Instruction programs. She currently serves as the Direct Instruction consultant for school programs and educational organizations in Massachusetts and California. Locally, she works with the staff and students at the Evergreen Center in Milford, Massachusetts, a residential school program serving children and young adults with moderate to severe developmental disabilities. Wendy also consults with BEACON Services (Behavioral Education, Assessment, and Consultation); BEACON provides early intervention and school-age support services for children with autism. She also provides DI training and coaching for preschool teachers and program implementation support for Criterion Child Enrichment’s network of childcare centers for typically developing children that operate under the name of Rise and Shine Academy. |
|
The Use of Direct Instruction as a Supplementary Curriculum for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder Receiving Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention |
ANN FILER (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Programs providing early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) to children with autism often use a variety of commercial and agency-developed curricula to guide treatment. Few of these curricula include comprehensive support for the development of early literacy skills. This presentation will provide an overview of how the Direct Instruction (DI) curriculum is suited to teaching early literacy skills to children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders who are receiving EIBI services. Treatment results for children who received EIBI that included instruction using the Language for Learning Program and Reading Mastery Direct Instruction Programs will be reviewed. Data will include repeated measures taken on the Sequenced Inventory for Communicative Development, Woodcock Tests of Reading Mastery (revised) and DI mastery test scores. Implications for the development of literacy skills in children receiving EIBI services will be discussed. |
Ms. Filer is the Vice President of Educational services at Behavioral Education Assessment and Consultation Inc. (BEACON Services), here she has been since 1994. BEACON Services provides intensive behavioral educational services (EIBI) to children diagnosed with PDD/Autism and behavioral and learning challenges. BEACON Services works in both early intervention (under age three) and school age programs. She received her Masters degree in Education from the University of Massachusetts Boston in 1989 with certification in moderate to severe special needs.
Ms. Filer currently oversees the implementation of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention services for six teams of staff serving approximately 90 children with PDD/Autism. She is responsible for all clinical and educational monitoring systems. She also provides direct educational services and consultation services to numerous Early Intervention programs as well as Public school districts.
Ann regularly presents at professional conferences and university training programs on a range of topics related to early child hood learning and behavior. |
|
System-Wide Implementation of Direct Instruction in a Preschool for Typically Developing Children |
WENDY KOZMA (Criterion Child Enrichment), Jo-Ann Otlin (Criterion Child Enrichment), Margaret Eaton (Rise and Shine Academy) |
Abstract: Implementation of Direct Instruction (DI) programs as a means of promoting early literacy for typically developing pre-school aged children is not widespread in practice. Few commercially available curricula, other than DI, provide preschool teachers with instructional materials capable of accelerating acquisition of literacy skills. This is of concern given recent federal legislative initiatives (e.g. No Child Left Behind) and research establishing a link between early language deficits and later reading performance problems. This presentation will provide an overview of the effectiveness of the DI curriculum in accelerating literacy skills of .preschool children who are 3.8 years of age or older. Baseline literacy measures and subsequent gains in literacy skill development will be reported utilizing data obtained from the Woodcock Reading Mastery Tests (revised) and DI program mastery tests. System-wide application of literacy initiatives for preschool-aged children and the use of DI programs, as a means of early detection of children at risk for literacy skill development, will also be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Adult Behavioral Stages of Attachment |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Hampton |
Area: DEV/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Discussant: Jacob L. Gewirtz (Florida International University) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
Learn about Adult Attachment, both health and impaired
Learn about Behavioral Stages of Development
Learn how to improve adult attachment |
|
A Theory of Adult Behavioral Developmental Stages of Attachment |
PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State University) |
Abstract: The current dominant tradition in the research on adult attachment stems from a series of ideas proposed by John Bowlby (1969), and Mary Ainsworth (e.g. Ainsworth, Blehar, Waters & Wall, 1978). The Bowlby/Ainsworth theory, while recognizing the possibility of extending attachment theory into adulthood, relied on data from infants and young children. Since that theory was originally proposed, there has also been a great deal of work on adult development. This paper presents an integrative theory of lifespan attachment, combining a behavioral-developmental perspective (Commons, 1991), with ideas from the Bowlby/Ainsworth theory, and with what is known about adult development to show how goals, attachment processes or contingencies, behaviors, verbal explanations of attachment relationships, and other aspects of attachment will be different in adulthood as compared to infancy and childhood. |
|
Positive Adult Behavioral Developmental Stages of Attachment |
SUZANNE LEE (Massachusetts General Hospital) |
Abstract: Much of the current work on attachment in adults simply takes the Bowlby/Ainsworth conception and assumes that the same phenomena exist without transformation in adults. However, as argued in the first paper, adults are very different and more complex than infants, so transformation in attachment in adults should be the expectation. The current paper compares interviews on attachment losses that were done with children and with adults. It shows that the adults’ descriptions of their reactions to attachment losses can be classified into behavioral stages of development, using the behavioral developmental theory of stages of Commons and colleagues (Commons et al., 1998; Commons & Miller, 1998). The positive stages presented here represent the possible ways of acting that could be attained by adults whose development is not compromised by trauma or mental illness. The predominant stage of attachment for the adults interviewed in this study was the systematic stage. This is a stage in which individuals are able to consider more than one variable as a cause for behavior; they are most likely to view behavior as being due to a number of interacting causes. Implications of this view for relationships are discussed. |
|
Negative Adult Behavioral-Developmental Stages of Attachment |
MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: Even with normal development, negative behavior stages of adult development of attachment are common, as shown by development stages of rape. At the Preoperational stage 6, people fail to predict the effects of their own behavior on others and to differentiate between fantasies and reality. They require constant supervision. At the Primary stage 7, people understand that their own behavior may causes others harm but do not understand how others will feel and often end of in jail because they only know what their own behavior obtains but not how the other people might feel about it. At the Concrete operational stage 8, people consider the feelings of others, but fail to discriminate social norms, forming most of the jail population At the Abstract stage 9, people care not about out- group people and behave in a prejudicial way. At the Formal stage 10, people in of bureaucracies harm others by blindly following regulations. At Systematic stage 11, people fail to use available means to settle conflicts, disrespecting their enemy and preferring to use power as legitimized by procedural due process. At the metasystematic stage 12, people fail to co-construct a reality with al the stakeholders, often harming them. |
|
|
|
|
Applications of Behavioral Analysis: Historical Review of Three Societal Problems |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Beacon H |
Area: CSE/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Judy G. Blumenthal (Association for Behavior Change) |
Discussant: Donald K. Pumroy (University of Maryland) |
Abstract: . |
|
Parent Licensing and Child Abuse: Thirty Years of Research and Debate |
ROGER W. MCINTIRE (University of Maryland) |
Abstract: In the October 1973 issue of Psychology Today, an article by this presenter stimulated more letters (385) to the magazine's editors than any other article before or since. The article presented the notion that parents take a test and obtain a license before having children. At first the majority of letters expressed outrage at yet another interference by government. However, the majority of letters in the weeks that followed became more positive to the notion after a series of news stories reported excessive child abuse in variety of circumstances. This presentation reviews the recent research concerning parenting techniques and strategies in child rearing. Survey statistics that describe contemporary child rearing practices are reviewed. While the research identifies many effective parenting approaches, the survey information shows that useful techniques often go unused. Census data presented supports the relationship of family quality and parenting skills to frequencies of societal problems in sections of the population. In addition, a review of recent changes in the political climate and the growing concern for family quality shows a renewed acceptance for reforms in child rearing responsibilities. |
|
TV Violence, an Intruder in the Home: Thirty Years of Research |
LEOPOLD O. WALDER (Behavior Service Consultants, Inc.) |
Abstract: In the early 1970s this presenter, as part of a team of researchers, published the first empirical data showing the long-term effects of watching the more-violent TV programs by a normal, sizable group of eight-year-old children. The data were analyzed to test whether (a) children watched the more-violent TV programs because those children were more aggressive or (b) children became more aggressive as a result of their watching the more-violent TV programs. Our data supported the hypothesis that watching more violent TV programs increased the aggressiveness of these eight-year-old children. It appears that certain children are more susceptible to the effects of watching the more-violent TV programs and also that there is intergenerational consistency in level of aggressiveness. Subsequent studies of children done in other parts of this country, and in a variety of other countries, showed essentially the same results and will be presented. Also the struggle of the TV industry with the possible meaning of these results will be discussed. These findings have important implications for child rearing, for freedom of speech issues, for ethical business practices by the public media industry, for behavior theory, for public health and for a peaceable society. |
|
The Great Fraud of "Biological Psychiatry" |
W. JOSEPH WYATT (Marshall University) |
Abstract: The notion that the majority of mental and behavioral disorders are caused by chemical imbalances, genetic abnormalities or other biological phenomena is not supported by empirical evidence. This paper will behaviorally analyze the variables that gave rise to the biological causation “revolution.” For example, during the decade of the 1970s the percentage of medical school graduates choosing psychiatry dropped by more than half. At the same time, organized psychiatry was becoming increasingly concerned about the influx of psychologists, counselors and others into the mental health field. As a guild, psychiatry's response was to wrap itself tightly in the white cloak of medical respectability. One way to accomplish that was to conceptualize greater numbers of problem behaviors as biological in their origins, although there is scant evidence to support such a move. The pharmaceutical and insurance industries played roles in this cultural/rhetorical transformation as well. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Treatment of Children |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Conference Room 3 |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Mariela Vargas-Irwin (Children's Evaluation Center) |
|
The TAIH-C: Performance-Based Measurement of Children's ADHD Behaviours |
Domain: Applied Research |
DOUGLAS F. BREWER (Murdoch University), David J. Leach (Murdoch University) |
|
Abstract: The TAIH-C provides standardised, performance-based measures of behaviours typical of children (aged 6-16 years) who are diagnosed as having ADHD. The audio and visual sub-tests assess behaviours categorized as evidence of vigilance, selectivity and attention switching on repetitive tasks of increasing difficulty over time. Two sub-tests assess positive and negative behavioural impulsivity, and one sub-test measures hyperactivity. The sub-tests do not require formal academic skills and are free of cultural and gender biases. Practice effects are minimal.In this paper, the performances of individual children independently diagnosed with ADHD are compared to those of a larger sample of their same-age, non-ADHD peers. We demonstrate that the TAIH-C can add consistency and precision to current practice, research and service provision for children with ADHD-type behaviours. |
|
The Treatment Utility of the Test of Attention, Impulsivity and Hyperactivity for Children (TAIH-C) |
Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID J. LEACH (Murdoch University), Douglas F. Brewer (Murdoch University) |
|
Abstract: This paper reports on the utility of the TAIH-C as a performance-based, standardised assessment protocol for children exhibiting ADHD-type behaviours. We present individual and group data on children whose behaviours were independently assessed as being typical of ADHD sub-types, before and after they received prescribed stimulant medication. The results illustrate how the TAIH-C can track individual changes in performance under standardised conditions on the attention, impulsivity and hyperactivity sub-scales over varying periods of time and dosage.We also describe the TAIH-C's utility in the precise planning and objective evaluation of behavioural interventions in isolation or in combination with prescribed medication. |
|
The Social Movie: An Alternative to the Social Story |
Domain: Applied Research |
MARIELA VARGAS-IRWIN (Children's Evaluation Center) |
|
Abstract: The social story has become a widely used technique in the treatment of children with autism and other behavioral challenges. Its application, however, is limited to children who have certain behavioral pre-requisites that are necessary to attend to a story. The “Social Movie” is a technique that involves the presentation of social norms and mores in a videotaped fashion. Akin to traditional social stories, the social movies are individualized and written in first person. However, the audiovisual format allows for the inclusion of preferred music, songs, and a more realistic portrayal of the natural environment, thus being more attractive and requiring less capacity for abstract conceptualization on the part of the student. The present study will describes characteristics, advantages, and disadvantages of the Social Movie, as well as case examples and practical guidelines for the development of Social Movies. |
|
|
|
|
|
B. F. Skinner Tribute Event - Celebrating the B.F. Skinner Centennial: The Discovery, Invention, and Construction of Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Republic B |
Area: TPC/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Alexandra Rutherford (York University) |
Abstract: . |
|
Contingencies Over the Discovery of the Operant |
JULIE S. VARGAS (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: An analysis of the rat records from 1929 to 1932 from the Harvard Archives reveals details about the discovery of the operant that Skinner did not include in his "Case History" or in his autobiography. This talk analyses the specific contingencies over Skinner's research activities during those years. |
|
Inventing Applied Behavior Analysis |
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Deborah E. Altus (Washburn University), Nathaniel G. Smith (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Although applied behavior analysis was founded in the mid-1960s, it was fathered much earlier, most notably in B. F. Skinner’s pioneering research of the 1930s. That research was essential to the founding of applied behavior analysis because of its style, its focus, and its outcome. Its style was to work hands-on with behavior as a subject matter in its own right (cf. Bacon, Bernard); its focus was on functional relations between behavior and the environment (cf. Mach); its outcome was principles of behavior, in particular, of the behavior that operates on the environment – “operant” behavior (cf. Thorndike). These features of Skinner’s research allowed him to imagine, early on, the application of his science to problems of individual, social, and cultural importance and then, in 1945, to describe these and other applications in his utopian novel, Walden Two. Applied behavior analysis was arguably invented in the course of Skinner’s writing the book. In this paper, we describe (a) the genesis of applied behavior analysis in Skinner’s research program, (b) applications that he imagined up to the point of his writing Walden Two, (c) those he described in the book, and (d) his post-Walden Two contributions through myriad suggestions in Science and Human Behavior, his own applications (e.g., to education), and his encouragement of others to apply his science (e.g., Dews, Holland, Lindsley). |
|
The Discovery of Radical Behaviorism as Philosophy |
JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Radical behaviorism is a comprehensive philosophy of science, concernedwith the subject matter and methods of a science of behavior. Itentails particular views of verbal behavior and epistemology thatevolved over 25 years in the middle of the 20th century. Thepresentation will outline some of the principal features of radicalbehaviorism, as well as the events during those 25 years that influencedits development. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Challenging Venture: Recent Innovations in Teaching Verbal Behavior to Children with Autism |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Independence West |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Satoru Shimamune (Naruto University of Education) |
Discussant: Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: . |
|
Computer-Based Teaching Procedures Used to Increase the Vocal Verbal Behavior of Young Children with Severe Autism and Related Disorders |
CHRISTOPHER S. MCDONOUGH (Hawthorne Country Day School), Hirofumi Shimizu (Hawthorne Country Day School), David Bicard (Florida International University), Soyoung Yoon (Hawthorne Foundation, Inc.) |
Abstract: Teaching vocal verbal behavior to young children with severe autism and related disorders can be challenging, time consuming and -despite the best efforts of skilled teachers employing valid teaching procedures- sometimes fruitless. Without a functional repertoire of vocal verbal behavior a child's options for communication, socialization, and independence are limited. We will describe computer-based teaching procedures being developed to increase the vocal verbal behavior of young children with severe autism and related disorders. Specifically, we will describe a computer-based stimulus-stimulus pairing and mand training procedure and discuss the results of initial experiments, which are promising. |
|
Teaching Figurative Language for Children with Autism |
MASAHIKO INOUE (Hyogo University of Teacher Education), Kenji Okuda (Kibi International University) |
Abstract: This study investigated the effects of matching-to-sample procedures on the extended tact as a form of "simile" in children with autism. Four children with autism participated and a multiple baseline design across subjects design was used. Target behavior was to tact pictures using "A like B" simile format. For example, when a picture of a round face was presented, the correct answer was to say, "Face like a ball". Participants were trained using matching-to-sample procedures: First, a picture (e.g., round face) was presented, and participants were required to choose another picture that resembles to the sample picture (e.g., ball). Then, the target tact responses were trained. All students acquired the extended tact repertoire, even with novel pictures that had not been used in the training. Results showed that the matching-to-sample procedure was effective in teaching an extended tact for children with autism. |
|
A Data Based Longitudinal Study on the Emergence of a Tact Repertoire in a Ten Year Old Non-Verbal Child with Autism |
GLADYS WILLIAMS (Applied Behavioral Consultant Services), Yors A. Garcia (Applied Behavioral Consultant Services), Anna Quiroz-Muller (Sociedad Colombiana de Psicologia) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to analyze the conditions under which a nonverbal ten-year old boy with autism acquired a tact repertoire and how novel tacts emerged. The boy received communication training using a curriculum based on Skinner's (1957) analysis of verbal behavior. During five years of training he built a language repertoire equivalent to that of a three year old boy (a vocabulary of about 500 words, combining three to five words in short phrases, and using his language to talk mostly about the present). We categorized his language in basic verbal operants (mands, tacts, intraverbals, etc.), and operants controlled by multiple variables. The tact repertoire he acquired and the novel tacts that emerged were analyzed within the continuum of his whole language acquisition. |
|
|
|
|
Computer Based Instruction on Behavior Analytic Skills |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Beacon A |
Area: TBA |
Chair: Tom Randell (University of Southampton) |
|
DTKid: Interactive Simulation Software for Training Tutors of Children with Autism |
Domain: Applied Research |
TOM RANDELL (University of Southampton), Bob Remington (University of Southampton), Lewis A. Bizo (University of Southampton), Martin Hall (University of Southampton) |
|
Abstract: Discrete-trial training is highly effective in teaching adaptive skills to children with autism, but relies critically on delivery by trained tutors. The value of computer simulation across a wide range of training areas is well known, and previous research at the University of Southampton has shown that such technologies can effectively simulate the interpersonal interactions that result in severe-challenging behaviour among people with intellectual disabilities (Remington, Hall, Hastings, Bizo, & Brown, 2001). We report three studies carried out in the development of DTKid – interactive computer simulation software that presents a realistic “virtual” child (SIMon) with whom a potential tutor can learn and practise essential DTT techniques. Study One employed a focus group methodology to obtain primary evaluation of DTKid’s functionality and user interface by expert DTT practitioners. Subsequent to programming revisions on the basis of this feedback, Study Two employed non-expert participants representative of target end users to evaluate the effectiveness of DTKid as a tutor training tool. Study Three again assessed DTkid’s effectiveness, subsequent to further enhancement of functionality and revisions to the simulation’s user interface. Results of all three studies indicate that DTKid offers an effective means of training tutors of children with autism to perform DTT. |
|
Just Like the Real Thing: The Impact of Computer-simulated Self-injurious Behavior |
Domain: Applied Research |
BOB REMINGTON (University of Southampton), Richard P. Hastings (University of Wales, Bangor), Martin Hall (University of Southampton), Lewis A. Bizo (University of Southampton) |
|
Abstract: We report a study evaluating the impact of an interactive computer program designed to provide a real-time ‘first-person’ experimental simulation of a child with self-injurious behavior (SIB). Using on–screen mouse-activated buttons, participants could either ‘teach’ the simulated child who exhibited SIB a simple matching-to-sample task or could engage in an alternative programmed activity (a simulated administration task). Two experimental conditions (attention seeking and demand avoidance functions of problem behavior) and a control condition were modeled. During the 30 min simulation, the program gradually increased or decreased (experimental conditions) or left unchanged (control condition) the frequency of simulated SIB, depending on the precise sequence of participant inputs. Results from 60 participants replicated those expected on the basis of research on functional analysis. Participants working with a simulated attention-seeking child devoted significantly more of their time and efforts to teaching than those in the control condition whereas participants in the demand avoidance condition significantly spent more of their time and efforts on the administration task than controls. The results indicate that the simulation affords opportunities for staff training, both in terms in teaching how their behavior may provide inadvertent reinforcement of problem behavior and explicating the principles of functional analysis. |
|
Training HOT Skills in a Behavior Modification Course: The Effect on Student Performance in a CAPSI-Taught Undergraduate Course |
Domain: Applied Research |
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Delta State University), Barrie Todd (Delta State University) |
|
Abstract: The present study compares the performance of students who have completed an undergraduate Behavior Modification course taught using computer-aided personalized system of instruction (CAPSI) with bonus points, feedback, and targeted instruction (BFI) versus students who have completed CAPSI-taught courses with feedback only (FO). All students who take CAPSI-taught courses receive feedback in the form of praise, prompts, exemplars, or identification from markers to help develop their higher-order thinking skills. Students in the BFI group also receive bonus points provided on midterms and final exams for correctly answering questions at a level higher than required, and also receive targeted instruction in how to provide answers at the various levels of the taxonomy. The procedures used in the BFI course are expected to exert greater control over student behavior than the use of feedback alone. Dependent measures include: (a) independently scored exams, and (b) assessment of answer level according to a modified Bloom's Taxonomy. Graphical and numerical analyses are expected to demonstrate that students in the BFI group score higher on exams and answer at higher levels of the modified taxonomy, than students in the FO group. |
|
|
|
|
|
Discrimination Training for Individuals with Autism |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Back Bay C |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Deborah Carr (University of Wales College of Medicine) |
|
Comparison Between Exclusion and Error Correction Based Procedures in Teaching Visual-visual Conditional Discriminations to Children with Autism |
Domain: Applied Research |
DEBORAH CARR (University of Wales College of Medicine), Janet Felce (University of Wales College of Medicine) |
|
Abstract: Two methods of teaching visual-visual conditional discriminations using either an error prevention or an error correction procedure, were compared with two groups of children with autism, aged between 4 and 7 years. In the context of picture-to-object manding, the error prevention procedure used a visual-visual adaptation of a successive exclusion method that previously has been shown to facilitate learning of auditory-visual conditional discriminations. The error correction procedure used a four-step correction method that conventionally is used to teach visual-visual conditional discriminations in picture-based manding. Learning outcomes for symmetrical object-to-picture and picture-to-object correspondences yielded significantly higher accuracy for the group of children taught by the successive exclusion method. The separation of negative stimulus control from symmetry in the teaching sequence is considered as the main facilitative factor in the successive discrimination procedure. |
|
Relative Acquisition Rates for Children with Autism/PDD Across Novel Auditory, Visual, and Combined Tasks |
Domain: Applied Research |
AUDREY GIFFORD (Bridges Behavioral Language Systems), Tara Mills (Bridges Behavioral Language Systems) |
|
Abstract: Nineteen children with ASD were taught using a specific discrimination procedure across varied novel tasks, including visual, auditory, and combined auditory/visual discrimination tasks. Analysis showed a significantly slower acquisition rate between the first two targets in novel tasks than subsequent targets across those tasks. A significantly slower acquisition rate was demonstrated on purely auditory tasks when compared to the visual and combined tasks across all children. No significant differences in acquisition rates were seen for purely visual and combined auditory/visual tasks. No significant differences were found between acquisition rates for children with autism and children with PDD diagnoses. |
|
Effectiveness of Simultaneous Prompting in Teaching Relative Names to Children with Autism |
Domain: Applied Research |
NURGUL AKMANOGLU (Anadolu University), Sema Batu (Anadolu University) |
|
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to examine the effectiveness of simultaneous prompting in teaching relative names to children with autism.Besides, generalization data across materials and researchers and maintenance data one, two and four weeks after the intervention were collected during the study. The participants of the study were two boys with autism with the age of 5,5 years. Both participants were attending to a unit for children with developmental disabilities. During the study, eight relative portrait photos were taught to each participant. During the probe, intervention and maintenance sessions cards with the portrait photos stuck on were used with the participants. Generalization sessions were conducted with photos with all the body of the relatives shown on the TV and also with the other researcher asking the names of the relatives using pre-test and post-test design. Graphical analysis were used to show the effectiveness of simultaneous prompting for correct responses. The results of the study revealed that simultaneous prompting was effective in teachin the relative names to the children with autism as well as on maintenance and generalization. The results of the study will be shared with the audience during the oral presentation. |
|
|
|
|
|
Experimental, Clinical, and Organizational Research in Brain Injury and Developmental Disabilities |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Constitution B |
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Megan M. Ziomek (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Michael P. Mozzoni (Timber Ridge Group, Inc.) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
Learn about new research in OBM in rehabilitation facilities
Learn about how to apply relational frame theory to clinical populations
Learn about designing effective bonus plans for direct care workers |
|
Incorporating Functional Rehabilitation Activities into a NeuroBehavioral Treatment Model |
JOHN M. GUERCIO (Center for Comprehensive Services Personal Intervention Program: Mentor ABI Network) |
Abstract: The following study was designed to investigate how functional rehabilitation activities (FRAs) could be integrated into a post-acute NeuroBehavioral treatment setting for individuals with an acquired brain injury (ABI). Baseline data were taken on the documentation of these activities. A comprehensive FRA program was then introduced across 3 residences in the NeuroBehavioral program and secondary reinforcers were provided to both staff and participants participating in the program. A comparison was then made with a return to baseline procedure to determine the effectiveness of the reinforcement contingency. The results demonstrated that providing reinforcement drastically increased the number of FRAs that were documented within each residence. A return to baseline resulted in these numbers decreasing significantly. Once the reinforcement was reinstated, the frequency of documentation increased, but was well below the levels observed initially. It was necessary to implement FRA completion as a part of the job duties of the direct care staff to more fully incorporate this intro the programmatic agenda of the facility. |
|
Teaching the Relational Frame of “If-Then” to Participants with Brain Injury Using a pREP Training Procedure |
SUSAN A. PARKER-SINGLER (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Ashton J. Robinson (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), John M. Guercio (Center for Comprehensive Services), James L. Soldner (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Stacey L. Small (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
Abstract: The present study attempted to extend the empirical research on Relational Frame Theory to participants suffering from traumatic brain injuries. Participants were taught “If-Then” relational frames using a pREP training procedure between A-B, B-C, C-D, and D-E stimulus classes and were tested using that same procedure for derived relations between A-C, A-D, A-E, B-C, B-D, B-E, C-D, C-E, and D-E stimuli. Participants were able to easily respond with high accuracy levels through training procedures, and most had some success with the derivation of the many of derived temporal relations. These data suggest that a Relational Frame Theory conceptualization and the pREP training procedure have utility for the clinical population of brain injury. Furthermore, exposure to the pREP training procedure may allow for persons with brain injury to derive at the delayed consequences which may follow from engaging in a specific behavior to a greater degree than through the conventional means of verbal description of those consequences by caregivers. |
|
The Effects of a Pay Incentive on Direct Care Staff Behavior: Participation in Training and Meeting Attendance |
KATHERINE M. JOHNSON (CARITAS Peace Center), Beth A. Duncan (CARITAS Peace Center), Janice L. Marley (CARITAS Peace Center), Mollie J. Horner-King (CARITAS Peace Center), Erin G. Moreschi (CARITAS Peace Center), Scott D. Mckenzie (CARITAS Peace Center) |
Abstract: The effectiveness of pay incentive for direct care staff meeting training requirements was assessed using a multiple baseline design across 3 units in a psychiatric hospital. During baseline all staff received a noncontingent additional one-dollar per hour over their base rate. During the intervention phase, the dollar per hour was made contingent upon attending a training meeting and testing out as competent on behavior plans. The percent of staff trained on designated plans and percent of staff that attended a monthly training meeting will be reviewed. Test Scores before feedback, after feedback and in one-week maintenance probes will also be presented. The advantages and disadvantages of pay incentives will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Functional Analyses in Public School Settings |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Gardner |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Michael M. Mueller (Mississippi State University) |
Discussant: T. Steuart Watson (Mississippi State University) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
Review of historical and current issues in functional analysis in school settings.
Learn new functional analysis conditions and when their implementation would be useful in classroom settings.
Learn the use and issues around using concurrent operants analyses in classroom settings. |
|
Current Issues Regarding the Use of Functional Analyses in Classroom Settings: Overcoming the Barriers |
MICHAEL M. MUELLER (May South), James W. Moore (May South) |
Abstract: Several limitations such as lack of teacher training, time to conduct the analyses, lack of ecological validity, etc. have been used by some regarding the use of experimental analyses in classroom settings. Data will be provided that refute the above claims and demonstrate that classroom-based functional analyses are both appropriate and very managable for classroom personnel to implement with consultant assistance. Further, the results of several analyses will be presented and discussed. |
|
Using Innovative Functional Analysis Conditions in School Settings: Variations on Traditional Analyses |
MICHAEL M. MUELLER (May South), James W. Moore (May South) |
Abstract: In some contexts within school settings, using functional analysis methodologies that are based on, but are slightly different than, those described in Iwata et al. (1982) are appropriate, including times when functional analysis is conducted with different (more typical) populations, in different demand contexts, on less severe behavior, or to investigate times in which multiple reinforcers may be occurring together. Data sets investigating escape and attention in demand contexts will be presented. Two different examples will include investigating "escape-to-attention” conditions in classrooms. Because teacher attention is often delivered at the same time that a child is escaping academic tasks, functional analyses were conducted to determine which variable (escape or attention or both) was responsible for reinforcing the behavior. This study presents two classroom-based functional analyses in which escape-to-attention conditions were used. Another case example will include analysis results in which preference of tangible items was manipulated to investigate whether preference of restricted items led to differential rates of property destruction. All data from each analysis were collected in actual case consultation and used for clinical decision making in the schools. |
|
The Use of Concurrent Operant Analysis in the Classroom Setting |
JAMES W. MOORE (May South), Michael M. Mueller (May South) |
Abstract: Recent research has demonstrated the impact of response co-variation in classroom settings. Past studies have noted that as certain behaviors increase, a corresponding decrease in other behaviors are observed. Traditional methods of functional analysis, in which single behavioral contingencies are manipulated systematically, may not fully capture co-variation. In the current paper, a variation of functional analysis using a concurrent operant arrangement is offered as a means to study co-variation within classroom settings. Teachers within general education classrooms implemented concurrent operant analyses to determine the influence of multiple variables (i.e., teacher attention, task demands) on the problem behavior of 4 school-aged boys within classroom demand situations. Results suggested that teacher attention functioned as a reinforcer or a punisher for behavior that competed with problem behavior. Two students displayed higher rates of problem behavior and lower rates of engagement when their teachers provided praise for engagement. These students conversely demonstrated lower levels of problem behavior and higher engagement when the teacher attended to disengagement, regardless of the type of teacher attention involved. Two students displayed the highest levels of problem behavior and the lowest levels of engagement when disengagement produced teacher reprimands. Unlike the first two students, they also displayed higher levels of engagement and lower levels of problem behavior when engagement produced teacher praise. |
|
|
|
|
Increasing the Academic Performance for Students with Problem Behavior |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Berkeley |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mack D. Burke (University of Georgia) |
Discussant: Teri Lewis (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: . |
|
Using Schoolwide Academic and Behavioral Systems to Predict Chronic Problem Behavior in Early Elementary Grades |
KENT MCINTOSH (University of Oregon), David Chard (University of Oregon), Joseph Boland (University of Oregon), Robert H. Horner (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: In this study, a three tier model of prevention for both academics and behavior is presented, in which students are screened, assessed and provided interventions based on their place in the model. The authors undertook a longitudinal analysis of early reading skills and office discipline referrals (ODRs), indicating basic academic skills and chronic problem behavior, for 248 students in a school district with schoolwide reading and behavior systems. The most powerful predictors of a pattern of chronic problem behavior for students in third grade were ODRs received in second and first grade. Kindergarten ODRs were not significant predictors. Of screening measures in kindergarten, early reading scores were more powerful than ODRs in predicting behavior in third grade. Results support the use of these measures to predict future chronic problem behavior and also suggest that ODRs received in earlier grades are less accurate than later grades in assessing problem behavior. Implications for early identification and prevention of chronic problem behavior are identified. |
|
Effects of a Direct Instruction Reading Program on the Academic Performance of Emotionally Behaviorally Disordered Students |
CLAY CROWDER (University of Georgia), Mack D. Burke (University of Georgia), Shanna Hagan-Burke (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: This study examined the effectiveness of a Direct Instruction Reading Program for a group of Emotionally Behaviorally Disordered (EBD) students receiving special education services in a self-contained school setting. 29 students participated in the study and all had been diagnosed as EBD according to the criteria established by the State of Georgia. Students’ reading performance was evaluated pre and post intervention using the Dynamic Indicators of Basic Early Literacy Skills (DIBELS) and two subtests of the Woodcock-Johnson Tests of Achievement III. Students were randomly assigned to treatment and control groups. Those in the treatment group received specialized instruction using the Corrective Reading program. Students in the control group received instruction using the textbooks assigned by the local school system. Treatment was implemented for a total of seven weeks, after which students were again assessed. Statistical analyses of the data shoed no significant differences between treatment and control groups. It is hypothesized that the duration of treatment was responsible for the lack of effects. However, this study illuminated several important issues regarding the difficulties of conducting group research with this population. These included difficulties in attaining consent for participation, attrition and participants’ refusals to comply during treatment. Researchers suggested that single-subject methodologies might be more appropriate and effective for testing interventions with this population. |
|
Self-evaluation and Repeated Reading: Increasing Oral Reading Performance of Students with Behavior Disorders |
PHILIP L. GUNTER (Valdosta State University) |
Abstract: In this presentation the results of three investigations to evaluate the effects of various components of self-evaluation and repeated reading on the oral reading fluency of elementary and middle school students identified with behavioral disorders will be presented. Particularly unique aspects of the studies are the digital audio recordings students make of their own readings which allowed audio files to be stored and moved electronically and the students’ self-graphing of performance data using Microsoft Excel software. Study 1 evaluates the impact of students’ complete self-evaluation of oral reading from recording oral reading, evaluating the reading, and graphing their performance data. Study 2 evaluates the effects of having students graph their own evaluations of reading performance with and without an aim line to target expected progress, and study 3 evaluates the impact of students’ self-evaluation using a goal-line instead of an aim line to target desired reading rates. Each study uses a multiple baseline design with treatment reversals to enhance evaluation of the effectiveness of interventions. Reliability measures were gathered on the evaluation of student performance in reading using point-by-point measures on each word read. Additionally, fidelity of intervention measures were used to determine the accuracy of students’ self-evaluated performance measures. Results are discussed in terms of the positive academic effects of each of the intervention procedures and the positive benefits for classroom teachers related to the evaluation process. |
|
|
|
|
Models of Intervention for Children with Autism |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Back Bay B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lillian V. Pelios (Elwyn, Inc.) |
Discussant: Saul Axelrod (Temple University) |
Abstract: . |
|
Home-Based ABA Services for School Age Children |
KIM STUNKARD (Council Rock School District) |
Abstract: The effectiveness of Applied Behavior Analysis techniques can be jeopardized when professionals are not properly trained. Additionally, caregivers who are unaware of the antecedent events that precipitate or maintain problem behavior may impede development. Further, if the procedures utilized are not consistent behavior change is unlikely to occur. Finally, in order for behavioral change to be effective, skills must transfer to authentic contexts. Thus, it is paramount that the instruction occurs in both intensive teaching structures and in the natural environment to ensure generality of the concepts acquired. Coordination between home and school programs is necessary to ensure consistency across environments. A dichotomy between the home and school programs cultivates an eccentricity of sorts, devoid of the opportunity to foster an environment conductive to promoting learning. The purpose of this paper is to describe the specially designed home-based programmatic techniques that are used in a Pennsylvania school district so that this forum may serve as a model to other school districts and service providers. |
|
A School-Based Model for ABA / Autistic Support |
MARIA L. AGNEW (Bucks County Intermediate Unit 22), Kelly McElrath (Bucks County Intermediate Unit 22) |
Abstract: Traditionally, children diagnosed with developmental disabilities who exhibit challenging behaviors have been served within the private school systems. These systems have successfully offered specialized programs that include discrete trial instruction, functional assessment, verbal behavior and other interventions based in applied behavior analysis methodology, which remain popular with families of children who are diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. In general, however, private schools can be selective in the children they choose to serve, therefore making it necessary for public school systems to support children who require these programs to be successful. In addition, private school placements can be costly compared to public education, and are limited in their ability to provide opportunities for inclusion for students. The purpose of this paper is to describe the model used by the Bucks County Schools Intermediate Unit #22 in providing specialized programming and FAPE to children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders within the public school system. |
|
Consultative Models for Serving Children with Autism |
NINA C. WILDE (Bucks County Intermediate Unit 22), Kelly Savage (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Sarah E. DiMarino (Bucks County Intermediate Unit 22) |
Abstract: Interventions based upon the principles of applied behavior analysis are supported by the literature in serving children with autism and related disorders. Many public school systems are aware of ABA-based models, but lack the clinical expertise to implement such programs within their settings. In order to provide a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to students served in a public school setting, schools often seek assistance from individuals with specific training in behavior analysis. This paper will describe a consultative service and training model for the provision of ABA-based service within a public school setting. In addition, this paper will cover some of the benefits as well as the challenges of this type of model. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Non-traditional Research Questions and the Expansion of Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Independence East |
Area: TPC/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Shawn R. Charlton (University of California, San Diego) |
Discussant: Andrew W. Gardner (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: . |
|
Behavioral Approaches to Judgement and Fairness |
EDMUND J. FANTINO (University of California, San Diego) |
Abstract: We summarize the current status of research programs in our laboratory that focus on behavioral approaches to judgement and decision making, including investigations of fairness. |
|
Was Skinner Conscious? |
CLIVE D. L. WYNNE (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Among the many misperceptions about behavior analysis is the widespread belief that behaviorists have no notion of conscious self-awareness. I outline a behavioral theory of consiousness building on some ideas of Skinner’s. People become conscious as they are taught by the social environment to label their private stimuli. Consequently, the route by which we learn to describe (and become conscious of) our private experiences is peculiarly indirect. I review evidence from studies of the development of children’s notions of consciousness; from cross-cultural studies of pain and color perception; from classics and anthropology. This theory offers an empirical approach to consciousness. |
|
Machine Behavior and Human Society in the 21st Century |
SAM HALIORIS (Utah State University) |
Abstract: This paper treats some relationships between modern behavioranalysis, robotics, and computer science in a context that will inform theaudience about current developments, trends, and barriers in theinterdisciplinary effort to create machines that replicate human behavioracross domains. Advances in computational power and efforts toreverse-engineer the human nervous system establish a trajectory forstrong artificial intelligence early in the 21st century. Thephilosophical and practical implications of Alan Turing's operationaldefinition of machine thinking serve as a point of departure for apresentation of the innovative behavior-based robotics approach taken atthe Massachusetts Institute of Technology Artificial IntelligenceLaboratory. Groundbreaking research on the social impact of advancedrobotics and artificial intelligence in Japan and the United States ispresented as a backdrop to the neo-luddite movement and thespecies-dominance debate. |
|
|
|
|
Selecting, Matriculating, and Graduating from a Quality ABA Program |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Beacon B |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Timothy E. Heron (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: . |
|
Personalized Strategies for Selecting a Quality ABA program: Asking, Seeking, and Knocking Behaviors |
YAO MA (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Personalized strategies for choosing a high quality ABA graduate program will be addressed. Issues associated with the decision-making process, including faculty reputation, financial support, location, assistance for persons with disabilities or from diverse cultures, and the community environment, will be outlined. |
|
Part-Time or Full-Time: Pay Me Now or Pay Me Later? |
KATHLEEN HERON (Children's Center for Developmental Enrichment) |
Abstract: Deciding whether to attend a graduate program on a part- or full-time basis is an important decision. At the masters level, advantages and disadvantages for part-time versus full-time study with respect to length of program, quality of graduate life, and trade offs between gaining more experience in the field compared with achieving a more in depth experience in the graduate program, must be considered. At the doctoral level, the overwhelming necessity for full-time study will be addressed. |
|
Matriculating in Style: Balancing Professional and Personal Commitments |
DONNA M. VILLAREAL (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: For graduate students at the masters and doctoral levels finding a balance between professional and personal commitments can be challenging. Part-time and full-time students have different, but equally compelling circumstances that must be accommodated, especially where students are also parents. This address will provide strategies for part- and full-time students at each level to achieve balance in their respective roles. |
|
Graduating and Flexing Your ABA Muscles |
MICHELE M. NOBEL (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Subsequent to graduating from a high quality ABA program, students have a wide range of options available to them, including positions in higher education, the private sector, community agencies, and private practice. This address will outline key aspects of each of these options, and suggest that continuing education and involvement in professional organizations, are essential for life-long learning. |
|
|
|
|
Social Categorization and Verbal Relations II |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Republic A |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kim Zlomke (LSU Pediatric Clinical Psychology) |
Abstract: . |
|
Creating Terrorists with the Greatest of Ease: A Relational Frame Analysis of the Development of Prejudice |
KIM ZLOMKE (Louisiana State University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Pamela A. Tibbetts (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Prejudice can be viewed as feelings or opinions created about someone or something that does not come from direct experience with the target. In a sense it is overgeneralization. Participation in verbal networks maintains theses prejudicial views and allows them to transfer to other targets . Social psychologists have developed large-scale theories regarding the possession of hypothetical constructs such as racial prejudices, stereotypes and biases towards unfamiliar groups, yet these theories fail to account for how such “stereotypes” arise or how, if they can be, overcome. If behavioral researchers could instead conceptualize prejudice or stereotypes as simple stimulus classes, then perhaps experimental investigations of class development, maintenance, and disruption could account for an otherwise unmeasurable psychological construct. Behavior analytic investigations may yield promise. The behavioral processes underlying the establishment and extension of such stereotypes can be explained by Relational Frame Theory (RFT), a behavior analytic model of language and complex behavior. This presentation will discuss multiple studies conducted using Visual Basic preparations to investigate the development and dismantling of relational frames including images and phrases related to middle eastern prejudice stemming from the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks. Implications for a relational frame interpretation of prejudice will be discussed. |
|
Stigmatizing Body-images and Relational conditioning Processes |
JONATHAN WEINSTEIN (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: A developing body literature is beginning to discuss the presence and impact of negative stereotypes on obese women and men. The proposed study will examine this bias in the context of Relational Frame Theory and will specifically address the development of undesirable verbal stimulus classes with images of obesity. A proposal for evaluating the usefulness of a relational conditioning model of negative stereotypes with obesity will be discussed as well as suggestions for future research in this area. |
|
ACT Workshops for Parents of Children Diagnosed with Autism |
JOHN TANNER BLACKLEDGE (University of Nevada), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada) |
Abstract: Raising a child diagnosed with autism can be an extremely challenging task, and research literature indicates that parents of autistic children experience markedly more distress than parents of normally developing children, and even more than parents of children diagnosed with other developmental disabilities. The study presented here evaluates the degree to which ACT, delivered in a weekend workshop format, may alleviate this distress. The presentation will include a brief discussion of why this specific population may benefit from treatment, empirical outcomes from the study, and a presentation of the rationale behind choosing the workshop format and altering ACT to fit this format. Preliminary outcome data from this study has indicated significant reductions in general distress between pre-and post-treatment (as measured by the Global Severity Index subscale of the Brief Symptom Inventory, which decreased from .62 to .36 (p<.003); as also measured by the General Health Questionnaire-12 (which decreased from 30.32 to 28.21 (P<.034)). Modest reductions in depression (from pre-treatment levels of 10.84 to post-treatment levels of 8.47 (P<.04, as measured by the BDI-II) were also demonstrated. |
|
ACT, Felt Stigma, and Substance Use Disorders: Taking Shame with you on the Journey |
BARBARA S. KOHLENBERG (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Jason Brian Luoma (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Richard Bissett (University of Nevada, Reno), Alyssa Rye (University of Nevada, Reno), Kara Bunting (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Approaches to treating felt stigma have traditionally involved correcting shameful beliefs and offering alternative, more hopeful beliefs. An ACT approach to felt stigma involves developing skills such that one can proceed in a valued direction, with shameful feelings and thoughts undiminished, yet with these thoughts and feelings serving less of an obstructive function. We will discuss our developing treatment manual, for use with individuals in treatment for substance use disorders. We will also present pilot data on the efficacy of this treatment approach with individuals in treatment for substance use disorders. |
|
|
|
|
The Significance of Fluency Building in Promoting Academic Achievement and Test Performance |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Clarendon |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (The Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
Participants will identify the relation between fluency in basic skills and performance on more complex tasks that apply those basic skills.
Participants will describe procedures for increasing oral reading fluency for students whose display difficulty in mastering skills presented in Direct Instruction reading lessons.
Participants will describe the SAFMED procedure for building fluency in vocabulary and other academic areas. |
|
Fluency Effect in Application of Multiplication |
FAN-YU LIN (Pennsylvania State University), Richard M. Kubina Jr. (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: Research suggests basic skill performance has a strong positiverelationship with advanced skill performance. The purpose of this study isto examine which aspect of math competence (accuracy or fluency) is moststrongly associated with this relationship. The study investigated (1)student math performance using the measures of accuracy and fluency, and (2)the relationship between student performance on basic and complex mathtasks. One hundred and fifty-seven fifth-graders took three one-minutetests, including numeral writing, single-digit, and multi-digitmultiplication problems. The results demonstrated these students achievedhigh levels of accuracy but low levels of fluency. Strong correlationsbetween basic and complex skill fluency suggested that fluent element skillmight improve complex skill performance. Moderate/low correlations betweenbasic and complex skill accuracy suggested that more than one element skillmight contribute to complex skill acquisition. |
|
A Warm-up Strategy for Increasing Reading Fluency in Direct Instruction Reading Lessons: A Replication |
STACEY A. WILLIAMS (Upper Arlington School District), Stephanie M. Peterson (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: This study is a replication of the Williams, Peterson, and Heward (2003) study, which demonstrated the effects of flashcards as a warm-up strategy on reading accuracy and fluency during direct instruction reading (Corrective Reading-Decoding, Level B) lessons. The participants of the current study were 5 middle-school students who had learning disabilities or were at risk of being identified with a disability. All five students were having difficulty progressing through their reading textbook at an acceptable pace due to their poor oral reading fluency and the number of reading errors made during the lesson. Thus, a warm-up intervention was implemented to help the participants be more successful with their reading lessons. The warm-up strategy consisted of a brief (e.g., 3-min) flashcard drill of difficult words from previous, the current, and future lessons from the direct instruction textbook. This intervention was implemented within a withdrawal design. Results indicated that the flashcard strategy resulted in an increase in oral reading fluency and a decrease in reading errors for all participants. In addition, many positive side effects were noted. These results suggest that a warm-up flashcard drill may be a beneficial addition to direct instruction reading lessons for building reading fluency. |
|
The Effects of Two Flashcard/Study Techniques on Acquisition and Fluency of Advanced Vocabulary in an Adult Female |
KIMBERLY P. WEBER (Gonzaga University), Holly A. Greene (Gonzaga University), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: This study examines the effectiveness of SAFMEDS; a flash card system designed to promote accuracy and speed, utilizing varying amounts of daily study and practice time, on the acquisition and fluency of advanced vocabulary. The participant was a 24-year-old college student studying for the GRE exam. A multi-element baseline design with a follow-up phase was used to compare progress between two types of interventions. The results indicated that the use of SAFMEDS with daily or weekly practice was effective in increasing fluency. The use of daily SAFMEDS, with daily study time, was shown to be the most effective of the learning strategies employed. The data also suggests that the use of SAFMEDS provides necessary practice on speed that would not be inherently acquired through general study of word definitions. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Use of Social Skills Training and Self-Management Procedures to Produce Increases of Desirable Behavior of School–Age Children |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Fairfax B |
Area: EAB/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lloyd D. Peterson (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: . |
|
An Analysis of the Effects of Social Skills Training on Group Interactions of Elementary Students with High-functioning Autism |
MARI KASHIO (Sophia University), Yoshiaki Nakano (Sophia University), Tomomi Ueno (Sophia University) |
Abstract: The authors developed a social skills training program for a group of four elementary school children with high-functioning autism. Social interaction and classroom survival skills were taught through activities such as games, handcrafts, quizzes, snacks and so on. The targeted behaviors were: inviting peers to join play activities, talking about their significant experiences of the day at the end of each session, turn taking, sitting quietly during activities, and getting important information from teacher-peer interactions. A direct instruction model was used to design and implement lesson plans. Four to six graduate and undergraduate students participated in the training sessions as instructors, prompters, or peers. All training sessions were two hours in length and held three times a month for 12 months at the university clinic. To assist in accurate measurement of the targeted behaviors, all the sessions were videotaped using two remote controlled cameras. The targeted skills were assessed using a specially developed rating scale and analyzed using an ABA design. In addition, social validity and generalization were measured through the use of questionnaires administered to parents of the participants. The problems of frequency of sessions, number of instructors, assessment tools, and support for parents will also be discussed. |
|
Effects of Social Skill Training and Self-management Procedure on Generalization of Social Skill Usage Across Participants’ Environments |
JESSICA E. FRIEDER (The Ohio State University), Lloyd D. Peterson (The Ohio State University), Stephanie M. Peterson (The Ohio State University), Madoka Itoi (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: A social skill curriculum was taught to eight elementary students (4th and 5th graders) using a structured learning approach. Instruction was coupled with the use of a student self-management process that involved self-monitoring, self-rating, and teacher matching to assist in the generalization of social skill use and increase students’ on –task behavior. A multiple-probe across participants design was used to assess the effects of the intervention. Results indicated that social skill instruction alone was enough for some participants to generalize social skill use to their regular classroom settings. The use of the programmed generalization strategy led to an increase and more stable levels of on-task behavior and an increase in correct social skills use in participants’ regular classes. The data add to the existing literature supporting the use of a structured learning approach to teach social skills and self-management procedures to aide in the generalization of learned skills to non-training environments. |
|
The Effect of Self-management Training on the Establishment and Maintenance of a "Learning Routine" for Students with Attendance Problems |
AYUMI KISHIMOTO (Sophia University), Ayako Ishida (Yotsukaido School Education Counseling Center), Yoshiaki Nokano (Sophia University) |
Abstract: In Japan, the percentage of students absent from school more than thirty days a year has been increasing at an alarming rate; absenteeism increases the possibility for school failure. To address the issue of academic success and an increase in the amount of academic learning time, the authors developed a self-management training package to help students establish a “learning routine” in a student support room and generalize the use of the “learning routine” in other classrooms. The self-management package included: a self-administered behavioral contract, self-evaluation, self-recording,, and self-reinforcement. The first year, the self-management training was conducted with a 14-year old boy in Support Room A. Results showed increases in academic learning time in Support Room A, the number of tasks completed at home, and his self-study behavior generalized into other classrooms. The second year, a more user-friendly package was developed and applied to a 14-year old girl in Support Room B with similar results. Finally, the authors trained staff members from Support Room A to conduct the student self-management training independently of the authors. They applied it to several students, and the outcome was analyzed in terms of intervention integrity and students academic achievements. |
|
Developing a Comprehensive Package to Facilitate Generalization of Social Skills Learned in a Class-wide Prevention Program |
YURIKO OISHI (Sophia University), Yoshiaki Nakano (Sophia University) |
Abstract: Sophia University Peer Support Project is an innovative prevention effort helping schools promote mental health and positive school climate by teaching social skills to students as part of a guidance curriculum. Follow up assessments revealed meager generalization of use of these skills in classrooms other than the training classroom. The authors developed a generalization facilitation package and added it to the ongoing social skills training at a public junior high school. The package consisted of providing students with training and self-check sheets regarding: skill performance, homework assignments and feedback about the homework completed, delivery of peer support news letters, sending leaflets to parents, putting up social skill posters on the classroom walls. The package was applied to 170 seventh graders in five different classrooms. Outcomes were analyzed by: student questionnaires on: classroom climate, extent of communication skills performance and self-efficacies, knowledge of social skills, and student and teacher social validity measures. Variability was found among five classes with respect to the extent of skill generalization / maintenance and positive classroom climate. According to social validity measures, homeroom teachers complained about administering the package, but students liked and appreciated the package as a whole except for the load of homework assignments. |
|
|
|
|
Contingencies |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
Beacon D |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Philip K. Lehman (Virginia Tech) |
|
Jury Studies in Social Psychology: Guess What, Consequences Matter |
Domain: Applied Research |
JEFFREY N. WEATHERLY (University of North Dakota), Karyn Plumm (University of North Dakota), Cheryl Terrance (University of North Dakota) |
|
Abstract: Mock-jury studies are common in the field of social psychology. Those studies, however, tend to focus on the evidence or instructions that are provided to the "jurors" and ignore the natural consequences that real jurors face. Ignoring such consequences may be a critical mistake if they play a role in determining the jurors' behavior (i.e., their decisions). The present study had participants read a contrived trial transcript of a sexual harassment trial and then render a verdict as to whether or not (and to what degree) the defendant was guilty. Prior to making their decision, participants were informed that they would have to subsequently discuss their verdicts with each other, with an individual previously accused of sexual harassment, with a prior victim of sexual harassment, or with no one (i.e., a no-consequence control group). Results showed that participants' verdicts varied significantly as a function of consequence. These results indicate that the field of social psychology is largely ignoring important variables relevant to its topic matter. The results also call into question the validity of jury simulations that have ignored consequences. |
|
Reciprocity vs. the Three-term Contingency: Two Tests of the Impact of Reward Timing on Behavior |
Domain: Applied Research |
PHILIP K. LEHMAN (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech), Nathan Elstein (Virginia Tech), Takashi Hirota (Virginia Tech) |
|
Abstract: Social psychologists have noted that compliance strategies based on the social norm of reciprocity can be an effective tool for changing behavior. While behavior change strategies based on the three-term contingency offer a reward after a behavior is completed, a strategy based on reciprocity presents the reward first in the form of a gift. Although there are no explicit contingencies attached to the gift, a sense of obligation to reciprocate may be a powerful motivator to comply with the request. Two experiments were conducted to compare the effect of a pre vs. post-behavior reward on pro-social target behaviors. Experiment 1 examined the effects of the timing and magnitude of a cash reward on compliance with a request to use a specially designed thank-you card. Experiment 2 studied the effect of reward timing on participation in a river clean-up event. In Experiment 1, compliance with the request to complete five cards was significantly higher in post-behavior reward conditions x^2 (1, N = 128) = 6.45, p < .05. In Experiment 2, a post-behavior reward resulted in higher participation in the river clean up x^2 (1, N = 31) = 5.23, p < .05. The lack of evidence for the effectiveness of pre-behavior rewards is discussed and contrasted with existing reciprocity literature. |
|
|
|
|
|
EAB 2 |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
Commonwealth |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Michel Sokolowski (Universite de Picardie) |
|
Human (In)sensitivity to Changes in Schedules of Reinforcement |
Domain: Applied Research |
LEWIS A. BIZO (University of Southampton), Annie Taylor (University of Southampton) |
|
Abstract: Subjects were reinforced for responding on Fixed Ratio (FR)schedules of reinforcement at the start of an experimental session. Part way through the session the schedule was changed to a Fixed Interval (FI) schedule. The FI value was yoked to the mean inter-reinforcer interval (IRI) on the preceding FR component, and was either 0.5, 1, 2, 4, or 8 times the mean IRI during the FR component. In one condition subjects clicked on a mouse and were reinforced with points. In another condition the schedules were masked by a gambling simulation – subjects “played” a simulated fruit machine, and their “gambling” response were reinforced with virtual winnings. All participants received 5 pounds sterling compensation for their participation. The rate of responding did not reliably change following the transition from a FR to FI schedule. Rate of responding decreased systematically across the remainder of a session when the IRI was increased when the schedules of reinforcement were masked by a gambling simulation but did not decrease when the mask was absent. The importance of self generated hypotheses in determining sensitivity to schedule characteristics is discussed. |
|
Human Group Choice in Discrete Trial Procedures: Difference or Ratio Equalization? |
Domain: Applied Research |
MICHEL SOKOLOWSKI (Universite de Picardie), Lemaire Frederic (Universite de Picardie), Francois Tonneau (Universidade do Guadalajara) |
|
Abstract: According to the habitat-matching rule of the ideal free distribution, in discrete-trial group choice procedures with probabilistic rewards, the ratio of individuals in different patches should match resource ratios. However, we have shown that human subjects rather follow the difference-equalization rule: that is, the difference between the number of subjects in two patches matches the difference between resources in these patches. We propose an experimental test of these two competing rules. Across two successive replications, we show that human subjects can switch from one rule to the other depending on environmental parameters. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Developments in Animal Models of Drug and Toxicant Exposure |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
Beacon E |
Area: BPH |
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
|
Seizures Cause Impairment in Auditory Discrimination |
Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN C. NEILL (Long Island University), Gregory Holmes (Dartmouth Medical School) |
|
Abstract: A variety of animal models of epilepsy (kainic acid, pilocarpine, flurothyl, kindling) were used to investigate the effects of seizures on auditory discrimination. Go right-go left and go - no go paradigms were used in combination with location or quality (frequency) cues. Naturalistic auditory stimuli produced rapid acquisition in rat (10/10 rats) and epileptics (5/5 humans). One episode of status epilepticus (kainic acid or pilocarpine) produced long-term impairment in auditory location discrimination (go right - go left, 12/12 rats). Pilocarpine-induced status epilepticus induced early in development caused less long-term impairment in auditory location discrimination (4/4) than one induced late in development (4/4). Status epilepticus early in development caused impairment in acquiring the auditory location discrimination (go right - go left, 4/4 rats) but not epilepsy. Further training with sound quality (frequency) cues preceded perfect acquisition of the auditory location discrimination (4/4 rats). One probe flurothyl seizure totally disrupted performance 24 hours later (3/4 rats). Serial brief seizures induced with flurothyl early in development caused long-term impairment in auditory location but not frequency discrimination (go-no go), and did not cause epilepsy (6/6 rats). Auditory discrimination paradigms offer sensitivity to impairments in discrimination in humans and rats following seizures. |
|
Behavior in Transition under Concurrent Schedules of Reinforcement Following Drug and Toxicant Exposure |
Domain: Applied Research |
PHYLLIS REILE (Auburn University), Elliott M. Paletz (Ball State University), Wendy Donlin Washington (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
|
Abstract: The necessity for selecting molecular measures to record moment-by-moment dynamics of behavior may provide an advantage for examining functional changes in behavior resulting from drug or toxicant exposure. This paper will address the use of a mixed concurrent RI (random-interval)-RI schedules procedure and whether it is designed to detect perturbation of functionally diverse response units. Behavior change was examined during 2.5 hour sessions with rats exposed to acute doses of haloperidol and d-amphetamine (before sessions) or gestational exposure to methylmercury (prior to the experiment). Among other quantifications, a logistic equation will be used for describing within-session changes in responding. Different measures, such as the slope of the equation (i.e., rate of change in local response-ratios) or the peak response-ratio following the transition, provide additional and possibly functionally independent variables to evaluate perturbation of behavior. For example, changes in local response-ratios may be driven more by changes in response-rate on the "lean" lever without a corresponding increase in response-rate on the "rich" lever. Thus, although demanding in the short run, this procedure may be advantageous in the long run by replacing the need for several studies to examine the effects of the same compounds on possibly unrelated behavioral functions. Supported by ES10865 from NIH. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analyst Certification Board Update |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Beacon F |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Gerald A. Shook (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
JAMES M. JOHNSTON (Auburn University) |
GINA GREEN (Consultant) |
FAE MELLICHAMP (Professional Testing, Inc.) |
GERALD A. SHOOK (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: The presentation will cover important developments within the BACB over the past year including those in continuing education, professional experience, coursework approval, examination administration, ethics, eligibility standards and will provide an overview of the current status of the BACB and its certificants. The presentation also will offer projections for development of the BACB for the following year. Time will be provided for participant questions and discussion with panel. This presentation is intended for individuals who are BACB certificants or areinterested in the current status and future directions of the BACB. |
|
|
|
|
Changing the Higher Education System with Behavior Systems Analysis |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Liberty C |
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Maria E. Malott (Malott & Associates) |
Abstract: . |
|
Evaluating and Improving the Performance of the Faculty |
MARCO WILFREDO SALAS-MARTINEZ (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Luz Maria Gutierrez Hernandez (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Martin Ortiz Beno (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Mario Miguel Ojeda (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Karla Lavarreda Martinez (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Elsa Aida Salazar Rodriguez (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Maria Victoria Baruch (University of Veracruz, Mexico) |
Abstract: The present study was designed to evaluate and improve the current performance of the University of Veracruz’s faculty. Three hundred and sixty (360) faculty and 1,524 students randomly selected were surveyed to evaluate several aspects of faculty’s performance: class activities, study program, evaluation procedures, teaching techniques, instructional tools, students’ participation, motivation procedures, and application of behavior analysis principles. Faculty received feedback based on student evaluations, as well as guidelines for improving their performance. A follow-up survey was administered to the same students a month after their faculty received feedback and guidelines. This presentation describes the method used and the results obtained. |
|
Implementation of a Mission-Driven Strategic Plan and Its Impact in the University and Its Community |
MARIA E. MALOTT (Malott & Associates), Marco Wilfredo Salas-Martinez (Pedagogic University) |
Abstract: The Pedagogic University of the State of Veracruz has been engaged in a multiple-year application of behavioral systems analysis to enable its academic and organizational reform. Previous phases consisted of a detailed data-base study of the demographic, economic, and educational characteristics of the State of Veracruz; a detailed data-base analysis of the universities effectiveness, efficiency, and costs; and the formulation of a five-year strategic plan based on the previous analyses and focused on areas with highest opportunities for success. The areas of improvement identified were: significant disconnects between the university programs and basic the needs of the State; market saturation of degrees offered by the university; and inadequate resources, process, and physical infrastructure to prepare the students to impact the well-being of the state’s community. This presentation discusses the strategies implemented in each area of improvement, results obtained thus far, and next steps. |
|
The Transformation of the Open System at the University of Veracruz |
AGUSTIN DANIEL GOMEZ FUENTES (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Luz Maria Gutierrez Hernandez (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Nydia Perez Chavez (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Elsa Aida Salazar Rodriguez (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Lilia Duran (University of Veracruz, Mexico) |
Abstract: Five thousand students are enrolled in the Open System of the University of Veracruz. The Open System employs 500 faculty, offers 15 BA programs to non-traditional students, and is embarking on a process of academic restructuring as part of a larger initiative of the University of Veracruz. The reform centers on students’ learning, offers flexible academic plans, focuses in learning by doing, and integrates theory, practice, social service and thesis requirements under coherent areas of specialization. The academic changes are substantial in comparison to the traditionally rigid, theoretical, and departmentalized training existing in higher education programs in Mexico. This presentation will describe a pilot implementation and preliminary results of the new educational system in one of its programs (Pedagogy) and a roll out plan to the remaining programs. |
|
The Improvement of an MA Program in Behavior Analysis |
ANA DELIA LOPEZ-SUAREZ (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Marco Wilfredo Salas-Martinez (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Sebastian Figueroa Rodríguez (University of Veracruz, Mexico) |
Abstract: The MA in behavior analysis of the Institute of Psychology and Education of the Universidad Veracruzana has undertaken significant academic and administrative improvements in their pursue for the accreditation of excellence of the National Council of Science and Technology of Mexico’s Federal Government (CONACYT). This presentation describes the strategies and improvements on the program’s curriculum, terminal efficiency, productivity and infrastructure. The curriculum was improved to enhance the skill set of the graduates and their impact on their organizations of their employers. Terminal efficiency was improved through the implementation of a behavioral research supervisory system. Publications and professional presentations productivity was strengthen by streamlining the lines of faculty-student research and providing specialized training. The infrastructure was better by the development of human operant research lab and the actualization of the bibliography relevant to faculty actualization and research. Implications for the long-terms success of the program will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis Part IV |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Dalton |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Becky A. Johnson (University of Nevada, Reno) |
PAMELA G. OSNES (The Ohio State University) |
INGUNN SANDAKER (Akershus University College) |
JANET ELLIS (University of North Texas) |
KIMBERLY A. SCHRECK (Pennsylvania State University, Harrisburg) |
Abstract: The field of Behavior Analysis has been experiencing tremendous growth in recent years. While there were once only a few graduate programs in Behavior Analysis to choose from there are now many programs in existence, with more being established each year. With so many programs to choose from it can be a daunting task for potential students to discern differences between programs and determine which program is best for them. Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis Parts I - V will have directors and representatives from 20 graduate programs that will provide information about their programs and answer questions to facilitate this process. Some of the topics to be discussed include: Master’s versus Doctorate; student funding; time to complete program; practical experiences available; unique aspects of each program; and job placement of recent graduates. This will be an excellent opportunity for potential students to talk with faculty from various programs, ask specific questions about the programs while simultaneously comparing them, decide which one best meets their needs, and find out what they can do to improve their chances of getting accepted. This is a student committee sponsored event. |
|
|
|
|
2004 Tutorial: Clinical Applications of Verbal Behavior Research with Children with Autism |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Grand Ballroom |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
None CE Offered. CE Instructor: Patrick E. McGreevy, Ph.D. |
Chair: Patrick E. McGreevy (Patrick McGreevy) |
Presenting Authors: : VINCENT JOSEPH CARBONE (Carbone Clinic) |
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis has contributed enormously to the development of effective methods of treatment for children with autism. Ivar Lovaas and his colleagues have contributed extensively to the behavior analytic research in this area. His 1987 outcome study led to an increased interest and recognition of the benefit of early and intensive behavioral interventions for children with autism. The effectiveness of behavioral treatments for children with autism is now widely recognized by professionals and even demanded by parents and other consumers. Despite parent and consumer demands for behavioral treatments many practitioners have failed to take full advantage of the behavioral analysis of language presented by B.F. Skinner (1957) in his book Verbal Behavior. While most behavioral programs for children with autism target communication and language skills, the treatment methods are usually chosen from language paradigms that ignore and even conflict with Skinners natural science approach. Notwithstanding the current state of affairs regarding language instruction for children with autism, a substantial body of experimental research has demonstrated the benefits of Skinners analysis for teaching verbal behavior to persons who have not acquired it typically. In recent years the publication of Sundberg and Partingtons (1998) teaching manual along with other developments in the field have resulted in greater application of the verbal behavior research findings. The purpose of this tutorial is to identify and briefly discuss several lines of verbal behavior research that have led to successful clinical applications for children with autism. In each instance a brief review of the research findings will be followed by video illustrations of the clinical applications. Issues related to the clinical training of practitioners necessary for successful application of Skinners analysis will be discussed. |
|
VINCENT JOSEPH CARBONE (Carbone Clinic) |
Dr. Vincent J. Carbone is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst with over 25 years of experience designing learning environments for persons with autism and other development disabilities. He earned his BA in Psychology at Marietta College, Marietta, Ohio, in 1972. His advisor at Marietta, Dr. Al Prince, brought B. F. Skinner to the campus to meet with students and therefore laid the foundation for Dr. Carbone’s subsequent studies and work in the field. He earned a Masters degree in the special education of children with behavior disorders in 1973, from the University of South Florida, Tampa, Florida. Dr. Carbone received a second Master’s degree in applied behavior analysis in 1981 at Drake University, Des Moines, Iowa. It was there that he received his initial training in Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior through coursework provided by Dr. W. Scott Wood. He also earned a doctorate in education from Nova Southeastern University in Ft. Lauderdale, Florida. He has served on the Peer Review Committee, which monitors and guides the provision of behavior analysis services for persons with autism and related developmental disabilities in Florida. He has served as an adjunct faculty member at Penn State University and Florida Institute of Technology teaching courses in Applied Behavior Analysis and Verbal Behavior. Dr. Carbone’s behavior analytic research has been published in peer-reviewed journals including School Application of Learning Theory, Education and Treatment of Children and Journal of Special Education Technology. He is a frequent invited speaker at professional workshops and conferences. For the past 10 years he has taught the preparatory course for certification as a behavior analyst. He is the developer and presenter of a series of workshops on teaching verbal behavior to children with autism based upon B.F. Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior. He and his group of associates are currently working with several school districts, agencies and families throughout the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom. Dr. Carbone is the director of a center-based clinic for children with autism in Rockland County, N.Y. His clinic provides therapeutic services, consultation, and training to children their families and instructional teams. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Understanding of Risky Driving Behavior |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Beacon B |
Area: CSE |
Chair: Michelle Bossart (University of Memphis) |
|
Effects of Demographic and Personality Factors on Risky Driving Behavior: A Hierarchical Regression |
Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE BOSSART (University of Memphis), W. B. Maulden (University of Memphis), Chris S. Dula (University of Memphis) |
|
Abstract: Risk-taking is one of three dimensions of dangerous driving (Dula & Geller, 2003). Risky driving is a major health and safety problem in our society. In 2002 alone, over 42,000 people were killed and 2.92 million injured in motor vehicle crashes in the United States (NHTSA, 2003). The present study examines the effects of demographic and personality variables on drivers’ propensity to engage in risky behaviors in a simulated environment. Participants completed demographic questionnaires and self-report measures of risk and then drove in a videogame simulation. To elicit a greater sense of realism and urgency, participants were told they were competing with a confederate for a $5 prize. Onscreen driving behaviors were videotaped and later coded in relation to predetermined risk categories. A hierarchical regression was then done to analyze the amount of variance accounted for in risky driving behaviors by demographic and personality predictors. The results and implications of the findings are discussed with a focus on identifying reliable predictors of risky driving. It is hoped that with the development of a risky driver profile, interventions might then be tailored to reduce risk in target populations. |
|
The Dula Dangerous Driving Index and Video Games |
Domain: Applied Research |
LISA AHN (University of Memphis), Sara R. Rayne (University of Memphis), Chantay M. Dudley (University of Memphis), Donna Baker (University of Memphis), Chris S. Dula (University of Memphis) |
|
Abstract: Public concern over aggressive driving has been on the rise as evidenced by the topic’s omnipresence on the Internet (Dula & Geller, in press). It has been asserted that aggressive driving incidents have risen substantially in the last decade (e.g., James & Nahl, 2000; Vest, Cohen, & Tharp, 1997). The focus of this paper is to highlight the important findings in a study of aggressive driving and negative emotionality in a simulated driving videogame. The primary purpose of the investigation was to determine whether the Dula Dangerous Driving Index [DDDI] and it’s Aggressive Driving, Negative Emotional Driving, and Risky Driving subscales were significantly correlated with behavioral indications of aggressive driving, negative emotional experiences, and risky driving. This was accomplished by analyzing behaviors of participants who engaged in a driving video game. The DDDI Negative Emotional scale accounted for significant variance in almost all behavioral categories. This suggested the entire DDDI is not needed for prediction of dangerous driving behaviors. Further results and discussion of the conclusions of this investigation are presented in the paper. |
|
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Attachment Parenting |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Hampton |
Area: DEV/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Patrice Marie Miller (Salem State College) |
Abstract: . |
|
Natural Parenting - Back to Basics in Infant Care: Review of Supportive Evidence |
REGINE A. SCHON (University of Helsinki), Risto Vuorinen (University of Helsinki), Maarit Silven (University of Tampere) |
Abstract: This review examines an age-old approach to parenting recently rediscovered in Western industrialized societies. The nurturing style in question has been called attachment parenting, empathic parenting, natural nurturing, and instinctive care. Its leading principle is to view the infant as capable of communicating his needs in subtle ways, with all expressed needs being taken seriously by the caregiver and fulfilled in a sensitive and consistent way. This results in the infant being kept in close physical contact to his mother for most of the day until the child starts to become more mobile, after which physical closeness gradually lessens. The child is breastfed on demand for up to 2-4 years and the process of weaning is child-led. Cosleeping of parents and child may continue for years. An overview of research from diverse areas regarding emotional as well as physiological aspects of early care provides ample evidence for the beneficial effects of natural parenting. A cross-cultural comparison of infant care practices and a look at human history reveal the widespread use of the investigated approach. It is concluded that “natural” parenting provides the human infant psychologically as well as physiologically with an ideal behavioral environment. |
|
Natural Parenting -- A Parenting Style Rediscovered in the Western World: Its Effects on Infant and Parents |
REGINE A. SCHON (University of Helsinki), Maarit Silven (University of Tampere), Risto Vuorinen (University of Helsinki) |
Abstract: This paper presents an international research project on the effects of natural parenting on infant and parents during the child's first year of life. A key characteristic of natural parenting is utmost sensitivity to the child's emotional and physical needs, resulting in extended breastfeeding on demand, extensive infant carrying on the caregiver's body, and cosleeping of parents and infant in the parental bed. Thirty families from nine Western industrialized countries were followed from their child's birth until the end of the child's first year of life. Questionnaire data on different aspects of the families' daily functioning was gathered throughout the year. Twenty-five of the families adhered in varying degrees to the natural parenting style; the remaining five represented the prevalent Western approach to childrearing. Results on how attachment parenting was realized in practice, as well as data on characteristics of adherents to this parenting style will be presented. The following topics will be discussed: the infant's cry and fuss behavior, physical and language development, health status, temperament, and use of attachment objects. Parent measures included parenting stress, quality of marital relationship, postnatal depression in the mothers, and mother-to- infant attachment. |
|
Effects of Parenting Practices on Infant Cortisol, Brain Development, and Mother-Infant Attachment |
TRISH ELLIS HERR (Harvard University) |
Abstract: Familial social environment influences the hypothalamic-anterior pituitary-adrenal cortex (HPA) system in the human infant. During the first year of life, presence of and physical contact with an attentive caretaker is associated with low levels of cortisol. Elevated levels of cortisol have been associated with brain damage in rodents and pathologies in adult humans. Social buffering may therefore prevent cortisol from reaching dangerously high concentrations, and lack of social buffering may therefore have negative repercussions on the developing HPA and central nervous systems. Social buffering requires attentive caretaking. An infant is biologically adapted to expect the constant physical caretaking environment within which human infants evolved. That environment is significantly different from the one in which many infants are raised today. This project investigates relationships between mother responsiveness and the infant HPA axis, the infant brain, and the security of mother-infant attachment. Mother-infant dyads from the United States and from the Toba of Argentina are being recruited. Mother responsiveness is being assessed through observation and questionnaires. Basal and reactive cortisol samples are being taken from each of the infants. Infants within the United States are undergoing tests of cognition and attachment security. Statistical analyses will be performed to analyze relationships between variables. |
|
Possible Effects of Cultural Variations in Care Practices |
PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State College) |
Abstract: Much emotional and interactive behavior is learned during the first two years of life. At the same time, there is a great deal of recent research that suggests that this early learning has important implications for emotional behavior later in life. Evidence also suggests that aspects of this early experience become encoded in the brain. The current paper focuses on the possible effects of early experiences on both overt behavior and on brain structures. Two child rearing prototypes are contrasted: the EuroAmerican prototype, which stresses independence (sleeping alone, routine separations, scheduled feedings and a de-emphasis on physical contact) is compared to a more traditional prototype in which infants sleep with their parents, are held for long periods of the day, and are fed on demand. Evidence for the stressful nature of the independence promoting childcare style is reviewed using both human and animals studies. Implications for brain and later emotional development are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Basic and Applied Research in Derived Relational Responding in Children with Autism |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Independence West |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer O'Connor (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: . |
|
"Fluent" Performance of Mutual Entailed Relations And First Trial Performance of Combinatorial Entailed Performance |
JOHN D. MCELWEE (Friends of PA, Philadelphia) |
Abstract: This pilot study investigated the relationship of "fluent" (accurate + speed) performance of mutual entailed relations (ME) and first trial performance of combinatorial entailed performance (CE). 3 children with a diagnosis of Autistic Spectrum Disorder ASD served as participants. They ranged in age from 5 to 6 years and had mild to moderate symptom manifestations. The task was a matching to sample format. The stimuli used were pictures of common nouns (A), printed words of the nouns (B) and synonmn printed words of the nouns (C) e.g. picture of a dog, DOG and CANINE. There were a total of 4 nouns. Participants were trained in a frame of coordination between A - B and B - C. Participants were required to achieve 100% accuracy and "fluent" performance. They were tested on the derived C - A and A - C performance with special attention to first trial scores. The results supported the position of a relationship between rate of ME performance and first trial CE performance. The limitations and potential implications for remediation language problems will conclude the paper. |
|
The Role of Multiple-Exemplar Training in Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Responding in Young Children with Autism |
JENNIFER O'CONNOR (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: This study investigated the role of multiple exemplar training on symmetrical and asymmetrical responding. Twelve children aged between 6 and 9 years participated in the study and were evenly divided into two groups; group 1 were diagnosed with autism; group 2 were typically developing. The participants were exposed to explicit name training and then trained to respond in accordance with symmetry or asymmetry in the presence of two cues. That is in the presence of cue 1 respond; B1-A1, B2-A2; cue 2 respond; B1-A2, B2-A1. A test followed to ensure these relations were trained. Participants were exposed to a match to sample task without contextual cues across new stimuli. A test for symmetrical and asymmetrical responding in the presence of the two contextual cues followed. Results showed that the typically developing children demonstrated generalised control of contextual cues over responding immediately. One participant from group 1 showed similar results to the typically developing children. Multiple exemplar training was employed across the remaining participants of group 1. The results from the implementation of this procedure demonstrated that participants within group 1 generalised control of contextual cues over symmetrical and asymmetrical responding on new tasks. |
|
Establishing Relational Responding in Accordance with More-than and Less-than and Transitive Relations in Young Children Diagnosed with Autism |
MARIE GORHAM (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The current study attempted to generate repertoires of relational responding, as generalized operant behaviors, when they were found to be absent in young children diagnosed with autism, using interventions suggested by Relational Frame Theory. Three autistic children, aged between 4 and 6 years old, were exposed to a basic problem-solving task that involved presenting four identically-sized paper coins in an attempt to test and train patterns of relational responding, including responding to transitive relations, in accordance with more-than and less-than. On each trial, the experimenter described how the coins compared to one another in terms of their value, and the child was then asked to pick the coin that would buy as many sweets as possible. All three subjects failed to pass baseline tests for specific patterns of arbitrary more-less responding. Interventions suggested by Relational Frame Theory, including training and testing across stimulus sets, were then used to establish increasingly complex patterns of relational responding in all three children. These findings lend positive support to Relational Frame Theory's approach to derived relational responding, and its possible contribution to programs of early behavioural intervention. |
|
Derived Relational Responding in Children With Autism |
TIMOTHY M. WEIL (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: An important aspect of Relational Frame Theory (RFT) is the notion that deriving stimulus relations is learned behavior and as such is flexible, can be shaped, and is controlled by its antecedents and consequences. The literature to date on Relational Frame Theory supports these ideas, but most of the studies have involved verbally-able subjects. It is only now that the experimental analysis of relational framing with developmentally disabled individuals is being pursued. If training relational responding is effective in this population, establishment of simpler relational frames, should permit more complex derived relational responding to occur. This study involves training arbitrarily applicable relations to children diagnosed with autism and then mapping subsequent derived relations, based on a replication of Steele & Hayes (1991). Data will be discussed with respect to the particular relationships involved, the number of trials to acquisition for each relation, format of training trials and finally, the results of probe trials (test trials) for derived responding of untrained relations. The relevance of RFT for understanding the problems of autism will be considered. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and Intervention for Sleep and Pulmonary Disorders in Patients with Developmental Disabilities |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Conference Room 3 |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Keith J. Slifer (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: . |
|
Behavioral Intervention to Increase Compliance with the Electroencephalographic (EEG) Procedures |
KEITH J. SLIFER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kristin T. Avis (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alisa B. Bahl (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Suzanne Busby (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica Gibson (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Urther Njordick (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Electroencephalographic (BEG) tests are often needed to diagnose seizure and other neurological disorders but the test may be distressing to children. The EEG procedure requires that children tolerate application of paste and sensors to their head and to inhibjt head and body motion. Behavioral distress often prevents successful EEG testing. Use of restraint, sedation, or general anesthesia are contraindicated because they would alter the test results. Behavior analysis can be used to teach children to cooperate with EEG procedures. Data are presented for pediatric patients with medical or developmental disabilities. All patients exhibited high levels o[behavioral distress when initial attempts to complete the EEG procedure were made. The behaviors required to complete an BEG procedure were task analyzed into a series of steps. A desensitization approach was used to gradually introduce each child to the equipment and to increase their tolerance of the procedures. Preferred activities were used to provide distraction from nonpreferred stimulation from sensor application and for differential reinforcement of compliance. Compliance was increased to 100% of the task analysis steps and behavioral distress was decreased to low levels. Results support the benefit of using behavioral training to obtain EEG results on young and developmentally disabled children. |
|
Graduated Exposure and Blocking Procedures used to Desensitize Children to I Equipment for Sleep Studies |
GERI RUFFIN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Heather Schonbachler (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kristin T. Avis (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Two patients admitted to an inpatient facility were required to participate in a sleep study to measure the severity of sleep apnea. Both were reported to display avoidant movement and equipment removal when completing simple medical procedures. The following equipment was required to complete the study: EEG stickers, EKG leads, 2 Velcro bands, a pulse-oximeter and a nasal cannula. In baseline, each type of equipment was presented with pre-specified steps in place in a pre-determined order. Removing materials resulted in escape from that particular equipment and the therapist proceeded to the next equipment. For patient I, the intervention consisted of continuous access to a preferred item and response blocking along with graduated exposure to equipment, which yielded a 51 % increase in the duration of wearing all equipment. In patient 2, reinforcement-based components were proven ineffective. Thus, the intervention consisted of graduated exposure and response blocking which yielded a 70% increase. These interventions were generalized to the actual sleep study successfully and sufficient data were collected to determine the nature of their breathing patterns overnight. Two independent observers collected data of patients 1 and 2 for 71 % and 60% of sessions, with 89% and 91 % exact agreement coefficients, respectively. |
|
Increasing Patient Compliance with Supportive Respiratory Devices Prescribed for Obstructive Sleep Apnea |
GINA WERTALIK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ethan Benore (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica Gibson (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Keith J. Slifer (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Obstructive sleep apnea (OSA) is a relatively prevalent problem in individuals with obesity. One of the most widely prescribed treatments for OSA is the use of Supportive Respiratory Devices (SRD) during sleep. Data will be presented for four patients requiring SRD as part of their medical regimen. Individualized treatment protocols included stimulus fading for desensitization to respiratory equipment, shaping through differential positive reinforcement, response cost for non-compliance, and prompting consistent sleep routines. Treatment effects were measured by completion of steps in a task analysis, compliance durations for wearing SRD, and observed behavioral distress ratings. Idiosyncratic barriers to treatment will be discussed. Overall, behavioral interventions increased compliance with SRD in a diverse group of patients and across settings; however continued research is needed to address barriers to treatment and maintenance of treatment effects |
|
Assessing and Treating Disorders of Sleep Initiation and Maintenance |
KRISTIN T. AVIS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Keith J. Slifer (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Parents often complain that their child has difficulty initiating sleep or is exhibiting disturbed sleep- The impact of sleep difficulties on children's attention, behavior, and development has been documented by research. Behavioral interventions are widely recommended to address bedtime resistance, frequent night waking, difficulty initiating sleep, and parasomnias. Behavioral assessment can identify specific environmental variables contributing to sleep disturbance or difficulties in sleep initiation. Behavioral treatment approaches often include manipulation of the environment to promote sleep onset, requiring the individual to engage in behaviors that improve bedtime and sleep related family routines (e.g.changing parental behavior at bedtime and during the night). Although behavioral interventions are widely recommended by clinicians, surprisingly few studies exist to document the efficacy of behavioral interventions to improve sleep in children. Data are presented on a series of children with sleep disorders of initiation and/or maintenance who were referred to a pediatric psychology outpatient clinic. Using AB and multiple baseline designs, data indicate a reduction in the frequency of night wakings, time to sleep onset, and frequency of parasomnias as well as an increase in total sleep time. Results provide empirical support for the use of behavioral interventions in these types of childhood sleep disorders. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Strategies to Help Students Stay Engaged and On Task |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Berkeley |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Gary L. Cates (Eastern Illinois University) |
|
Effects of Interspersal Rates on Student Preference of Academic Assignments |
Domain: Applied Research |
GARY L. CATES (Eastern Illinois University), Abby E. Dalenberg (Eastern Illinois University) |
|
Abstract: Investigates the effects of interspersing briefer/easier mathematics problems among longer/harder mathematics problems. Specifically, students were exposed to multiple assignment pairs: Control (2 assignments without interspersing), FR1 (control and interspersing assignment with interspersing after each target problem), FR3, and FR5. Although there appeared no difference in accuracy, student problem completion rates were affected by the rate of interspersing. In addition, student preferences for assignments to be taken home as homework were also affected by interspersal rates. Discussion focuses on implications for education, previous research on interspersing, and directions for future research. |
|
A Comparison of the Use of Function-based Behavioral Interventions and Non Function-based Behavioral Interventions for Classroom Management in Public Schools |
Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE LAROCQUE (Florida Atlantic University), Rangasamy Ramasamy (Florida Atlantic University), Charles Dukes (Florida Atlantic University) |
|
Abstract: Little is known is about the use of functional behavioral assessment (FBA) in general inclusive classrooms (i.e., a combination of students with and without disabilities). The FBA process is often shunned by classroom teachers as impractical for their use to change problem behavior. Many researchers have questioned the capacity of classroom teachers to learn and effectively utilize the FBA process to change problem behavior. A FBA tool was created for this study, based on the five major outcomes of the FBA process, to help bridge the gap between the FBA technology and the use of this technology in inclusive clasrooms. Using an alternating treatments design, three middle grade teachers in inclusive classrooms particpated in two seperate conditions. In condition one, teachers were asked to use the FBA tool before developing an intervention to change problem behavior. In condition two, teachers did not use the FBA tool and simply developed a non-function based intervention. The premlimainary results of this study indicate that teachers were able to use the tool successfully to develop a function-based intervention bringing about a marked change in problem behavior. In contrast, when tecahers did not use the FBA tool and developed non function-based interventions, data did not indicate a marked change in problem behavior. The preliminary results of this study give support to the use of a function-based process to help develop behavioral interventions. In addition, teachers who use the essential features of the FBA technology may have success in bringing about positive pro-social change in behavior. |
|
The Reduction of Escape-Maintained Behaviors through Instructional Adaptation in a Regular Classroom |
Domain: Applied Research |
DENNIS W. MOORE (University of Auckland), Angelika Anderson (University of Auckland), Koshila Kumar (Auckland University of Technology) |
|
Abstract: The aim of this study was to examine the effects of an instructional adaptation (reduction of task duration) on inappropriate behavior. The intervention was derived from the results of a functional behavioral assessment which indicated that the disruptive behavior was escape-maintained and a curriculum based assessment which showed appropriate curriculum / performance match. An alternating treatments design was used to assess the impact of the intervention. Results revealed that the reduction of task duration was successful in decreasing the level of escape maintained off task behavior during independent work in mathematics. Implications of these findings are discussed in the context of the role of establishing operations in functional assessment in applied settings.
This study reports data of a functional assessment and a curriculum-based assessment data as well as data of direct observations of the subject’s escape and attention-maintained off-task behaviour within an alternating treatments design (base-line, intervention and treatment-only phases). These data show hat the intervention successfully targeted that portion of the off-task behaviour which was escape maintained. Inter-observer data was obtained for all phases of the intervention study, and approximately 20 %c of the observation sessions. The mean inert-observer reliability was 81.2% (range 77.2 - 84.6%). |
|
|
|
|
|
Contemporary Conceptual Issues in the Analysis of Verbal Behavior |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Republic A |
Area: VBC/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: . |
|
Skinner’s Autoclitic, Some Perspective |
WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Abstract: This presentation examines Skinner’s treatment of the Autoclitic, in light of the other verbal operants that he discusses in his text, Verbal Behavior. |
|
The Issue of Reference in the Analysis of Verbal Behavior |
JONATHAN J. TARBOX (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: In his analysis of verbal behavior, Skinner explicitly rejected the issue of reference, which most non-behavioral scholars regard as integral to the phenomenon of language. Skinner’s primary reason for doing so was to eliminate reference as a hypothetical explanatory variable which historically directed attention away from a scientific analysis of the relations between the behavior involved in language and environmental events. While this achievement was critical for establishing a behavioral, naturalistic analysis of language, the wholesale rejection of reference as a relevant issue carried with it several debilitating effects. While reference should not be conceptualized as causal with respect to linguistic behavior, ignoring the issue has resulted in an incomplete analysis of much complex human behavior, language being the most obvious. Perhaps the most troubling consequence of ignoring the issue of reference has been the concealed inclusion of it in inconsistent and non-technical conceptual analyses. Skinner’s analysis of rule-governed behavior is probably the clearest example of these problems. In this paper, we will propose that reference can and should be subjected to a naturalistic, technical behavioral analysis and that doing so alleviates several areas of inconsistency and incompleteness. A brief review of Kantor’s concept of referential behavior will be presented as it relates to the current topic. |
|
Understanding Rule Governance Requires a Functional Definition of Reference and Specification in the Listener |
DENIS P. O'HORA (University of Ulster), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The aim of this current paper is to outline a novel conceptual approach to the experimental analysis of rule governance and in particular to the referential properties of rules. Skinner’s account of rule governed behaviour as control by ‘contingency specifying stimuli’ oriented researchers to a critical source of control of human behaviour. However, he was not clear how such stimuli or series of stimuli (e.g., sounds or written words) come to specify a contingency for a listener (Hayes & Hayes, 1989; Parrot, 1987). Certainly, Skinner addressed issues such as specification and reference from the perspective of the speaker in terms of the mand and tact relations. We have come to believe, however, that a functional definition of specification or reference from the perspective of the listener is of crucial importance to the understanding of complex verbal control. In particular, such a technical definition should provide the functional criteria that are necessary to distinguish instructional control of a verbal listener from other forms of stimulus control (e.g., discriminative or respondent control). The current paper draws on current theoretical and empirical work on Relational Frame Theory in order to supplement Skinner’s description of instructions by providing such functional criteria. |
|
Rule Contacting as a Part of Rule-following |
KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Rules, rule-following, and rule-governed behavior have received a great deal of theoretical and empirical attention in the behavior analytic literature. Much of this attention has focused on the conditions under which one engages in rule-following and has been provided from a number of different conceptual frameworks. The paper has three purposes. First, a conceptual framework from which the analysis is taken is outlined. Second, the component behaviors involved in rule-following are delineated and defined. Finally,. the paper attempts an analysis from the behaving organism’s perspective of conditions under which one may learn the rule to be followed (i.e., rule-contacting). |
|
|
|
|
Developing Behavioral Services for Children with Autism |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Back Bay B |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Bobby Newman (Room to Grow) |
|
The Impact of Related Service Providers on Programming for Students Diagnosed with Autism |
Domain: Applied Research |
BOBBY NEWMAN (AMAC), Meredith S. Needelman (AMAC), Sophia C. Mavroidis (AMAC), Daniel Ruitimann (AMAC), Bevin Campbell (AMAC), Frederica Blausten (AMAC), Felicia Cara Blumberg (AMAC), Dana R. Reinecke (Room to Grow) |
|
Abstract: Related service providers (speech, occupational, and physical therapists) are in common usage at programs for students with autism. Many ABA schools, however, avoid the use of usch providers as redundant to programming. Data collected to address the impact of related service providers will be explored. |
|
Autism Services in Fresno, California |
Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH Y. SCHEIDT (California State University, Fresno), Criss Wilhite (California State University, Fresno) |
|
Abstract: At the present time the best treatment for children with autism includes intensive early education. From 1987 to 1998, there was a 273% rise in the incidence of autism in California. Fresno, California’s seventh largest city, with a metropolitan population of over 600,000, has a severe lack of services to meet the needs of these at-risk children. Only four specialized classrooms and fewer than 20 in-home programs exist. Just one classroom approaches the minimal requirements recommended by the National Research Council. Reasons for lack of services include the lack of parent advocate groups, lack of non-public schools, differences in diagnostics, and lack of trained autism specialists. A summary of best practices for educating children with autism is presented with proposals to help school districts and parents meet the recommendations of the National Research Council. |
|
Early Intervention in Children with Autism in France. Integration of Children in Public School with ABA Approach |
Domain: Applied Research |
VINCA RIVIERE (University of Lille III), Jean-Claude Darcheville (University of Lille III) |
|
Abstract: Behavior intervention does not well develop in France and some reserves hinder the possibilities to instruct children with autism. We would be to expose the development of a project with parents and teachers to train for ABA intervention. The project enrolled twenty-six families with intervention at home. Two children with autism are integrated into public school with an ABA intervention. Children enrolled in this project two years ago, but only at home for two or three hours per week. During the last year, public school teachers accepted to integrate children during 28 to 30 hours per week. The difficulties to develop ABA procedures in such projects will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Developments in Consumer Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Fairfax B |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Diane F. DiClemente Brockman (US Army War College) |
Abstract: . |
|
Decomposing Product Price Elasticity: Effects of Programmed Utilitarian, Informational and Negative Reinforcement |
GORDON R. FOXALL (Cardiff University), Jorge Oliveira-Castro (University of Brazil), Teresa C. Schrezenmaier (Cardiff University) |
Abstract: Several marketing strategies depend upon knowledge concerning consumers’ responsiveness to changes in price. Studies that have decomposed price elasticity suggest that the major impact of promotions is on brand switching rather than increased consumption. Some of these results also indicate that consumers tend to buy smaller quantities of more expensive brands when compared to cheaper ones (i.e., inter-brand elasticity). The present research attempted to verify whether such inter-brand elasticities occur and to measure the relative importance of intra- and inter-brand elasticities in determining overall category elasticity. Panel data containing information about the purchases of 80 consumers buying nine product categories during a 16-week period were used. Brands were classified according to the level of programmed informational (i.e., socially mediated) and utilitarian (i.e., mediated by the product) reinforcement, proposed by the Behavioural Perspective Model. This classification was used to calculate inter-brand elasticities. Regression analyses indicated that, for most product categories, intra-brand elasticity was higher than utilitarian inter-brand elasticity, which, in turn, was higher than informational inter-brand elasticity. These results suggest that overall category elasticity observed for supermarket products reflects different choice patterns: buying larger quantities of a promoted brand and buying smaller quantities of more differentiated, usually more expensive, brands. |
|
Effects of Promotions on Brand Choice: Separating Intra- and Inter-consumer Price Elasticities |
JORGE OLIVEIRA-CASTRO (University of Brazil), Gordon R. Foxall (Cardiff University), Teresa C. Schrezenmaier (Cardiff University) |
Abstract: Elasticity coefficients have been frequently used to measure consumers’ responsiveness to price in the marketing literature. When elasticity coefficients are calculated on the basis of disaggregate panel data, where each consumer purchase is included in the analysis and there are several data points for each consumer, overall coefficients at the product category level may be a resulting combination of intra- and inter-consumer elasticities. Intra-consumer elasticity would occur if the same consumers tended to buy larger quantities when prices are lower (i.e., price promotions and/or cheaper brands). Inter-consumer elasticity would occur if consumers that buy smaller quantities, in average, also bought more expensive brands, in average. The present paper attempted to separate these possible choice patterns by analyzing inter- and intra-consumer elasticity coefficients for nine different product categories. Panel data from 80 consumers during a 16-week period were used. Inter-consumer elasticity coefficients were negative for all product categories. Intra-consumer elasticity coefficients, calculated for each consumer across all nine product-categories, were negative for 93.4% of consumers. Moreover, within-consumer analyses across product categories yielded results similar to those obtained from aggregate analyses. The impacts of price promotions may be overestimated if researchers and managers do not consider the possible effects of inter-consumer elasticity. |
|
Patterns of Consumer Brand Choice and Store Loyalty |
TERESA C. SCHREZENMAIER (Cardiff University), Gordon R. Foxall (Cardiff University), Jorge Oliveira-Castro (University of Brazil) |
Abstract: This paper follows up previous research on consumer brand choice and presents the results of the analysis of store choice behaviour of 80 consumers drawn from the British TNS “Superpanel”. The study draws upon work on brand and store loyalty. Brand loyalty versus store loyalty, store penetration, frequency distribution and the duplication of purchase between supermarket chains are examined for nine product categories. Consumers’ store loyalty generally has been found to be larger than brand loyalty: our study points out that the incidence of 100% brand and store loyal buyers is slightly, but consistently higher than earlier work suggests. The classification of brands into groups offering utilitarian and informational reinforcement serves as a basis for a new approach: different degrees of correlation between brand loyalty and the preferred level of reinforcement bought were found. |
|
Exploiting the Patch: Progress in Human Foraging Research |
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University), Carter L. Smith (Temple University) |
Abstract: Foraging research, which was developed in the study of non-human animals, is now also being applied to understanding and predicting the behavior of humans in both field and laboratory settings. Field research includes anthropological studies of indigenous people and psychological studies of shoppers in modern grocery stores and of people searching for information. Laboratory research has focused on shopping for music CDs in a simulated online mall. Thus far, data from human foraging studies have yielded both qualitative and quantitative fits to the predictions from foraging theory, which is entirely consistent with predictions from the matching law and the delay reduction hypothesis. Of particular interests in this literature are the effects of pricing. While probability and delay are most often studied in animal foraging research (because price is confounded with delay in these studies), human studies allow for a cleaner manipulation of pricing. This presentation summarizes the progress thus far in human foraging research and presents some new data extending current pricing findings. |
|
|
|
|
Evidence-Based Educational Methods II |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Gardner |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Anthony T. Procaccino Jr. (Private Practice, Hewlett, NY) |
Abstract: . |
|
Direct Instruction: The Big Ideas |
TIMOTHY A. SLOCUM (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Direct Instruction (DI) is a systematic attempt to build a technology of effective academic instruction that includes all of the school-based components necessary to produce academic growth. DI includes: (1) an approach to determining what should be taught and how the curriculum should be organized; (2) a large set of instructional programs designed to systematically build skills by carefully organizing lessons, sequencing skill introduction, gradually reducing supports for student performance, providing sufficient practice, and specifying teaching procedures in specific detail; (3) a set of procedures for teachers-students interaction. This presentation will describe each of the three basic principles and review the scientific research related to the effectiveness of the Direct Instruction approach. |
|
Key Instructional Components of Peer Tutoring for Tutors, Tutees, and Observers |
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Teachers College, Columbia University), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Teachers College, Columbia University), Katherine Meincke (Teachers College, Columbia University), Grant Gautreaux (Teachers College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), Mapy Chavez Brown (Teachers College, Columbia University), Lynn Yuan (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We present 5 experiments devoted to isolating the key components of effective tutoring. These studies were conducted in several middle classrooms for students with poor learning histories and conduct problems, and in a class for first graders with early self-editing repertoires. The results of the individual studies and the collective findings show beneficial effects of tutoring across the range of academic literacy and in the emission of generative responding for tutors, tutees and observers of tutoring. In addition the results from this program of research identifies the key component as the learn unit for all of the parties involved, thereby supplying the missing link identified in the last major review of the tutoring literature. |
|
Teacher-Made Scripted Lessons |
JOHN H. HUMMEL (Valdosta State University) |
Abstract: In this presentation research on presenting information in small pieces followed by active student practice over the pieces will be reviewed. Comparisons will be made to commercially-available Direct Instruction programs available through SRA, Inc.
The 7-step direct instruction lesson plan, originally developed by Robert Slavin, will be presented. In order, the 7 steps are:
1. Orient students to the lesson
2. Review pre-requisites
3. Present new content
4. Probe student understanding
5. Independent practice
6. Exams and quizzes
7. Distributed practice
The remainder of the presentation will be used to explain and demonstrate how teachers can develop scripts following an “answer/question” format for Step 3. |
|
The Correlation between Program Implementation and Student Progress: Data from the Competent Learner Model |
DANIEL E. HURSH (West Virginia University), Vicci Tucci (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.), Richard E. Laitinen (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.) |
Abstract: Many Applied Behavior Analysis Programs are implemented with varying degrees of fidelity depending on local circumstances in the settings for the programs. The Competent Learner Model is designed so that each of its components can be implemented to the benefit of the learners. This presentation will display data on the degree of implementation of the components of the Competent Learner Model across a number of classroom settings. This data will be correlated with the change in learner behavior across time so as to ascertain the relationship between degree of implementation and learner progress. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Explicating the Implicit: Using the Implicit Association Test in Behavior-Analytic Research |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Beacon H |
Area: CSE/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: . |
|
Unconscious Cognitions and the Implicit Association Test Reframed: A Behavioral Conceptual Model |
MARIA R. RUIZ (Rollins College), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: Social psychologists, feminists and others concerned with racial discrimination, prejudice and other objectionable forms of social control have emphasized the subtle embeddedness of these in our verbal practices. Anthony Greenwald has suggested that racial preference/bias subtly embedded in verbal practices are evidence of unconscious cognitions, and he has created the Implicit Association Test to “measure” them. In his test, subjects are exposed to two-element compound stimuli consisting of a face (Caucasian or African American) and either a positive or negative word (love/hatred), and they are asked to categorize novel stimuli (faces and positive/negative words) accordingly. A significant proportion of subjects respond with greater accuracy when the positive word is combined with the “preferred” racial depiction. This effect (which we are referring to as the IAT effect) is said to illustrate racial preference (read racial bias). Our research presents an alternative behavioral model from which to consider the problem based on derived stimulus relations. |
|
Implicit Associations: Empirical Analysis of Explicit Learning Histories |
ANGELA C. FLORIO (Rollins College), Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: We will present a behavioral model based on derived stimulus relations that seeks to clarify the role of learning history in the interesting pattern of responding reported by Anthony Greenwald and referred to here as the IAT effect. An empirical analysis of explicit learning histories sufficient to generate the IAT effect equivalent to that produced in Anthony Greenwald’s experimental preparations will be presented. In our behavioral model, four sets of individually acquired 3-member (nonsense syllables) equivalence classes associated with four colors are linked to form two separate superodinate (6-member) classes. These conditions model the race-word combinations in the Greenwald test. Categorization of novel stimuli with derived color functions replicate Greenwald’s IAT effect. Subjects categorize novel stimuli with derived color functions within superordinate classes with great accuracy, but consistently commit errors when categorizing these across superordinate classes. Implications of this research for understanding ‘implicit associations’ as explicit behavioral processes will be discussed. |
|
Acquisition and Generalization of I.A.T Performance |
CHRISTEINE M. TERRY (University of Washington), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College), Danielle Monahan (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The current paper reports on a study designed to test predictions of a derived stimulus relations model of the Implicit Association Test (I.A.T). The derived stimulus relations model suggests that the I.A.T effect is based on subjects’ fluency with specific types of verbal relations, rather than on implicit attitudes or biases per se. In essence, the I.A.T involves matching stimuli that are or are not equivalent. If this idea is correct, then the I.A.T results should reflect subjects’ experience with the use of the terms in the test and their level of fluency at categorizing the words in a variety of different ways. The current study, therefore, examined this practice effect by measuring improvements in I.A.T performances across trials. The study also examined the generalization of the effect to equivalent stimuli, once fluency had been established. The results suggest that the I.A.T does not measure attitudinal bias but rather provides a description of the organisation of verbal relations in an individual’s verbal repertoire. |
|
Developing a Screening Test for Sex Offenders: An I.A.T-type Test for Derived Relational Responding |
MARTINA O'RIORDAN (University College Cork, Ireland), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Behavioral psychologists working in the field of social categorization have begin to provide sensitive tools, based on the concept of derived stimulus relations, for the non-invasive assessment of behavioral patterns (e.g., McGlinchey, Keenan, & Dillenburger, 2000; Watt, Keenan, Barnes, & Cairns, 1991). These procedures come strikingly close conceptually to the core processes that appear to be at work in the Implicit Association Test (I.A.T). The current study will outline how the concept of derived stimulus relations has been used to develop a screening procedure for the assessment of paedophiles in the Irish prison system. The I.A.T-type procedure was used to examine differences in relational responding between contact sex-offenders against children, internet paedophiles, sex offenders against the adult, non sex-offender criminals, and a random sample from the general population. The results suggest that a behavioral model of the I.A.T may have potential for use as a preliminary screening procedure to distinguish between varieties of offenders. |
|
|
|
|
Extensions of Reinforcer Identification Procedures to New Populations, Stimuli, and Settings |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Constitution A |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University) |
Discussant: James E. Carr (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: . |
|
Stimulus Preference Assessment for Students with Mild Disabilities |
DONALD M. STENHOFF (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Karen D. Hager (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Stimulus preference assessment (SPA) techniques have been demonstrated to effectively predict reinforcers in individuals with developmental disabilities. Little research, however, has examined the ability of this technology to predicte reinforcers in students without developmental disabilities that exhibit academic and behavior problems. In the present research, the authors examine the effectiveness of utilizing an SPA procedure for students with emotional and behavioral disorders (E/BD). |
|
Further Examination of a Stimulus Preference Assessment of Olfactory Stimuli |
KAREN D. HAGER (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Donald M. Stenhoff (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Stimulus preference assessment (SPA) techniques have been shown to effectively predict reinforcers. Typically, stimuli used in these assessments have been limited to tangible, edible, or activity reinforcers. The present study builds on the work of Higbee, et. al. (2003) in examining the effectiveness of SPA procedures to evaluate the reinforcing potency of olfactory stimuli. This is important as olfactory stimuli may serve as functional reinforcers for some aberrant behaviors and might also be useful in increasing appropriate behavior. |
|
The Impact of Stimulus Preference Assessment on Academic Progress in Children with Autism |
THOMAS S. HIGBEE (Utah State University), Kara A. Reagon (Utah State University), Katie Endicott (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Findings from research demonstrate that Stimulus Preference Assessment (SPA) can be used by practitioners to identify items and activities that motivate children with autism. Investigators in most of these studies, however, have evaluated effects on arbitrary responses in artificial experimental settings. The purpose of the present research is to evaluate the effects of incorporating SPA into ongoing educational programs and measuring its effects on educationally relevant behaviors over an extended period of time. The implications of data from the present study for behavior intervention programs for children with autism will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Hermeneutic Inquiry and Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Independence East |
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rodney L. Klein (Concord College) |
Abstract: . |
|
Hermeneutics and Behavior-Analytic Philosophy of Science |
CHRIS J. KAST (Concord College) |
Abstract: The talk will introduce the audience to hermeneutic inquiry and describe why behavior analysts might find it useful. First, a brief examination of the origins of Hermeneutics will be presented. Then its introduction into the sciences will be explored. The hermeneutic method of inquiry will be compared and contrasted with mainstream empiricism, and examined as a possible source to fix flaws inherent in empiricism's basic philosophy. Finally, the relevance of hermeneutics for the behavior analytic philosophy of science will be examined. It is argued that hermeneutics is a potentially useful tool for behavior analysts. |
|
Hermeneutics and Behavior-Analytic Methodology |
SAM LEIGLAND (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: A remarkable diversity of complex perspectives may be found under the name 'hermeneutics,' including theological, philosophical, social/cultural, and psychological perspectives. Nevertheless, a number of behavior analysts have described characteristics that Skinner's radical behaviorism has in common with hermeneutics as well as with other philosophical systems such as pragmatism. A unifying theme among hermeneutic perspectives is its emphasis upon the study and use of interpretive practices in language and human behavior. The purpose of this presentation is to review some of the implications of the shared characteristics between radical behaviorism and hermeneutics regarding methodology, namely, implications of relations between the scientific methodology of behavior analysis on the one hand, and interpretive practices as behavioral phenomena on the other. Two themes will be the focus of the presentation. One theme involves alternative interpretations by observers of environment-behavior interactions in the operant laboratory, and the other theme involves ways in which behavior-analytic methods may be used to clarify or 'confirm' interpretations of behavioral phenomena. Hazards and benefits of relating radical behaviorism to such philosophical systems as hermeneutics and pragmatism will also be discussed. |
|
Hermeneutics and Behavior-Analysis: a Potentially Pragmatic Combination in the Therapy Room |
KAREN H. GRIFFEE (Concord College) |
Abstract: Clinical behavior analysis applies the pragmatic goals of prediction and control, or effective action, to the treatment of problem behaviors. In so doing the central focus of therapy is typically the identification of the determinants of the problem behavior and to discover what contingencies might be arranged by the therapist to support behavior change. It is suggested that hermeneutic methods of inquiry may be compatible with radical behaviorism and may provide alternative tools for achieving these pragmatic goals. In particular, hermaneutic approaches may provide useful alternatives when culture, age, or intellectual differences lead the therapist to have unusual difficulty doing an accurate functional analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Incorporating Fluency Based Instruction into ABA Intervention for Learners with Autism: Evolution of a Model |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Back Bay D |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sandra L. Harris (Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Mary Jane Weiss (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
The participant will be able to identify how FBI can impact upon challenging behaviors in learners with autism, particularly when component skill deficits are an issue.
The participant will be able to identify core areas of assessment for treatment integrity checks in staff performance of FBI.
The participant will identify strategies for the assessment of generalization of the effects of FBI in conversational skills into naturalistic, social contexts. |
|
The Effect of Fluency-based Instruction of Fine Motor Skills on Challenging Behaviors and the Adduction of Composite Skills |
MARLENE J. COHEN (Rutgers University), Donna L. Sloan (Rutgers University), Jackie Wright (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Many learners with developmental disabilities may demonstrate challenging behavior in a number of contexts. Challenging behavior that occurs during the completion of tasks may significantly impact the independence of an adult with autism. As part of a comprehensive program to build job skills and activities of daily living with an adult with autism, prerequisite skills for a variety of work settings were examined. Poor motor performance was a presenting problem. It was hypothesized that decreasing the response effort of performing simple fine motor movements would decrease challenging behaviors that were exhibited during work activities. Fluency-Based Instruction was implemented with an adult with autism in order to build fluency of specific fine motor skills. Data will be presented regarding the performance rate of these skills in fluency timings as well as adduction to job skills and activities of daily living. In addition, rates of self-injury, aggression and/or dropping out of seat during fluency sessions will be presented. Inter-rater reliability will be collected on 20% of the sessions and the results of treatment integrity checks on implementation of timed practice will be reported. |
|
Evolution of Training and Supervision in Fluency-Based Instruction in a Center Based Program |
RITA F. GORDON (Rutgers University), Marlene Brown (Rutgers University), Joelle Lugo (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: The value of fluency-based training programs for educational staff with learners with autism continues to be investigated. The literature on fluency-based instruction has broad application in education, training and supervision (Binder and Bloom, 1989; Johnson and Layng, 1992). The current study assessed whether fluency-based instruction is an effective strategy to train educational staff in a center-based programming serving learners ages 4- 9.Initially, educational staff were trained didactically and given written material on teaching strategies. A pencil and paper test was administered to test skills and fluent performance was required to demonstrate mastery. In addition, we identified criterion based performance standards for staff and conducted daily timings until performance standards were reached. The Instruction Evaluation Form developed by Fabrizio and Moors (1999) was used to conduct treatment integrity checks on staff using fluency-based instruction. Inter-rater reliability was collected on 20% of evaluations, and the results of treatment integrity checks on implementation of strategies and timed practice will be reported. |
|
The Generalized Effects of Fluency: Assessment in Preschoolers with Autism |
MARIA S. ARNOLD (Rutgers University), Barbara L. Kristoff (Rutgers University), Dania L. Matthews (Rutgers University), Tara Sheerin (Rutgers University), Rena Contessa (Rutgers University), Jackie Wright (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: A basic tenet of Applied Behavior Analysis is that intervention must have social significance for the participant, leading to greater opportunities to contact reinforcement. The current study assessed whether fluency-based instruction has a generalized effect across the curriculum. We examined the adduction or generalization of pragmatic language skills to the natural environment. Specifically, we looked at intraverbals trained to fluent rates in two preschoolers with PDD. In order to answer our questions regarding our teaching choices we examined four different measures. 1. Acquired skills (performance level at or above criterion) before Fluency-Based Instruction, 2. Acquired skills after Fluency-Based Instruction, 3. The rate at which students responded to intraverbals with peers in the natural environment prior to the implementation of FBI, and 4. The rate at which students responded to intraverbals with peers in the natural environment after the implementation of FBI. Inter-rater reliability will be collected on 20% of trials and the results of treatment integrity checks on implementation of timed practice will be reported. |
|
|
|
|
Increasing Academic Achievement Through Applied Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Clarendon |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: David L. Lee (Pennsylvania State University) |
Discussant: Christopher Skinner (University of Tennessee) |
Abstract: . |
|
The Effects of Embedded High-p Sequences on Math Fact Acquisition |
DAVID L. LEE (Pennsylvania State University), Sam Stansbery (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: Prior research suggests that completing a series of three very brief highly preferred tasks (i.e., high-p) just prior to a nonpreferred task increases compliance to requests to complete the nonpreferred task. Recently, high-p sequences have been adapted for use with academic tasks for children who are noncompliant in school settings (i.e., fail to initiate or remain engaged in academic tasks). In these studies students were asked to complete a series of brief preferred tasks (e.g., 1x1 digit math problems, writing single letters) just prior to the start of a known, but nonpreferred academic task (e.g., a multi-digit multiplication problem, writing words). These studies demonstrated that the additional embedded preferred tasks increased overall productivity during known tasks. One area that has yet to be examined in this area is the acquisition of new skills. The purpose of this presentation is to present data comparing the effects of direct instruction with embedded high-p sequences and a direct instruction model without high-p sequences on the acquisition of unknown math facts. Implications for future research and practice will be addressed. |
|
Improving Phonemic Awareness in Turkish Students, At-Risk for Failure in an Urban EFL Settings |
PHILLIP J. BELFIORE (Mercyhurst College), Ulviye Sener (Mercyhurst College) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to investigate the effects of integrated mnemonics on consonant letter naming and consonant sound production on three 4th grade Turkish students, at-risk for failure in English as a Foreign Language (EFL) classroom. Picture cards, where the target letter was embedded as an integral part of the picture were developed (e.g., the letter C as the clock, the letter D as the drum). Results show that all three students reached mastery for reciting the consonant names, while two of the three students reached mastery for reciting the consonant sounds. Follow-up showed all three students maintained the mastery. Generalization showed 2 of the 3 students could recite words, other than the picture cards, that began and ended with specific consonant sounds. |
|
Increasing Reading Fluency in Students with Learning Disabilities |
RICHARD M. KUBINA JR. (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: To measure retention of oral reading fluency three students in a learning disabilities classroom engaged in a repeating reading procedure with two passages. Each student read their target passage to either a high or low frequency. Results shows that it took the students more practice to reach the higher frequency aim. Retention losses measured by the frequency of words read correct per minute favored the lower frequency aim. When comparing the final retention measure with the initial reading scores the higher frequency aim facilitated a higher reading fluency rate than passage read to the lower frequency aim. |
|
|
|
|
Innovations in Interventions for Pediatric Feeding Disorders: From Research to Practice |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Conference Room 2 |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cynthia M. Anderson (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
State how contextual variables might affect mealtime behavior.
Explain how a pre-treatment funtional analysis might affect intervention efficacy
State the relation between pre-meal food exposure and subsequent mealtime behavior |
|
The Effects of Contextual Variables on Interventions for Mealtime Problem Behavior |
ELLEN J. MCCARTNEY (West Virginia University), Cynthia M. Anderson (West Virginia University), Nicole Vermillion (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: A growing body of research suggests that contingency-based interventions are effective for increasing mealtime problem behavior and increasing the amount and variety of food accepted. To date, one published study has examined the effects of specific antecedent variables (food type and texture) on mealtime behavior. Research with problem behavior occurring outside of mealtime suggests that problem behavior may often be under the control of antecedent variables. The purpose of the proposed experiment is to evaluate the affect of other antecedent variables on mealtime behavior. In the first study, the effects of several antecedent conditions on mealtime behavior will be assessed. Antecedent conditions that will be investigated include: 1) the presence of a preferred tangible item (e.g., toy), 2) family members present during typical meal consumption, 3) the presence of preferred-food, 4) an idiosyncratic condition in which the child’s caregiver may report the influence a variable they believe influences their child’s meal-time problem behavior (e.g., preferred video tape), and 5) a control condition. That condition which seems to be most effective in the reduction of mealtime problem behaviors will be assessed to evaluate whether including that variable when conducting escape extinction increases the efficacy of the intervention. This will be assessed by including the variable during implementation of the intervention in a rapid-alternating manner. Four children and their caregivers will participate in the study. |
|
Functional Analysis and Treatment of Inappropriate Mealtime Behaviors |
MELANIE H. BACHMEYER (Marcus Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (The Kennedy Institute), Gregory K. Reed (Marcus Institute), Meeta R. Patel (Marcus Institute), Stephanie Bethke (Auburn University), Joslyn N. Cynkus (Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: Prior research has demonstrated that analogue functional analyses may be useful in identifying the environmental events that play a role in feeding disorders. However, systematic research examining the efficacy of function-based feeding treatments continues to be an area of need. Thus, in the present study we conducted functional analyses of inappropriate mealtime behaviors exhibited by children with feeding disorders. Treatments were then matched directly to the maintaining function (or functions) of inappropriate mealtime behavior. Two independent observers achieved over 90% agreement on over 55% of these sessions. Results will be discussed in terms of the utility of analogue functional analysis methodology in the development of treatments for food refusal. Areas for further study will also be discussed. |
|
The Effects of Exposing Children to Foods on Selective Acceptance and Gagging |
WILLIAM H. AHEARN (New England Center for Children), Kristin E. Grandner (New England Center for Children), June M. Sanchez (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Children with autism are prone to selective acceptance of foods and other problem behaviors during meals, such as gagging and vomiting. The majority of the feeding treatment literature has focused on consequence manipulations and there are few reported behavioral interventions for treating gagging or vomiting. The probability of approaching and/or accepting novel or previously rejected foods has been reported to increase with repeated exposures to food with typically developing children. This presentation will show the effects of exposing three children with autism to foods. One child displayed selective acceptance, another exhibited selective eating and gagging, while a third child ate a variety of food but gagged and vomited frequently in the presence of nonpreferred foods. Diet histories were collected for each child before and after exposure and substantial decreases in gagging occurred for the two children with this problem behavior. Additionally, all three children accepted a more foods after exposure. Interobserver agreement was probed during at least four regular meal times during the diet histories and total agreement for food presentation and consumption always exceeding 95%. Data were also collected during exposure sessions and interobserver agreement was scored on a minimum of 25% of sessions with total agreement exceeding 83%. |
|
From Eating to Self-Feeding: An Analysis of the Variables Impacting the Transition to Self-feeding for Children with Food Refusal |
PETER GIROLAMI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute), James H. Boscoe (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Research (Greer et. al, 2002) has demonstrated that the effectiveness (e.g., the increase in acceptance, decrease in mealtime behavior problems) of behavioral treatments can be impacted by the introduction of self-feeding. This study examined the variables (e.g., several variations of response effort, food presentation, the timing of the introduction of self-feeding) associated with the emission of self-feeding behaviors. Implications for behavioral treatments (e.g., non-removal of the spoon) and the importance of performing antecedent manipulations before and in conjunction with treatment procedures are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Performance and Progress Assessment in Autism Intervention |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Back Bay A |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Kirsty MacIver (University of North Texas) |
|
A Comparison of Visual Analysis Methods in Autism Early Intervention |
Domain: Applied Research |
KIRSTY MACIVER (University of North Texas), Yusuke Hayashi (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Tanya Baynham (University of North Texas), Camille Parsons (University of North Texas) |
|
Abstract: Behavior analysts make ongoing assessments and evaluations of behaviors using objective measurement systems that produce quantifiable data. They use this information to make data based programming decisions and to demonstrate the effectiveness of the interventions employed. The purpose of this presentation is to illustrate the different types of information that various forms of data analysis yield.The extent to which data based decisions can be made and program effectiveness convincingly demonstrated depends largely upon how effectively the data are visually analyzed. Early intensive behavioral intervention programs for children with autism demand individualized treatments across many skill domains. The critical information required to make a treatment decision within and across domains will vary depending upon the behavior of interest, concurrent programming, client and staff factors, and the nature of the decision to be made. One data set for one client will be graphed in variety of ways to allow direct comparison between methods of visual analysis. The advantages and disadvantages of each method will be discussed in terms of the kinds of decisions that can be made given such information. Implications for clinical application will be discussed. |
|
An Observation and Data Analysis System to Assess General Outcome in Autism Early Intervention Programs |
Domain: Applied Research |
CAMILLE PARSONS (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Joel Greenspoon (University of North Texas), Richard L. Anderson (University of North Texas) |
|
Abstract: Direct, repeated measures of performance within autism intervention programs facilitates evaluation of the effectiveness of specific interventions and overall progress within the intervention program. This paper presents an observation and data analysis system for repeated outcome measures to be used as a supplement to "recommended practice" measures (performancemeasures before, during and after each specific treatment under teaching and generalization conditions). The system includes the observation and analysis of the classes of behavior most relevant to autism (verbal behavior, social behavior, and activity engagement) across seven environmental conditions: play alone, play with parents, play with siblings and peers, teaching interactions with parents and teachers, family routines and community activities. Data will be presented from one child at the onset of treatment, at 6 months of treatment, and at 12 months of treatment. Data includes repeated outcome measures as well as ongoing treatment data and social validity assessments. Implications for the impact of this system on the assessment of autism intervention effectiveness will be discussed. |
|
Effectiveness of Supervisor Written Notes on Employee Behavior |
Domain: Applied Research |
LELA REYNOLDS (Florida State University, Panama City), Colin Peeler (Florida State University, Panama City) |
|
Abstract: In an era in which the quantity and frequency of behavior analysis services are dictated by cost instead of effectiveness, behavior analysts are being forced to find more efficient methods of supervising and training behavior assistants. As an example, a University based in-home program for children with autism, ABOVE ALL, employs 16 behavior assistants who work one on one with clients and are supervised approximately twice a week (one on-site and one case management meeting). One method that has become popular among similar programs is to supervise one or two therapists and provide them with feedback while leaving written notes in the program book for the rest of the therapists to read. The desired outcome is that the supervisor’s notes will serve as an Sd for the desired therapist behaviors. While the use of written feedback (reinforcement and/or corrective feedback) has been shown to be effective at improving employee performance, it is unclear whether supervisory notes (i.e., instructions) would be sufficient to change employee behavior. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of supervisory notes on employee behavior. Each week the supervisor provided on-site training and supervision to a therapist at the end of which she would leave clear and specific written instructions regarding changes to make in the client’s program. Each therapist was required to read and initial the supervisor’s notes before starting their next session. The supervisor or another observer recorded the percentage of instructions each therapist complied with. Results will be discussed in reference to the difficulties associated with monitoring in-home programs for children with autism and possible solutions to those difficulties. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Role of Graduate Students in Designing, Teaching, and Managing Behavior Analysis Courses |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Beacon A |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Susan R. Miller (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: . |
|
Overview of Design, Development, Delivery, and Management of Online Behavior Courses |
LESLIE S. BURKETT (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: This paper will summarize the content of the undergraduate Basic Principles course and the four online graduate courses, including the instructional goals, course components, and the learning contingencies. The wide variety of course activities used to teach behavioral concepts and skills are highly interactive, requiring a high rate of relevant student responding and delivering immediate feedback and reinforcement. They include programmed text, interactive text study guides and audio lectures, fluency exercises, multimedia simulations and demonstrations, and frequent quizzes. Over the past 4 years, graduate students have participated with instructors on an instructional technology team that meets biweekly to design and develop the course activities. Graduate students help write and test quiz and study guide items; write scripts and storyboards for computer simulations; participate as actor in the demonstration movies; identify gaps in the instruction based on student progress data and then create or revise course content to fill the gaps. In the administration of the courses, handle student questions and problems and provide tutoring (via email for the online courses); monitor student progress and handle recordkeeping; evaluate student assignments, providing feedback as needed; and provide technical support for students with computer problems. |
|
Graduate Students as Instructional Designers, Course Managers, and Tutors for Online Behavior Analysis Courses |
TANYA BAYNHAM (University of North Texas), Thomas Anatol Da Rocha Woelz (University of North Texas), Brook B. Wheetley (University of North Texas), Aimee C. Burkett (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: In this presentation, graduate students will describe their roles and tasks in the development and delivery of graduate online courses in behavior analysis. Instructional design tasks include creating study guide questions for a research article, testing the activity for reliability, revising with instructional design team input, monitoring student data, and revising again based on student data and feedback. More creative design tasks involve designing a computer simulation to teach an applied behavioral skill, including component skill analysis, scripting or storyboarding, working with programmers or learning to program to accomplish the instructional objectives, then testing, revising, and delivering the activity to students. Two graduate students will show activities they have designed and explain the design process and rationale for these activities. In addition, they will describe their role in managing the online courses, including handling student questions and problems, managing student data, providing tutoring, evaluating student work and providing feedback, and motivating students to complete the work on time and revise their work when necessary. Data will show time allocated to these tasks, and the students will provide their perspective on the responsibilities and opportunities for graduate students working in the area of online learning. |
|
Managing the On-Campus Introductory Behavior Analysis Courses |
JOSEPH L. CERMAK (University of North Texas), Nicole L. Bank (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: We will describe a system used for teaching on-campus sections of an introductory undergraduate course on behavior principles. The system involves three layers of personnel. Teaching Assistants (TA’s) are graduates and undergraduates responsible for grading assignments and tutoring students; Teaching Fellows (TF’s) are graduate students who have primary responsibility for developing and delivering interactive lectures, in-class exercises, and tests; and TF supervisors guide and rehearse TF’s in developing and presenting interactive lectures, conduct weekly staff meetings, see that consistency is maintained across sections, and manage the overall system. Formal and informal feedback occurs at all levels. TF supervisors give feedback to TF’s on their teaching and professional skills, TF’s give feedback to TA’s on their tutoring and teaching skills, and all participants give feedback to TF’s following practice lectures at weekly meetings. Self-paced progression through the system is encouraged by allowing TF duties to be taken on once mastery of TA duties has been shown. |
|
|
|
|
B. F. Skinner Tribute Event - The Shaping of Behaviorists: Influence of BF Skinner on the Development of Behavior Analysts |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Republic B |
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Thomas L. Zane (The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Panelists: BETH SULZER-AZAROFF (University of Massachusetts/Browns Group), SAUL AXELROD (Temple University), JOHN W. JACOBSON (The Sage Colleges), PATRICK RIMELL (Southside Virginia Training Center) |
Abstract: The year 2004 marks the 100th anniversary of the birth of BF Skinner, the most influential psychologist of the 20th century. To celebrate and honor this occasion, and the man himself, the panel participants, leaders in the field of applied behavior analysis, will discuss how BF Skinner the man, and/or the science that he promoted, influenced their personal and/or professional lives. The panelists will underscore how Dr. Skinner has had a profound impact on the lives of so many people, both the behaviorists whose lives have been shaped by him and his theories, as well as the many people who have been helped through the application of technologies associated with Skinner and his approach towards the study of human behavior. |
BETH SULZER-AZAROFF (University of Massachusetts/Browns Group) |
SAUL AXELROD (Temple University) |
JOHN W. JACOBSON (The Sage Colleges) |
PATRICK RIMELL (Southside Virginia Training Center) |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Transformation of Function: Empirical Investigations |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Fairfax A |
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: . |
|
A Derived Transformation of "Expectancy" Functions: Developing a Relational Frame Model of Irrational Fears |
SINEAD SMYTH (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: Numerous studies have reported the transformation of functions in accordance with derived stimulus relations. Some of these studies have attempted to develop models of human psychopathology by investigating the derived transfer of elicited fear responses. In these studies, one member of an equivalence class is directly paired with an aversive UCS (e.g., electric shock), and then remaining members of the class are presented in the absence of the UCS. Typically, the other equivalence class members produce levels of arousal similar to that produced by the directly paired stimulus. One interpretation of this outcome is that all the equivalence class members come to control a derived “expectancy” response (i.e., the participant expects to receive a shock whenever an equivalence class member is presented). Although this expectancy-based interpretation of the derived transfer of elicited fear functions seems reasonable, it has not been systematically tested under laboratory conditions. The current paper presents a research program that set out to develop experimental procedures for the investigation of the derived transfer of expectancy functions. The research highlights the role of multiple-exemplar training in establishing and maintaining derived expectancies and appears to provide a more valid model of irrational fears than previous research in this area. |
|
A Transformation of Stimulus Functions Based on an Analogical Relational Network |
FRANCISCA LOPEZ RIOS (University of Almeria, Spain), Serafin Gomez-Martin (University of Almeria, Spain), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The paper reports a study that attempted to show that a derived relation might acquire a new function from another similar derived relation, thereby providing a model of how analogy can be the basis for the transformation of stimulus functions. Specifically, subjects were exposed to five experimental phases: 1) training to form four equivalence classes (i.e., A1-B1-C1, A2-B2-C2, A3-B3-C3, A4-B4-C4); 2) tests for equivalence within the classes; 3) training Function 1 (F1) to relations composed of same class stimulus (e.g., B1A1, B2A2, etc.) and training Function 2 (F2) to relations composed of different class stimulus (e.g., B1A2, B2A1, etc.); 4) tests for transformation of stimulus functions to new relations (e.g., would C1A1, C2A2 and the like acquire F1 and C1A2, C2A1 and the like acquire F2?); 5) test to demonstrate analogy within the context of matching to sample (e.g., with C1A1 as sample would subjects choose C2A2 when C2A2 and C3A4 are the comparisons?). These results may shed light on how psychological functions are transformed in accordance with analogical relations. |
|
Equivalence-Equivalence and Transfer of Function: Further Investigations |
DONNLA HUGHES (National University of Ireland, Galway), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Louise A. Mchugh (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: Previous studies modeled analogy as equivalence-equivalence responding and demonstrated transfer of function in accordance with equivalence-equivalence. This study investigated the effect of variety of exemplars of transfer training on transfer of function through equivalence-equivalence. Adult subjects were first divided into three groups, all of which were trained and tested for the formation of four 3-member equivalence relations: A1-B1-C1, A2-B2-C2, A3-B3-C3, and A4-B4-C4. They were then tested for equivalence-equivalence (e.g., matching B1/C1 to B2/C2 rather than B3/C4). For Group 1, function F1 was then trained to 1 compound stimulus composed of two directly trained same-relation stimuli, and function F2 to 1 compound composed of directly trained different-relation stimuli. Subsequent tests probed for F1 in the presence of compounds containing two equivalent stimuli and F2 in the presence of compounds containing two non-equivalent stimuli. Group 2 received the same number of transfer training trials, but for this group, F1 was trained to 2 different exemplars of trained same-relation compounds and 2 different exemplars of trained different-relation compounds. For Group 3, F1 was trained to 4 exemplars of same-relation compounds and 4 exemplars of different-relation compounds. Results showed that transformation of function was more likely given greater variety of transfer training exemplars. |
|
Relations between Multiple-stimulus Relations and Transformation of Functions using Respondant-type Training: a Model of Analogy |
HILARIO MESA MANJON (University of Almeria, Spain), Serafin Gomez-Martin (University of Almeria, Spain), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: This paper reports an attempt to demonstrate analogical reasoning with relations other than those involved in a frame of coordination, and to test for the transformation of function between analogical relations. Different subjects were exposed to a complex training protocol in which contextual cues for direction (bottom-to-top or top-to-bottom), more than, less than, same and different were established with the aim of generating a series of stimulus networks (e.g., A>B>C; D>E>F; G>H>I). Once these networks were created and analogical reasoning was demonstrated, new stimulus networks (J>K>L ; LL>M>N ; O>P>K) were generated to demonstrate transformation of stimulus functions with new relations. Furthermore an more elaborated respondent-type training procedure was used to establish these new relations. |
|
|
|
|
Treatment Applications Across Response Topographies |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Constitution B |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: . |
|
The Relative Effects of Non-contingent Attention and Non-contingent Tangibles on the Verbal Behavior of a Toddler |
HOLLY A. GREENE (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: The current study was conducted to determine if exposure to an enriched environment, paired with non-contingent attention, increased the verbal and nonverbal social behavior of a two and a half year old child. First, a functional analysis (FA) was conducted. During the FA zero level of aberrant and verbal behavior were observed. Given these findings, a reinforcer survey and forced choice preference assessment was conducted to determine preferred activities for use within subsequent enriched environment conditions. The child and her parent were then observed across three free play conditions: non-contingent attention, an enriched environment with non-contingent attention, and an enriched environment with no attention. Outcomes across these conditions were analyzed using a reversal design. Verbal social behavior, which showed no increase during the initial FA attention conditions, increased dramatically following the enriched environment conditions. The outcomes are discussed in relation to how non-contingent access to preferred activities can be used to increase social behaviors. |
|
The Effect of Choice during Demand Fading |
KAISA L. WEATHERS (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: In this study we measured impulsivity via a choice paradigm during demand fading across 2 tasks. The participant in this study was a 4-year old boy diagnosed with Asperger’s Syndrome. The results of a functional analysis conducted prior to intervention showed that his behaviors were maintained by both positive and negative reinforcement. Intervention was conducted using a combination of multiple baseline andreversal designs, across 2 tasks. Interobserver agreement for child behavior was 96%. Results showed that during the initial choice conditions he chose the option associated with more work and larger reinforcement (i.e., self-control). As the demand increased he began allocating his choices to the option associated with less work and smaller reinforcement. Results will be discussed in terms of impulsivity and access to choice during demand fading. |
|
The Effects of Habit Reversal Techniques to Reduce Tic Behavior in a Preteen with Tourette’s Syndrome |
CHARLYNE ALLEN (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: The socially significant problem of this study referred to vocal tic behaviors of an 8 year old boy diagnosed with Tourette’s Syndrome. A functional analysis in a clinic setting revealed attention as the maintaining function of the target behavior. Preference and reinforcer assessments defined reinforcers for treatment. Habit reversal procedures were implemented to teach awareness, self-monitoring, and competing response for vocal tics. Reinforcement was delivered for participation and cooperation with the treatment plan. The effects of a token economy within a leveled reinforcement system resulted in significant reduction of the tic behaviors. The results are discussed with regard to the use of habit reversal procedures for children with Tourette’s Syndrome |
|
The Use of Response Latency to Identify Reinforcers for Use in the Reduction of Automatic Behavior in a DRA Treatment |
STEPHANIE MEADER (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Jeremy M. Lee (Spokane Public Schools) |
Abstract: The effectiveness of two measures of preference were compared in the treatment of automatically reinforced behavior in a female with Rett Syndrome. The compared measures were: (a) forced-choice preference assessment and (b) latency to the first aberrant response. The identified preferred stimuli were evaluated in a fixed time, differential reinforcement of alternate behavior (DRA) schedule. The results indicate that latency to response may be a more effective measure of identifying reinforcing stimuli within DRA treatments for automatically maintained problem behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Various Methods in Videomodeling |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Back Bay C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rebecca Sawyer (DFW Center for Autism) |
Discussant: Stacey L. Shook (Northwest Behavioral Associates) |
Abstract: Learning Objectives
Various techniques & extensions of recent techniques in utilizing videomodeling procedures.
Increasing both rate and variation of appropriate play-related responses (action & vocal) in young children with autism (with otherwise stereotypical and unconventional play skills)
A glimpse at investigating fluency-based instruction utilizing video-based models. |
|
The Use of Video Modeling to Teach Play Sequences to a Preschool Child with Autism |
JANE M. SHIVELY (DFW Center for Autism), Carrie Haycraft (DFW Center for Autism), Rebecca Sawyer (DFW Center for Autism) |
Abstract: In recent literature, video modeling has been identified as an efficient teaching procedure for individuals with autism for skills such as perspective taking, play, and social language. In a partial replication of D’Ateno, Mangiapanello, and Taylor (Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions, 2003), the present study utilized a video modeling procedure to teach play sequences to a preschool child with autism. Dependent variables included both vocal and motor responses. A multiple baseline design across two play scenes (Robin Hood and Farm) was implemented to demonstrate experimental control. No reinforcement or correction procedures were used during the study. The results demonstrate an increase in both scripted and non-scripted responses. One month follow-up data are also reported. |
|
A Further Investigation into the Effects of Videomodeling on Responses in Play Contexts |
NICOLE L. BANK (University of North Texas), Regan Roth (University of North Texas), Rebecca Sawyer (DFW Center for Autism) |
Abstract: In recent literature, video modeling has been identified as an efficient teaching procedure for individuals with autism for skills such as perspective taking, play, and social language that produces positive behavior changes in a relatively short period of time. In the present study, a video modeling procedure was used to teach play sequences to a preschool child with autism. This study is a partial replication of the study “Using Video Modeling to Teach Complex Play Sequences to a Preschooler with Autism”, by Patricia D’Ateno, Kathleen Mangiapanello, and Bridget A. Taylor (Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions, 2003). Dependent variables included both vocal and motor responses. The current study was also performed as an extension of recent studies in order to investigate two additional components: increases in variability and generalization of responses. |
|
The Effects of Videomodeling on Fluency of Tacting for a Young Child with Autism |
DOMONIQUE Y. RANDALL (Shape of Behavior) |
Abstract: In the present study videomodeling was used to increase fluency in expressive tacting for a young child with autism. The child was a three year old male who attended Shape Of Behavior Day Treatment Clinic in Houston, Texas. Baseline consisted of the child with autism expressively tacting the set of tact cards. Intervention included a video presentation of a typically developing peer expressively tacting. No experimenter-reinforcement or correction procedures were used during the intervention. The child with autism increased in fluency to a greater rate than his typically developing peer in the video. A second study was conducted to investigate any practice effects associated with the fluency of expressive tacting in study one. A multiple baseline across sets of cards was used. |
|
|
|
|
A Wrinkle in Timing Accounts: Effects of D-amphetamine and Morphine |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:30 PM–4:20 PM |
Beacon E |
Area: BPH |
Chair: Clive D. L. Wynne (University of Florida) |
|
The Effects of Morphine on the Discrimination of Subject-produced and Experimenter-imposed Durations |
Domain: Applied Research |
RYAN D. WARD (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
|
Abstract: Experiments that assess animal timing of durations usually present a sample and require the animal to categorize the duration. Discrepancies in the timing literature have led some to conclude that the mechanisms underlying timing of experimenter-imposed durations may be different than those used to time subject-produced durations. As a result, different timing procedures may lead to different, and conflicting results. Experiment 1 used a procedure developed by Shimp (1981) in which pigeons categorized the duration of their interresponse times. Pecks on a center key produced DSMTS trials on a random interval schedule. Pecks to a key lit one color led to food if the previous interresponse time was short, and pecks to another key led to food if the previous interresponse time was long. When matching accuracy was stable and asymptotic, we examined the effects of acute morphine administration. Morphine dose dependently flattened the interresponse time distributions and decreased accuracy. Accuracy for short interresponse times was less affected than accuracy for long interresponse times. In a second experiment, we used a procedure that allowed us to assess the effects of morphine on the discrimination of both subject-produced and experimenter-imposed durations, within the same session. |
|
Effects of D-amphetamine on Peak Interval Responding in Pigeons |
Domain: Applied Research |
CLIVE D. L. WYNNE (University of Florida), Kathryn A. Saulsgiver (University of Florida), Erin McClure (University of Florida) |
|
Abstract: We analyzed the effects of four doses of d-amphetamine (0.75, 1.5, 2.25 and 3.0 mg/kg) on a Peak Interval (PI) responding in pigeons. Discrete trial Fixed Intervals (FI) trials were intermixed with PI trials, which terminated without reinforcement. Drug was administered for ten consecutive daily sessions followed by at least ten days of saline baseline recovery. Analysis of the peak times assessed by three methods (fitting Weibull and Gaussian functions, finding the midpoint of the interquartile range) revealed no change at any drug dose. However, times to first response (wait times) were also examined and showed a dose-dependent decrease with the administration of d-amphetamine and a increase in both time and variability when d-amphetamine was removed. |
|
|
|
|
|
EAB 1 |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:30 PM–4:20 PM |
Beacon D |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Leigh Ann S. Wheat (University of Rochester) |
|
Revealed Operants as Lines Drawn on a Graphics Tablet: New Data |
Domain: Applied Research |
FRANCIS MECHNER (The Mechner Foundation), Laurilyn Dianne Jones (The Mechner Foundation) |
|
Abstract: The revealed operant technique makes it possible to address research questions that cannot be addressed with operants recorded merely as instantaneous all-or-none events. The new technique consists of lines drawn on a touch-sensitive graphics tablet by a human subject. The computer records each line’s length, slope, duration, average speed, and pressure applied by the stylus. Some of these attributes of the operant occurrences were used to set the criteria for the occurrence or non-occurrence of an operant class, and other attributes were recorded as the non-criterial properties of the operant occurrences for each line drawn. Experiments were conducted to examine: the non-criterial properties of the operant occurrences in a fixed interval schedule, as a function of distance from the time of the scheduled reinforcer (consisting of money); the effect of number of prior repetitions on the characteristics of an operant class on resurgence during conditions of imposed stress; and the effect of recency and sequence in which various response classes were learned and practiced. Other experiments examined the effects of non-contingent reinforcer presentations during streams of operants maintained by other contingencies. Additional research questions that can be addressed with this technique are discussed. |
|
Maintaining a Target Response with a Previously Neutral Stimulus as the Consequence |
Domain: Applied Research |
LEIGH ANN S. WHEAT (University of Rochester Medical Center), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jose Rosales (University of North Texas) |
|
Abstract: Few studies have investigated methods for establishing neutral stimuli as conditioned reinforcers in human subjects. Conditioned reinforcers, however, can alleviate some of the problems encountered in using reinforcers, such as satiation and suitability of a reinforcer for a specific environment. In this study, a series of reversals evaluated the effects of a conditioning procedure involving pairing a neutral stimulus, the remote control tactile stimulus (RCT), with an identified reinforcer. The RCT is a device composed of a transmitter and a receiver. When the transmitter is activated from a distance of several feet the receiver vibrates. Two male subjects under the age of six with a diagnosis of autism participated in the experiment. Phase 1 demonstrated that the RCT was a neutral stimulus. In Phase 2, alternating pairing and testing conditions were run. During testing the effects of pairing were evaluated by the effectiveness of the RCT in maintaining a response in the absence of a previously available reinforcer (extinction test) and in increasing a new response over baseline level (learning test). Results from the extinction tests suggest that under some pairing conditions the RCT can acquire properties of a reinforcer. |
|
|
|
|
|
EAB 3 |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
3:30 PM–4:20 PM |
Commonwealth |
Area: EAB |
Chair: James Kopp (University of Texas at Arlington) |
|
Theoretical Perspectives on Behavior Produced by Signaled Delay of Reinforcement Procedures |
Domain: Applied Research |
MARCO A. PULIDO (Universidad Intercontinental, Mexico), Nuria Lanzagorta Pnol (Universidad Ibroamericana), Mariana Rubi Gonzalez (Universidad Intercontinental, Mexico) |
|
Abstract: Behavior produced by signaled delay of reinforcement procedures has been accounted for in numerous and conflicting ways. The purpose of the present study was tu subdue theoretical disorder by examining the effects of four independent variables that are known to consistently modulate signal effects: 1. signal duration, 2. response-signal temporal separation, 3. reinforcement rate and 4. response-signal dependancy relations. Independent variable effects were assessed using both within and between subject designs; both response maintenance and acquisiton were used as dependent variables. Overall results suggest signals dramatically increase response efficency. Thus change in response-reinforcer ratio is offered as a new millstone for theoretical development on signaled delay of reinforcement effects. |
|
Computer Automated Shaping: Differential Reinforcement for Long Duration Responses using Three Common Shaping Algorithms |
Domain: Applied Research |
JAMES KOPP (University of Texas at Arlington), Denise Lott Arellano (University of Texas at Arlington) |
|
Abstract: Six laboratory rats were exposed to differential-reinforcement- of-long-barpress-duration schedules in daily 30 minute sessions for 25 days. The differentiation criterion for each session was calculated by adding 100 ms to either, 1) the mean of the 10 preceding response durations or, 2) the median of the 10 preceding response durations, or 3) the duration of the just preceding (“n-1”) response duration. During the first phase of the experiment, each algorithm was associated with a different light condition (different multiple schedule component) for five consecutive 30 minute sessions each in the order “n-1,” “mean,” “median.” In the second phase of the experiment, the same components were repeated in randomized blocks of five each for a total of 10 sessions. During the first phase, durations increased systematically from below one s to levels of from one to four s. During the second phase of the experiment, durations became stable across conditions for each animal at individual values ranging from 1 and 2.5 seconds irrespective of the method used to calculate the differentiation criterion. |
|
|
|
|
|
Presidential Address: Behaviorism at 100 |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
4:30 PM–5:20 PM |
Grand Ballroom |
Chair: Jay Moore (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
|
Presidential Address: Behaviorism at 100 |
Abstract: Access to vast amounts of information in almost instantaneous time, enabled by the Internet, is changing the nature of science. From a collection of relatively independent sciences developing specialized understandings of different subject matters, a single interdisciplinary enterprise is emerging on the premise that everything is related to everything else. In this enterprise, it is the relations among things not the things in relation which constitutes the subject of inquiry. The aims of this address are to explore the character and significance of this emerging Science of Relations, and to consider the implications of its development for behavior science in the foreseeable future. |
|
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Dr. Linda J. (Parrott) Hayes received her bachelor’s degree from the University of Manitoba (1974), and her master’s and doctoral degrees from Western Michigan University (1978, 1983). Dr. Hayes was a member of the Behavior Analysis faculty at West Virginia University while completing her doctorate, after which she took a position at Saint Mary’s University in Canada. She founded the Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada-Reno on a self-capitalization model in 1990, and served as its director for more than a decade. Dr. Hayes has participated in the governance of ABA throughout her career, serving as Chair of the Education and Evaluation Committee, Coordinator of the Education Board, founder and director of the Council of Graduate Programs in Behavior Analysis, and has completed two terms as a member of the Council. She is best known for her work in behavior theory and philosophy. |
|
|
|
|
|
#404 Poster Session – AUT |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
1. Skill Acquisition Via Behavior Momentum and a DRA for a Student with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTOFER VAN HERP (Melmark New England), Ryan Snyder (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: The purpose of this paper is to examine the effects of behavior monmentum and a DRA procedure in increasing skill acquisition for an 11 year-old boy with autism. The subject was placed in a community based residential school due to his lack of academic progress in his prior placements, in part due to a challenging repertoire of behaviors. After completing a functional and academic assessment, a treatment package of behavior momentum and differential reinforcement of appropriate behavior was developed. The objective was to increase this young boy's academic progress in the areas of mathematics, reading and group participation. Low probability responses of academic tasks (grade level reading) were preceded by high probability response activities (such as word identification) to gain behavior momentum. This was coupled with a fixed interval DRA for appropriate task participation. The results of this study indicated skill acquisition across targeted academic need areas and group participation. Data on percentage of correct responses per academic area will be displayed as will duration data of group participation. Interobserver reliablity was conducted across targeted academic areas and the mean agreement coefficient was 90%. |
|
|
2. Treating Severe Phobic Responding in an Adult with Autism: The Importance of Community-Based Partnerships |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
VINCENT PANDOLFI (University of Rochester School of Medicine and Dentistry) |
Abstract: This case details interagency implementation of research-validated behavioral practices in treating severe phobic responding in an 18 year-old male with Autistic Disorder. Common stimuli triggered escape-motivated aggression, stripping, and subjective distress. These responses elevated his risk for residential placement and significantly reduced the family's quality of life. Initial functional assessment data indicated the need for daily exposure-based treatment and behavioral coping skills training. Collaborative planning and service delivery included the individual, his family, community-and university-based behavioral psychologists, and school educators. Following training by the psychologists, the client's parents and educators implemented the intervention procedures. After six weeks of home-based exposure therapy and home- and school-based skills training, data presented reflect substantial improvements in the client's behavioral functioning and family quality of life with reduced treatment costs. Gains were maintained for 17 months, and continued collaboration between community partners addressed relapse and post high school transition issues. This study is consistent with previous literature in that: (a) family participation in treatment planning improves an intervention's social validity; (b) effective intervention requires the application of research-validated behavioral practices across settings and service providers; and (c) sustaining best practice requires collaborative problem-solving that is outcomes oriented. |
|
|
3. The Effects of Inclusive Education Through Art Activities Focusing on Increasing Social Interactions for Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GYEONG HEE SEO (Daegu University, South Korea), Yunhee Shin (Daegu University, South Korea), Mi Kyung Lee (Daegu University, South Korea), Won Ok Gu (Daegu University, South Korea) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of art activities in inclusive program for children with autism to increase social interactions and to decrease inappropriate behaviors. From the research the social interaction divided with approach behaviors and reaction behaviors. The inappropriate behaviors in the study defined the behaviors which related to inappropriate hand motion of each child showed. Three of elementary school boys with autism and 120 of typically developing peers also participated in the study. This study used multiple probe design across subjects. Data was collected using interval recording system and event recording system for each group of target, behaviors for 10 minute observation. The results showed the followings. First, the art activities in inclusive program increased all the subjects' social interactions. Second, the intervention decreased all the subjects' inappropriate behaviors. Third, the intervention secured its social validity for all the participants in the study. The outcome of the study contributes the preliminary data to the field-based inclusion programs for children with autism in inclusive educational setting. |
|
|
4. Promoting Social Interaction in a Weekend English Camp for Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SUNG AE KIM (Daegu University, South Korea), Soo Kyun Kang (Daegu University, South Korea), Yonglae Hah (Lotus Flowers Children Center), Hanwoo Lee (Jinju International University, South Korea), Chae Jin Park (Daegu University, South Korea) |
Abstract: The study examined the effect of a weekend English camp to promote social interaction for preschool children with autism. Three boys with autism and their peers who enrolled a weekend English camp participated in the study. The study employed a time-lagged AB baseline design across subjects. To collect data for the effects of the intervention, direct observations using 10-second partial-intervals in a 40-minute observation was employed. Interobserver agreement ranged from 88% to 93% with an average of 91% across all subjects and phases of the investigation. Following the problem analysis interview, the intervention was provided to the subject for 24 sessions. The intervention consisted of cooperative task in a small group, all-members group dance, and snack time. All the directions and descriptions during the camp were given to the participants in bilingual, in English first and in Korean second. The result showed that the baseline data of social interactive behaviors across all the subjects increased during the intervention phase with an average of 23% increased rates. The increased rate of target behaviors for all the subjects was maintained during follow-up. |
|
|
5. Comparing Two Procedures for Training Generalization to Novel Exemplars in a Sight Word Task with a Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KATIE DIVELBISS (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The current study compared two procedures for programming generalization to novel exemplars in an expressive sight word task with a 5 year old child with autism. The effect of training single exemplars versus multiple exemplars was compared within a reversal baseline design that included probe and test trials between each reversal. Independent, correct, responding to the target sight word increased during multiple exemplar training and decreased during single exemplar training. Results indicted that only after training multiple exemplars was the participant able to generalize to a novel exemplar containing the target sight word. Reliability measurements were high and based upon interobserver agreement on trial by trial observations. |
|
|
6. Follow-Up Study of Former Students of the Judge Rotenberg Center |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHEN A. WONG (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Robert Von Heyn (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Joseph Assalone (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Rosemary Silva (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Examining post-treatment outcomes of residential care clients remains an important aspect in assessing the long-term durability of treatment that clients receive while in the care of a facility and the generalizability of treatment effects to natural environments. This study is an ongoing investigation of the post-treatment outcomes of former students of the Judge Rotenberg Center (JRC), a residential care facility that employs a highly consistent application of behavioral treatment and educational programming for children and adults with severe behavior problems, including conduct disorders, emotional problems, brain injury or psychosis, autism, and developmental disabilities. The students are evaluated after leaving JRC using objective measures of quality of life indicators and subjective measures of life adjustment. It is anticipated that approximately 60 former students from several months to years post-treatment will be included in this study. |
|
|
7. Improving Rate of Task Completion in Three Teenagers with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIN B. RICHARD (Alpine Learning Group), Hannah Hoch (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Andrea C. Rodriguez (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Three teenagers with austism were taught to increase the speed at which they completed prevocational and vocational tasks. One student learned to increase the number of items he sorted with reinforcement contingent upon task completion within a designated interval of time. Two other students learned to increase the speed at which the completed vocational tasks at a work site with the implementation of visual cues and reinforcement. Performance after intervention was compared to performance prior to intervention and to the performance of neurotypical individuals. Interobserver data were recorded during at least 30% of the sessions and was 100%. |
|
|
8. Clicker Reinforcement Systems |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINA M. COGDILL (Minnesota Autism Center), Sarah E. Roberts (Minnesota Autism Center), Jennifer L. Barney (Minnesota Autism Center) |
Abstract: The Clicker Reinforcement System is a two tier, differential reinforcement system. A standard tally counter or golf counter is used to accumulate points throughout the individual’s day. The individual contracts for a desired reinforcer. The reinforcer is presented when the individual reaches a predetermined amount of points. Points are awarded by the therapist for any positive behavior elicited by the individual. A separate clicker is also utilized by the therapist to track any inappropriate behavior elicited by the individual. The therapist’s points can be used to determine an appropriate behavior percentage. Inappropriate behavior was significantly decreased with implementation of the clicker system across subjects. Appropriate behavior was also maintained through this system as it provides a variety of reinforcement, both immediate and delayed. |
|
|
9. Developmental Differences in a Clinical Sample of Siblings of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CYNTHIA M. CARTER (Children's Hospital, San Diego), Aubyn C. Stahmer (Children's Hospital, San Diego), Michelle Thibault Sullivan (Johns Hopkins University) |
Abstract: There is consensus among many experts in the field of autism that this disorder has a strong genetic component, with considerable focus placed upon the prevalence of psychiatric disorders in family members of individuals with autism. This study examines developmental differences in 38 siblings of children with autism including social, intellectual, language, motor, and adaptive behavior areas. Following an initial study where standardized measures on these developmental areas were collected, families were contacted two years later to respond to questions regarding the siblings’ developmental status and services received. A frequency analysis was used to determine the incidence and nature of the developmental differences in siblings and the persistence of these differences, and regression techniques were utilized to examine the relationship of scores from developmental assessments and the use of intervention and the correlation between early symptoms and current diagnostic issues. Preliminary results indicate that 16% of the siblings met criteria for a diagnosis on the autism spectrum. An additional 16% of the siblings had attention, language or behavioral issues. Therefore, 32% of the siblings had diagnosable issues that could be addressed through early intervention. The implications for early screening of siblings of children with ASD are discussed. |
|
|
10. A Comparison of BASC Scores for Children Diagnosed with Aspergers Disorder and Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
STEVE LINDAUER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David M. Richman (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: The Behavior Assessment System for Children (BASC) is a rating scale that is used to identify potential personality problems, behavior problems, emotional disturbance, and positive attributes in children. In the current study, we compared the scores on various subscales on the BASC for children diagnosed with autism and Aspergers disorder. Results indicated that children diagnosed with Aspergers Disorder were rated as being significantly (p<0.10) more depressed, more anxious, and more aggressive than children who were diagnosed with autism. In addition, a potential difference was found with respect to adaptability. Children with Aspergers Disorder were rated as being less adaptable (p=0.102) than children who were diagnosed with autism. Reliability for parent ratings was obtained by having both parents independently complete a rating scale for some participants. Results are discussed in terms of assistance in providing a differential diagnosis. |
|
|
11. Peer-mediated Social Skills Training for Young Children with High-functioning Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KYONG-MEE CHUNG (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Shaye Revies (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill), Matt Mosconi (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill), Josiah Drewry (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill), Todd Matthews (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill), Marc J. Tasse (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill) |
Abstract: A peer-mediated social skills training program combined with video feedback was implemented for four children with high-functioning autism. The training was conducted weekly for 90 minutes by trained graduate students. It consisted of 15 minutes of a teacher-instructed lesson, 20 minutes of practice, 20 minutes of a naturalistic activity (e.g. eating a snack), 20 minutes of video feedback and 15 minutes of preparation time. The program lasted for 12 weeks and targeted six primary social behaviors identified by parents; maintaining a conversation and taking turns, asking appropriate questions, making relevant comments, and staying on topic during a conversation. Each skill was practiced through diverse activities and games for 1-3 weeks. The effectiveness of the training program was evaluated through (1) behavioral observations of the videotaped portion of the children’s interactions with peers, and (2) pre- and post-testing scores using parent rating scales. Three out of four children demonstrated improvement in positive communication style and decreased negative interaction. Topics of discussion included (1) the modification of the program for better effectiveness, (2) the use of additional treatment strategies for less responsive children, and (3) the need to develop a manual for social skills training. |
|
|
12. Extra Stimulus Cues Used to Improve Performance in a Direct Instruction Program for an 11-year-old Student with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID M. CORCORAN (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: This paper summarizes the prompting and procedural changes used to effectively implement a Direct Instruction decoding curriculum with an 11-year-old boy with Autism and disarthria. Previous studies have shown Direct Instruction to be a highly effective teaching curriculum for typically developing school age children in a variety of settings. This study expands the use of DI to a student with Autism. Typically Direct Instruction procedures are employed in a group format using carefully scripted instructions and correction procedures. In the present study variations from the prescribed scripted instructions as well as additional visual and gestural cues were used to teach correct responding on verbal tasks, in which the student had previously been unable to respond correctly. These visual and gestural cues were then faded while maintaining correct responding. This allowed the student to progress through the curriculum and improve his first time correct responding to 85% on decoding tasks. |
|
|
13. Needs Assessment and Content Validation of a Multi-Media Interactive Informational CD About Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANTHONY J. CUVO (Southern Illinois University), Jennifer Delaney (Southern Illinois University), Kimberly Dwyer-Moore (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: A needs assessment and content validation were undertaken to develop a multi-media interactive instructional CD on autism for parents and professionals. In the needs assessment phase, a questionnaire was used to establish the need for a CD on autism, including its characteristics, etiology, assessment and intervention procedures. Parents and professionals were questioned about their interest and potential use of such an informational CD, as well as the type of content that they would find most useful. In the second phase, the suggested content topics from the needs assessment were submitted to a small group of parents and professionals to evaluate the content. Revisions were made to the topics based on this content validation. The multi-media interactive CD has potential to be an efficient means to communicate information about autism and its treatment to a wide audience of consumers. Such a CD permits independent study by its users with a flexible format to select information of interest. |
|
|
14. Assessment Recommendations and Practices for Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANTHONY J. CUVO (Southern Illinois University), Jenny Lindsey (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Epidemiological research indicates that the number of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders has been increasing in recent years. This escalation in prevalence, and perhaps incidence, has created a concern nationwide for accurate screening and diagnostic testing procedures. In addition, experimental research supports the effectiveness of early intervention for children with autism spectrum disorders. Consequently, there is an interest in the earliest possible identification of children that may lie along the autism spectrum. Early identification requires the development of assessment procedures that are sensitive to the diagnostic criteria in very young children. A variety of new screening and assessment procedures for autism have been developed in recent years to supplement assessments already in use. In addition to screening and diagnostic tests for autism, the children also are assessed on a number of other domains to describe their level of functioning and plan treatment. In an effort to provide guidance to professionals with respect to evidence-based practice, several states and professional organizations have conducted a critical review of the literature and made recommendations for assessment instruments. In addition, the assessment practices of some of the most widely recognized programs for children with autism in the United States have been published. This poster presents these recommended and employed assessments for the screening and diagnosis of autism, plus tests for other domains, such as cognitive and adaptive behavior, speech, language, motor behavior, and others. |
|
|
15. Video Modelling as a Technique for Promoting Social Initiation and Play Skills in Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KENNETH KERR (The Saplings School), Paula A. Moore (The Saplings School), Claire E. McDowell (The Saplings School), Philomena P. Smyth (The Saplings School), Aisling A. Ardiff (The Saplings School), Wendi M. McDermott (The Saplings School) |
Abstract: The Saplings Model of Education is a partnership organization driven by parent and professional input, and includes the Saplings School for children with Autism. The Saplings School is a research driven school which provides one to one and group instruction, using the principles of Behaviour Analysis, to thirty pupils challenged with Autism. The Saplings School operates as a researcher-practitioner model in the promotion of best educational practice. One area of concern in educating children with autism is the teaching of both social initiation and play skills. Video modeling presents as a technological method to demonstrate appropriate and desirable skills. This poster presentation examines the effect of video modeling as a method for promoting social initiation and play skills. Participants were two female and three male pupils of the Saplings School, aged between 5 and 8 years. Results indicated that video modeling did not promote an increase in social initiation or play skills, regardless of the presence of imitative skills within the participant’s behaviour repertoire, for most participants. |
|
|
16. The Reliability of A-B-C Sequence Analysis Among Professionals With and Without Training in Functional Assessment Methodology |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGAN P. MARTINS (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Beth A. Glasberg (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: Despite their widespread use, there is relatively little research on using descriptive ABC analysis as a tool for understanding problem behavior. The purpose of this investigation is to preliminarily examine the reliability of three approaches to analyzing A-B-C data: unstructured analysis, individual sequence analysis, and structured visual analysis. Two groups of participants analyzed several sets of ABC sequence data generated from observations of children with autism. One participant group consisted of professionals with direct training in using behavioral functional assessment methods, while the other group had experience working with children with autism but had not received explicit training in functional assessment methodology. The authors will present findings regarding the reliability of the three approaches to analyzing A-B-C sequence data in both participant groups and the relationship between the reliability of the methods and the professionals reported confidence in their conclusions. Results will be discussed in terms of implications for the use of descriptive ABC data collection as a primary method of understanding problem behavior. |
|
|
17. Using Video Modeling to Teach Self-Help Skills to Young Boy with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JOSEPH M. VEDORA (Beacon ABA Services), Karen Bausemer (Beacon ABA Services), Brian J. Joergens (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Video modeling was used to teach a six year old boy with autism to independently complete self-care routines. Prior to the video modeling intervention, the student received constant verbal and physical prompts from his parents to stay on-task and to thoroughly complete self-care routines. The video modeling intervention, which consisted of several video clips of his teenaged sister demonstrating appropriate tooth brushing embedded into a computer-mediated activity schedule, resulted in rapid increase in independent tooth brushing. Next, video modeling was used to increase independence during showering. The student viewed edited clips of his sister modeling how to shower prior to taking his shower. The results suggest that video modeling was effective in increasing the student’s independence and also increasing his motivation to engage in such routines. The interventions were implemented by both home-based teachers and parents. The results replicate and extend findings supporting the efficacy of video modeling to teach self-care skills. |
|
|
18. A Comparison of Preference for Tokens Associated with Preselection Vs. Postselection of Back-up Reinforcers |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
PREEYAVATA WANAPUN (New England Center for Children), Atli F. Magnusson (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Many applied behavior analysis programs rely on tokens earned for appropriate behavior and exchanged for back-up reinforcers. No study to date has assessed participants’ preference between selecting back-up reinforcers before versus after earning the tokens. After establishing that the tokens functioned as conditioned reinforcers for a sorting task, the participant was offered two different colored tokens to earn, red and blue. If the participant selected the red token, he had to select back-up reinforcers before he earned the tokens (preselection condition). If the participant selected the blue token, he had to select back up reinforcers after he earned the tokens (postselection condition). After clear preference for one type of condition was identified, the conditions associated with each color were reversed (i.e., red was associated with postselection and blue with preselection.) Results indicated that the participant preferred the token color associated with the postselection condition. In the final phase, a single-operant reinforcer assessment was conducted to determine whether the postselection condition was a more effective reinforcer than the preselection condition. Results indicated that the postselection condition maintained higher rates of behavior than the preselection condition. IOA was collected during 33% of the sessions with a score of at least 90%. |
|
|
19. Evaluation of a Group Social Skills Program for Children Diagnosed with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KASSIDY HASLACKER (West Virginia University), Christina A. Ashford (West Virginia University), Susan D. Kapla (West Virginia University), Cynthia M. Anderson (West Virginia University), Karen Berkman (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Although children diagnosed with autism often display delayed social skills, only a limited amount of research has been devoted to interventions designed to increase these skills. Interventions such as social stories and cognitive-behavioral therapy have produced mixed results. The social skills program at Pressley Ridge Schools uses several strategies within a group activity setting, with the aim of increasing social interaction with both peers and adults. The present study is a short-term evaluation of this social skills program. Child social behaviors were found to increase over the course of several group sessions. These results suggest the need for a full-scale program evaluation to determine the extent of behavior change across different age groups and to ascertain crucial program components. |
|
|
20. The Effects of Methylphenidate on Social Interaction in a Boy with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE L. UY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Stephanie A. Contrucci Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ellen Fittro (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Methylphenidate has been associated with few negative side effects when administered to treat hyperactivity. Recently, with some debate, it has been suggested that methylphenidate can negatively impact social interactions. This could be particularly problematic for children who have existing deficits in social interactions, such as children with autism (Handen, Johnson, & Lubetsky, 2000). In the current study, a 12-year-old boy with autism was admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of self-injurious behavior. Measures of response to social interaction, affect, and activity were recorded using a 3-point Likert scale 5-7 times per day based on 30-minute observation intervals by behavioral psychology staff members that were blind to any medication manipulations. Two observers recorded ratings for at least one third of the observations and agreement averaged above 80%. An ABA design was used to evaluate the effects of methylphenidate. Results indicated an increase in response to interaction, increase in positive affect ratings, and an increase in activity when methylphenidate was discontinued. When he was placed back on methylphenidate, ratings for response to interaction, positive affect, and activity level decreased. The results are discussed in terms of negative effects on existing social deficits in children with autism with the use of methylphenidate. |
|
|
21. Show Me Happy: Teaching Children with Autism to Identify Emotions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DANA J. STEVENS (University of Washington), Christopher Jones (University of Washington) |
Abstract: The instructional method of discrete trial training is commonly used to teach children with autism to identify emotions. Such training targets the skill of identifying emotions in pictures. The purpose of this data-based study was to examine if the benefits of employing this strategy moves beyond discrimination and into age-appropriate labeling of emotions displayed by cartoon characters in video clips. The subjects included students identified with autism, ages ranging from 4 to 6-years old. All phases of the study were conducted in an integrated preschool classroom during typical times of instruction. Further research needs to be conducted to examine if other instructional methods are effective in programming for generalization and the functional use of labeling emotions in others. |
|
|
22. Data Analysis Review: Teacher Tactics & Student Performance |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SUDHA RAMASWAMY (Teachers College, Columbia University), Amy J. Davies Lackey (Hawthorne Country Day School), Virginia S. Wong (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
Abstract: A well-designed behavioral curriculum combined with a behavioral pedagogy for teachers includes training with the numerous teaching operations found throughout the literature. This study implemented training on a protocol used to make instructional decisions on student programs, where the teachers were taught data-based decision-making rules. This study was implemented as a pre and post-training multiple baseline design. Results are reported as number of decision opportunities, number of novel tactics implemented from the science, and student ratio of instructional trials to criterion. |
|
|
23. Teaching Self Help Skills to a Teenager with Autism and Profound Mental Retardation Utilizing an Ancillary Device |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHANIE N. WATERS (Marcus Autism Center), Elizabeth Schelhammer (Marcus Autism Center), Rasheeda Oliver (Marcus Autism Center), Catherine Trapani (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism and profound cognitive disabilities often lack the necessary fine and gross motor pre-skills required for acquisition of independent dressing skills. In this investigation, a 15-year-old male with these diagnoses was instructed to independently put on his socks utilizing a Sock Aid. Typically, this adaptive devise is used with a geriatric population following stroke or surgery. Baseline instruction included a task analysis and a 3-Step Prompting strategy, (an instructional sequence consisting of an instructional cue, model prompt and full physical prompt), which revealed that the student did not possess the essential motor skills to independently complete the task. Thus, modifications were made to the instructional protocol to include the addition of the Sock Aid. Data indicated mastery of the skill (100%) with the incorporation of the aid. Indeed, experimental control was demonstrated following a reversal to the comparison of data when compared to the instruction alone condition. The results indicated that the aid was essential to the independent execution of the task and to decreasing aggression during task completion. An additional phase of instruction includes progressively fading the proximity of the ancillary device to the student to better reflect the natural environment. |
|
|
24. Treatment Integrity: A Systematic Review of Behavioral Intervention Studies Conducted with Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LEIA D. BLEVINS (East Tennessee State University), John J. Wheeler (Tennessee Technological University), Bob A. Baggett (Tennessee Technological University), James J. Fox (East Tennessee State University) |
Abstract: Given the social significance of intervention studies conducted with children with autism, it is critical that treatment procedures are operationally defined and data reported on the integrity of interventions. Treatment integrity has been defined as the degree to which an independent variable is implemented as intended (Peterson, Homer, & Wonderlich, 1982). The purpose of the present study was to assess the degree to which intervention-based studies with children with autism conducted from 1993-2003 and published in behavioral journals operationally defined the independent variables and evaluated treatment integrity. The study replicated the criteria from the review conducted by Gresham, Gansle, and Noell (1993) and focused exclusively on intervention studies conducted with children with autism (children defined as 18 years or younger). Results indicated that of the 62 studies critically reviewed, 11% (7 studies) reported operational definitions of independent variables, 79% (49 studies) did not, and 9% (6 studies) monitored treatment integrity. It would appear that much of this research fails to fulfill one of the basic requirements of Applied Behavior Analysis (Baer, Wolf, & Risley, 1968), in terms of a sufficient technological definition of variables to link target behavior change to specifically defined interventions and to enable systematic replication of results. Implications for future research and for application of ABA to students with autism will be discussed. |
|
|
25. The Effects of in Vivo Social Skills Training in an Inclusion Setting for Students with Asperger’s Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
PHILIP L. CONCORS (Devereux Consultants), Brendan C. Keenan (Devereux Consultants), Karen Ciasca (Devereux Consultants) |
Abstract: The effects of in vivo instruction on the occurrence of prosocial behavior in a cafeteria and playground (target settings) were evaluated for 3 students with Asperger’s Disorder. Students received brief instruction (5-min sessions) in the target environment on 12 “friendship-making skills” selected from the Skillstreaming the Elementary School Child curriculum (McGinnis & Goldstein, 1997). Instructional strategies included modeling, role-playing and the use of corrective feedback. A multiple-baseline design across students was used to evaluate the effects of training in the target environment. Reinforcement procedures remained consistent across baseline and treatment phases (FR 1 verbal praise for occurrence of operationally defined prosocial responses). Reliability measures were collected for 20% of training sessions and 30% of direct observations. Preliminary data indicate a trend in the desired direction following in vivo instruction. Results support the utilization of in vivo instruction to increase spontaneous prosocial behavior in students with Asperger’s in general education settings. |
|
|
26. Increasing Interactions Between Children with Autism and Their Siblings |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
WENDY J. NEELY (Texas Young Autism Project), Candice Y. Floyd (Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project) |
Abstract: Increasing social skills in interactions with typical peers can yield benefits for children with autism that would otherwise be very difficult to achieve. This study expands on previous work examining social interactions between young children with autism and their typical siblings. Participants were three children with autism and typically developing siblings. A common procedure in ABA interventions is for an adult to directly prompt the target child to respond. In this study, a systematic procedure was used to train the sibling to elicit responses from the target child during an imitative block building activity. One target child had an older sibling, one had a younger, and the third had a same age (twin) sibling. A multiple-baseline across environments research design was used to examine the effectiveness of the intervention in different settings. Observational data was collected on sibling instructions and target child responses. Interobserver agreement was .83. Analysis of baseline to post intervention data for each child showed a significant increase in both frequency of initiations by the sibling (0 to 8), as well as successful elicitation of appropriate responses (0 to 7). |
|
|
27. Evidence-Based Practice in the Treatment of Autism: A Review of Single-Subject Research |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SAMANTHA HARDESTY (Louisiana State University), Scott Braud (Louisiana State University), Patricia Snyder (Louisiana State University), Bart M. Sevin (Louisiana State University), Robert E. Crow (Louisiana State University), Cheryl L. Knight (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: In order to provide the most effective services, individuals involved in the treatment of autism should use scientific evidence as the basis for the selection of interventions (Green, 1996). While reviews of the evidence for the various treatments of autism have overwhelmingly supported the use of applied behavior analytic interventions, a consistent method for determining the strength of the available evidence has not emerged (Green, 1996; NYSDH, 1999; MADSEC, 2000). The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the strength of recent scientific evidence from single-subject research on the treatment of autism. First, a system for coding scientific evidence was developed based on existing models (Kratochwill, 2003; Chambless, 1993). Second, single-subject treatment outcome studies for autism published from January 2003 to present were identified and coded. Reliability data were collected on 30% of all articles and reliability coefficients were greater than 80%. Preliminary results indicate continued support for interventions based on the principles of applied behavior analysis. |
|
|
28. The Relationship of Parental Stress to Autism Treatment Type and Duration |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ALLISON SERRA TETREAULT (Texas Young Autism Project), Alexis Hyde-Washmon (Texas Young Autism Project), Janie Pedraza (Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project) |
Abstract: Parents of children with autism experience more stress than parents of children with other disabilities. With the assistance of treatment for the child, a decrease in parental stress might be expected. The following study examines reported depression, anxiety and stress levels for thirty parents (n=30), in relation to the type and duration of treatment being received by the child, and parental satisfaction with treatment. Parents completed the following measures: the Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), the Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI), and the Parenting Stress Inventory (PSI). Treatment programs were categorized as: 1) intensive treatment, which includes 35-40 hours of one-to-one home-based ABA; 2) workshop treatment, parent-directed one-to-one in home ABA with consultation; and 3) group-based ABA. Parental stress levels were significantly high, with symptoms of anxiety and depression somewhat lower. Levels of stress were significantly related to type of treatment the child received (p = .05), but not to treatment duration. Parent satisfaction did moderate the relationship between stress and treatment type, such that there was a stronger correlation between stress and treatment type for those parents less satisfied with their child’s treatment. |
|
|
29. Descriptive Assessment of Family and Marital Quality in Families with Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER M. GILLIS MATTSON (State University of New York at Binghamton), Aubrie E. Swan (State University of New York at Binghamton), Peggy A. Echt (State University of New York at Binghamton), Raymond G. Romanczyk (State University of New York at Binghamton) |
Abstract: The literature informs us that families of children with developmental disabilities experience significant levels of stress in coping with their child’s special needs (Baker, Smithen, & Kashimal, 1991; Bromley & Blatcher, 1992; Van Hasselt, Sisson, & Aschi, 1989 and it goes without saying that this applies to parents of children with ASD as well.
Documented sources of stress encountered in the process of parenting a child with ASD include the unpredictable and uncertain course of autism (Bristol & Schopler, 1984; Koren, Chess, & Fernandez, 1978), prolonged dependency on parents and the continuous need for special care (Howard, 1978), parental disappointment with delayed developmental milestones (Bentovim, 1972), decreased confidence in parenting skills relative to parents of typically developing children and children with other disabilities (Rodrigue, et al., 1990), worry regarding the child’s ability to achieve self-sufficiency in the future (Wing, 1985; Wolf & Goldberg), and the need for parents to either delay gratification regarding the child’s attainment of specific goals or the need to forfeit goals (Kohut, 1966).
In this study, several self-report measures were completed by families with children with autism spectrum disorders. The assessment instruments measured marital quality, satisfaction with family life, family demographics, and aspects of sibling behavior. In addition, specific aspects of the child with an autism spectrum disorder’s level of functioning, current type of services (e.g., educational), and overall satisfaction with their child’s current status and services are assessed. This poster will address these issues with respect to overall family and marital quality as well as provide descriptive data that could be used as a basis for future research. |
|
|
30. The Effects of Overcorrection on Throwing Behavior of a Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY L. BERTHIAUME (Crossroads Center for Children), Helen Bloomer (Crossroads Center for Children), Carolyn Giaquinto (Crossroads Center for Children), Michelle Goldman (Crossroads Center for Children) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to look at the effects of overcorrection on a six-year old girl with autism. This child engaged in throwing objects throughout the day. Baseline data were first collected, followed by overcorrection. This procedure was conducted over the entire day. Results showed a decrease in the throwing and an increase in appropriate behaviors. |
|
|
31. Comparison of Typical Children and Children with ASD on the Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHAEL J. MORRIER (Emory University), Gail G. McGee (Emory University), Sheila J. Wagner (Emory University), Sharon T. Hynes (Emory University) |
Abstract: Receiving a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) requires confirmation using “gold standard” diagnostic instruments – ADOS and ADI. Behaviors recorded on the ADOS differentiate children with ASD from typical children in regards to deviance in behavioral categories scored. Typical children’s development as measured by the ADOS has yet to be researched. This poster will compare data for 12 children with ASD and 12 age-matched typical children on algorithm items presented on ADOS Modules 1, 2 and 3. Participating children ages 0-8 were used to conform to recently published recommendations from the National Academy of Sciences (2001). Behavioral data collected includes: percentage time in proximity to adults, rate of verbalizations, overall engagement, focus on adults, and overall rates and types of “autistic-like” behaviors. These behavioral measures were compared for each ADOS module. Correlations between behavioral measures and ADOS subsection algorithm scores reliably sort children by population. Results provide meaningful benchmarks for clinicians using the ADOS for scoring of ADOS algorithm items. High interobserver agreement was obtained for 33% of participants. |
|
|
32. Developing an Intervention to Decrease Excessive Automatically Reinforcing Behaviors |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
EDEL J. BLAKE (Cape Henlopen School District), Vivian J. Bush (Cape Henlopen School District) |
Abstract: Students with autism often times engage in maladative behaviors thtat challenge or inhibit their participation in various community and school settings. The student in this single subject study engaged in such a behavior that hindered his progress and adaptation in various settings and compromised his health and safety. More specifically, a variety of interventions were employeed to determine which interventions decreased the rate of automatically reinforcing behaviors of a thirteen-year-old male with autism. During baseline, the behaviors were exhibited in more than 90% of his school day. The topography of the behavior was; fingers in ears, almost constant vocalizations, eyes closing, twirling, finger/object flicking, throat clearing. These automatically reinforced behaviors occurred both separately and in combination. Previous interventions influded; a differential reinforcement of appropriate behaviors at a variable interval of 5 minutes, a token system where tokens were earned for calm behavior and a functional daily program based on the student's identified goals. The authors proposed a multiple baseline design to decrease the rate of the identified automatically reinforced behaviors. |
|
|
33. Exploring Heart Rate Responses to Stereotypical Behavior in Persons with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MATTHEW S. GOODWIN (The Groden Center, Inc.), Stacey Considine (The Groden Center, Inc.) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism often display stereotypical behavior patterns. Researchers have offered three kinds of interpretations to explain the function of stereotypical patterns: operant conditioning, homeostasis, and neurobiological dysfunction. However, there has been relatively little empirical research in this area. The present poster presents exploratory research by analyzing videotapes and heart rate (HR) records obtained from a previous experimental study. Data from four individuals with autism who displayed stereotypical behavior were used in this analysis. Behavior codes were developed for categorizing, recording, and systematically identifying patterns of stereotypical behavior. These behaviors were then correlated with HR records to discover any relationships between HR before, during, or after engagement in stereotypy. Results indicate that 3 of the 4 participants’ HR did not substantially change before, during, or after engagement in stereotypy. One participant’s HR increased substantially during and after engagement in stereotypy. Implications of these findings and the utility of concomitant physiological and behavioral assessment in a functional behavior analysis are discussed. |
|
|
34. An Examination of Instructional Methods to Promote Generalization of Emotion Labeling for Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER JONES (University of Washington), Dana J. Stevens (University of Washington), RinaMarie S. Leon-Guerrero (University of Washington) |
Abstract: One of the primary deficits in many children with autism is the ability to identify emotions in others. Typical instruction of emotions in special education classrooms focuses on the use of discrete trials to teach emotion labeling of picture cards. Unfortunately, this instructional method has been shown to be ineffective in producing generalized emotion labeling and further intervention is often needed. This study compared three techniques for teaching children with autism to generalize emotion labeling in picture cards, to labeling of emotions in primary characters of popular cartoon movies. Nine children were instructed using video modeling, in-vivo modeling, or social stories and their results were compared with an A-B design. Both interrater reliability and procedural reliability data are included. The implications of this research on the development of future interventions for teaching emotions to children with autism are discussed. |
|
|
35. A Comprehensive Training Program to Increase Tooth Brushing Behaviour in Three Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JAYNE PINDER (TreeHouse School, London) |
Abstract: The need for early dental hygiene training is essential to children’s future health. Without adequate dental hygiene, decay will occur. Following a similar study by Poche, McCubbrey, and Munn (1982), the present study applied a comprehensive tooth brushing program to 3 children with autism. A multiple baseline across subjects design was employed. Tooth brushing was taught using a task analysis, breaking down the tooth brushing sequence into 14 behavioural steps. This follows a similar task analysis used by Horner and Keilitz (1975). Two of the children successfully acquired the total 14 steps in the task analysis, following the behavioural components and performance sequence of tooth brushing. The remaining child, who left the program midway through, made considerable gains over her baseline performance. Though more long-term maintenance data would have been desirable, this study demonstrates the acquisition of tooth brushing skills in children with developmental disabilities. |
|
|
36. Assessment and Treatment of Inappropriate Behaviors Displayed by a Child with Autism in a Waiting Room |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JOSLYN N. CYNKUS (Marcus Autism Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Marcus Autism Center), Catherine Trapani (Marcus Autism Center), Robert LaRue (Marcus Autism Center), Tammy A. Carroll (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Children are generally expected to sit quietly (often with limited access to preferred stimuli) in waiting rooms (e.g., in a Doctor's office or similar setting), but children with autism often display behaviors that are highly incompatible with the expectations of a waiting room, including hyperactivity, a short attention span, and stereotypic or compulsive behaviors. In this investigation, we conducted a functional analysis of out-of-seat behavior, the results of which were consistent with hypothesis that the behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement (i.e., self-stimulatory behaviors that were incompatible with in-seat behavior). Next, a treatment analysis and a component analysis were conducted to evaluate the independent and interactive effects of competing items and a time-out procedure derived from the functional analysis results (Hagopian et al., 1998). Results indicated that the competing items were more effective than time-out when the two procedures were alternated in a multielement design (see Phase 2) and in a reversal design (see Phases 3-7), but that when competing items were implemented alone and directly following a baseline phase, this treatment was ineffective. Taken together, these results indicate that the effectiveness of the competing items was dependent on at least periodic implementation of the time-out procedure. |
|
|
|
|
#405 Poster Session – CBM |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
37. Combining Stimulus Fading Procedure and Escape Extinction as Treatment for a Child with Total Food Refusal |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JOSLYN CYNKUS (Marcus Autism Center), Meeta R. Patel (Marcus Autism Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Marcus Autism Center), Nicole M. Trosclair-Lasserre (Marcus Autism Center), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Prior studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of escape extinction as treatment for pediatric feeding disorders (e.g. Cooper et al., 1999). Although escape extinction is associated with increased acceptance, the procedure may be associated with negative side effects such as extinction bursts and increased emotional responding (Piazza et al, in press; Reed et al, in press.). The current investigation evaluated whether stimulus fading plus escape extinction (Fading + EE) was associated with fewer negative side effects relative to escape extinction alone (EE) using a combination reversal (ABAB) and multi-element design. The participant was a typically developing 14-month-old boy. During baseline (A) two conditions were alternated in which a spoon with food was presented once every 30-s either at (touching) or 25.4 cm from the child’s lips. Inappropriate mealtime behavior resulted in a 20-s escape. In the subsequent phase (B), two treatments were alternated, Fading + EE and EE. Independent observers achieved over 95% agreement for 38% of sessions. Results indicated that Fading + EE was associated with lower levels of inappropriate behavior relative to EE alone. However, the terminal treatment criterion was reached more rapidly with EE alone. Results are discussed in terms of efficiency-based treatment selection versus negative side effects. |
|
|
38. A Preliminary Analysis of a Fluency-based Feeding Intervention |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KENNETH MACALEESE (University of Nevada, Reno), Amy Kenzer (University of Nevada, Reno), Nicholas M. Berens (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The majority of research studies examining treatments for feeding disorders focus on approaches designed to get a child to begin eating or to eat independently. The present study describes an intervention that was implemented following a strategy which taught the child to eat independently. The participant in this study could eat independently but ate so slowly that it disrupted her routines at home. The described intervention was added to increase the rate of food consumption. At the conclusion of twenty-seven, fifteen minute treatments, the child could eat twenty-two bites in fifteen minutes on a VR-2 schedule of reinforcement (IOA for all sessions=90%). While treatment was terminated before an appropriate rate of independent eating was achieved, the current analysis may provide an initial glimpse into an additional feeding strategy where eating more quickly is the focus. |
|
|
39. Social Curriculum Activities to Improve Social Communication Skills of Children with Autism |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SANG BOK LEE (Daegu University, South Korea), Eun Jung Seo (Brain Korea 21 Task Force Project), Min Dong Kim (Daegu University, South Korea), Eun Jin Lee (Daegu University, South Korea), Mi Gyung An (Daegu University, South Korea) |
Abstract: The study had two purposes to evaluate the effectiveness of social curriculum activity(SCA) programs. First, it was to see if the SCA program could increase contextually appropriate social communication skills for two 8-year boys with high functioning autism in inclusive settings. Second, it was to see if the SCA program could decrease their inappropriate social interactions with peers in the inclusive settings. The study developed SCA to improve social communication skills of the children with autism, such as asking a help, expressing appreciation, and complimenting. A social curriculum booklet as an instructional tool in the study was consisted of five steps of the SCA: setting up social rules, demonstrating examples from video movies, creating scripts, role playing, and practice in real life situations. Each participant was given the whole social curriculum booklet for the intervention. The results of the study showed that 0%-8.3% stable levels of correct responses of the social communication skills in the baseline conditions were dramatically accelerated up to 80-100% levels for all participants after the introduction of the SCA. In addition, their inappropriate social interactions with peers in the inclusive settings were decreased 0-10% level. Furthermore, the reliability of dependent variables was 95.3%, so the SCA was reliable for the improvement of the behaviors. |
|
|
40. On the Relation Between Response Effort and Food Texture in a Child with Feeding Problems |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA BOSCH (Marcus Autism Center), Meeta R. Patel (Marcus Autism Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Selectivity by food texture is one problem displayed by children with feeding disorders (Munk & Repp, 1994). In the current investigation, we treated a child who consumed lower textured foods, but packed (held food in his mouth) and expelled higher textured foods. We hypothesized that higher textured foods were associated with increased effort because these foods require (a) more physical work (e.g., chewing) and (b) more advanced oral motor skills and control than pureed foods. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate response effort in relation to food texture by measuring one child’s chewing and associated oral-motor responses (packing and expelling) across three textures: high (chopped), medium (wet ground), and low (pureed). Two independent observers achieved over 97% agreement on over 28% of these sessions. Results were consistent with a response effort hypothesis in that rates of chewing, packing, and expelling varied systematically and orderly according to the texture presented (e.g., rates of chewing increased as texture increased, but consumption decreased due to increased packing and expulsions). The relevance of these data to treatment and future research will be discussed. |
|
|
41. Home Sweet Home? The Maintenance of Treatment Gains up to Two Years Following an Intensive Feeding Admission |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KUNISE K. STROH (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute), James H. Boscoe (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ping Wang (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The Kennedy Krieger Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program (KKI) has demonstrated the effectiveness of behavioral interventions (e.g., non-removal, stimulus fading) to treat children with severe feeding difficulties during an intensive feeding admission. Whether children maintain the treatment gains subsequent to discharge and continue to make progress outside of the clinical setting (e.g., home, school) has yet to be investigated. To determine the long-term effect of treatment procedures and its impact on the children and their caregivers, follow-up assessments were conducted at 1, 3, 6, 12, 18, and 24 months after discharge from KKI. Outcome measures included the KKI Follow-up Questionnaire (including questions about caregiver report of child behavior/satisfaction), the Children’s Eating Behavior Inventory, the Child Behavior Checklist, and the Parenting Stress Index. This poster will examine the results of the assessment and discuss issues associated with conducting long-term follow-up (e.g., return rate). |
|
|
42. Management of Behavior Outside of Mealtime: An Evaluation of a General Behavior Management Program Provided to Caregivers During Their Child’s Admission to an Intensive Feeding Unit |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SUZANNE M. FUNK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ping Wang (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Caregivers of children attending the KKI intensive feeding program often report that their children exhibit problem behavior (e.g., noncompliance, disruption, etc.) outside of mealtime. The present study evaluated the effectiveness of a behavior management program designed to provide caregivers with strategies to manage non-feeding problem behaviors. Over the course of an eight-week feeding admission, caregivers attended four training modules that included short presentations, video examples, group activities, content quizzes, and feedback. To determine the effect of the program on child behavior, behavior ratings scales (e.g., Child Behavior Checklist) were administered to caregivers pre- and post-admission. To examine if caregivers increased their use of effective behavior strategies after training, direct observations of caregiver-child interactions before and after the training program were conducted in analog settings (outside mealtimes). Caregiver feedback about the program will be presented and future modifications of the program will be discussed. |
|
|
43. An Evaluation of Two Procedures for Treating Packing Associated with Food Selectivity |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KISHA HOPE (Marcus Autism Center), Gregory K. Reed (Marcus Autism Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Packing (pocketing and holding accepted food in the mouth) is a common occurrence among children with food selectivity and refusal; however, specific treatments for packing exhibited by these are limited. One suggested treatment for packing is the use of “chasers” (e.g., high preferred liquids or foods) following target bites. Chasers may effectively reduce packing behavior because they are of a preferred type or they are of a texture that is more readily swallowed (e.g., puree or liquids) by the individual. In the current investigation, we evaluated the relative effectiveness of high- (hp) versus low-preferred chasers, while maintaining a constant, easy to swallow texture. The participant was a young girl who exhibited packing associated with food selectivity by type. Independent observers achieved over 90% agreement for approximately 20% of sessions within an outpatient setting. A combined multielement and reversal design was used. Results showed that both chaser treatments were equally effective for reducing packing behavior; both also were associated with higher percentages of oral intake and decreased meal duration. Results are discussed in terms of chaser selection and potential mechanisms for chaser efficacy. |
|
|
44. The Effectiveness of Behavioral Momentum and Extinction Procedures in Reducing Food Refusal in an At-Risk Child |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHANIE L. MILES (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Torri Smith Tejral (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Inadequate food intake has been cited as resulting in 20% of all childhood dietary insufficiencies (Palmer & Horn, 1978). Several treatment studies have shown that escape extinction is effective for treating food refusal (Hoch, Babbitt, Coe, Krell, & Hackbert, 1994; Ahearn, Kerwin, Eicher, Shantz, & Swearingin, 1996; and Patel, Piazza, Martinez, Volkert, & Santan, 2002) Behavioral Momentum procedures have also been shown to increase more compliant behaviors (Belfiore, Lee, Scheeler, and Klein, 2002). Therefore, this particular study, evaulated the effectiveness of both behavioral momentum and extinction procedures with a three-year old foster child who was born at-risk for developmental delays and presented with significant food refusal. Over the course of several weekly sessions, behavioral momentum and extinction procedures were implemented to decrease food refusal, and to increase more compliant behaviors during mealtimes. Results showed a significant increase in the variety of foods accepted and an increase in the amount of previously non-preferred foods accepted. In addition, his foster mother was able to generalize the strategies to the home setting, and a significant increase in appropriate behavior was seen there as well. |
|
|
45. Outcomes for an Intensive Day Treatment Program forChildren with Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ANGELA PRUETT (Marcus Autism Center), Meeta R. Patel (Marcus Autism Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Marcus Autism Center), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (Marcus Autism Center), Amanda Oberdorff (Marcus Autism Center), Stacy A. Layer (Marcus Autism Center), Jackie Otto (Marcus Autism Center), Michele Walker (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Pediatric feeding disorders occur in approximately 22-23% of typically developing children and up to 80% of children diagnosed with developmental disabilities. There are currently few interdisciplinary programs designed for the purpose of treating pediatric feeding disorders. Further, few large scale studies have been conducted on the outcomes produced by such programs. The current proposal will present treatment outcomes for seventy-three patients with pediatric feeding disorders who were seen at the Marcus Institute from October 1999 through July 2003. A summary of specific outcome measures will be provided, including data related to specific treatment goals (e.g., total increases in oral consumption, decreases in inappropriate mealtime behaviors, caregiver treatment integrity), patient demographics, and other relevant clinical gains. These data will be discussed in terms of the efficacy of our interdisciplinary approach and the need for systematic longitudinal treatment research in the area feeding disorders. |
|
|
46. I'll Eat It, but I Don't Like it: Food Preference in Children with Severe Food Refusal |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
BRIAN T. DUDLEY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute), James H. Boscoe (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated the effectiveness of behavioral interventions to increase intake and decrease food refusal during an intensive treatment program. The current study examined the development of food preferences in children with severe food refusal before and after treatment is implemented (Masler, 2003). To determine preference forced-choice edible preference assessments were conducted at admission and at several stages of treatment (e.g., during baseline, introduction of treatment, texture manipulations). Preliminary results demonstrated that some children did not indicate clear preferences. An analysis of meal data (e.g., gags, coughs, and inappropriate behavior) demonstrated that some children might not exhibit preference during the forced-choice assessment, but respond differently to foods during meals. Implications for assessing food preferences in children with severe food refusal and the impact of behavioral interventions (e.g., non-removal) on demonstrations of preference will be discussed. |
|
|
47. Assessing Environmental Variables Effecting Latency to Swallow |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
PING WANG (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer E. Dawson (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Swallowing foods is one of the ultimate goals when treating food refusal. In order for a child to eat efficiently he or she needs to be able to swallow in a timely manner. Several variables that effect how quickly a child swallows include texture, spoon size, preference/food groups and reinforcement. The current study examined the relative effects of these variables on the latency to swallow (i.e., the duration measure for each bite from the time a bite is taken till the time the bite is swallowed). All the cases used in the study were referred to an intensive (6-8 week) feeding program for the assessment and treatment of food refusal. Although acceptance was quickly established for all participants’ long rates of latency to swallow were observed when certain independent variables (i.e., texture, spoon size, food group, and reinforcement) were introduced. Some variables were found to be directly related to the increased latency to swallow. Results are discussed in terms of the role of motivation and response effort when designing treatment for food refusal. |
|
|
48. Use of Multiple Measures to Determine the Effectiveness of an Intensive Feeding Program Admission |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH A. MASLER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ashley J. Greer (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The Kennedy Krieger Institute's intensive feeding program assesses and treats children with severe problem behavior during mealtime. To determine the effectiveness of the program, a number of outcome measures are collected before and after admission to the unit. Outcome measures administered/collected include the Parenting Stress Index, Children’s Behavior Eating Inventory, Parent Satisfaction Questionnaire, % of Parent goals met, and reduction of problem behavior during meals. This study examined the relationship between these measures in terms of their predictive value of children’s progress in the program. The poster will also discuss implications for future program evaluation and follow-up. |
|
|
49. Outcome Evaluation of Short-term Intervention for Children with Severe Behavioral Disorders |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SAMUEL MADDOX (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Henry S. Roane (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: The Short Protocol Clinic at the Marcus Behavior Center conducts behavioral assessments and interventions for children with disabilities and their families over a period of no more than ten, two-hour sessions. Sessions are conducted over a period of two to four weeks with over 40 patients served in a 6-month period. Assessments generally include functional analyses to determine variables that maintain the target behaviors. Based on assessment results treatments are evaluated to reduce or eliminate the target behaviors and/or increase alternative behaviors. Parents or other care providers receive training in implementing recommendations. In addition, home visits are conducted with some patients to evaluate/promote treatment generalization. Data will be presented on patient demographics, (including frequency of different topographies of problem behavior), assessment outcomes (including percentage of patients displaying specific behavioral functions), percent reduction in problem behaviors post-treatment, generalization, and social validity of the procedures and treatment recommendations. |
|
|
50. Treatment of Chronic Aphasia with Errorless Learning Procedures and Operant Conditioning |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Z. GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland), Magnus Sighvatsson Blondahl (University of Iceland) |
Abstract: Three males and one female with chronic broca’s aphasia as a result of stroke, ages 52-62, received treatment based on errorless learning procedures and operant conditioning for seven months. Treatment effects were evaluated with a multiple-baseline design across behaviors with each participant. The performances that were treated varied across participants but were two or three of the following in each case: naming people, naming objects, making sentences, sequencing stimuli (e.g., months), letter discrimination, and unassisted recall (e.g., naming favorite cakes). Treatment variables were clearly defined and systematically used in standard ways across participants and tasks with flexibility for adaptation to individual outcomes using clearly defined criteria for fading prompts in or out. Prompts were faded out as performances improved. Mean inter-scorer agreement for dependent variables was 90-100 percent, > 95% for 10 out of 11 variables. Mean inter-scorer agreement for experimenter’s use of correct prompt was 87-100 percent, > 95% in 8/11 cases. The performances of all participants improved significantly in all tasks, they all reached 100% correct performance without any prompts from the experimenter in at least one task. Generalization measures across stimuli and settings demonstrated that their improved performances generalized to novel stimuli and novel settings. |
|
|
|
|
#406 Poster Session – CSE |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
51. You Can Teach an Old Dog New Tricks: Illustrating Clicker Training with a Mixed-breed Dog |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
JONATHAN A. WORCESTER (University of South Florida), Michelle A. Duda (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Clicker training (Pryor, 1984) is a form of non-coercive, behaviorally-oriented training that has been used with a wide variety of animals, including domestic, farm, and wild animals. The procedure entails the use of a clicker, a simple mechanical device used to mark a behavior simultaneously paired with the presentation of a reinforcing stimulus. Clicker training has been an effective means of shaping, extinquishing, and/or reinforcing new behaviors. |
|
|
52. The Last Chance Project: Measuring the Impact of an Animal-based Intervention on Client Behavior |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHAEL E. BUDOWLE (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Angela K. Fournier (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the behavioral effects of an intervention on the clients and staff of a residential adolescent substance-abuse treatment facility. The intervention was a pet-facilitated therapy program in which clients and staff of the facility cared for and trained a shelter dog. Measures were compared in a pre-test/post-test design. It was hypothesized that clients would experience an increase in positive behaviors, a decrease in negative behaviors, and more participation, staying on task, and positive attitude during the intervention condition. These variables were measured with behavioral checklists completed by the staff. Staff were hypothesized to experience an increase in happiness and excitement, as well as a decrease in anxiety, anger, impatience, and frustration. These variables were measured by a self-report scale. One way analyses of variance resulted in significant changes in positive client behavior F (1, 98) = 7.03, p < .01. Specifically, clients were significantly more on task (p < .05), and participated significantly more in treatment activities during intervention than baseline (p < .05). In addition clients exhibited more positive attitudes during the intervention (p < .05). Staff reported significant differences in levels of excitement, anxiety, and frustration during intervention as well (p’s < .01). |
|
|
53. Communicating Risk: The Effects of Method of Presentation on Understanding and Memory for Risk Information |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
FRANK HAMMONDS (Troy University), Wendy Donlin Washington (Auburn University) |
Abstract: It is important to provide the public with clear, accurate information regarding the risks associated with various behaviors and environmental conditions. Some individuals may not fully appreciate the difference between a .000001 risk and a .0000001 risk. In this study, participants read short descriptions of the risks associated with pollution, smoking, and driving without wearing a seatbelt and the reductions in these risks due to hypothetical new pollution laws, quitting smoking, and wearing a seat belt. Risk information was presented in terms of a log scale, prevalence rates, relative risk, or probabilities across subjects. After reading the descriptions, participants answered questions designed to assess how well they had understood and remembered what they had read. Participants answered the same questions again either 2 or 9 days later. Preliminary data indicate that method of presentation of risk information affected accuracy of answers both immediately after reading the descriptions and after different delays. The results of this study will be relevant to determining the best method for providing such information to the public. |
|
|
54. Child Welfare Outcome Measures: What, Why, and How |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID GELLER (University of South Florida), Michael Cripe (University of South Florida), Randi Pickle (University of South Florida), Terresa A. Kenney (University of South Florida), Bryon Neff (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: It can be extremely difficult when working in applied settings to collect data that clearly demonstrate cause and effect, or lack of. This report discusses this difficulty relative to the assessment of the efficacy of behavior analytic services provided to caregivers and children in a child welfare arena. In addition to presenting a brief summary of various outcome measures used by other researchers, the report describes variables relevant to the selection of these measures, and recent efforts to select outcome measures that have social validity and are also likely to be consistently documented. |
|
|
55. Time Allocation by Behavior Analysts Working in a Child Welfare Agency: Part II |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID GELLER (University of South Florida), Bryon Neff (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: A previous report examined the time allocation of one of several statewide teams of 3 behavior analysts and a supervising senior behavior analyst assigned to offer behavior analytic services to local child welfare providers. Job responsibilities included providing behavioral parent training for foster, biological, and adoptive parents as well as various agency staff. Behavior analysts also conducted functional assessments of challenging behavior of children. Each behavior analyst tracked their daily activities on a 15-minute interval log. Briefly, a summary of the data indicated that the senior behavior analyst devoted 82 percent of working hours to administrative activities and the behavior analysts devoted 58 percent of working hours to training activities. The current report expands the previous analysis to include data from two teams of behavior analysts. Analyses include a comparison of data for each of three senior behavior analysts, a comparison of data for each of three teams of behavior analysts, a comparison of data for senior behavior analysts to data for behavior analysts, and a comparison of data for one team across two consecutive years. |
|
|
56. Why Can't They Be Like Us? Obstacles to Implementing Behavioral Interventions in Community Substance Abuse Programs |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER GUTIERREZ (Treatment Research Institute), Katherine Smith (Treatment Research Institute), Julie M. Wosak (Treatment Research Institute), Lois A. Benishek (Treatment Research Institute), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (University of Pennsylvania), Kimberly C. Kirby (Treatment Research Institute) |
Abstract: Although positive reinforcement of drug abstinence is one of the most effective treatments of substance abuse, community providers often reject these interventions. Possible reasons for this rejection may be incompatible practitioner philosophy, lack of knowledge and or experience with these interventions, doubts about its effectiveness, or issues surrounding implementation. The purpose of this study is to document and better understand the objections counselors and program directors have regarding contingency management programs. Using a 5-point Likert scale, 363 treatment staff from three regions completed a 47-item questionnaire asking them to rate their agreement with different facets of tangible and social reinforcement procedures. Overall, social consequences were more supported than tangible incentives (t = -18.5, p = .00). Attitudes towards contingency management varied as a function of academic preparation, previous experience with behavioral interventions, and region. Both previous experience with contingency management programs and a more advanced degree appeared to impact philosophical issues and beliefs about the effectiveness of incentive programs for program attendance and abstinence, while regional differences appeared to impact practical issues of implementation of contingency management programs. These results have implications for how best to achieve transfer of behavioral technology to community providers of substance abuse treatments. |
|
|
57. The Effects of Prompts, Environmental Alteration, and Feedback on the Reduction of Food Waste |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
SHEZEEN OAH (Chung-Ang University, South Korea), Sun Young Park (Chung-Ang University, South Korea) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of prompts, environmental alteration, and feedback on the reduction of food waste in a student cafeteria in a university building. Participant were college students, professors, and employees. The dependent variables were (1) total weight of food waste per day, (2), the weight of food waste per person, (3) the ratio of food waste to total food served per day, (4) total amount of monetary value for food waste per day. An A-BC-BCD-BC within subject design was employed. After baseline phase(A), prompts and environmental alteration were introduced in the second phase(BC). In the next phase(BCD), feedback was added in addition to the prompts and environmental alteration. In the last phase(B), all treatments except environmental alteration were withdrawn. The results indicated that prompts and environmental alteration were effective in reducing food wastes. When feedback was added, however, the additional effect of feedback was not observed. |
|
|
58. Intervening to Influence Fast-Food Choices: Measuring Response Generalization in Nutrition-Related Behavior |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
WES R. KEENE (Center for Applied Behavior Systems), E. Scott Geller (Center for Applied Behavior Systems), Rachel Andrews (Center for Applied Behavior Systems), Heather Harmon (Center for Applied Behavior Systems), Takashi Hirota (Center for Applied Behavior Systems) |
Abstract: Previous studies have explored the phenomenon of response generalization, where the presentation of one stimulus impacts different responses or behaviors. The present study measures the effects of increasing the purchase of a healthier sandwich on the purchases of other menu items in a restaurant, to determine if consumers make additional healthy choices when prompted to choose a healthy sandwich. Data was recorded at three separate Burger King locations. The restaurants each received three phases: Restaurant 1 received the following phases: A--B--A, Restaurant 2 received A--A--B, and Restaurant 3 received A--A--A. The phases were defined as: A=Baseline and B=Intervention, with each phase lasting two weeks. Coupons promoting a discount on both a healthier sandwich combo with fries, and a healthier sandwich combo with a salad were distributed during the Intervention phase. The total number of all menu items sold was recorded for every day at each location, including the number sold for each type of combo. Comparisons were made between restaurants, as well as within restaurants, using Analyses of Variance to determine which combo and menu items sold better under specified conditions. The results and implications of the data on response generalization will be discussed. |
|
|
59. The Effects of an Individualized Electronic Feedback Speed Sign On the Speed of Traffic |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
JAIME FLORES (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Lloyd Buckner (University of North Texas), Caroline Cason Stevens (University of North Texas), Kathleen M. Clark (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The effects of an individualized electronic feedback sign on the speed of traffic were assessed using an ABC non-simultaneous multiple baseline. Sessions consisted of 20 vehicle samples and the data were analyzed as percent of sample driving over the speed limit on a University Campus. The speed of a vehicle was attained via a police issued radar gun. Speeds were taken on a 30s schedule using an exclusion criteria. Results indicate that that percent of speeders in the A condition was highly variable, while the in the B condition the percentages were slightly lower yet still variable. In the C condition (sign activated) the overall percentage of vehicles traveling over the speed limit decreased to near zero rates consistently in one setting. |
|
|
60. The Ubiquity, Effectiveness, and Ignorance of "Time Out from Positive Reinforcement" |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHEN RAY FLORA (Youngstown State University), Holly Long (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: College Students were surveyed on: as a child did they ever receive a "time out," and if so, what effect it had on the contingent behavior and other behaviors; as an adult if they ever gave a time out, and if so, what effect it had on the contingent behavior and other behaviors. They were also asked if they knew and could write the full term for Time out - "Time out from positive reinforcement." 78% reported receiving a time out as a child and 93% of those reported stopping or reducing the frequency of the contingent behavior. 48% reported giving time outs as adults and 91% of those reported the time out stopped or reduced the frequency of the contingent behavior. Yet only respondents who had previously taken Applied Behavior Analysis (less than 10%) knew the full term "Time Out from Positive Reinforcement." These results suggest time out is a widely used, highly effective behavior reducing procedure. But the basis and scientific foundation of time out is widely unknown. |
|
|
61. Induction by Prior Jackpots and Habituation to Present Jackpots in Public Gaming |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
ABBY M. KIKLEVICH (Eastern Oregon University), Charles A. Lyons (Eastern Oregon University) |
Abstract: Large-scale lotteries attract millions of players, yet interest is declining in these games. While there is an overall trend of declining participation in all lotteries, previous analyses have suggested that interest is declining fastest for successive opportunities to bet on the largest jackpots. To see if this trend is continuing, game data were collected and evaluated on both the Megabucks lottery in Oregon and the multi-state Powerball lottery, for all games conducted from inception through 2002. Data were also examined to determine if very large jackpots were associated with increased participation in later games, after the large jackpots were claimed. Results suggest that large jackpots did generate less participation on successive occasions, but also that a very large prior jackpot value continued to drive some betting in the subsequent (reset) game. Early in the history of the Powerball game, this induction effect was more apparent, but now is seen in only the largest jackpots (over $60 million). These analyses show that the public gambling data are useful to researchers seeking to understand the factors influencing large-scale betting. |
|
|
62. A Behavioral Approach for Investigating Alcohol Consumption at College Football Tailgate Parties |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIC RAYMOND (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Steven W. Clarke (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Christopher B. Robichaux (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Shane'a Thomas (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University) |
Abstract: The goal of this research project was to gain a better understanding of alcohol use patterns and intoxication levels of tailgaters, especially drivers, at collegiate football games. Eighty-six percent of tailgaters had consumed alcohol at their pre-game tailgate party. Pre-game Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC) levels ranged from .000 to .253 (M = .074), with 21.2% of tailgaters having a BAC between .050 and .079, and 46.2% having a BAC ³ .080. Men were significantly more intoxicated (M = .089) than women (M = .050). Among those tailgaters who intended to drive after the game, 13.3% were at-risk for driving under the influence (DUI) (.05 £ BAC < .08) and 33.4% were legally intoxicated (BAC ³ .08) at their pre-game tailgate party. The BACs at post-game tailgate parties ranged from .000 to .184, with an average BAC of .065. Tailgaters who described themselves as a designated driver had an average BAC of .023, compared to other drivers who had an average BAC of .072. In addition, 50.0% of drivers were at risk for impaired driving (.050 £ BAC < .08) and 12.5% of the drivers were legally intoxicated (BAC ³ .080). Results will be presented with implications for preventing DUI. |
|
|
|
|
#407 Poster Session – DDA |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
63. Effects of Student-Selected Order versus Teacher-Selected Order in Picture Activity Schedules |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
BRETA M. COMBS (South Kingstown Public Schools) |
Abstract: Four children with a diagnosis of attention deficit disorder participated in a study using picture activity schedules. An alternating treatment design was used to assess the effect of an activity schedule using student-selected tasks (choice condition) versus teacher-selected tasks (no-choice condition) on aberrant behavior and engagement. The teacher-selected condition was yoked. Each student demonstrated increasing, variable trend during the training phase but when the choice versus no-choice condition was introduced the students demonstrated a decrease in independence in the no-choice condition, responding with gradually increasing stable trend during the choice sessions. During the choice-only phase, the students demonstrated a high, stable independence in completing his activity schedule. In analysis of the student’s aberrant behavior we see a low to moderate stable level of responding evident across target behaviors in the training phase. When the choice versus no-choice condition was introduced, the student’s aberrant behavior initially remained stable but was followed by a slight decreasing trend in aberrant behavior in the choice sessions and an increasing trend in the no-choice sessions. In the choice-only phase, the students demonstrated low stable levels. Results indicated that the choice condition produced greater independence and lower rates of aberrant behavior for all four children. The results replicate previous research conducted on the use of activity schedules. |
|
|
64. Correlation of Caregiver Stress and Knowledge of Behavior Principles |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECA GRINSTEAD (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Theodosia R. Paclawskyj (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Parent training is an essential component of successful treatment of severe maladaptive behavior in individuals with developmental disabilities (Jacobson and Mulick, 1986). It may also be true that understanding the variables that control behavior could lead to decreases in parental stress. The relationship between knowledge of behavioral principles and levels of caregiver stress has not been addressed. This could be assessed through comparison of two commonly used measures. The Knowledge of Behavioral Principles as Applied to Children (KBPAC; O’Dell, Tarler-Benlolo, & Flynn, 1979) is a multiple-choice questionnaire designed to assess basic understanding of behavioral principles. The Parenting Stress Index (PSI) is used to assess different areas of stress for caregivers through a 5 point Likert scale. This study examined the relationships between caregiver scores on the KBPAC and the PSI. Parents of 10 clients referred to an outpatient clinic completed the scales prior to functional assessment and at discharge. Correlations were calculated for the scores of parents who improved by 5 points or greater on the KBPAC and for the group as a whole. Higher correlations were observed for the subgroup that improved in the KBPAC. Implications for treatment integrity and caregiver training are discussed. |
|
|
65. Delay Fading With Differential Negative Reinforcement |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
LINDSAY S. HAUER (Marcus Autism Center), Henry S. Roane (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Shuki Kathuria (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: One limitation of functional communication training (FCT) is that it can be difficult to implement in natural settings (e.g. classrooms) when the schedule of reinforcement requires high levels of therapist interaction. Previous research has shown delay fading to be an effective means of thinning the schedule of reinforcement. Such procedures have primarily been reported with problem behavior that is maintained by positive reinforcement, with little research on the effects of delay fading with negatively reinforced problem behavior. In the current study, a functional analysis indicated that self-injury (SIB) was maintained by escape from physical demands for one participant. FCT was implemented during which the participant received a 30-second break contingent on communication. An initial 5-s delay to reinforcement was added to the treatment package, and the delay was increased by 50% following two consecutive sessions in which SIB occurred at a rate less than 80% of baseline levels. Reliability data were collected in 35% of sessions conducted and was not below 80% agreement. A terminal delay of 1065-s was reached within 34 sessions, demonstrating the effectiveness of FCT delay fading for reducing problem behavior maintained by negative reinforcement while simultaneously thinning the schedule of reinforcement to more manageable levels. |
|
|
66. The Use of Functional Communication Training on a Brief Outpatient Basis: A Case Study |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
TRACY J. STEPHENS (University of South Dakota), Brittany D. Schmidt (University of South Dakota), Laura L. Knippling (University of South Dakota), Amy J. Elliott (University of South Dakota) |
Abstract: Previous research documenting the success of functional communication training (FCT) to reduce problem behaviors has mainly focused on intensive inpatient research. This study demonstrates FCT effectiveness in eight one hour outpatient sessions with an adult woman with profound mental retardation and autistic characteristics. A method was established for her to communicate her choice of work or break, and a subsequent increase in her task completion and a reduction in her disruptive behavior were observed.
Data was analyzed via videotape for all ten sessions conducted. The amount of appropriate behavior Patty exhibited during work tasks increased from an average of 24% in the first two sessions to over 96% in the last three sessions. The amount of time the participant independently chose to spend at work versus remain in the break area increased from less than 20% in the first four sessions to over 50% by the last three sessions. By the end of the outpatient sessions, the participant engaged in virtually no aggressive or self-injurious behavior and demonstrated an increase in self-selection of work related activities. Interobserver data was collected for 35% of the intervals with 96.7% agreement. Paychecks for the six months before and after intervention as well as staff and family comments were used to evaluate social validity. |
|
|
67. Toilet Training 2003 in the MR/DD Population: An Updated Empirical Literature Review |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY ANN KROEGER (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: A current review of empirical toilet training research pertaining to individuals with mental retardation and developmental disabilities was conducted. Studies were critically reviewed and analyzed for empirical methodology and treatment effectiveness. Toileting procedures were categorized according to behavioral principles employed and reviewed based on methodology, empirical validation, and treatment effectiveness. Elements of successful toileting protocols are highlighted, and limitations to efficacy, efficiency, and social validity are discussed. |
|
|
68. The Use of Descriptive and Experimental Functional Analyses to Identify An Idiosyncratic Tangible Function |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER J. PERRIN (Bancroft NeuroHealth), April S. Worsdell (Bancroft NeuroHealth) |
Abstract: This study examined the systematic steps taken to identify the function of an individual’s problem behaviors when the results of initial functional analyses were inconclusive. First, a multielement functional analysis was conducted in a session room. Due to near-zero rates observed across conditions, a second functional analysis was conducted in the living environment where the participant resided. Low rates of problem behavior also were observed in the second functional analysis. Next, descriptive analyses were conducted, and results suggested a correlation between interrupting a task or activity and the occurrence of problem behavior. Using this information, an assessment was conducted during which additional access time to complete tasks or activities was provided contingent on problem behavior. Results indicated that the participant’s problem behaviors were maintained by social-positive reinforcement in the form of access to tangibles. These results suggest that the information derived from descriptive analyses may be useful when developing an experimental analysis to test for an idiosyncratic behavioral function. Interobserver agreement averaged at least 80% for all sessions. |
|
|
69. Using Empirical Analysis in Assessing a Self-stimulatory Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ARNIE ZENCIUS (Devereux Cleo Wallace), Jeanne M. Brower (Cornerstone Services, Inc.), Michael Malkusak (Cornerstone Services, Inc.) |
Abstract: The participant was a 37 year old female diagnosed with Touorettes Syndrome. She resided in a group home with 5 other women and worked at one of the agencies workshops. Through casual observatin it was noted that she engaged in a neck-pulling behavior both at home and at the workshop. This behavior was reported to have occurred over the the past 10 years but only occurred during unstructured periods. The behavior was not immediately dangerous to herself or others; however, this behavior resulted in permanent bruise marks on her neck. Through casual assessments (i.e., interviews and completion of the FAST & QABF) it was found that the behavior served the purpose of self-stimulation. To further assess the function of behavior an empirical analysis of the behavior was conducted. Data collected from the experimental analysis supported the hypothesis that the behavior served the function of providing self-stimulation to the participant. That is, the self-stimulatory behavior occurred in over 90% of all the one minute intervals observed under the condition of austere environment. The self-stimulatory occurred in less than 10% of all intervals scored when she was given the opportunity to participate in programmed activities. A multi-element design was used to demonstrate experimental control using a condition with programmed activities and another condition using verbal reminders. Results show that both programmed activities and verbal reminders greatly decreased the self-stimulatory behavior as compated to baseline. |
|
|
70. Control of Posture in a Wheel Chair: A Quick but Rigorous Demonstration |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
COLEMAN PAUL (Adelphi University) |
Abstract: A 34 year old man, “Joe”, retarded and wheelchair bound due to severe cerebral palsy, routinely leaned far forward in his wheelchair, with his face oriented toward the floor. In this position he was unable to swallow his saliva, which collected on his chin and dripped onto his chair. His position also made it difficult for teachers to make eye contact with him or to present visual stimuli. His physical therapist asked for assistance in training him to sit back in his chair, as he did not comply with instructions to do so. Physical prompts had only transient effects.
Inquiries suggested that music was a reinforcer for this man. A tape-recorder was modified so that a switch had to be held in the on position for the recorder to play. A mechanical switch was embedded in a small pillow which was placed on the backrest of the wheel chair. When Joe sat back against the pillow, music played; when he leaned forward the music stopped. An A-B, A-B, A-B sequence indicated Joe sat back when music was available but not when it was unavailable. The physical therapist used the procedure to help Joe build upper body strength and increase the “sitting-back” time. |
|
|
71. A Tracking of Psychotropic Medications and Frequency of Behavioral Issues in an Acquired Brain Injury Program |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KENNETH W. WILSON (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), John M. Guercio (Center for Comprehensive Services) |
Abstract: Individuals who acquire brain injury (ABI) exhibit a wide range of behavioral problems, from self-injurious behavior (SIB) to inappropriate sexual conduct. Many of these people are also on several types of psychotropic medication to try and alleviate these behavioral anomalies. The purpose of this study was to track both residential expectation issues (REI) and medication type and dosage to determine any correlations between medication use and reduction in behavioral issues. The data appear to display a significant relationship between reduced medications and an increase in receptivity of behavioral interventions. As a result, reduced behavior issues occurred at an organizational level. These data suggest that psychotropic medications do not always work successfully to reduce problem behavior. |
|
|
72. A Functional Polymorphism in the MAOA Promoter Gene Associated with Aggression |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHAEL E. MAY (Vanderbilt University), Craig H. Kennedy (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Introduction: The MAOA enzyme is responsible for amine degradation, particularly serotonin (5-HT). Human and animal research has implicated the gene that produces the enzyme in elevated levels of aggression. Purpose: To determine if the functional mutation in the MAOA promoter gene is present in adult males with mental retardation exhibiting aggressive behavior toward themselves or others. Participants: Males with mental retardation with a history of aggression were compared with two control groups. One control group consisted of males with mental retardation and no history of aggression; matched by age and IQ. The other group was typically developed peers matched by age. Method: Buccle samples were collected from each participant and analyzed via PCR to determine the allele pattern of the MAOA gene. Results: Males that were aggressive were more likely to have the functional mutation of the MAOA gene than the control groups. Implications: Further replication may reveal the MAOA mutation as a diagnostic marker for early intervention services for those predisposed to aggressive behavior. |
|
|
73. The Role of Reinforcer Saliency and Establishing Operations on the Attenuation of Response Bias |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JOANNA LOMAS (Marcus Autism Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Marcus Autism Center), Michael E. Kelley (Marcus Autism Center), Lindsay S. Hauer (Marcus Autism Center), Keisha D. Reese (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities may engage in biased responding, which is defined as emitting a response at greater levels than would be predicted by the matching law (Fisher & Mazur, 1997). Biased responding may produce incorrect responding and a concomitant decrease in access to reinforcement. In the current experiments, the effects of two manipulations (saliency of reinforcement and establishing operations [EOs]) were evaluated for decreasing response bias and increasing correct responding. In Experiment 1, saliency of reinforcement was manipulated by increasing the size of the card that produced reinforcement. Next, a component analysis was conducted to determine which of the manipulated variables (i.e., changes in the size and contrast of the card) contributed to the increases in correct responding and decreases in biased responding. In Experiment 2, levels of deprivation (i.e., EO manipulations) of both primary (food and water) and secondary (a highly preferred activity [walking]) reinforcers were manipulated to influence choice responding. Results of Experiment 1 suggested that changing the size of the card influenced correct responding. Results of Experiment 2 suggested that arranging sufficient levels of deprivation (i.e., manipulating EOs) may attenuate the effects of response bias by increasing motivation to engage in responses to attain access to particular stimuli. |
|
|
74. Descriptive Analysis of Trends in Reporting Treatment Integrity, Consumer Satisfaction, Social Validity, and Follow-up in the Applied Behavior Analysis Literature |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
THEODORE A. HOCH (Northern Virginia Training Center), James Kuhagen (Northern Virginia Training Center), Denise Bartizal (Catawba State Hospital), Douglas Proffitt (Catawba State Hospital), Barbara J. Kaminski (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Thelma Symoun (Northern Virginia Training Center), Mohammad J. Shahbazi (Northern Virginia Training Center) |
Abstract: The rate with which treatment integrity is reported in applied behavior analysis studies was examined by both Peterson, homer, & Wonderlich (1982) and Gresham, Gansle, & Noell (1993). Both studies concluded that greater attention is needed to both measuring and reporting treatment integrity data in the applied behavior analysis literature. We replicated the procedures employed by Gresham et al., and extended them to include examination of patterns of measuring and reporting consumer satisfaction or social validity, as well as follow-up data collection. Results suggest that the improvements recommended by prior studies have not taken place. Implications for internal and external validity, building a replicative science, and generality of findings are discussed. |
|
|
75. Demand Effects on Preference in Human Free Operant Responding |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA GLASS (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Frances A. Perrin (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Deborah Anne Haas (Temple University), Patrick R. Progar (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Ralph Spiga (Temple University), Terry J. Page (Bancroft NeuroHealth), April S. Worsdell (Bancroft NeuroHealth) |
Abstract: Behavioral economic procedures may provide important concepts and methods for assessing and describing the reinforcing effects in the applied setting. Specifically, the concept of demand is central to the behavioral economic approach. According to this perspective, demand assesses consumption as a function of price (e.g. response cost) of the reinforcer (commodity). Participants in the current study consisted of two developmentally delayed adolescent boys. During a session each participant has a choice between a preferred food item and alternative food items. The price of the preferred item, in this case the distance from the participants, was manipulated. Over sessions, the preferred item was placed at ascending and descending order of 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, & 24 inches away from the participant. The concurrently available alternatives were placed 1 ft from the participant. The data indicate that increasing the price of the preferred item increased choices of non-preferred items. Once these behavioral patterns developed successfully, consumption of alternative items increased as consumption of the preferred item decreased. The profile of choices indicated that the alternatives function as economic substitute commodities. The demand equation was fit to the data and explained a significant portion of the variance.
This research was supported by NIDA Grant #DA-12725 |
|
|
76. Evaluating Indices of Happiness as a Measure of Preference for Tangible Stimuli from Various Sensory Categories |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
TARA LIEBLEIN (AdvoServ), Cori Morneau (AdvoServ), Christine Strickland (AdvoServ), Cheryl L. Ecott (AdvoServ) |
Abstract: Recent research has focused on refining preference assessment methodology. The paired choice assessment method has been shown to be effective in assessing preference for tangible stimuli. This study evaluated indices of happiness (Favell, Realon, & Sutton, 1996; Green & Reid, 1996) as a measure of preference for tangible stimuli as compared to the results of a paired choice assessment conducted with the same stimuli. The stimuli selected for assessment were generated from four sensory categories (edible, auditory, tactile, and visual) that were taken from the Reinforcer Assessment for Individuals with Severe Disabilities (Fisher, Piazza, Bowman, & Amari, 1996). Stimuli from each category were evaluated in separate assessments. A paired choice assessment using approach responding as a measure of preference and a single stimulus assessment using indices of happiness (such as clapping and moving the head from side to side) as a measure of preference were conducted for each sensory category. Results and implications of the study will be discussed in terms of the similarity of the results of the two assessments for each category in producing a rank order of preference among the stimuli. |
|
|
77. A Comparison of Four Stimulus Preference Assessments for an Individual with Problem Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
TIMOTHY PISKURA (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), David R. Reiner (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Several assessments have recently been developed for identifying preferences of individuals with developmental disabilities. Many variations exist among assessments, such as presentation format (singly, in pairs, in grouped arrays) and the duration of item access. We extended this line of research by comparing methods using varying formats and durations of item access for an individual who exhibited problem behavior maintained by access to tangible items (as identified during a functional analysis). Four different preference assessment methods, including the paired-stimulus (PS) assessment (20-s and 2-min item duration), the multiple-stimulus assessment (20-s item duration), and the response-restriction method (2-min item duration), were compared. Each method was conducted, three times each, in random order, using a multielement design. Selection responses (approach or item interaction) and problem behavior were measured. Results indicated that higher rates of problem behavior occurred during assessments with long item durations (2 min) relative to those with brief item durations (20 sec). In addition, clear hierarchies of preference were more frequently observed during PS and multiple-stimulus assessments than during response-restriction assessments. IOA was collected during at least 33% of the session and averaged at least 90%. |
|
|
78. Prevalence of Extinction Bursting in Published Research |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
HEATHER GRADA DURBECK (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno), James Summers (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Forty-six publications were reviewed and graphic displays of data were analyzed to determine the prevalence of extinction bursts. Articles from Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Research in Developmental Disorders, and Behavioral Interventions were included if the function of the behavior was determined and the intervention included some form of extinction. Results indicate that the occurrence of extinction bursting when extinction is implemented alone is similar than when extinction is implemented in conjunction with other treatments. A breakdown of topographies of behavior, as well as behaviors per function and setting will be provided. |
|
|
79. Comparison of 5 and 10-Minute Functional Analysis Results |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN M. HUETE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charmaine Smith (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: While functional analysis (FA) methodology is an effective means of assessing problem behavior, the time required to complete an assessment may limit its utility in many outpatient settings. Using visual inspection of FA graphs, Wallace and Iwata (1999) found general similarity of results for varying session lengths; but cautioned that response rates may significantly vary as a function of session length. The current study examines FA results for 27 participants seen in an outpatient clinic for severe behavior, including self-injury, aggression, disruptions, dangerous acts, and pica. Cumulative records for each FA session were examined with the 5 and 10-minute behavior response totals calculated. Inter-rater reliability, calculated for 26% of participants, was 99.8%. For each behavior, paired-samples t-tests were conducted comparing total responses between the first and last 5 minutes of sessions. Results showed that across all behaviors, more responses tended to occur in the last five minutes of sessions; however, the differences between the first and last 5 minutes were not statistically significant. This suggests that shortening FA session length to 5 minutes does not significantly alter response results. Implications for expediting functional analyses are discussed. |
|
|
80. Generalization of the Deck: A Comparison of Generalization Strategies in Adults with Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLEE ROMICK (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno), Megan D. Nollet (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: One problem that is observed frequently in persons with developmental disabilities is a lack of social skills. There are not many methods of teaching these skills to individuals that have been empirically validated. One method that has been empirically evaluated consists of a social skills game called “Stacking the Deck” in which a deck of specialized cards that consist of six skill categories (Fox, McMorrow, & Schloss, 1983) is used. One problem with this method of teaching social skills involves the generalization of these skills from the game setting to all other settings (Wong, Morgan, Crowley, Baker, 1996). The present study replicates and extends the effectiveness of the game format to teach social skills to three adults with developmental disabilities. The game’s effectiveness will be extended by examining generalization strategies to determine which strategies will be more effective to promote generalization of social skills. |
|
|
81. Effects of A Program to Reinforce Appropriate Social Behavior on the Reduction of Aggression and Self-Injury |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SHARON K. KELL (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Carrie Smiley (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Scott Parks (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Jerre R. Brimer (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Susan C. Plutowski (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Jim Crawford (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Ellen K. Taylor (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Robert W. Montgomery (Reinforcement Unlimited LLC) |
Abstract: This poster will present effects of a behavioral treatment package that included social skills training, reinforcement for appropriate social interactions and a cost for aggression and self-injury on the occurrence of aggression and self-injury of a student. The poster will include information on the successful reduction and elimination of psychotropic medications. A discussion of this student's increased access to less restrictive settings including public school and competitive employment will be presented. Data will be presented to show the program effects on reduction in and maintenance of 0 levels of aggression to others and self-injury by this student. |
|
|
82. Teaching Discriminations of Emotions to Persons with Traumatic Brain Injury Using the International Affective Picture System |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
STACEY L. SMALL (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study is to examine the use of a conditional discrimination training procedure to teach persons with traumatic brain injury verbal descriptions of emotion. Adults with traumatic brain injury were exposed to a subset of the International Affective Picture System and were asked to rate each picture on an emotional rating scale (e.g., happy to sad; angry to peaceful). Baseline data of these ratings were compared to a matched control group and large n normative data. Afterwards, participants were trained to discriminate emotional states by matching a sample word of a specific emotion to a comparison stimulus of a photograph that was presented during baseline. Upon successful completion of the conditional discrimination training, participants were again exposed to the rating task used during baseline. Results show that persons with traumatic brain injury often fail to rate emotionally arousing photographs with the same degree of sensitivity as published normative data or matched control participants. However, after training, these participants do in fact improve their ability to discriminate emotional states. Implications for the study of private events in the science of behavior are discussed. |
|
|
83. Using Protective Equipment as a Reinforcer for Treatment of SIB |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ATLI F. MAGNUSSON (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), Daniel Gould (New England Center for Children), Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the use of protective equipment in treating self-injurious behavior (SIB) in an 8-year-old boy diagnosed with autism. Results of an analogue functional analysis revealed that SIB was not maintained by social reinforcement, as indicated by undifferentiated responding across all conditions. During baseline, the participant wore protective equipment (a helmet) continuously. During treatment, protective equipment was removed contingent on SIB and re-applied contingent on completion of a simple task with no SIB. Multi element and multiple baseline designs were used to evaluate treatment effects. Results showed substantial reduction in SIB during treatment as compared to baseline. Follow-up probes showed that treatment was also effective in maintaining low levels of SIB in the participant’s regular classroom. Interobserver agreement will be collected in at least 30% of sessions across all conditions. |
|
|
|
|
#408 Poster Session – EAB |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
84. Examining the Spontaneously Hypertensive Rat (SHR) as an Animal Model of Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD): An Analysis ofConditioned Reinforcement Using an Observing Procedure |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA SHULLEETA (James Madison University), Sherry L. Serdikoff (James Madison University), Erin J. Pitts (James Madison University), A. Charles Catania (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: Attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), estimated to affect 3 to 5 percent of school-age children, includes among its core symptoms an inability to concentrate and to sustain attention. Recent research suggests that these symptoms may result from an altered reinforcement mechanism characterized by shorter and steeper delay-of-reinforcement gradients. Given that the ability of discriminative stimuli (SD’s) to effectively control behavior is inversely related to the delay between the onset of the SD’s and reinforcers that follow them, it follows from this view that individuals with steeper, shorter gradients will exhibit deficits in stimulus control. The current study investigates this possibility in the spontaneously hypertensive rat (SHR), an animal model of ADHD. SHRs and Wistar Kyoto rats (WKYs) are trained to press one lever under a mixed extinction and fixed-interval schedule of reinforcement while responses on a second lever (observing responses) produce discriminative stimuli differentially associated with the current conditions on the first lever. To the extent that rate of observing decreases more rapidly in SHR than in WKY rats as the duration of the fixed interval increases, these data provide additional evidence for SHR as an animal model of ADHD and for the altered reinforcement mechanism view of the disorder. |
|
|
85. The Generality of Learned Helplessness Between Aversive and Appetitive Contexts |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA HELENA HUNZIKER (Federal University of Sao Paulo, Brazil), Angelica Capelari (Federal University of Sao Paulo, Brazil) |
Abstract: Learned Helplessness is the difficulty to learn an escape response after exposition to aversive, uncontrollable stimuli. Two experiments were conducted to investigate whether this difficulty to learn could be generalized between appetitive and aversive contexts. In each experiment three groups of rats were used: contingent (C), non-contingent (NC) and control (I). In Experiment 1, during treatment, electric shocks were delivered and could be interrupted when the animal of group C emitted a response. The subjects of group NC were yoked to group C. The subjects of group I were kept in their home cages. During test, all subjects were exposed to a multiple/concurrent schedule with positive reinforcement. Groups C and NC differed from group I only in the first session without group differences in the final sessions. In Experiment 2, treatment consisted of positive reinforcement for subjects of group C. The subjects of group NC were yoked to group C. The subjects of group I were kept in their home cages. Afterwards, all subjects were exposed to a escape test. All subjects learned to escape. The results didn’t show evidence of helplessness in neither experiment and suggest that the experience with non contingent stimuli cannot be generalized to different contexts. |
|
|
86. The Effects of Time-Correlated Behavior on Responding Under a Peak-Interval Trials Procedure |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
DAPHNA EL-ROY (Queens College, City University of New York), Nancy S. Hemmes (Queens College, City University of New York), Bruce L. Brown (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Adults’ performance under Fixed-Interval (FI) reinforcement schedules has been hypothesized to be affected by self-generated counting or similar time-correlated behavior. In this study, undergraduate Psychology students espoused to an FI 15 s LH 30 s schedule for typing win on a computer keyboard, were concurrently required to pronounce three-digit numbers that appeared on a computer screen. Under one condition, the numbers appeared in sequential order to resemble counting; in another condition number order was random to potentially interfere with counting. Unreinforced 45 s probe trials were interspersed among FI trials, under a Peak-Intervals (PI) trials procedure. Probe trials allowed for the examination of performance before and after the FI value elapsed. Results of a prior study (El-Roy, Hemmes & Brown, 2003) suggested that the cumulative number of numbers in a trial, rather than elapsed duration, controlled participants’ performance. To permit dissociation of control of responding by these two variables, the rate of number stimuli presentation (.67 or .44 numbers per second) was manipulated. Control by number of seconds was suggested in two of ten participants’ data. Control by number of numbers was suggested in three participants’ data. The source of control was unclear in the data of five participants. |
|
|
87. Social Comparison in the Prisoner's Dilemma |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
BRYAN K. SAVILLE (Stephen F. Austin State University), Candice Holcomb (Stephen F. Austin State University), Kristen Howell (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
Abstract: The Prisoner’s Dilemma (PD) is a non-zero-sum game in which participants have the opportunity either to “cooperate” or “defect.” In most versions of the PD, participants typically defect because it maximizes outcomes on any single trial, although cooperation often increases with repeated trials. In the present study, we examined the extent to which social comparison affected cooperative behavior in an iterated PD. Participants first played 50 trials of the PD, during which they were able to view their score, as well as the score of a confederate who followed a tit-for-tat strategy. Participants then played another 50 trials, but only some of them saw both scores; the remaining participants saw their current score along with their score from the first 50 trials. Participants who viewed their own score during the second 50 trials cooperated significantly more than participants who saw the confederate’s score. Our results suggest that the presence of another participant’s score during PD games may set the occasion for defection, whereas the absence of that score may evoke more cooperative behavior. These results support earlier studies on choice social behavior, which suggested that social comparison may affect cooperation. |
|
|
88. Conditional Relations with Compound Stimulus |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
PAULA DEBERT (Federal University of Sao Paulo, Brazil), Maria José Matos de Souza Suza (Federal University of Sao Paulo, Brazil) |
Abstract: Several studies with infrahumans failed to produce emergent relations, when using MTS. In spite of having suffered some criticisms (Carter & Werner, 1978), Zentall and Hogan’s (1975) study seemed to have generated identity control, in pigeons, using pairs of stimuli presented in a sectioned key (go-no/go procedure). The aim of the present study was to evaluate the kind of control (simple or conditional) that would be established in a procedure similar to Zentall and Hogan’s using arbitrary compound stimulus. An evaluation of the potential of that procedure was conducted with four adults. Responses emitted in the presence of certain stimuli pairs (A1B1, A2B2, A3B3, B1C1, B2C2 and B3C3) were reinforced; while responses emitted in the presence of others (A1B2, A1B3, A2B1, A2B3, A3B1, A3B2, B1C2, B1C3, B2C1, B2C3, B3C1 and B3C2) were not. During tests, new configurations (BA, CB, AC, and CA) were presented resembling tests usually employed in equivalence studies. All participants took from three to six sessions to reach accurate training performances, showed immediate emergence of symmetry relations, and revealed immediate or gradual emergence of tested relations. A procedure similar to Zentall and Hogan’s can establish conditional emergent relations and, therefore, it may configure as an alternative procedure. |
|
|
89. Effect of Combinations of Contingent and Non-contingent Signals During Delay Interval on Response Acquisition |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MARCO A. PULIDO (Intercontinental University, Mexico), Nuria Lanzagorta Pnol (Universidad Iberoamericanca), Marcelo Perez (Intercontinental University, Mexico), Rogelio Quintanar (Intercontinental University, Mexico), Mariana Rubi Gnzalez (Intercontinental University, Mexico) |
Abstract: Response produced signals located at the beginning of the delay interval and followed by a non-contingent signal immediately preceding reinforcement facilitate response acquisition. The purpose of the present study was to determine if different combinations of contingent and non-contingent signals could replicate this effect. Twenty seven naive rats were exposed to one of nine different 32-s temporally defined schedules of signaled delayed reinforcement. Schedules differed in either: 1. type of signal combination, 2. temporal separation between the signals, or 3. temporal separation between the signal and the reinforcer. Response acquisition was faster when subjects received two contingent signals occuring in close proximity to the reinforcer. Results suggest response-reinforcer proximity, rather than memory reinstatement, accounts for the signals facilitative effects. |
|
|
90. Spatial Working Memory in Hamsters (Mesocricetus Auratus) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
FRANCOIS TONNEAU (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Felipe Cabrera (University of Guadalajara, Mexico) |
Abstract: The study of spatial memory in animals has generally consisted of analyzing performance in radial-arm mazes. The data often reveal win-shift strategies whereby the animals avoid returning to the arms of the maze where food was recently obtained and consumed. In this experiment, we studied spatial memory with four hamsters as subjects and an open field instead of a radial-arm maze. Bits of food were placed at the top of five poles aligned on a 1.20-m x 1.20-m platform. At the start of each trial, the hamster was placed in front of the series of five poles. Once the hamster visited one of the poles, the animal was returned to the starting place. Trials consisted of ten successive choice opportunities or five correct choices in succession, whichever came first. The delay between successive opportunities was varied across values of 0, 30, or 60 s. Consistent with working memory data, as delay increased, the number of returns to previously visited poles increased; also, the probability of a correct visit decreased across the first five choice opportunities. |
|
|
91. Finding Induction Rather than Contrast in an Anticipatory-contrast Procedure |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
BRENT C. HANSON (University of North Dakota), Jeri Nurnberger (University of North Dakota), Jeffrey N. Weatherly (University of North Dakota) |
Abstract: Rats typically decrease their intake of a low-valued substance if a high-valued substance will soon be available for consumption. This effect, known as anticipatory contrast, is a reliable finding. However, it has typically been studied under procedures that either present the different substances in different locations or change the consummatory stimulus (i.e., present different bottles of fluid) when using the same location. The present experiment attempted to determine whether rats would display a negative contrast effect when both the low- (1% liquid sucrose) and high-valued (32% liquid sucrose) substances were consumed from the same spout. Results showed that the opposite effect, positive induction, was most commonly observed. Motivational (i.e., no food deprivation) and discriminatory factors (i.e., temporally separating the different periods of access, providing salient discriminative stimuli between the periods) had to be altered before consumption even trended toward anticipatory contrast. Contrast was immediately observed when the location of delivery of the different substances were separated. These results indicate that the appearance of anticipatory contrast depends largely on where the substances are delivered. They also shed light on the growing body of research on induction effects. |
|
|
92. Does Deflation Change the Subjective Discount Rate?: The Effects of Inflation and Interest Rates on Delay-Discounting |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
KENTARO KAWASHIMA (Waseda University) |
Abstract: Interest and inflation rates are major possible determinants of delay discounting, but these variables could not be controlled experimentally because they depend on economic conditions.This study investigates the effects of inflation and interest rates on humans’ subjective value of delayed rewards, using a computer-simulation task. In this task, participants could save virtual money, receive interest, and buy items during the game period. The experimenter could control the inflation and interest rates. After the participants learned of the item price change and expected interest, the subjective values of delayed rewards were measured during the choice period.Three different combinations of nominal interest and inflation rates were used as experimental conditions (inflationary, zero-inflationary, and deflationary conditions). The real interest rate (nominal interest rate minus inflation rate) was the same across the three conditions. A 3 (interest-inflation) x 5 (delay) ANOVA showed a significant main effect of interest-inflation, F(2, 154) = 12.36, p<.01, a significant main effect of delay, F(4, 154) = 23.23, p<.01. The hyperbolic function was fitted to the subjective value of delayed rewards, and showed the discount rate under deflationary condition was smaller than other conditions. These results suggest that interest and inflation rates affect participants’ subjective discount rate. |
|
|
93. Varying the Changeover Response Requirement in Dynamic Reinforcing Environments |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
JORGE ARTURO BALDERRAMA TRAPAGA (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Carlos F. Aparicio (University of Guadalajara, Mexico) |
Abstract: Sensitivity to dynamic changes in reinforcement can be observed in the absence of steady state concurrent performance. We tested this idea with rats in a variable reinforcing environment where the number of responses required to alternate between two levers was varied randomly and without replacement. One of seven reinforcement ratios (27:1, 9:1, 3:1, 1:1, 1:3, 1:9, 1:27) was selected to provide 50 dependently scheduled reinforcers in two levers. First, with each component five changeover requirements (1, 4, 8, 16 or 32 responses) were scheduled within sessions, a different one every 10 reinforcers. Later, the same changeover requirement remained in effect for 21 days before a different one replaced it. When all changeover requirements were assessed across components, the rats returned to the initial condition. The results were consistent with data of previous research; response distributions favored the lever associated with the highest probability of reinforcement. Sensibility to reinforcement, as estimated by the parameter s of the generalized matching law, increased with increasing changeover response requirement. The role of experience in dynamic environments will be discussed. |
|
|
94. Identifying Slot Machine Variables that Increase Response Rate and Wager Magnitude |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIEL MARK FIENUP (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: A behavioral understanding of gambling is relatively new, and the specific characteristics of slot machines that promote excessive gambling are unknown. Therefore the present experiment attempted to examine the degree to which a “credit” button on a slot machine would increase rate of play by novice participants when compared to manual coin insertions. All participants played a slot machine for course extra-credit in a casino laboratory. Participants were exposed to two different conditions, one whereby all available wagers (i.e., coins) were physically given to person and they were instructed to play 1 to 3 coins per spin, and that increasing the number of coins played would proportionally increase their magnitude of payoff. The other experimental condition required all participants to select the number of coins they wished to play per spin from a credit button located on slot machine. Results suggest that from spin-to-spin, participants played faster and wagered more coins during the credit condition than during the manual coin insertion condition. These data suggest that a simple mechanical modification to a slot machine may result in significant changes in players’ behavior. The implications for treating problem gamblers from a behavioral perspective are also highlighted. |
|
|
95. The Determinants of Resistance to Change: Stimulus-Reinforcer Relations vs. Effects Related to Behavioral Contrast |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
E. TERRY MUELLER (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University) |
Abstract: This research used the behavioral momentum paradigm, wherein trained multiple schedule performances are equally subjected to stressors in a test phase of the procedure, and response rate measures of the component test phase performances are compared to their pre-stressor (training) baselines. In experiment 1, three VI schedule performances were trained in separate components of a three-component multiple schedule. But in the test phase, these performances were evoked in a two-component multiple schedule, which was enabled by juxtaposing two target schedules in a concurrent schedule component. The resistance to change of these target performances was compared to that of a single schedule component, which during training received the same frequency of reinforcement as the target schedules combined. In experiment 2, a two-component multiple schedule presented equal frequencies of reinforcement in both training components. However, while one component trained a single performance, the other component posed a concurrent schedule with two different VI schedules. These two experimental procedures resulted in test phases for which predictions about the ordering of performances’ magnitudes of resistance to change differed, depending upon whether they were derived from the phenomena of behavioral contrast and extinction-induced resurgence, or from Behavioral Momentum Theory. |
|
|
96. Schedule-Induced Polydipsia (SIP): Correspondences Between SIP in Rats and Obsessive-Compulsive Behavior in Humans |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
JANET L. PIETROWSKI (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine if schedule-induced polydipsia (SIP) could serve as an animal model of obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) in humans. Four female Sprague-Dawley rats were maintained at 75-80% of free-feeding weight and exposed to a variety of fixed-time schedules on a Graham-Gagne raised runway. The distance between food and water was varied along with the reinforcement schedule to determine the effects of vrying distance and inter-reinforcement time on drinking. This was done to simulate the effects of varying time constraints and effort on a compulsive response. Overall water consumption, eat-drink latency, duration of drinking, and probability of drinking were measured. Duration and latency were affected by the fixed-time schedule but not by distance between food and water. Though SIP weakened under some conditions, it did not extinguish even with very short fixed-time intervals and longer distances. The dimensions of the SIP can be modulated, but the responding itself remained robust. It appears that SIP is a compulsive behavior. This study indicates that future research linking SIP and OCD is warranted. |
|
|
97. Latent Inhibition with Familiar Tastes in Conditioned Taste Aversion |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
J.C. PEDRO ARRIAGA-RAMIREZ (UNAM FES Iztacala), Guadalupe Ortega-Saavedra (SEP) |
Abstract: Six groups of 12 rats each one were exposed to different preexposure conditions. Group 1 was preexposed to NPT diet, a mixture made of cornstarch, calcium casein, vegetable oil, mineral-vitamins mix, and cod liver oil. Group 2 was preexposed to NPT with almond scent and yellow dye. Group 3 was peexposed to NPT with almond and blue dye. Group 4 was preexposed to NPT plus vanilla scent and yellow dye. Group 5 was preexposed to NPT plus almond. Group 6 was preexposed to NPT with almond and NPT with yellow dye on alternate days. On conditioning day Groups 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6 received NPT mixed with almond and blue dye. Group 3 received NPT plus almond and yellow dye. After 20 min of eating this mixture rats were immediately injected with a 1% LiCl solution in a dose of 0.75% of body weight, ip. Different types of preexposure for groups produced familiar, double familiar or novel experiences for color or taste. Groups with double familiar experience with taste reduced generalization of aversion in a way consistent with an analysis in terms of latent inhibition of common elements. Difference between groups was not statistically significant. |
|
|
98. Psychological Time: The Effect of Manipulating Reinforcement Rate upon the Human Estimation of Duration |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
SIMON WEBBER (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Therese Mary Foster (University of Waikato, New Zealand), James McEwan (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Catherine E. Sumpter (University of Waikato, New Zealand) |
Abstract: This research topic investigates the human perception of time, the overestimation or underestimation of duration or what has commonly been called 'psychological time' as a function of manipulating reinforcement rate. Killeen and Fetterman’s (1988) behavioral theory of timing suggests that the rate of reinforcement, how often reinforcement is received by an organism, drives the speed of an internal pacemaker, a hypothesized regulator within the organism, which governs an organism’s perception of time passing. Animal research has shown that estimates of duration do indeed vary as a function of manipulating reinforcement rate (Bizo & White, 1995a; Bizo & White, 1994a; Bizo & White, 1994b; Fetterman & Killeen, 1991; Morgan, Killeen & Fetterman, 1993). This research looks at how psychological time in humans is effected by manipulating reinforcement rate using jigsaw puzzles. In a within-subjects design, participants had to do computer-generated jigsaw puzzles, which incorporated delays between the movements of each subsequent jigsaw piece. This had the effect of reducing the number of pieces that could be moved within a session, thereby manipulating the reinforcement rate (in this experimental context, a reinforcer is successfully moving a jigsaw puzzle piece). The results from the last series of experiments are presented. |
|
|
99. Observing in Pigeons Under Concurrent Schedules of Reinforcement |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIEL HEHLI (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Mikhail Koffarnus (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Michael Paul (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Ryan R. Rowe (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Gregory J. Madden (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Abstract: According to Herrnstein's (1970) matching law, organisms will allocate their behavior proportional to the amount of reinforcement obtained on each alternative under concurrent schedules of reinforcement. Research has shown that humans only conform to the matching law when they are required to report the key in which reinforcement was earned. The attempt of the current study was to try to replicate what has been observed with human subjects, in that matching only occurs when the schedule correlated stimuli are observed. White carneaux pigeons served as subjects for this study. The experiment consisted of two phases, one in which the pigeons were given the schedule correlated stimuli for free (they did not have to peck any keys) and one in which they had to peck the center key in order to illuminate the stimuli for 10 seconds. Results indicated that pigeons that “observed” the stimuli, by pecking the center key or when given the schedule correlated stimuli freely, more closely conformed to the matching law than those that did not observe the stimuli. These results support the conclusion that the observing schedule correlated stimuli is an important variable in determining the extent to which organisms will conform to Herrnstein’s matching law. |
|
|
100. An Examination of the Reinforcing Properties of the Near Miss in Video Poker |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIEL GARCIA (University of Northern Iowa), Dustin Daugherty (University of Northern Iowa), Scott Shaw (University of Northern Iowa), Otto H. Maclin (University of Northern Iowa) |
Abstract: The current research examined the near miss phenomena, or a near win hand, and whether that hand is reinforcing. The software used was created by Mark R. Dixon, Otto MacLin, and Linda J. Hayes (1999) and can be used on most Microsoft Windows operating systems. Participants were allowed to wager a bet twice during each hand, once before they were shown any cards, and again before the draw phase. It was hypothesized that if a near miss hand is reinforcing, participants should bet the same during the second draw phase regardless of past history with the near miss hands (i.e. near flushes always lose and near straights always win). However, if a hand is not reinforcing, then there should be a distinction between betting patterns for the near hands (i.e. participants should always bet more with a near straight and never bet more with a near flush). |
|
|
102. The Acquisition of Absolute and Relational Stimulus Control in Humans |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ADAM DERENNE (University of North Dakota) |
Abstract: Humans are capable of responding to stimuli either on the basis of the absolute physical characteristics of each one (absolute stimulus control) or on the basis of the relative differences between stimuli (relational stimulus control). However, little is known about the factors that lead to the development of one type of stimulus control over another. In three experiments, the roles played by the following factors were investigated: the method of presenting the stimuli during acquisition, the number of positive and negative stimuli used during training, and the method of presenting the stimuli during a discrimination test. The results showed that subjects acquired the ability to respond on both an absolute and relational basis. Absolute control predominated when stimuli were presented on a successive basis during either acquisition or test phases; relational control predominated when stimuli were presented on a simultaneous basis or when multiple positive stimuli were used during training. |
|
|
103. Percentile Reinforcement of Long Interresponse Times in Humans: Molar Versus Molecular Control of Responding |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIC A. JACOBS (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Joshua Beckmann (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jose L. Martinez (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: Sensitivity to consequences arrayed over short and extended time scales was assessed using a percentile schedule that juxtaposed local contingencies of reinforcement with overall reinforcement rate maximization. Percentile reinforcement of long IRTs increases interreinforcement intervals, thereby decreasing overall reinforcement rate. Four adults participated in three sessions during which they watched movies that were subject to brief, random disruption. Lever pressing produced disruption-free viewing periods. In two sessions, disruption-free periods occurred following any IRT that was longer than 15 of the previous 20 IRTs. In the third session, disruption-free periods were arranged by a yoked random-ratio schedule for the first half of the session, followed by a return to the percentile schedule. Three participants displayed initial sensitivity to the IRT contingencies, as evidenced by increases in average IRT and decreases in overall reinforcement rate. For one of these subjects, the initial sensitivity gave way to high rate responding. Two subjects, however, continued to respond at low to moderate rates throughout the initial percentile schedule condition. Upon exposure to the random ratio schedule, response rates for one of these subjects increased substantially and remained elevated throughout the final percentile condition. The fourth subject responded at high rates throughout all conditions. The results provide evidence for control by consequences arrayed over short and long time spans, individual differences in sensitivity to each, and a role for history of reinforcement in determining those differences. |
|
|
104. Conditional and Simple Discriminations: Implications on Non-trained Stimuli Relations Emergency in Humans |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MARCIO MOREIRA (Pontifical Catholic University of Goias, Brazil), Cristiano Coelho (Pontifical Catholic University of Goias, Brazil) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present work was to verify if non-trained arbitrary stimuli relations could emerge after a simultaneous simples discrimination training procedure (SSDT). Two experiments were designed, using human subjects and a computer software. In Experiment 1 sixteen subjects were exposed to a conditional discrimination training (CDT) and to a SSDT, with different stimuli, and, after each training procedure, tested in symmetry, transitivity and equivalence relations. In Experiment 2 six subjects were exposed to the SSDT once, and then, if they had not achieved a 65% index of correct responses in any test, they were exposed again to the same procedures with the same stimuli. In both experiments three classes of stimuli were used. The CDT and all tests were done using matching-to-sample procedure (arbitrary matching) with a model and three comparisons. The results indicate that: a) matching-to-sample training procedure was neither necessary nor sufficient for the emergency of non-direct trained relations between stimuli; b) these relations may emerge after a SSDT; c) CDT, in this experiment, produced more emergency of relations than the SSDT; d) Time elapsed between discriminative training and symmetry test influenced the subjects’ performance; and e) re-exposure to SSDT improves the performance in tests. |
|
|
105. Training Structure, Naming, and Typicality Effects in Equivalence Class Formation |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
JEANETTE E. WILSON (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Maureen Theresa Aro (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Natalie B. Jacome (University of North Carolina at Wilmington) |
Abstract: While equivalence is a well-documented phenomenon, its basis is of considerable debate. The current experiment looks at the effects of naming, training structure, and typicality effects in the acquisition of conditional discriminations and equivalence-class formation. Children ages 4-10 years learned 8 baseline conditional discriminations involving stimuli with 1, 2, 3, or 4 class-relevant features. The children were divided into 4 groups, which received match-to-sample (MTS) training with different training structures. These structures include the many-to-one with a trigram as node, a one-to-many with trigram as node and a many-to-one with a 2-feature stimulus as the node. Older children (7-10 year olds) showed typicality effects such as quicker response times and fewer errors involving stimuli that have more relevant features, both in the baseline conditional discrimination training and in equivalence-class performance; younger children (under the age of 7 years) did not show these effects. The data so far show that training structure makes no difference in the acquisition of conditional discriminations or equivalence-class formation. Results to date imply that naming may not be necessary or sufficient for equivalence performance to occur. Data will also be presented on naming, training structure and the use of different stimulus sets. |
|
|
106. Equivalence Relations in a Yes/no Task: Mapping the Procedural Terrain |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MARGARET H. B. JAJICH (Northern Michigan University), Paul Thomas Andronis (Northern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Participants learned through trial and error in our novel, free-operant procedure to assign pairs of arbitrarily matched abstract symbols (Alspaugh, 1992) to "red" or "green" desktop locations. Pairs were drawn from three sets (A, B, & C) of three stimuli each (1, 2, & 3). Eight college student participants first learned to sort pairings between set A and set B (A1 with B1, A2 with B2, and so on), then learned similar A to C pairings. Large red or green dots on the back of each card provided immediate accuracy feedback for each card sort. Verbal instructions were deliberately limited to "Sort red cards on red, and green cards on green" to eliminate the possibility of unintended instructional control. The experiment concluded with unreinforced testing of baseline relations (trained AB & AC pairings), mixtures of baseline & probe (BC) pairs, and probe pairs alone, with and without new "distractor" symbols. Symmetry and transitivity of emergent conditional relations were taken as evidence of equivalence, as defined by Sidman. Data were recorded on standard celeration charts and analyzed in ROC space as a function of testing condition. Forcing variation in the testing context through discontinuous mapping did not increase the probability of transitive performances. |
|
|
107. Pausing in the Transitions between Rich and Lean Fixed-Ratios: Effects of Cue Accuracy and Food Deprivation |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
TAMMY WADE (West Virginia University), Chad M. Galuska (University of Michigan), Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Transitions from rich schedules to lean schedules produce extended pausing in operant behavior. In search of variables that might reduce such maladaptive pausing, we studied the accuracy of cues for upcoming reinforcer magnitudes and food-deprivation. Pigeons responded on a multiple schedule in which fixed-ratio components differed in reinforcer magnitude. In Experiment 1, the accuracy of the cue signaling the lean reinforcer was degraded by occasionally delivering rich reinforcers when the signaled transition was rich-to-lean. This manipulation failed to reduce pausing. In fact, extended pausing was observed in the rich-to-lean transitions even for pigeons whose only experience was with fully degraded lean cues (accuracy of the lean cue during rich-to-lean transitions was 50%). In Experiment 2, pigeons’ body weights were varied from 70% to 90% of free-feeding weight across conditions. No systematic effects on pausing were observed, although for 2 of the 3 birds pause durations were longest in the condition imposing the least food restriction. The results are interpreted in terms of response strength: Pausing during negative shifts in reinforcement context appears to be highly resistant to change. |
|
|
108. The Effects of Preferred and Non-preferred Reinforcers on the Maintenance of Schedule Performances of Humans |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
RUTHIE L. BEKKER-PACE (University of North Texas), Camille Parsons (University of North Texas), Thomas Anatol Da Rocha Woelz (University of North Texas), Yuka Koremura (University of North Texas), Richard L. Anderson (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Culturally popular sound-clips have been successfully used as reinforcers to maintain responding under fixed ratio schedules of reinforcement with human subject’s (Anderson, 2000; Koremura, 2001; Rouse, 1998). However, since the sound clips are not uniformly reinforcing, sometimes these sounds fail to maintain schedule behavior for some subjects. Self-report data from the subjects suggests that subjects do not like some of the sounds they hear. However, schedule control is achieved in spite of that, except when the subjects do not like the majority of sounds. The present research studies the effects of scheduling preferred and non-preferred sounds on the schedule performance of human adult subjects. College students were first given a preference assessment to establish preferred and non-preferred groups of sound clips. The subjects were then exposed to either a concurrent schedule or single FR schedule of reinforcement. For subjects on the concurrent schedule of reinforcement, one target response yielded a sound clip from the preferred group of sounds following the completion of the schedule requirement and the second target response yielded a sound clip from the non-preferred group of sounds. For subjects on the FR schedule, preferred reinforcer were scheduled first and once the FR performance achieved stability the reinforcers were change from preferred to non-preferred and back. The control achieved with preferred and non-preferred reinforcers will be discussed in terms of the implications for human operant research. |
|
|
109. Some Experimental Arrangements for Studying the Effects of Concurrent Schedules of Reinforcement on Human Performances |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
CAMILLE PARSONS (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Ruthie L. Bekker-Pace (University of North Texas), Richard L. Anderson (University of North Texas), Yuka Koremura (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The purpose of this research is to explore the effects of several experimental arrangements on the control of human behavior under concurrent schedules of reinforcement. Subjects were normal adults with a college level education. The first phase of the experiment shows several computer techniques to shape two target behaviors with minimal instructions about the operandum and not instructions about the target behaviors. The second phase shows the control of schedule performance typically shown in concurrent schedules with animals. Response rates of different topographies of shaped key-press sequences varied according to arranged schedules (concurrent FR VR and concurrent FR FI). Results are discussed in terms of the control generated by the various shaping techniques and the effects of the schedule value on the performance of human subjects. |
|
|
|
|
#409 Poster Session – EDC |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
110. Effects of Immediate, Delayed, Signaled, and Unsignaled Reinforcement on Staying in Seat and Answering Math Problems Correctly in a Child with ADHD |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ANTONIO CONTRERAS, JR. (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: An alternating treatments design was used to investigate differences in signaled immediate reinforcement, unsignaled delay of reinforcement, unsignaled immediate reinforcement, and signaled delay of reinforcement in a nine year-old with ADHD. The participant completed math problems and was given a “classroom dollar” for each correct answer. Baseline data was collected on in seat vs. out of seat, and on the number of correct responses. Then each of the treatment conditions was implemented. The greatest amount of time in seat (total= 56 minutes and 52 seconds) and the most number of correct responses (73) occurred in the signaled immediate reinforcement condition. Least amount in seat (total= 11 minutes and 11 seconds) occurred in the signaled delay of reinforcement condition. Greatest amount of out of seat (total= 4 minutes and 8 seconds) and the greatest frequency of out of seat behavior (total= 5 times) occurred in the unsignaled delay of reinforcement. |
|
|
111. Using Choral Responding to Increase Fluency in Multiplication Facts |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SHERI BRUNTON (The Ohio State University), Charles L. Wood (The Ohio State University), Stephanie M. Peterson (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Increasing active student responses (ASR) can produce gains in academic achievement (Heward, 1994). This study sought to evaluate the effects of a choral responding teaching strategy on the multiplication fact fluency of nine 5th-grade special education students. First, baseline data on the participants’ number of correct responses on two sets of multiplication problems were obtained during both practice (untimed) and test (timed) contexts. During baseline, instruction on how to count by multiples (i.e., by 2’s, 5’s, 10’s) was provided, but no instruction on how to use counting by multiples to solve multiplication problems was provided. Next, instruction consisting of choral responding was implemented to teach the students to count by multiples to solve multiplication problems. For choral responses, students repeated multiplication rules after the teacher, wrote answers to practice problems on dry-erase boards, and completed written problems on worksheets. Instruction was implemented in a multiple baseline across sets of math facts design. The results indicated that all participants increased their math fluency substantially as a result of the choral responding instruction. Social validity measures indicated that the students enjoyed the math instruction and felt that it helped them improve their math skills. |
|
|
112. An Investigation of Listening and Listening-while-reading Accommodations on Reading Comprehension in Students with Emotional Disorders |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
RENEE OLIVER (University of Tennessee), Andrea D. Hale (University of Tennessee), Janet Beth Winn (University of Tennessee), Jessica D. Allin (University of Tennessee), Christopher Skinner (University of Tennessee) |
Abstract: Researchers used alternating treatments designs to investigate the effects of listening-while-reading (LWR) and listening interventions on comprehension levels and rates in four middle school students with emotional disorders. During LWR, students were instructed to read passages silently along with experimenters. During the listening condition, we did not give students a printed copy of the passage, but merely instructed the students to listen as an experimenter read the passages aloud. The control condition consisted of students reading passages silently. After each condition, students answered 10 comprehension questions without referring back to the printed passage. Interscorer agreement was 100% for both comprehension accuracy and treatment integrity. Interobserver agreement on time spent reading showed exact agreement or disagreements of plus or minus 1-second for 15 measures and a disagreement of 2-seconds for one measure. Although neither intervention resulted in consistently superior comprehension levels than the silent reading control condition, LWR and listening resulted in higher rates of comprehension than the silent reading control condition across all four students. However, listening appeared to improve reading comprehension rates in only two students. These results suggest LWR may be an efficient procedure for enhancing comprehension across content areas with groups of students having heterogeneous reading skills. |
|
|
113. Identifying Reading Comprehension Strategies for an Adolescent with Autism |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARK D. SHRIVER (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brad Dufrene (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jess Gregory (Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Brief experimental analyses using single-subject alternating treatments designs have shown utility for the identification of teaching strategies to improve reading fluency. Application of this methodology has not yet been widely demonstrated for identifying teaching strategies for other important academic skills such as math, writing, and reading comprehension. This poster presents data from an evaluation of reading comprehension for a 17-year-old adolescent with Autism. Strategies hypothesized to improve reading comprehension were presented using an alternating treatments design. Inter rater agreement data was collected on reading times, accuracy of comprehension answers, and duration of completion of comprehension questions. Inter-rater agreement was well above .90 for all comparisons. Oral reading appeared to be the most effective reading comprehension strategy (up to 80% accuracy on comprehension measure) relative to baseline conditions (median 50% accuracy) and relative to the other comprehension strategies assessed (highest comparison condition was 50% accuracy). Design and implementation of an instructional strategy to improve reading comprehension based on the evaluation will be presented, as well as implications for future research and practice. |
|
|
114. Copy, Cover, and Compare Effects on Spelling Mastery of a Student with Behavior Disorders |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
BRIAN BOTTEEN (Gonzaga University), Breanna Hutchison (Gonzaga University), Randy Lee Williams (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of a copy, cover, and compare (CCC) procedure on spelling accuracy of a sixth-grade student with emotional and behavioral disorders. The student was performing below grade level in spelling. The copy, cover, and compare procedure required the student to do the following: 1) copy each spelling word, 2) cover the word and write from memory, and 3) compare the word to the original word for accuracy. Once the student completed each of the 10 words on the daily list, a delayed spelling test was given. A multiple baseline design across three sets of spelling words was used to evaluate the effects of the copy, cover, and compare procedure on the accuracy of the student’s spelling. The student performed at near zero correct in baseline and immediately increased to near 100% across each of the three sets of words. The CCC procedure was practical in terms of time, money, and effort. |
|
|
115. Constructed Identity Match-to-sample, Spelling, and Equivalence: A Replication and Extension |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIN R. SMITH (Praxis, Inc.), Karen L. Mahon (Praxis, Inc.), Harry A. Mackay (Praxis, Inc.) |
Abstract: Many students with developmental disabilities lack sequencing skills critical for acquiring spelling proficiency. The current research replicates and extends previous studies that used constructed identity match-to-sample in training spelling. Three participants (mental-age equivalents within the 4- to 8-year range) completed daily 20-minute sessions in their classrooms. These participants had generalized identity matching skills and constructed sequences of two arbitrary forms on entry into the study. The SequenceTeacher software required the student to construct sequences of letters that matched a model word, in the presence of a sample picture (e.g., in the presence of a picture of a frog, the student had to select “f,” “r,” “o,” and “g” from a selection pool to match the model word “frog.”) The model word was gradually faded out across trials, dependent on correct responses, to transfer stimulus control from the model word to the sample picture. Each participant learned to construct (spell) several picture (and also numeral) names without models. In an extension of the study involving equivalence relations, students who matched pictures to dictated words were trained to construct printed words to the pictures. Following training, the students constructed the words to dictation, displaying emergent behavior based on equivalence relations. |
|
|
116. Effects of Practice in Combining Sentences on Writing Fluency |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
EMILY BURKE (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Ed Langford (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Angela Watts (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Six students worked on a curriculum from the Morningside Academy Language Fluency Series called Sentence Combining Fluency. It is a fluency program created to accompany Keys to Quick Writing Skills written by A. Whimbey, E. Williams, M.J. Linden. The curriculum teaches the basics of sentence combining, to include capitalization, spelling and punctuation use. Students that participated in the study were between the ages of 17-19 and ranged in IQ from 84-100. The students were diagnosed with Bipolar Disorder, Organic Brain Syndrome, Pervasive Developmental Disorder, Oppositional Defiant Disorder, Learning Disabled, Conduct Disorder, Depression, and ADD. They worked through the curriculum five days a week doing three three-minute timings in a precision teaching context. Frequency data were then plotted on the standard celeration chart. Pre-treatment and post-treatment writing samples were evaluated based on total characters written, capitalization, use of periods, use of commas, and total correctly spelled characters. This study compared the original writing sample with another writing sample 14 weeks later. The study concluded a significant improvement in the overall writing fluency and the evaluated components of the six students who participated. |
|
|
117. Emergent Numeric Sequence Performances in Children with Intellectual Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA M. LOCKERBIE (Praxis, Inc.), Karen L. Mahon (Praxis, Inc.), Harry A. Mackay (Praxis, Inc.) |
Abstract: Many children with intellectual disabilities lack fundamental skills necessary for academic success. These may include sequencing skills essential for the development of numeric skills, reading, and vital everyday tasks (e.g., dialing a telephone). This study was a systematic replication and extension of previous studies of emergent sequence performances. For example, Holcomb, Stromer, and Mackay (1997) taught typically developing children to construct overlapping two-stimulus sequences of arbitrary forms. Six-stimulus sequences emerged. In the current study, children with intellectual disabilities were trained using four three-stimulus sequences of numerals before emergent performances involving all nine numerals were examined. The participants were 10 special education students with Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test III Mental Age scores in the 3-5 year range. Participants’ training was conducted in classrooms. A programmed, software-based curriculum taught the student to construct four separate overlapping subsequences, each consisting of three numerals (1-2-3, 3-4-5, 5-6-7, and 7-8-9). After learning to construct these subsequences, tests examined extended sequences that were not directly trained (e.g., 123456789). Probe trials with untrained sequences (e.g., 2-4; 4-6) assessed whether the trained relations between stimuli were transitive. Findings were consistent with previous research; training with overlapping stimulus sequences produced emergent serial performances (Holcomb et. al., 1997). |
|
|
118. Using Embedded Instruction to Teach Critical Skills to Students with Moderate and Severe Disabilities Enrolled in General Education Classes: A Comparison of Response Prompting Procedures |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSE W. JOHNSON (East Tennessee State University), John J. McDonnell (University of Utah), Valerie Holzwarth (East Tennessee State University), Rhonda Berry (East Tennessee State University) |
Abstract: Embedded instruction is a set of instructional strategies that capitalize on opportunities to teach critical skills to students with moderate and severe disabilities in the context of naturally occurring routines (Brown, Evans, Weed, & Owen, 1987; Ford et al, 1989). While the primary empirical support for the use of this strategy comes from studies conducted with students enrolled in separate special education settings (Dunlap & Dunlap, 1987), recent research had focused on examining the utility of embedded instruction in supporting students with moderate and severe disabilities in general education settings (McDonnell, Johnson, Polychronis, & Riesen, 2003; Johnson & McDonnell, In press). The purpose of the current study was to compare the effectiveness of two different response prompting procedures when used to teach students with moderate and severe disabilities enrolled in general education classes. One general educator and two paraprofessionals implemented embedded instruction using two response prompting strategies (simultaneous prompting and most-to-least prompts) in the context of an alternating treatments design. The authors sought to determine which prompting strategies result in more rapid acquisition of basic functional academic skills by students in these settings. Three students with disabilities were taught these skills within the on-going instructional and management activities of the general education classes. The results indicated that the teacher and paraprofessionals were able to implement both of the response prompting procedures with a high degree of fidelity with 94 to 100 % of the steps implemented correctly. In addition, both procedures were effective in promoting the acquisition of targeted skills. For two of the three students, however, most-to-least prompting was more effective and efficient than simultaneous prompting. IOA was 96-100 % across all dependent measures. |
|
|
119. Using Songs and Simultaneous Prompting with Preschoolers to Encourage the Development of Receptive and Expressive Language |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JULIA DEGARMO (The Ohio State University), Stephanie M. Peterson (The Ohio State University), Renee Koehler Van Norman (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effects of a simultaneous prompting (SP) procedure used in combination with songs on the naming of and pointing to primary colors on 3 preschoolers with developmental delays during circle time and whether these skills would maintain over time and generalize across new situations. In addition, the side effects of teaching color words receptively and expressively using the SP procedure on the ability of children to identify objects that were not directly taught were evaluated. Effectiveness of the procedure was assessed using a multiple baseline across behaviors design. Results indicated that the SP procedure was effective in combination with songs on the naming of and pointing to primary colors for 2 of the participants with the third participant requiring a procedural variation. Two of the participants were able to generalize across new situations and maintain their skills for 2 weeks after intervention with 100% accuracy. All 3 participants were able to identify objects that were not directly taught using the SP procedure. Interobserver agreement data were collected on 24 of the 70 sessions with for a total of 34.2% of the total trials across participants. The mean percentage of observer agreement for correct responses was 99.3% (range 97-100%). |
|
|
120. Investigating the Efficacy of a Programmed Curriculum to Transfer Matching to Sample Skills from Desktop to Handheld |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ELISE A. WARECKI (Praxis, Inc.), Karen L. Mahon (Praxis, Inc.), William J. McIlvane (University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
Abstract: This study examined the efficacy of a programmed curriculum designed to transfer students’ matching to sample (MTS) skills from a touchscreen-equipped desktop computer displaying large stimuli to a handheld device displaying much smaller stimuli. Eight participants with severe developmental disabilities and mental age-equivalent scores of 4.01 years or less experienced a programmed curriculum that advanced or remediated automatically based on user performance. Research technicians ran 20-min computer sessions with participants in a classroom setting 3-4 times per week. The programmed curriculum consisted of three components that gradually transformed the location and size of visual stimuli from the desktop computer MTS arrangement (using136x136 pixel stimuli) to the handheld device MTS arrangement (using 60x60 pixel comparison stimuli). The required entry level skill was accurate 2 comparison MTS performance on the desktop computer. The desired terminal performance was 8 comparison MTS performance on the handheld device. Results indicated that all eight of the participants successfully completed the 8-comparison MTS performance on the handheld device with 100% accuracy. |
|
|
121. Investigating the Effectiveness of a Computer-Based Identity Matching-to-Sample Curriculum |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ALYSSA F. PORTER (Praxis, Inc.), Karen L. Mahon (Praxis, Inc.), Richard W. Serna (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
Abstract: Twenty students with severe mental retardation participated in an evaluation of StartMatching!, a computer-based generalized conditional identity matching-to-sample (MTS) curriculum. All participants had mental age equivalent scores of less than 3 years and histories of failure to learn identity matching to sample using traditional teaching methods. Participants received MTS pretests using unfamiliar arbitrary forms and then experienced 20-min daily sessions of the StartMatching! curriculum. Research technicians administered teaching sessions to participants in their classrooms. The curriculum consisted of several programmed methods for teaching identity matching, arranged from least to most elaborate, the presentation of which depended on the performance of the participant. Therefore, exposure to the various instructional methods varied in order, duration, and appearance across participants, and the number of sessions received by each participant ranged from 2 weeks to 6 months. Of the 15 participants that completed the StartMatching! curriculum, 12 demonstrated generalized conditional identity MTS performance in final tests. |
|
|
122. A Comparative Analysis of Procedures Used to Generate Generalized Intraverbal Responses to Novel Questions |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
EINAR T. INGVARSSON (University of Kansas), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Assessment results revealed that a 5-year-old boy with developmental delays did not correctly answer most developmentally appropriate questions. More specifically, he often engaged in tact-like vocalizations when intraverbal responses were required (e.g., the child would respond “Red” while pointing to his red shirt when provided the question, “When is your birthday?”). Pretest questions were partitioned into ones that were known, unknown and to be trained, and unknown and to be assessed for generalization. The effects of teaching the responses “I don’t know” (following which the therapist moved on to the next question) and “Tell me, I don’t know” (following which the therapist provided the correct answer, which the participant was prompted to repeat) were evaluated sequentially. Interobserver agreement was obtained during at least 20% of all sessions, and averaged over 80%. The “I don’t know” response was found to generalize to untrained questions, but not to questions that had been previously answered correctly. The “Tell me, I don’t know” response was initially emitted independently, but following training with that response, the participant gradually emitted the correct answers to most questions, and both the “I don’t know” and “Tell me, I don’t know” responses decreased in frequency. |
|
|
123. Selective Mutism: A Review of School-based Interventions |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIN N. STAROSTA (Lehigh University), Lee Kern (Lehigh University) |
Abstract: Selective mutism is a rare disorder that affects less than 1% of the population. However, for those children who do experience selective mutism, the effects on the children’s academic and social experiences are significant. Research has investigated different approaches to treatment, such as psychotherapeutic interventions, (e.g. play therapy) as well as cognitive and behavioral interventions (e.g., systematic desensitization, video modeling, and reinforcement procedures). The purpose of this poster is to review the research that employed behavioral techniques to intervene with selective mutism in children in school settings. A literature search identified articles that met the inclusionary criteria of empirical studies conducted in school settings. Information was then gathered from each article in the following areas: assessment, interventions (duration required to produce positive effects), and generalization of the target behavior to other settings. The information was then synthesized to provide a summary of current research and provide direction for future research. |
|
|
124. Using an Activity Schedule Paired with a Token Board to Decrease Inappropriate Behavior |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
DARCI A. FISCHER (Hawthorne Country Day School), Abigal Clinton Ferguson (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
Abstract: Children with limited languague often emit inappropriate behavior as a means to communicate their wants and needs. This study looks at teaching sign languague to students with limited vocal verbal languague to decrease inappropriate behavior and increase vocal verbal communication. The results show that teaching sign languague to students with limited languague decreased inappropriate behavior and increased vocal verbal languague. |
|
|
125. Teaching New Skills to a Teenage Student with Progressive Neuro-Degenerative Disorder |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
OLIVER RASHEEDA (Marcus Autism Center), Stephanie N. Waters (Marcus Autism Center), Catherine Trapani (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: A common characteristic of neurodegenerative disorder is the decline of physical functioning, loss of previously mastered skills, and a severely diminished rate of acquisition of new skills. In this investigation, a 17-year-old female with moderate mental retardation and an unspecified degenerative neurological disorder was taught a series of daily living skills. These skills included making a bed, self-feeding, preparation of a simple snack, and identifying amounts of money needed for a simple exchange. Baseline data indicated that the student had not acquired or mastered any of these skills prior to intervention. An instructional protocol was developed for each skill utilizing a task analysis. Protocols were implemented utilizing a System of Least Prompts strategy (a response prompting procedure that delivers assistance based on student responding from the least intrusive to most intrusive prompting levels). Data following the implementation of the protocols and the prompting strategy demonstrated student acquisition of each of these skills to the mastery level (100%). |
|
|
126. Effects of Reinforcer Choice on Completing Assignments for an Elementary Student with Mild Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
RICHARD G. WELSCH (University of Toledo), Jillian Bennett (Mason Consolidated Schools) |
Abstract: This poster will present results of a study designed to increase assignment completion for a third-grade boy who has learning disabilities and ADHD. Interventions were conducted in a general education classroom. After baseline, a reward chart was created that lead to predetermined rewards for task completion. Moderate success was noted. Next the rewards on the chart were changed, based on student feedback. The revised intervention produced a significant change in the target behavior. |
|
|
127. Decreasing Inappropriate Behavior and Improving Learning through a Physical Education Intervention |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
EITAN ELDAR (Zinman College, Wingate Institute, Israel), Michal Hirshman (Zinman College, Wingate Institute, Israel) |
Abstract: Three students in a special education elementary school and their classmates participated in the study. Dependent variables were problem behavior and learning time. Intervention included a series of physical education “scripts” in which the three target students experienced frustrating situations, analogous to those occurring in class. The difficulty level and the complexity of the scripts were increased gradually, while keeping a high success level and continuous feedback. A multiple baseline design across students was used to assess the intervention effect on the target students and their classmates. Inter-observer agreement on the dependent variables was collected for at least 40% of all sessions and averaged 89% for problem behavior and 93% for learning time. Results showed an improvement in the behavior of all the target students and their classmates; there was an increase in learning time of classmates in two out of the three classes while data were more stable in all three classes during intervention. The program encouraged the target students, and they had cooperated willingly. Summative evaluation questionnaires indicated that physical activities were adjusted easily to the behavioral needs of the students. The program had brought upon a feeling of success among the target students, their classmates and teachers. |
|
|
128. The Use of Peer Prompts to Increase On Task Behaviors in Children Diagnosed with Attention Deficit Disorder |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MADELINE K. GRANTHAM (Mississippi State University), Carlen Henington (Mississippi State University) |
Abstract: While attention deficit is a part of either diagnosis of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) or Attention Deficit Disorder (ADD), it is the ADD compliant and quiet child that may be overlooked for intervention. These children fall behind academically as their inattentiveness results in off-task behaviors during instructional and seat work time. Researchers have rated, as more effective, multi-modal approaches to ADD which combine medication management with behavioral intervention. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a behavioral intervention which implements a combination of verbal/nonverbal peer prompts in order to increase on-task behaviors, completion of work, and work accuracy in two children diagnosed with ADD, and who already receive a medical intervention. An ABAB design, which would have helped establish reliability of the intervention, was proposed but the final results were obtained from an AB design because the teachers did not want to withdraw the treatment phase. Four points of baseline data and intervention data were collected. Results indicated significant decreases in the percentages of off-task inattentive behaviors and significant increases in the percentage of work completion and accuracy for both students during the intervention phase. Improved grades and teacher report verified continued improvement. |
|
|
129. Beat the Timer: Increasing the On-Task Behavior of a Student with Behavior Disorders |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH C. NULTY (Project 12-Ways, Southern Illinois University), Brandon F. Greene (Project 12-Ways, Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to increase the on-task behavior of a child with Attention Deficit and Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) during independent assignment time for the following academic subjects: math, spelling, science, and reasoning and writing. An alternating treatment design was used to compare the affect of the treatment condition. During the treatment condition, the student had a kitchen timer placed on his desk during independent class work. The experimenter told the student his job was to complete the assignment before the timer rang. For the no treatment condition, the student worked on his assignments without the timer. The student did not receive any other programmed reinforcement for completing the assignments in either treatment or the no treatment conditions. However, for both conditions, if the assignment was incomplete when the timer rang, the student completed the remainder of the assignment during break. The results of this study show the timer as an effective tool to increase on-task behavior during math and spelling |
|
|
130. Using E-mail Message to Improve Social Behaviors for Children with Behavior Disorders |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JEONGIL KIM (Daegu University, South Korea), Sang Bok Lee (Daegu University, South Korea), Hyo-Shin Lee (Daegu University, South Korea), Hun Mi Mun (Daegu University, South Korea), Soo Ok Yoo (Woo Suk University, South Korea), Seon Hee Park (Daegu University, South Korea) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of E-mail message to improve social behaviors for children with behavior disorders. The study had three specific purposes. First, it was to see if E-mail message could increase initiative social behaviors of the children. Second, it was to see if E-mail message could improve peers’ social acceptance of the children. Third, it was to see if E-mail message could improve the children’s self-respect. Six 8-year-old boys with behavior disorders participated in the study. Data was collected using direct observation (event-recording system for 4 hours), CBCL, self-report, and Peers’ rating scale to check their social acceptance range. Following the baseline, e-mail messages were designed for objective and goal-oriented procedures, based on each subject’s behavior problems. Three people involved in education of each subject, his/her general education teacher, parents, and a professional who works with each subject such as a psychologist or play therapists, checked the e-mail messages for checking its sincerity and validity. Then, the messages were e-mailed to each subject through their peers’ e-mail accounts on the regular basis. The results showed the followings. First, the intervention increased initiative social behaviors of all the subjects. Second, the intervention improved peers’ social acceptance for all the subjects. Third, there showed increased self-respect when the intervention was complemented. |
|
|
131. School-Based Multicomponent Strategy to Manage Disruptive Classroom Behaviors for Children with Behavior Disorders |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SANG BOK LEE (Daegu University, South Korea), Jeongil Kim (Lotus Flowers Children Center), KeeYeon Min (Lotus Flowers Children Center), Yunhee Lee (Lotus Flowers Children Center), Jeen Hwa Lee (Lotus Flowers Children Center) |
Abstract: The study examined the effect of a school-based multicomponent intervention to reduce disruptive classroom behaviors for children with behavior disorders. Three boys with behavior disorders and their classmates participated in the study. Each subject was identified by the general education teacher as being the most disruptive and noncompliant in the class. The study employed a multiple baseline design across subjects. To collect data for the effects of the intervention, direct observations and Child Behavior Checklist (TRF) were employed. In direct observations, the study used 10-second partial-intervals occurred in each phase in 30-minute observation sessions. Interobserver agreement ranged from 89% to 95% with an average of 93% across all subjects and phases of the investigation. Following the problem analysis interview, the intervention was provided to the subject. The intervention phase that included all of the components, including a cooperative learning, token economy for a group, and public posting of classroom rules as antecedent strategy, was implemented for 35 sessions for each subject. The result showed the followings. First, the baseline data across all the subjects remarkably decreased during the intervention phase with an average of 30% decreased rates. The decreased rate of target behaviors for all the subjects was maintained during follow-up. Based on data at baseline using the TRF, two the subjects were identified as being in the clinical range on the factors of social problems and aggressive behavior. The other one was perceived as being in the borderline range for the factor of aggressive behavior. After the intervention, all the subjects were perceived as within the normal range on all factors. |
|
|
132. Using a Class-wide Systems Approach to Increase Academic Instruction and Decrease Disruptive Behavior in a Special Education Classroom |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JEFFREY PISACRETA (The May Institute), Marcie W. Handler (The May Institute), Colleen Ann O'Leary-Zonarich (The May Institute), Kimberly S. Thier (The May Institute) |
Abstract: A class-wide behavior management program can be the most efficient and effective intervention strategy to reduce disruptive behavior in a special education classroom. Four of the 10 students in the classroom were identified as at-risk for out of district placement. An AB design was used to evaluate percent change scores for teacher behaviors, including the percentage of intervals of instruction, monitoring, and reinforcement. Teacher behaviors improved 73%, 350%, and 120%, respectively. Additionally, non-compliance decreased for 3 of 4 targeted students. Treatment integrity data were collected to ensure implementation of the class-wide program. A component analysis of the strategies included in the class-wide program revealed consistent low implementation of positive consequence strategies. Data comparing the average number of points earned by the targeted students reflected a pattern similar to the remainder of the class. |
|
|
|
|
#410 Poster Session – TBA |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes) |
|
133. BACC: Using Performance Management to Increase Participation in an Academic and Career Counseling System |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALISON M. BETZ (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University), Jenny Skudrich (Western Michigan University), Mark Sigler (Western Michigan University), Mitch Fryling (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Behavioral Academic and Career Counseling (BACC) system is a subsystem of the Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS), designed my Richard W. Malott, BCBA. BACC provides comprehensive academic and career counseling to undergraduate students at Western Michigan University. Graduate students in the behavior analysis program manage the BACC system. The goal of BACC is to provide undergraduate students with the necessary information they need to achieve their goals academically and professionally. BACC utilizes performance management contingencies to optimize participation of MA student counselors as well as undergraduate participants. Through the use of these contingencies undergraduates receive personal counseling from MA students who are knowledgeable on the various fields, jobs, graduate programs, etc. available in the area of psychology. Together the undergraduate and graduate students set attainable goals and document them on a performance contract. BACC is responsible for overseeing all counseling appointments and assuring that the graduate students are prepared to provide quality services. BACC recruits students from Dr. Malott’s PSY 100H, 360, 460, and 499 courses as well as students from throughout the psychology department. Recently BACC has also made a wide range of information available to students on the BATS website. |
|
|
134. The Professional Psychology Practicum System: Training Graduate Students to Obtain their Temporary Limited Licenses |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGAN M. COATLEY (Western Michigan University), Valerie Kaye (Western Michigan University), Carrie Gasparovic (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University), Tracy Brandenburg (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Professional Psychology Practicum is a system that trains graduate level student by providing professional experience and supervision. The students involved fulfill the requirements of the state of Michigan to obtain their Temporary Limited Licensure in Psychology. The Professional Psychology Practicum is a subsystem of the Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS). One of the practicum students serves as a “System Manager”. The system manager is in charge of running and improving the practicum. All the system participants attend a weekly supervision meeting in which they discuss the clients they are working with and interventions they are implementing. The system manager runs the meetings and records attendance. In addition, the system manager collects data on the satisfaction of the practicum members and suggestions in order to improve the system. The system manager is then responsible for implementing the appropriate changes. |
|
|
135. Procrastination Habits of Students at Western Michigan University |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
RHIANNON M. FANTE (Western Michigan University), Holly L. Bihler (Western Michigan University), Kate Kennedy (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Undergraduate and graduate students at Western Michigan University complete a survey describing behaviors that people usually don’t do but know they should (for example, flossing, exercising or studying); or engage in too frequently (such as eating junk food or smoking). The natural outcomes for these behaviors are either too small, though they may be of cumulative significance, or too improbable. The survey attempts to look at how these behaviors are related to accomplishments. From the results of these surveys, we can see if lack of self-management is a big problem. |
|
|
136. Behavioral Aide Training: Integrating Online and Face-to-Face Instruction |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
LINDA S. HEITZMAN-POWELL (University of Kansas), Joseph Furman Buzhardt (University of Kansas), Monika M. Suchowierska (University of Kansas), Kenda Morrison (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Effective teaching procedures for working with children with Autism require significant training to achieve high rates of implementation fidelity. Required training time and a paucity of community-based training, has resulted in a lack of Behavioral Aides (paraprofessionals) available to implement home-based programs. Consequently, the authors developed and assessed a two-component training program for paraprofessionals interested in working with children with Autism. Nine participants completed the program, which had eight two-component modules: 1) Online tutorials and 2) Skill-acquisition training. Effectiveness of the online tutorials was assessed with 1) pre-posttest gains, and 2) 20-item online quizzes following each module. Post training surveys assessed the perceived usability of the online tutorials and the social validity of tutorial content and skills taught. Overall, participants achieved a 17% pre-posttest gain (8 – 36%), and averaged 92.4% (89 – 95%) correct on the quizzes. Participants rated usability as 1.2, and satisfaction with tutorial content and skills as 1.8 and 1.5, respectively (on a scale of 1 to 5, 1 being the best). Because assessments were computer graded, reliability measures were not collected. Six-month follow-up surveys to be completed in November will also be reported. Implications of this type of training program and future directions will be discussed. |
|
|
137. Treatment of Severe Aggression through Use of Antecedent Management: A Staff Training Model |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
ANGELA F. SMITH (Melmark, Inc.), White Christopher (Melmark, Inc.) |
Abstract: The severe aggression of an adult male diagnosed with autism, was decreased by training staff to use antecedent management strategies when precursor behaviors such as verbal and physical agitation occurred. Data suggests that aggression often resulted following the appearance of the precursor behaviors. An AB design was implemented in which staff who were unfamiliar with behavior analysis were trained in antecedent management strategies through role play and rehearsal. ABC data suggests that the antecedent management strategies were successful in decreasing verbal and physical agitation, which also decreased the likelihood of aggression occurring. Maintenance of the antecedent strategies was implemented through bi-weekly role-plays and rehearsals of the antecedent strategies among the immediate supervisors and staff. |
|
|
138. Evaluating the Effectiveness of Staff Training Methods on Treatment Integrity with Direct Care Personnel |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
KARENA SUZANNE RUSH (Sheppard Pratt Behavioral Health System), Jean Marie Leak (Sheppard Pratt Behavioral Health System), Bruce P. Mortenson (Towson University) |
Abstract: Staff training methods have been widely assessed in the literature (Jahr, 1998; Reid & Parson, 1996). Staff training is often implemented in a package format including such components as: providing rational and underlying behavioral principles, direct instruction through role playing and modeling, and performance feedback. However, there is a paucity of research examining which components of staff training are tantamount to behavior change. In this study, staff training was broken down into three components. The effectiveness of each component was evaluated using a multiple baseline design. Subjects were direct care staff on an inpatient children’s unit specializing in behavioral treatment. Interobserver reliability data were collected across 34% of sessions with an exact agreement coefficient of 95.35% (range 81.4-100%). The results suggest that providing the rational and training in basic behavioral principles did not increase treatment integrity, rather both direct instruction and/or performance feedback were needed to increase and maintain high levels of treatment integrity. Implications for future practice and research are discussed. |
|
|
139. Interobserver Agreement: Training for Observer Correspondence on 'Subjective' Behavior |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
PATRICIA D. WHEAT (University of Florida), Jennifer A. Johnston (University of Florida), Marilyn K. Benham (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Caregivers (n=203) who participated in the Family Safety/Applied Behavior Analysis Initiative parenting class (‘Parenting Tools for Positive Behavioral Change’) were observed performing the specific skills taught in the class during pre-tests and post-tests. Seven “tools” make up the specific skill sets. The number of steps per tool ranges from 6 to 22 steps.
Interobserver agreement (IOA) was obtained during pre- and post-tests on 19% of observations. Three behavior analysts and six professional training staff (nonbehavior analysts) recorded whether or not specific skills were demonstrated on each of the 7 tools. The 7 tools were broken down to specific steps that were trained ‘objective’ definitions to assure agreement of skills demonstrated. However, despite trained definitions, several steps became ‘subjective,’ as exemplified by observer drift.
This poster will examine the effects of training on IOA. Although training is thought to increase the amount of agreement, it may not have the desired effects on skills that include ‘subjective’ components, such as body language and social behavior. |
|
|
140. Training Limited English Proficient Staff the Basic Principles of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
JUAN-CARLOS LOPEZ (University of Kansas), Stephen C. Luce (Melmark, Inc.) |
Abstract: This presentation describes a training program for attaining proficiency in the use of terms used in Applied Behavior Analysis and teaching techniques. The program was administered with limited English proficient (LEP) staff preparing to work in a residential facility for people with severe developmental disabilities. Four LEP staff and one native-English speaker participated. Two (50%) of the LEP staff met training criteria for vocabulary acquisition and three (75%) met criteria for teaching techniques. LEP staff took an average of forty-four 30-minute sessions to complete the training whereas the native-English speaker required four 30-minute sessions to reach criteria for vocabulary and teaching. One LEP staff member attained proficiency in the use of teaching techniques without vocabulary fluency. Inter-observer agreement on the dependent variable averaged 85% (range 70-100%). These results suggest that LEP staff need specialized training materials and additional training time to perform their job at levels comparable to those of the staff for whom English is their native language. The results are discussed in terms of similar research demonstrating the advantages of in situ training techniques to attain proficiency in human service staff. |
|
|
141. Descriptions and Effects of Self-modeling on Teaching Behaviors in Preserive Teacher Education Programs in Korea |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
HOSUNG SO (California State University, San Bernardino), Man Hee Choi (Busan I'Cons, Korea), Wooyoung Chung (Chung-Ang University, South Korea), Hayoung Kim (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the relative effectiveness of SBA feedback using self-modeling in a physical education teacher education program in Korea. The subsequent purpose of this study was to examine the applicable use of technologically driven behavior analysis strategies and taxonomies into Korean teacher training programs. A theory- and culture-based teaching behavior coding scheme for Korean preservice teachers was developed for this study. Participants were three male and one female undergraduate students enrolled in a 12-week senior field-based teaching practicum course required for teaching certificate. Teaching performances in the mandatory 4 weeks field-based practicum of four undergraduates were observed during an 18-lesson soccer unit in a middle school. An A-B-A multiple-baseline was used. The B-phase consisted of self-modeling feedback and the multiple-baseline represented the differing times in which same sequential behavioral feedback treatment using self-modeling was administered. Results showed the self-modeling was effective in increasing teaching behaviors (i.e., demonstration, guidance, monitoring, task involvement, and feedback provision) and reducing non-teaching-related behaviors such as unnecessary time spent on managing equipment, negligence, and punishment. The initial validity and reliability of the data coding scheme developed for this study was found applicable and effective for observing and analyzing inclusive teaching behaviors. |
|
|
142. Expanding Vocal Mand Repertoires Via Derived Relational Control in Adults with Developmental Disabilites |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINE HALVEY (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Mand training allows individuals with developmental disabilities to acquire functional skills necessary to communicate needs to others. When a mand repertoire is trained directly, the item manded serves as direct reinforcement for the mand. Some theorists; however, believe that directly trained mands do not constitute true verbal behavior due to the fact that mand repertoires are acquired based upon contact with direct contingencies of reinforcement as opposed to derived relations. The functional independence or dependence of the mand and the tact also plays a central role in the acquisition of functional communication skills essential for survival within the community. If there is functional dependence of the mand and tact, this may allow for the acquisition of manding and tacting skills in less time, which, in turn, allows for the expansion of verbal repertoires at a faster rate. The present study was conducted to determine if individuals with severe mental retardation could acquire categorical frames through derived manding in order to increase and expand their verbal repertoires within a vocational setting. The functional independence of the mand and tact was also addressed in an attempt to lessen the gap between opposing views seen in current research. Three individuals were taught to vocally mand for preferred items that were categorically similar. Conditional discriminations were established between the different categories, and participants were tested for the emergence of equivalence relations and the ability to vocally mand for desired items. Results indicated that persons with severe developmental disabilities can establish categorical frames through the acquisition of derived manding skills, as well as vocally mand for preferred items within the categorical frames. Results also indicated that mands and tacts appear to be functionally dependent. |
|
|
|
|
ABA Student Committee Business Meeting |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Clarendon |
Chair: Rachel S. F. Tarbox (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Presenting Authors: |
This meeting is for ABA student members who would like to become more involved with the ABA student committee, or make suggestions about future ABA events. All are welcome. |
|
|
|
|
Parent and Professionals Sharing the Conference Experience: Bringing Information Home |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Hampton |
Chair: Clarisse Domingo (Staten Island Mental Health Society) |
Presenting Authors: |
Over recent years, parent participation in the ABA conference has risen steadily. In response to this heightened involvement, the Parent Professional Partnership SIG sponsors an evening social for parents and interested professionals to gather together in network and share their experiences. In addition, this event will include discussion about how learning opportunities at the conference can be brought back home, applied and disseminated. All interested parents and professionals are encouraged to attend. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Behavior Analysis SIG |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Berkeley |
Chair: Patrick S. Williams (University of Houston-Downtown) |
Presenting Authors: |
To conduct the business of the Teaching Behavior Analysis SIG, and to share experiences. |
|
|
|
|
YogaFit Class |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Gardner |
Chair: Amanda N. Adams (Fitness Evolution) |
All are invited to participate in this hatha power yoga class led by an expereinced and certified instructor. Beginners are welcome. This class will present some challenges and will work on strength, endurance, balance and flexibility. Wear comfortable clothing and being a towel. |
|
|
|
|
B.F. Skinner's 100th Anniversary Celebration |
Monday, May 31, 2004 |
9:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Grand Ballroom |
Chair: Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
All are welcome to attend this social event honoring B. F. Skinner’s 100th anniversary. The evening will include a photo slide show, favorite Skinner quotes, live entertainment, birthday cake and a cash bar. |
|
|